ZSHALL(1) General Commands Manual ZSHALL(1)
NAME
zshall - the Z shell meta-man page
OVERVIEW
Because zsh contains many features, the zsh manual has been split into a
number of sections. This manual page includes all the separate manual
pages in the following order:
zsh Zsh overview
zshroadmap Informal introduction to the manual
zshmisc Anything not fitting into the other sections
zshexpn Zsh command and parameter expansion
zshparam Zsh parameters
zshoptions Zsh options
zshbuiltins Zsh built-in functions
zshzle Zsh command line editing
zshcompwid Zsh completion widgets
zshcompsys Zsh completion system
zshcompctl Zsh completion control
zshmodules Zsh loadable modules
zshcalsys Zsh built-in calendar functions
zshtcpsys Zsh built-in TCP functions
zshzftpsys Zsh built-in FTP client
zshcontrib Additional zsh functions and utilities
DESCRIPTION
Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive login
shell and as a shell script command processor. Of the standard shells,
zsh most closely resembles ksh but includes many enhancements. It does
not provide compatibility with POSIX or other shells in its default op-
erating mode: see the section `Compatibility' below.
Zsh has command line editing, builtin spelling correction, programmable
command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history mecha-
nism, and a host of other features.
AUTHOR
Zsh was originally written by Paul Falstad. Zsh is now maintained by
the members of the zsh-workers mailing list <zsh-workers@zsh.org>. The
development is currently coordinated by Peter Stephenson <pws@zsh.org>.
The coordinator can be contacted at <coordinator@zsh.org>, but matters
relating to the code should generally go to the mailing list.
AVAILABILITY
Zsh is available from the following HTTP and anonymous FTP site.
ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/
https://www.zsh.org/pub/
The up-to-date source code is available via Git from Sourceforge. See
https://sourceforge.net/projects/zsh/ for details. A summary of in-
structions for the archive can be found at https://zsh.sourceforge.io/.
MAILING LISTS
Zsh has several mailing lists:
<zsh-announce@zsh.org>
Announcements about releases, major changes in the shell and the
monthly posting of the Zsh FAQ. (moderated)
<zsh-users@zsh.org>
User discussions.
<zsh-workers@zsh.org>
Hacking, development, bug reports and patches.
<zsh-security@zsh.org>
Private mailing list (the general public cannot subscribe to it)
for discussing bug reports with security implications, i.e., po-
tential vulnerabilities.
If you find a security problem in zsh itself, please mail this
address.
To subscribe or unsubscribe, send mail to the associated administrative
address for the mailing list.
<zsh-announce-subscribe@zsh.org>
<zsh-users-subscribe@zsh.org>
<zsh-workers-subscribe@zsh.org>
<zsh-announce-unsubscribe@zsh.org>
<zsh-users-unsubscribe@zsh.org>
<zsh-workers-unsubscribe@zsh.org>
YOU ONLY NEED TO JOIN ONE OF THE MAILING LISTS AS THEY ARE NESTED. All
submissions to zsh-announce are automatically forwarded to zsh-users.
All submissions to zsh-users are automatically forwarded to zsh-workers.
If you have problems subscribing/unsubscribing to any of the mailing
lists, send mail to <listmaster@zsh.org>.
The mailing lists are archived; the archives can be accessed via the ad-
ministrative addresses listed above. There is also a hypertext archive
available at https://www.zsh.org/mla/.
THE ZSH FAQ
Zsh has a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), maintained by Peter
Stephenson <pws@zsh.org>. It is regularly posted to the newsgroup
comp.unix.shell and the zsh-announce mailing list. The latest version
can be found at any of the Zsh FTP sites, or at
https://www.zsh.org/FAQ/. The contact address for FAQ-related matters
is <faqmaster@zsh.org>.
THE ZSH WEB PAGE
Zsh has a web page which is located at https://www.zsh.org/. The con-
tact address for web-related matters is <webmaster@zsh.org>.
THE ZSH USERGUIDE
A userguide is currently in preparation. It is intended to complement
the manual, with explanations and hints on issues where the manual can
be cabbalistic, hierographic, or downright mystifying (for example, the
word `hierographic' does not exist). It can be viewed in its current
state at https://zsh.sourceforge.io/Guide/. At the time of writing,
chapters dealing with startup files and their contents and the new com-
pletion system were essentially complete.
INVOCATION
The following flags are interpreted by the shell when invoked to deter-
mine where the shell will read commands from:
-c Take the first argument as a command to execute, rather than
reading commands from a script or standard input. If any further
arguments are given, the first one is assigned to $0, rather than
being used as a positional parameter.
-i Force shell to be interactive. It is still possible to specify a
script to execute.
-s Force shell to read commands from the standard input. If the -s
flag is not present and an argument is given, the first argument
is taken to be the pathname of a script to execute.
If there are any remaining arguments after option processing, and nei-
ther of the options -c or -s was supplied, the first argument is taken
as the file name of a script containing shell commands to be executed.
If the option PATH_SCRIPT is set, and the file name does not contain a
directory path (i.e. there is no `/' in the name), first the current di-
rectory and then the command path given by the variable PATH are
searched for the script. If the option is not set or the file name con-
tains a `/' it is used directly.
After the first one or two arguments have been appropriated as described
above, the remaining arguments are assigned to the positional parame-
ters.
For further options, which are common to invocation and the set builtin,
see zshoptions(1).
The long option `--emulate' followed (in a separate word) by an emula-
tion mode may be passed to the shell. The emulation modes are those de-
scribed for the emulate builtin, see zshbuiltins(1). The `--emulate'
option must precede any other options (which might otherwise be overrid-
den), but following options are honoured, so may be used to modify the
requested emulation mode. Note that certain extra steps are taken to
ensure a smooth emulation when this option is used compared with the em-
ulate command within the shell: for example, variables that conflict
with POSIX usage such as path are not defined within the shell.
Options may be specified by name using the -o option. -o acts like a
single-letter option, but takes a following string as the option name.
For example,
zsh -x -o shwordsplit scr
runs the script scr, setting the XTRACE option by the corresponding let-
ter `-x' and the SH_WORD_SPLIT option by name. Options may be turned
off by name by using +o instead of -o. -o can be stacked up with pre-
ceding single-letter options, so for example `-xo shwordsplit' or
`-xoshwordsplit' is equivalent to `-x -o shwordsplit'.
Options may also be specified by name in GNU long option style, `--op-
tion-name'. When this is done, `-' characters in the option name are
permitted: they are translated into `_', and thus ignored. So, for ex-
ample, `zsh --sh-word-split' invokes zsh with the SH_WORD_SPLIT option
turned on. Like other option syntaxes, options can be turned off by re-
placing the initial `-' with a `+'; thus `+-sh-word-split' is equivalent
to `--no-sh-word-split'. Unlike other option syntaxes, GNU-style long
options cannot be stacked with any other options, so for example
`-x-shwordsplit' is an error, rather than being treated like `-x
--shwordsplit'.
The special GNU-style option `--version' is handled; it sends to stan-
dard output the shell's version information, then exits successfully.
`--help' is also handled; it sends to standard output a list of options
that can be used when invoking the shell, then exits successfully.
Option processing may be finished, allowing following arguments that
start with `-' or `+' to be treated as normal arguments, in two ways.
Firstly, a lone `-' (or `+') as an argument by itself ends option pro-
cessing. Secondly, a special option `--' (or `+-'), which may be speci-
fied on its own (which is the standard POSIX usage) or may be stacked
with preceding options (so `-x-' is equivalent to `-x --'). Options are
not permitted to be stacked after `--' (so `-x-f' is an error), but note
the GNU-style option form discussed above, where `--shwordsplit' is per-
mitted and does not end option processing.
Except when the sh/ksh emulation single-letter options are in effect,
the option `-b' (or `+b') ends option processing. `-b' is like `--',
except that further single-letter options can be stacked after the `-b'
and will take effect as normal.
COMPATIBILITY
Zsh tries to emulate sh or ksh when it is invoked as sh or ksh respec-
tively; more precisely, it looks at the first letter of the name by
which it was invoked, excluding any initial `r' (assumed to stand for
`restricted'), and if that is `b', `s' or `k' it will emulate sh or ksh.
Furthermore, if invoked as su (which happens on certain systems when the
shell is executed by the su command), the shell will try to find an al-
ternative name from the SHELL environment variable and perform emulation
based on that.
In sh and ksh compatibility modes the following parameters are not spe-
cial and not initialized by the shell: ARGC, argv, cdpath, fignore,
fpath, HISTCHARS, mailpath, MANPATH, manpath, path, prompt, PROMPT,
PROMPT2, PROMPT3, PROMPT4, psvar, status.
The usual zsh startup/shutdown scripts are not executed. Login shells
source /etc/profile followed by $HOME/.profile. If the ENV environment
variable is set on invocation, $ENV is sourced after the profile
scripts. The value of ENV is subjected to parameter expansion, command
substitution, and arithmetic expansion before being interpreted as a
pathname. Note that the PRIVILEGED option also affects the execution of
startup files.
The following options are set if the shell is invoked as sh or ksh:
NO_BAD_PATTERN, NO_BANG_HIST, NO_BG_NICE, NO_EQUALS, NO_FUNC-
TION_ARGZERO, GLOB_SUBST, NO_GLOBAL_EXPORT, NO_HUP, INTERACTIVE_COM-
MENTS, KSH_ARRAYS, NO_MULTIOS, NO_NOMATCH, NO_NOTIFY, POSIX_BUILTINS,
NO_PROMPT_PERCENT, RM_STAR_SILENT, SH_FILE_EXPANSION, SH_GLOB, SH_OP-
TION_LETTERS, SH_WORD_SPLIT. Additionally the BSD_ECHO and IG-
NORE_BRACES options are set if zsh is invoked as sh. Also, the KSH_OP-
TION_PRINT, LOCAL_OPTIONS, PROMPT_BANG, PROMPT_SUBST and SINGLE_LINE_ZLE
options are set if zsh is invoked as ksh.
Please note that, whilst reasonable efforts are taken to address incom-
patibilities when they arise, zsh does not guarantee complete emulation
of other shells, nor POSIX compliance. For more information on the dif-
ferences between zsh and other shells, please refer to chapter 2 of the
shell FAQ, https://www.zsh.org/FAQ/.
RESTRICTED SHELL
When the basename of the command used to invoke zsh starts with the let-
ter `r' or the `-r' command line option is supplied at invocation, the
shell becomes restricted. Emulation mode is determined after stripping
the letter `r' from the invocation name. The following are disabled in
restricted mode:
• changing directories with the cd builtin
• changing or unsetting the EGID, EUID, GID, HISTFILE, HISTSIZE,
IFS, LD_AOUT_LIBRARY_PATH, LD_AOUT_PRELOAD, LD_LIBRARY_PATH,
LD_PRELOAD, MODULE_PATH, module_path, PATH, path, SHELL, UID and
USERNAME parameters
• specifying command names containing /
• specifying command pathnames using hash
• redirecting output to files
• using the exec builtin command to replace the shell with another
command
• using jobs -Z to overwrite the shell process' argument and envi-
ronment space
• using the ARGV0 parameter to override argv[0] for external com-
mands
• turning off restricted mode with set +r or unsetopt RESTRICTED
These restrictions are enforced after processing the startup files. The
startup files should set up PATH to point to a directory of commands
which can be safely invoked in the restricted environment. They may
also add further restrictions by disabling selected builtins.
Restricted mode can also be activated any time by setting the RESTRICTED
option. This immediately enables all the restrictions described above
even if the shell still has not processed all startup files.
A shell Restricted Mode is an outdated way to restrict what users may
do: modern systems have better, safer and more reliable ways to confine
user actions, such as chroot jails, containers and zones.
A restricted shell is very difficult to implement safely. The feature
may be removed in a future version of zsh.
It is important to realise that the restrictions only apply to the
shell, not to the commands it runs (except for some shell builtins).
While a restricted shell can only run the restricted list of commands
accessible via the predefined `PATH' variable, it does not prevent those
commands from running any other command.
As an example, if `env' is among the list of allowed commands, then it
allows the user to run any command as `env' is not a shell builtin com-
mand and can run arbitrary executables.
So when implementing a restricted shell framework it is important to be
fully aware of what actions each of the allowed commands or features
(which may be regarded as modules) can perform.
Many commands can have their behaviour affected by environment vari-
ables. Except for the few listed above, zsh does not restrict the set-
ting of environment variables.
If a `perl', `python', `bash', or other general purpose interpreted
script it treated as a restricted command, the user can work around the
restriction by setting specially crafted `PERL5LIB', `PYTHONPATH',
`BASHENV' (etc.) environment variables. On GNU systems, any command can
be made to run arbitrary code when performing character set conversion
(including zsh itself) by setting a `GCONV_PATH' environment variable.
Those are only a few examples.
Bear in mind that, contrary to some other shells, `readonly' is not a
security feature in zsh as it can be undone and so cannot be used to
mitigate the above.
A restricted shell only works if the allowed commands are few and care-
fully written so as not to grant more access to users than intended. It
is also important to restrict what zsh module the user may load as some
of them, such as `zsh/system', `zsh/mapfile' and `zsh/files', allow by-
passing most of the restrictions.
STARTUP/SHUTDOWN FILES
Commands are first read from /etc/zsh/zshenv; this cannot be overridden.
Subsequent behaviour is modified by the RCS and GLOBAL_RCS options; the
former affects all startup files, while the second only affects global
startup files (those shown here with an path starting with a /). If one
of the options is unset at any point, any subsequent startup file(s) of
the corresponding type will not be read. It is also possible for a file
in $ZDOTDIR to re-enable GLOBAL_RCS. Both RCS and GLOBAL_RCS are set by
default.
Commands are then read from $ZDOTDIR/.zshenv. If the shell is a login
shell, commands are read from /etc/zsh/zprofile and then $ZDOTDIR/.zpro-
file. Then, if the shell is interactive, commands are read from
/etc/zsh/zshrc and then $ZDOTDIR/.zshrc. Finally, if the shell is a lo-
gin shell, /etc/zsh/zlogin and $ZDOTDIR/.zlogin are read.
When a login shell exits, the files $ZDOTDIR/.zlogout and then
/etc/zsh/zlogout are read. This happens with either an explicit exit
via the exit or logout commands, or an implicit exit by reading
end-of-file from the terminal. However, if the shell terminates due to
exec'ing another process, the logout files are not read. These are also
affected by the RCS and GLOBAL_RCS options. Note also that the RCS op-
tion affects the saving of history files, i.e. if RCS is unset when the
shell exits, no history file will be saved.
If ZDOTDIR is unset, HOME is used instead. Files listed above as being
in /etc may be in another directory, depending on the installation.
As /etc/zsh/zshenv is run for all instances of zsh, it is important that
it be kept as small as possible. In particular, it is a good idea to
put code that does not need to be run for every single shell behind a
test of the form `if [[ -o rcs ]]; then ...' so that it will not be exe-
cuted when zsh is invoked with the `-f' option.
Any of these files may be pre-compiled with the zcompile builtin command
(see zshbuiltins(1)). If a compiled file exists (named for the original
file plus the .zwc extension) and it is newer than the original file,
the compiled file will be used instead.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHALL(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHROADMAP(1) General Commands Manual ZSHROADMAP(1)
NAME
zshroadmap - informal introduction to the zsh manual The Zsh Manual,
like the shell itself, is large and often complicated. This section of
the manual provides some pointers to areas of the shell that are likely
to be of particular interest to new users, and indicates where in the
rest of the manual the documentation is to be found.
WHEN THE SHELL STARTS
When it starts, the shell reads commands from various files. These can
be created or edited to customize the shell. See the section
Startup/Shutdown Files in zsh(1).
If no personal initialization files exist for the current user, a func-
tion is run to help you change some of the most common settings. It
won't appear if your administrator has disabled the zsh/newuser module.
The function is designed to be self-explanatory. You can run it by hand
with `autoload -Uz zsh-newuser-install; zsh-newuser-install -f'. See
also the section `User Configuration Functions' in zshcontrib(1).
INTERACTIVE USE
Interaction with the shell uses the builtin Zsh Line Editor, ZLE. This
is described in detail in zshzle(1).
The first decision a user must make is whether to use the Emacs or Vi
editing mode as the keys for editing are substantially different. Emacs
editing mode is probably more natural for beginners and can be selected
explicitly with the command bindkey -e.
A history mechanism for retrieving previously typed lines (most simply
with the Up or Down arrow keys) is available; note that, unlike other
shells, zsh will not save these lines when the shell exits unless you
set appropriate variables, and the number of history lines retained by
default is quite small (30 lines). See the description of the shell
variables (referred to in the documentation as parameters) HISTFILE,
HISTSIZE and SAVEHIST in zshparam(1). Note that it's currently only
possible to read and write files saving history when the shell is inter-
active, i.e. it does not work from scripts.
The shell now supports the UTF-8 character set (and also others if sup-
ported by the operating system). This is (mostly) handled transparently
by the shell, but the degree of support in terminal emulators is vari-
able. There is some discussion of this in the shell FAQ,
https://www.zsh.org/FAQ/. Note in particular that for combining charac-
ters to be handled the option COMBINING_CHARS needs to be set. Because
the shell is now more sensitive to the definition of the character set,
note that if you are upgrading from an older version of the shell you
should ensure that the appropriate variable, either LANG (to affect all
aspects of the shell's operation) or LC_CTYPE (to affect only the han-
dling of character sets) is set to an appropriate value. This is true
even if you are using a single-byte character set including extensions
of ASCII such as ISO-8859-1 or ISO-8859-15. See the description of
LC_CTYPE in zshparam(1).
Completion
Completion is a feature present in many shells. It allows the user to
type only a part (usually the prefix) of a word and have the shell fill
in the rest. The completion system in zsh is programmable. For exam-
ple, the shell can be set to complete email addresses in arguments to
the mail command from your ~/.abook/addressbook; usernames, hostnames,
and even remote paths in arguments to scp, and so on. Anything that can
be written in or glued together with zsh can be the source of what the
line editor offers as possible completions.
Zsh has two completion systems, an old, so called compctl completion
(named after the builtin command that serves as its complete and only
user interface), and a new one, referred to as compsys, organized as li-
brary of builtin and user-defined functions. The two systems differ in
their interface for specifying the completion behavior. The new system
is more customizable and is supplied with completions for many commonly
used commands; it is therefore to be preferred.
The completion system must be enabled explicitly when the shell starts.
For more information see zshcompsys(1).
Extending the line editor
Apart from completion, the line editor is highly extensible by means of
shell functions. Some useful functions are provided with the shell;
they provide facilities such as:
insert-composed-char
composing characters not found on the keyboard
match-words-by-style
configuring what the line editor considers a word when moving or
deleting by word
history-beginning-search-backward-end, etc.
alternative ways of searching the shell history
replace-string, replace-pattern
functions for replacing strings or patterns globally in the com-
mand line
edit-command-line
edit the command line with an external editor.
See the section `ZLE Functions' in zshcontrib(1) for descriptions of
these.
OPTIONS
The shell has a large number of options for changing its behaviour.
These cover all aspects of the shell; browsing the full documentation is
the only good way to become acquainted with the many possibilities. See
zshoptions(1).
PATTERN MATCHING
The shell has a rich set of patterns which are available for file match-
ing (described in the documentation as `filename generation' and also
known for historical reasons as `globbing') and for use when program-
ming. These are described in the section `Filename Generation' in zsh-
expn(1).
Of particular interest are the following patterns that are not commonly
supported by other systems of pattern matching:
** for matching over multiple directories
| for matching either of two alternatives
~, ^ the ability to exclude patterns from matching when the EX-
TENDED_GLOB option is set
(...) glob qualifiers, included in parentheses at the end of the pat-
tern, which select files by type (such as directories) or at-
tribute (such as size).
GENERAL COMMENTS ON SYNTAX
Although the syntax of zsh is in ways similar to the Korn shell, and
therefore more remotely to the original UNIX shell, the Bourne shell,
its default behaviour does not entirely correspond to those shells.
General shell syntax is introduced in the section `Shell Grammar' in
zshmisc(1).
One commonly encountered difference is that variables substituted onto
the command line are not split into words. See the description of the
shell option SH_WORD_SPLIT in the section `Parameter Expansion' in zsh-
expn(1). In zsh, you can either explicitly request the splitting (e.g.
${=foo}) or use an array when you want a variable to expand to more than
one word. See the section `Array Parameters' in zshparam(1).
PROGRAMMING
The most convenient way of adding enhancements to the shell is typically
by writing a shell function and arranging for it to be autoloaded.
Functions are described in the section `Functions' in zshmisc(1). Users
changing from the C shell and its relatives should notice that aliases
are less used in zsh as they don't perform argument substitution, only
simple text replacement.
A few general functions, other than those for the line editor described
above, are provided with the shell and are described in zshcontrib(1).
Features include:
promptinit
a prompt theme system for changing prompts easily, see the sec-
tion `Prompt Themes'
zsh-mime-setup
a MIME-handling system which dispatches commands according to the
suffix of a file as done by graphical file managers
zcalc a calculator
zargs a version of xargs that makes the find command redundant
zmv a command for renaming files by means of shell patterns.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHROADMAP(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHMISC(1) General Commands Manual ZSHMISC(1)
NAME
zshmisc - everything and then some
SIMPLE COMMANDS & PIPELINES
A simple command is a sequence of optional parameter assignments fol-
lowed by blank-separated words, with optional redirections interspersed.
For a description of assignment, see the beginning of zshparam(1).
The first word is the command to be executed, and the remaining words,
if any, are arguments to the command. If a command name is given, the
parameter assignments modify the environment of the command when it is
executed. The value of a simple command is its exit status, or 128 plus
the signal number if terminated by a signal. For example,
echo foo
is a simple command with arguments.
A pipeline is either a simple command, or a sequence of two or more sim-
ple commands where each command is separated from the next by `|' or
`|&'. Where commands are separated by `|', the standard output of the
first command is connected to the standard input of the next. `|&' is
shorthand for `2>&1 |', which connects both the standard output and the
standard error of the command to the standard input of the next. The
value of a pipeline is the value of the last command, unless the
pipeline is preceded by `!' in which case the value is the logical in-
verse of the value of the last command. For example,
echo foo | sed 's/foo/bar/'
is a pipeline, where the output (`foo' plus a newline) of the first com-
mand will be passed to the input of the second.
If a pipeline is preceded by `coproc', it is executed as a coprocess; a
two-way pipe is established between it and the parent shell. The shell
can read from or write to the coprocess by means of the `>&p' and `<&p'
redirection operators or with `print -p' and `read -p'. A pipeline can-
not be preceded by both `coproc' and `!'. If job control is active, the
coprocess can be treated in other than input and output as an ordinary
background job.
A sublist is either a single pipeline, or a sequence of two or more
pipelines separated by `&&' or `||'. If two pipelines are separated by
`&&', the second pipeline is executed only if the first succeeds (re-
turns a zero status). If two pipelines are separated by `||', the sec-
ond is executed only if the first fails (returns a nonzero status).
Both operators have equal precedence and are left associative. The
value of the sublist is the value of the last pipeline executed. For
example,
dmesg | grep panic && print yes
is a sublist consisting of two pipelines, the second just a simple com-
mand which will be executed if and only if the grep command returns a
zero status. If it does not, the value of the sublist is that return
status, else it is the status returned by the print (almost certainly
zero).
A list is a sequence of zero or more sublists, in which each sublist is
terminated by `;', `&', `&|', `&!', or a newline. This terminator may
optionally be omitted from the last sublist in the list when the list
appears as a complex command inside `(...)' or `{...}'. When a sublist
is terminated by `;' or newline, the shell waits for it to finish before
executing the next sublist. If a sublist is terminated by a `&', `&|',
or `&!', the shell executes the last pipeline in it in the background,
and does not wait for it to finish (note the difference from other
shells which execute the whole sublist in the background). A back-
grounded pipeline returns a status of zero.
More generally, a list can be seen as a set of any shell commands what-
soever, including the complex commands below; this is implied wherever
the word `list' appears in later descriptions. For example, the com-
mands in a shell function form a special sort of list.
PRECOMMAND MODIFIERS
A simple command may be preceded by a precommand modifier, which will
alter how the command is interpreted. These modifiers are shell builtin
commands with the exception of nocorrect which is a reserved word.
- The command is executed with a `-' prepended to its argv[0]
string.
builtin
The command word is taken to be the name of a builtin command,
rather than a shell function or external command.
command [ -pvV ]
The command word is taken to be the name of an external command,
rather than a shell function or builtin. If the POSIX_BUILTINS
option is set, builtins will also be executed but certain special
properties of them are suppressed. The -p flag causes a default
path to be searched instead of that in $path. With the -v flag,
command is similar to whence and with -V, it is equivalent to
whence -v.
exec [ -cl ] [ -a argv0 ]
The following command together with any arguments is run in place
of the current process, rather than as a sub-process. The shell
does not fork and is replaced. The shell does not invoke
TRAPEXIT, nor does it source zlogout files. The options are pro-
vided for compatibility with other shells.
The -c option clears the environment.
The -l option is equivalent to the - precommand modifier, to
treat the replacement command as a login shell; the command is
executed with a - prepended to its argv[0] string. This flag has
no effect if used together with the -a option.
The -a option is used to specify explicitly the argv[0] string
(the name of the command as seen by the process itself) to be
used by the replacement command and is directly equivalent to
setting a value for the ARGV0 environment variable.
nocorrect
Spelling correction is not done on any of the words. This must
appear before any other precommand modifier, as it is interpreted
immediately, before any parsing is done. It has no effect in
non-interactive shells.
noglob Filename generation (globbing) is not performed on any of the
words.
COMPLEX COMMANDS
A complex command in zsh is one of the following:
if list then list [ elif list then list ] ... [ else list ] fi
The if list is executed, and if it returns a zero exit status,
the then list is executed. Otherwise, the elif list is executed
and if its status is zero, the then list is executed. If each
elif list returns nonzero status, the else list is executed.
for name ... [ in word ... ] term do list done
Expand the list of words, and set the parameter name to each of
them in turn, executing list each time. If the `in word' is
omitted, use the positional parameters instead of the words.
The term consists of one or more newline or ; which terminate the
words, and are optional when the `in word' is omitted.
More than one parameter name can appear before the list of words.
If N names are given, then on each execution of the loop the next
N words are assigned to the corresponding parameters. If there
are more names than remaining words, the remaining parameters are
each set to the empty string. Execution of the loop ends when
there is no remaining word to assign to the first name. It is
only possible for in to appear as the first name in the list,
else it will be treated as marking the end of the list.
for (( [expr1] ; [expr2] ; [expr3] )) do list done
The arithmetic expression expr1 is evaluated first (see the sec-
tion `Arithmetic Evaluation'). The arithmetic expression expr2
is repeatedly evaluated until it evaluates to zero and when
non-zero, list is executed and the arithmetic expression expr3
evaluated. If any expression is omitted, then it behaves as if
it evaluated to 1.
while list do list done
Execute the do list as long as the while list returns a zero exit
status.
until list do list done
Execute the do list as long as until list returns a nonzero exit
status.
repeat word do list done
word is expanded and treated as an arithmetic expression, which
must evaluate to a number n. list is then executed n times.
The repeat syntax is disabled by default when the shell starts in
a mode emulating another shell. It can be enabled with the com-
mand `enable -r repeat'
case word in [ [(] pattern [ | pattern ] ... ) list (;;|;&|;|) ] ...
esac
Execute the list associated with the first pattern that matches
word, if any. The form of the patterns is the same as that used
for filename generation. See the section `Filename Generation'.
Note further that, unless the SH_GLOB option is set, the whole
pattern with alternatives is treated by the shell as equivalent
to a group of patterns within parentheses, although white space
may appear about the parentheses and the vertical bar and will be
stripped from the pattern at those points. White space may ap-
pear elsewhere in the pattern; this is not stripped. If the
SH_GLOB option is set, so that an opening parenthesis can be un-
ambiguously treated as part of the case syntax, the expression is
parsed into separate words and these are treated as strict alter-
natives (as in other shells).
If the list that is executed is terminated with ;& rather than
;;, the following list is also executed. The rule for the termi-
nator of the following list ;;, ;& or ;| is applied unless the
esac is reached.
If the list that is executed is terminated with ;| the shell con-
tinues to scan the patterns looking for the next match, executing
the corresponding list, and applying the rule for the correspond-
ing terminator ;;, ;& or ;|. Note that word is not re-expanded;
all applicable patterns are tested with the same word.
select name [ in word ... term ] do list done
where term is one or more newline or ; to terminate the words.
Print the set of words, each preceded by a number. If the in
word is omitted, use the positional parameters. The PROMPT3
prompt is printed and a line is read from the line editor if the
shell is interactive and that is active, or else standard input.
If this line consists of the number of one of the listed words,
then the parameter name is set to the word corresponding to this
number. If this line is empty, the selection list is printed
again. Otherwise, the value of the parameter name is set to
null. The contents of the line read from standard input is saved
in the parameter REPLY. list is executed for each selection un-
til a break or end-of-file is encountered.
( list )
Execute list in a subshell. Traps set by the trap builtin are
reset to their default values while executing list; an exception
is that ignored signals will continue to be ignored if the option
POSIXTRAPS is set.
{ list }
Execute list.
{ try-list } always { always-list }
First execute try-list. Regardless of errors, or break or con-
tinue commands encountered within try-list, execute always-list.
Execution then continues from the result of the execution of
try-list; in other words, any error, or break or continue command
is treated in the normal way, as if always-list were not present.
The two chunks of code are referred to as the `try block' and the
`always block'.
Optional newlines or semicolons may appear after the always;
note, however, that they may not appear between the preceding
closing brace and the always.
An `error' in this context is a condition such as a syntax error
which causes the shell to abort execution of the current func-
tion, script, or list. Syntax errors encountered while the shell
is parsing the code do not cause the always-list to be executed.
For example, an erroneously constructed if block in try-list
would cause the shell to abort during parsing, so that al-
ways-list would not be executed, while an erroneous substitution
such as ${*foo*} would cause a run-time error, after which al-
ways-list would be executed.
An error condition can be tested and reset with the special inte-
ger variable TRY_BLOCK_ERROR. Outside an always-list the value
is irrelevant, but it is initialised to -1. Inside always-list,
the value is 1 if an error occurred in the try-list, else 0. If
TRY_BLOCK_ERROR is set to 0 during the always-list, the error
condition caused by the try-list is reset, and shell execution
continues normally after the end of always-list. Altering the
value during the try-list is not useful (unless this forms part
of an enclosing always block).
Regardless of TRY_BLOCK_ERROR, after the end of always-list the
normal shell status $? is the value returned from try-list. This
will be non-zero if there was an error, even if TRY_BLOCK_ERROR
was set to zero.
The following executes the given code, ignoring any errors it
causes. This is an alternative to the usual convention of pro-
tecting code by executing it in a subshell.
{
# code which may cause an error
} always {
# This code is executed regardless of the error.
(( TRY_BLOCK_ERROR = 0 ))
}
# The error condition has been reset.
When a try block occurs outside of any function, a return or a
exit encountered in try-list does not cause the execution of al-
ways-list. Instead, the shell exits immediately after any EXIT
trap has been executed. Otherwise, a return command encountered
in try-list will cause the execution of always-list, just like
break and continue.
function [ -T ] word ... [ () ] [ term ] { list }
word ... () [ term ] { list }
word ... () [ term ] command
where term is one or more newline or ;. Define a function which
is referenced by any one of word. Normally, only one word is
provided; multiple words are usually only useful for setting
traps. The body of the function is the list between the { and }.
See the section `Functions'.
The options of function have the following meanings:
-T Enable tracing for this function, as though with functions
-T. See the documentation of the -f option to the typeset
builtin, in zshbuiltins(1).
If the option SH_GLOB is set for compatibility with other shells,
then whitespace may appear between the left and right parentheses
when there is a single word; otherwise, the parentheses will be
treated as forming a globbing pattern in that case.
In any of the forms above, a redirection may appear outside the
function body, for example
func() { ... } 2>&1
The redirection is stored with the function and applied whenever
the function is executed. Any variables in the redirection are
expanded at the point the function is executed, but outside the
function scope.
time [ pipeline ]
The pipeline is executed, and timing statistics are reported on
the standard error in the form specified by the TIMEFMT parame-
ter. If pipeline is omitted, print statistics about the shell
process and its children.
[[ exp ]]
Evaluates the conditional expression exp and return a zero exit
status if it is true. See the section `Conditional Expressions'
for a description of exp.
ALTERNATE FORMS FOR COMPLEX COMMANDS
Many of zsh's complex commands have alternate forms. These are
non-standard and are likely not to be obvious even to seasoned shell
programmers; they should not be used anywhere that portability of shell
code is a concern.
The short versions below only work if sublist is of the form `{ list }'
or if the SHORT_LOOPS option is set. For the if, while and until com-
mands, in both these cases the test part of the loop must also be suit-
ably delimited, such as by `[[ ... ]]' or `(( ... ))', else the end of
the test will not be recognized. For the for, repeat, case and select
commands no such special form for the arguments is necessary, but the
other condition (the special form of sublist or use of the SHORT_LOOPS
option) still applies. The SHORT_REPEAT option is available to enable
the short version only for the repeat command.
if list { list } [ elif list { list } ] ... [ else { list } ]
An alternate form of if. The rules mean that
if [[ -o ignorebraces ]] {
print yes
}
works, but
if true { # Does not work!
print yes
}
does not, since the test is not suitably delimited.
if list sublist
A short form of the alternate if. The same limitations on the
form of list apply as for the previous form.
for name ... ( word ... ) sublist
A short form of for.
for name ... [ in word ... ] term sublist
where term is at least one newline or ;. Another short form of
for.
for (( [expr1] ; [expr2] ; [expr3] )) sublist
A short form of the arithmetic for command.
foreach name ... ( word ... ) list end
Another form of for.
while list { list }
An alternative form of while. Note the limitations on the form
of list mentioned above.
until list { list }
An alternative form of until. Note the limitations on the form
of list mentioned above.
repeat word sublist
This is a short form of repeat.
case word { [ [(] pattern [ | pattern ] ... ) list (;;|;&|;|) ] ... }
An alternative form of case.
select name [ in word ... term ] sublist
where term is at least one newline or ;. A short form of select.
function word ... [ () ] [ term ] sublist
This is a short form of function.
RESERVED WORDS
The following words are recognized as reserved words when used as the
first word of a command unless quoted or disabled using disable -r:
do done esac then elif else fi for case if while function repeat time
until select coproc nocorrect foreach end ! [[ { } declare export float
integer local readonly typeset
Additionally, `}' is recognized in any position if neither the IG-
NORE_BRACES option nor the IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES option is set.
ERRORS
Certain errors are treated as fatal by the shell: in an interactive
shell, they cause control to return to the command line, and in a
non-interactive shell they cause the shell to be aborted. In older ver-
sions of zsh, a non-interactive shell running a script would not abort
completely, but would resume execution at the next command to be read
from the script, skipping the remainder of any functions or shell con-
structs such as loops or conditions; this somewhat illogical behaviour
can be recovered by setting the option CONTINUE_ON_ERROR.
Fatal errors found in non-interactive shells include:
• Failure to parse shell options passed when invoking the shell
• Failure to change options with the set builtin
• Parse errors of all sorts, including failures to parse mathemati-
cal expressions
• Failures to set or modify variable behaviour with typeset, local,
declare, export, integer, float
• Execution of incorrectly positioned loop control structures (con-
tinue, break)
• Attempts to use regular expression with no regular expression
module available
• Disallowed operations when the RESTRICTED options is set
• Failure to create a pipe needed for a pipeline
• Failure to create a multio
• Failure to autoload a module needed for a declared shell feature
• Errors creating command or process substitutions
• Syntax errors in glob qualifiers
• File generation errors where not caught by the option BAD_PATTERN
• All bad patterns used for matching within case statements
• File generation failures where not caused by NO_MATCH or similar
options
• All file generation errors where the pattern was used to create a
multio
• Memory errors where detected by the shell
• Invalid subscripts to shell variables
• Attempts to assign read-only variables
• Logical errors with variables such as assignment to the wrong
type
• Use of invalid variable names
• Errors in variable substitution syntax
• Failure to convert characters in $'...' expressions
If the POSIX_BUILTINS option is set, more errors associated with shell
builtin commands are treated as fatal, as specified by the POSIX stan-
dard.
COMMENTS
In non-interactive shells, or in interactive shells with the INTERAC-
TIVE_COMMENTS option set, a word beginning with the third character of
the histchars parameter (`#' by default) causes that word and all the
following characters up to a newline to be ignored.
ALIASING
Every eligible word in the shell input is checked to see if there is an
alias defined for it. If so, it is replaced by the text of the alias if
it is in command position (if it could be the first word of a simple
command), or if the alias is global. If the replacement text ends with
a space, the next word in the shell input is always eligible for pur-
poses of alias expansion.
It is an error for the function name, word, in the sh-compatible func-
tion definition syntax `word () ...' to be a word that resulted from
alias expansion, unless the ALIAS_FUNC_DEF option is set.
An alias is defined using the alias builtin; global aliases may be de-
fined using the -g option to that builtin.
A word is defined as:
• Any plain string or glob pattern
• Any quoted string, using any quoting method (note that the quotes
must be part of the alias definition for this to be eligible)
• Any parameter reference or command substitution
• Any series of the foregoing, concatenated without whitespace or
other tokens between them
• Any reserved word (case, do, else, etc.)
• With global aliasing, any command separator, any redirection op-
erator, and `(' or `)' when not part of a glob pattern
Alias expansion is done on the shell input before any other expansion
except history expansion. Therefore, if an alias is defined for the
word foo, alias expansion may be avoided by quoting part of the word,
e.g. \foo. Any form of quoting works, although there is nothing to pre-
vent an alias being defined for the quoted form such as \foo as well.
In particular, note that quoting must be used when using unalias to re-
move global aliases:
% alias -g foo=bar
% unalias foo
unalias: no such hash table element: bar
% unalias \foo
%
When POSIX_ALIASES is set, only plain unquoted strings are eligible for
aliasing. The alias builtin does not reject ineligible aliases, but
they are not expanded.
For use with completion, which would remove an initial backslash fol-
lowed by a character that isn't special, it may be more convenient to
quote the word by starting with a single quote, i.e. 'foo; completion
will automatically add the trailing single quote.
Alias difficulties
Although aliases can be used in ways that bend normal shell syntax, not
every string of non-white-space characters can be used as an alias.
Any set of characters not listed as a word above is not a word, hence no
attempt is made to expand it as an alias, no matter how it is defined
(i.e. via the builtin or the special parameter aliases described in the
section THE ZSH/PARAMETER MODULE in zshmodules(1)). However, as noted
in the case of POSIX_ALIASES above, the shell does not attempt to deduce
whether the string corresponds to a word at the time the alias is cre-
ated.
For example, an expression containing an = at the start of a command
line is an assignment and cannot be expanded as an alias; a lone = is
not an assignment but can only be set as an alias using the parameter,
as otherwise the = is taken part of the syntax of the builtin command.
It is not presently possible to alias the `((' token that introduces
arithmetic expressions, because until a full statement has been parsed,
it cannot be distinguished from two consecutive `(' tokens introducing
nested subshells. Also, if a separator such as && is aliased, \&& turns
into the two tokens \& and &, each of which may have been aliased sepa-
rately. Similarly for \<<, \>|, etc.
There is a commonly encountered problem with aliases illustrated by the
following code:
alias echobar='echo bar'; echobar
This prints a message that the command echobar could not be found. This
happens because aliases are expanded when the code is read in; the en-
tire line is read in one go, so that when echobar is executed it is too
late to expand the newly defined alias. This is often a problem in
shell scripts, functions, and code executed with `source' or `.'. Con-
sequently, use of functions rather than aliases is recommended in
non-interactive code.
QUOTING
A character may be quoted (that is, made to stand for itself) by preced-
ing it with a `\'. `\' followed by a newline is ignored.
A string enclosed between `$'' and `'' is processed the same way as the
string arguments of the print builtin, and the resulting string is con-
sidered to be entirely quoted. A literal `'' character can be included
in the string by using the `\'' escape.
All characters enclosed between a pair of single quotes ('') that is not
preceded by a `$' are quoted. A single quote cannot appear within sin-
gle quotes unless the option RC_QUOTES is set, in which case a pair of
single quotes are turned into a single quote. For example,
print ''''
outputs nothing apart from a newline if RC_QUOTES is not set, but one
single quote if it is set.
Inside double quotes (""), parameter and command substitution occur, and
`\' quotes the characters `\', ``', `"', `$', and the first character of
$histchars (default `!').
REDIRECTION
If a command is followed by & and job control is not active, then the
default standard input for the command is the empty file /dev/null.
Otherwise, the environment for the execution of a command contains the
file descriptors of the invoking shell as modified by input/output spec-
ifications.
The following may appear anywhere in a simple command or may precede or
follow a complex command. Expansion occurs before word or digit is used
except as noted below. If the result of substitution on word produces
more than one filename, redirection occurs for each separate filename in
turn.
< word Open file word for reading as standard input. It is an error to
open a file in this fashion if it does not exist.
<> word
Open file word for reading and writing as standard input. If the
file does not exist then it is created.
> word Open file word for writing as standard output. If the file does
not exist then it is created. If the file exists, and the CLOB-
BER option is unset, this causes an error; otherwise, it is trun-
cated to zero length.
>| word
>! word
Same as >, except that the file is truncated to zero length if it
exists, regardless of CLOBBER.
>> word
Open file word for writing in append mode as standard output. If
the file does not exist, and the CLOBBER and APPEND_CREATE op-
tions are both unset, this causes an error; otherwise, the file
is created.
>>| word
>>! word
Same as >>, except that the file is created if it does not exist,
regardless of CLOBBER and APPEND_CREATE.
<<[-] word
The shell input is read up to a line that is the same as word, or
to an end-of-file. No parameter expansion, command substitution
or filename generation is performed on word. The resulting docu-
ment, called a here-document, becomes the standard input.
If any character of word is quoted with single or double quotes
or a `\', no interpretation is placed upon the characters of the
document. Otherwise, parameter and command substitution occurs,
`\' followed by a newline is removed, and `\' must be used to
quote the characters `\', `$', ``' and the first character of
word.
Note that word itself does not undergo shell expansion. Back-
quotes in word do not have their usual effect; instead they be-
have similarly to double quotes, except that the backquotes them-
selves are passed through unchanged. (This information is given
for completeness and it is not recommended that backquotes be
used.) Quotes in the form $'...' have their standard effect of
expanding backslashed references to special characters.
If <<- is used, then all leading tabs are stripped from word and
from the document.
<<< word
Perform shell expansion on word and pass the result to standard
input. This is known as a here-string. Compare the use of word
in here-documents above, where word does not undergo shell expan-
sion. The result will have a trailing newline after it.
<& number
>& number
The standard input/output is duplicated from file descriptor num-
ber (see dup2(2)).
<& -
>& - Close the standard input/output.
<& p
>& p The input/output from/to the coprocess is moved to the standard
input/output.
>& word
&> word
(Except where `>& word' matches one of the above syntaxes; `&>'
can always be used to avoid this ambiguity.) Redirects both
standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) in the
manner of `> word'. Note that this does not have the same effect
as `> word 2>&1' in the presence of multios (see the section be-
low).
>&| word
>&! word
&>| word
&>! word
Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descrip-
tor 2) in the manner of `>| word'.
>>& word
&>> word
Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descrip-
tor 2) in the manner of `>> word'.
>>&| word
>>&! word
&>>| word
&>>! word
Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descrip-
tor 2) in the manner of `>>| word'.
If one of the above is preceded by a digit, then the file descriptor re-
ferred to is that specified by the digit instead of the default 0 or 1.
The order in which redirections are specified is significant. The shell
evaluates each redirection in terms of the (file descriptor, file) asso-
ciation at the time of evaluation. For example:
... 1>fname 2>&1
first associates file descriptor 1 with file fname. It then associates
file descriptor 2 with the file associated with file descriptor 1 (that
is, fname). If the order of redirections were reversed, file descriptor
2 would be associated with the terminal (assuming file descriptor 1 had
been) and then file descriptor 1 would be associated with file fname.
The `|&' command separator described in Simple Commands & Pipelines in
zshmisc(1) is a shorthand for `2>&1 |'.
The various forms of process substitution, `<(list)', and `=(list)' for
input and `>(list)' for output, are often used together with redirec-
tion. For example, if word in an output redirection is of the form
`>(list)' then the output is piped to the command represented by list.
See Process Substitution in zshexpn(1).
OPENING FILE DESCRIPTORS USING PARAMETERS
When the shell is parsing arguments to a command, and the shell option
IGNORE_BRACES is not set, a different form of redirection is allowed:
instead of a digit before the operator there is a valid shell identifier
enclosed in braces. The shell will open a new file descriptor that is
guaranteed to be at least 10 and set the parameter named by the identi-
fier to the file descriptor opened. No whitespace is allowed between
the closing brace and the redirection character. For example:
... {myfd}>&1
This opens a new file descriptor that is a duplicate of file descriptor
1 and sets the parameter myfd to the number of the file descriptor,
which will be at least 10. The new file descriptor can be written to
using the syntax >&$myfd. The file descriptor remains open in subshells
and forked external executables.
The syntax {varid}>&-, for example {myfd}>&-, may be used to close a
file descriptor opened in this fashion. Note that the parameter given
by varid must previously be set to a file descriptor in this case.
It is an error to open or close a file descriptor in this fashion when
the parameter is readonly. However, it is not an error to read or write
a file descriptor using <&$param or >&$param if param is readonly.
If the option CLOBBER is unset, it is an error to open a file descriptor
using a parameter that is already set to an open file descriptor previ-
ously allocated by this mechanism. Unsetting the parameter before using
it for allocating a file descriptor avoids the error.
Note that this mechanism merely allocates or closes a file descriptor;
it does not perform any redirections from or to it. It is usually con-
venient to allocate a file descriptor prior to use as an argument to
exec. The syntax does not in any case work when used around complex
commands such as parenthesised subshells or loops, where the opening
brace is interpreted as part of a command list to be executed in the
current shell.
The following shows a typical sequence of allocation, use, and closing
of a file descriptor:
integer myfd
exec {myfd}>~/logs/mylogfile.txt
print This is a log message. >&$myfd
exec {myfd}>&-
Note that the expansion of the variable in the expression >&$myfd occurs
at the point the redirection is opened. This is after the expansion of
command arguments and after any redirections to the left on the command
line have been processed.
MULTIOS
If the user tries to open a file descriptor for writing more than once,
the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies
its input to all the specified outputs, similar to tee, provided the
MULTIOS option is set, as it is by default. Thus:
date >foo >bar
writes the date to two files, named `foo' and `bar'. Note that a pipe
is an implicit redirection; thus
date >foo | cat
writes the date to the file `foo', and also pipes it to cat.
Note that the shell opens all the files to be used in the multio process
immediately, not at the point they are about to be written.
Note also that redirections are always expanded in order. This happens
regardless of the setting of the MULTIOS option, but with the option in
effect there are additional consequences. For example, the meaning of
the expression >&1 will change after a previous redirection:
date >&1 >output
In the case above, the >&1 refers to the standard output at the start of
the line; the result is similar to the tee command. However, consider:
date >output >&1
As redirections are evaluated in order, when the >&1 is encountered the
standard output is set to the file output and another copy of the output
is therefore sent to that file. This is unlikely to be what is in-
tended.
If the MULTIOS option is set, the word after a redirection operator is
also subjected to filename generation (globbing). Thus
: > *
will truncate all files in the current directory, assuming there's at
least one. (Without the MULTIOS option, it would create an empty file
called `*'.) Similarly, you can do
echo exit 0 >> *.sh
If the user tries to open a file descriptor for reading more than once,
the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies
all the specified inputs to its output in the order specified, provided
the MULTIOS option is set. It should be noted that each file is opened
immediately, not at the point where it is about to be read: this behav-
iour differs from cat, so if strictly standard behaviour is needed, cat
should be used instead.
Thus
sort <foo <fubar
or even
sort <f{oo,ubar}
is equivalent to `cat foo fubar | sort'.
Expansion of the redirection argument occurs at the point the redirec-
tion is opened, at the point described above for the expansion of the
variable in >&$myfd.
Note that a pipe is an implicit redirection; thus
cat bar | sort <foo
is equivalent to `cat bar foo | sort' (note the order of the inputs).
If the MULTIOS option is unset, each redirection replaces the previous
redirection for that file descriptor. However, all files redirected to
are actually opened, so
echo Hello > bar > baz
when MULTIOS is unset will truncate `bar', and write `Hello' into `baz'.
There is a problem when an output multio is attached to an external pro-
gram. A simple example shows this:
cat file >file1 >file2
cat file1 file2
Here, it is possible that the second `cat' will not display the full
contents of file1 and file2 (i.e. the original contents of file repeated
twice).
The reason for this is that the multios are spawned after the cat
process is forked from the parent shell, so the parent shell does not
wait for the multios to finish writing data. This means the command as
shown can exit before file1 and file2 are completely written. As a
workaround, it is possible to run the cat process as part of a job in
the current shell:
{ cat file } >file >file2
Here, the {...} job will pause to wait for both files to be written.
REDIRECTIONS WITH NO COMMAND
When a simple command consists of one or more redirection operators and
zero or more parameter assignments, but no command name, zsh can behave
in several ways.
If the parameter NULLCMD is not set or the option CSH_NULLCMD is set, an
error is caused. This is the csh behavior and CSH_NULLCMD is set by de-
fault when emulating csh.
If the option SH_NULLCMD is set, the builtin `:' is inserted as a com-
mand with the given redirections. This is the default when emulating sh
or ksh.
Otherwise, if the parameter NULLCMD is set, its value will be used as a
command with the given redirections. If both NULLCMD and READNULLCMD
are set, then the value of the latter will be used instead of that of
the former when the redirection is an input. The default for NULLCMD is
`cat' and for READNULLCMD is `more'. Thus
< file
shows the contents of file on standard output, with paging if that is a
terminal. NULLCMD and READNULLCMD may refer to shell functions.
COMMAND EXECUTION
If a command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to locate it.
If there exists a shell function by that name, the function is invoked
as described in the section `Functions'. If there exists a shell
builtin by that name, the builtin is invoked.
Otherwise, the shell searches each element of $path for a directory con-
taining an executable file by that name.
If execution fails: an error message is printed, and one of the follow-
ing values is returned.
127 The search was unsuccessful. The error message is `command not
found: cmd'.
126 The executable file has insufficient permissions, is a directory
or special file, or is not a script and is in a format unrecog-
nized by the operating system. The exact conditions and error
message are operating system-dependent; see execve(2).
If execution fails because the file is not in executable format, and the
file is not a directory, it is assumed to be a shell script. /bin/sh is
spawned to execute it. If the program is a file beginning with `#!',
the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter for the pro-
gram. The shell will execute the specified interpreter on operating
systems that do not handle this executable format in the kernel.
If no external command is found but a function command_not_found_handler
exists the shell executes this function with all command line arguments.
The return status of the function becomes the status of the command.
Note that the handler is executed in a subshell forked to execute an ex-
ternal command, hence changes to directories, shell parameters, etc.
have no effect on the main shell.
FUNCTIONS
Shell functions are defined with the function reserved word or the spe-
cial syntax `funcname ()'. Shell functions are read in and stored in-
ternally. Alias names are resolved when the function is read. Func-
tions are executed like commands with the arguments passed as positional
parameters. (See the section `Command Execution'.)
Functions execute in the same process as the caller and share all files
and present working directory with the caller. A trap on EXIT set in-
side a function is executed after the function completes in the environ-
ment of the caller.
The return builtin is used to return from function calls.
Function identifiers can be listed with the functions builtin. Func-
tions can be undefined with the unfunction builtin.
AUTOLOADING FUNCTIONS
A function can be marked as undefined using the autoload builtin (or
`functions -u' or `typeset -fu'). Such a function has no body. When
the function is first executed, the shell searches for its definition
using the elements of the fpath variable. Thus to define functions for
autoloading, a typical sequence is:
fpath=(~/myfuncs $fpath)
autoload myfunc1 myfunc2 ...
The usual alias expansion during reading will be suppressed if the au-
toload builtin or its equivalent is given the option -U. This is recom-
mended for the use of functions supplied with the zsh distribution.
Note that for functions precompiled with the zcompile builtin command
the flag -U must be provided when the .zwc file is created, as the cor-
responding information is compiled into the latter.
For each element in fpath, the shell looks for three possible files, the
newest of which is used to load the definition for the function:
element.zwc
A file created with the zcompile builtin command, which is ex-
pected to contain the definitions for all functions in the direc-
tory named element. The file is treated in the same manner as a
directory containing files for functions and is searched for the
definition of the function. If the definition is not found, the
search for a definition proceeds with the other two possibilities
described below.
If element already includes a .zwc extension (i.e. the extension
was explicitly given by the user), element is searched for the
definition of the function without comparing its age to that of
other files; in fact, there does not need to be any directory
named element without the suffix. Thus including an element such
as `/usr/local/funcs.zwc' in fpath will speed up the search for
functions, with the disadvantage that functions included must be
explicitly recompiled by hand before the shell notices any
changes.
element/function.zwc
A file created with zcompile, which is expected to contain the
definition for function. It may include other function defini-
tions as well, but those are neither loaded nor executed; a file
found in this way is searched only for the definition of func-
tion.
element/function
A file of zsh command text, taken to be the definition for func-
tion.
In summary, the order of searching is, first, in the parents of directo-
ries in fpath for the newer of either a compiled directory or a direc-
tory in fpath; second, if more than one of these contains a definition
for the function that is sought, the leftmost in the fpath is chosen;
and third, within a directory, the newer of either a compiled function
or an ordinary function definition is used.
If the KSH_AUTOLOAD option is set, or the file contains only a simple
definition of the function, the file's contents will be executed. This
will normally define the function in question, but may also perform ini-
tialization, which is executed in the context of the function execution,
and may therefore define local parameters. It is an error if the func-
tion is not defined by loading the file.
Otherwise, the function body (with no surrounding `funcname() {...}') is
taken to be the complete contents of the file. This form allows the
file to be used directly as an executable shell script. If processing
of the file results in the function being re-defined, the function it-
self is not re-executed. To force the shell to perform initialization
and then call the function defined, the file should contain initializa-
tion code (which will be executed then discarded) in addition to a com-
plete function definition (which will be retained for subsequent calls
to the function), and a call to the shell function, including any argu-
ments, at the end.
For example, suppose the autoload file func contains
func() { print This is func; }
print func is initialized
then `func; func' with KSH_AUTOLOAD set will produce both messages on
the first call, but only the message `This is func' on the second and
subsequent calls. Without KSH_AUTOLOAD set, it will produce the ini-
tialization message on the first call, and the other message on the sec-
ond and subsequent calls.
It is also possible to create a function that is not marked as au-
toloaded, but which loads its own definition by searching fpath, by us-
ing `autoload -X' within a shell function. For example, the following
are equivalent:
myfunc() {
autoload -X
}
myfunc args...
and
unfunction myfunc # if myfunc was defined
autoload myfunc
myfunc args...
In fact, the functions command outputs `builtin autoload -X' as the body
of an autoloaded function. This is done so that
eval "$(functions)"
produces a reasonable result. A true autoloaded function can be identi-
fied by the presence of the comment `# undefined' in the body, because
all comments are discarded from defined functions.
To load the definition of an autoloaded function myfunc without execut-
ing myfunc, use:
autoload +X myfunc
ANONYMOUS FUNCTIONS
If no name is given for a function, it is `anonymous' and is handled
specially. Either form of function definition may be used: a `()' with
no preceding name, or a `function' with an immediately following open
brace. The function is executed immediately at the point of definition
and is not stored for future use. The function name is set to `(anon)'.
Arguments to the function may be specified as words following the clos-
ing brace defining the function, hence if there are none no arguments
(other than $0) are set. This is a difference from the way other func-
tions are parsed: normal function definitions may be followed by certain
keywords such as `else' or `fi', which will be treated as arguments to
anonymous functions, so that a newline or semicolon is needed to force
keyword interpretation.
Note also that the argument list of any enclosing script or function is
hidden (as would be the case for any other function called at this
point).
Redirections may be applied to the anonymous function in the same manner
as to a current-shell structure enclosed in braces. The main use of
anonymous functions is to provide a scope for local variables. This is
particularly convenient in start-up files as these do not provide their
own local variable scope.
For example,
variable=outside
function {
local variable=inside
print "I am $variable with arguments $*"
} this and that
print "I am $variable"
outputs the following:
I am inside with arguments this and that
I am outside
Note that function definitions with arguments that expand to nothing,
for example `name=; function $name { ... }', are not treated as anony-
mous functions. Instead, they are treated as normal function defini-
tions where the definition is silently discarded.
SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
Certain functions, if defined, have special meaning to the shell.
Hook Functions
For the functions below, it is possible to define an array that has the
same name as the function with `_functions' appended. Any element in
such an array is taken as the name of a function to execute; it is exe-
cuted in the same context and with the same arguments and same initial
value of $? as the basic function. For example, if $chpwd_functions is
an array containing the values `mychpwd', `chpwd_save_dirstack', then
the shell attempts to execute the functions `chpwd', `mychpwd' and `ch-
pwd_save_dirstack', in that order. Any function that does not exist is
silently ignored. A function found by this mechanism is referred to
elsewhere as a hook function. An error in any function causes subse-
quent functions not to be run. Note further that an error in a precmd
hook causes an immediately following periodic function not to run
(though it may run at the next opportunity).
chpwd Executed whenever the current working directory is changed.
periodic
If the parameter PERIOD is set, this function is executed every
$PERIOD seconds, just before a prompt. Note that if multiple
functions are defined using the array periodic_functions only one
period is applied to the complete set of functions, and the
scheduled time is not reset if the list of functions is altered.
Hence the set of functions is always called together.
precmd Executed before each prompt. Note that precommand functions are
not re-executed simply because the command line is redrawn, as
happens, for example, when a notification about an exiting job is
displayed.
preexec
Executed just after a command has been read and is about to be
executed. If the history mechanism is active (regardless of
whether the line was discarded from the history buffer), the
string that the user typed is passed as the first argument, oth-
erwise it is an empty string. The actual command that will be
executed (including expanded aliases) is passed in two different
forms: the second argument is a single-line, size-limited version
of the command (with things like function bodies elided); the
third argument contains the full text that is being executed.
zshaddhistory
Executed when a history line has been read interactively, but be-
fore it is executed. The sole argument is the complete history
line (so that any terminating newline will still be present).
If any of the hook functions returns status 1 (or any non-zero
value other than 2, though this is not guaranteed for future ver-
sions of the shell) the history line will not be saved, although
it lingers in the history until the next line is executed, allow-
ing you to reuse or edit it immediately.
If any of the hook functions returns status 2 the history line
will be saved on the internal history list, but not written to
the history file. In case of a conflict, the first non-zero sta-
tus value is taken.
A hook function may call `fc -p ...' to switch the history con-
text so that the history is saved in a different file from that
in the global HISTFILE parameter. This is handled specially: the
history context is automatically restored after the processing of
the history line is finished.
The following example function works with one of the options
INC_APPEND_HISTORY or SHARE_HISTORY set, in order that the line
is written out immediately after the history entry is added. It
first adds the history line to the normal history with the new-
line stripped, which is usually the correct behaviour. Then it
switches the history context so that the line will be written to
a history file in the current directory.
zshaddhistory() {
print -sr -- ${1%%$'\n'}
fc -p .zsh_local_history
}
zshexit
Executed at the point where the main shell is about to exit nor-
mally. This is not called by exiting subshells, nor when the
exec precommand modifier is used before an external command.
Also, unlike TRAPEXIT, it is not called when functions exit.
Trap Functions
The functions below are treated specially but do not have corresponding
hook arrays.
TRAPNAL
If defined and non-null, this function will be executed whenever
the shell catches a signal SIGNAL, where NAL is a signal name as
specified for the kill builtin. The signal number will be passed
as the first parameter to the function.
If a function of this form is defined and null, the shell and
processes spawned by it will ignore SIGNAL.
The return status from the function is handled specially. If it
is zero, the signal is assumed to have been handled, and execu-
tion continues normally. Otherwise, the shell will behave as in-
terrupted except that the return status of the trap is retained.
Programs terminated by uncaught signals typically return the sta-
tus 128 plus the signal number. Hence the following causes the
handler for SIGINT to print a message, then mimic the usual ef-
fect of the signal.
TRAPINT() {
print "Caught SIGINT, aborting."
return $(( 128 + $1 ))
}
The functions TRAPZERR, TRAPDEBUG and TRAPEXIT are never executed
inside other traps.
TRAPDEBUG
If the option DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set (as it is by default), exe-
cuted before each command; otherwise executed after each command.
See the description of the trap builtin in zshbuiltins(1) for de-
tails of additional features provided in debug traps.
TRAPEXIT
Executed when the shell exits, or when the current function exits
if defined inside a function. The value of $? at the start of
execution is the exit status of the shell or the return status of
the function exiting.
TRAPZERR
Executed whenever a command has a non-zero exit status. However,
the function is not executed if the command occurred in a sublist
followed by `&&' or `||'; only the final command in a sublist of
this type causes the trap to be executed. The function TRAPERR
acts the same as TRAPZERR on systems where there is no SIGERR
(this is the usual case).
The functions beginning `TRAP' may alternatively be defined with the
trap builtin: this may be preferable for some uses. Setting a trap
with one form removes any trap of the other form for the same signal;
removing a trap in either form removes all traps for the same signal.
The forms
TRAPNAL() {
# code
}
('function traps') and
trap '
# code
' NAL
('list traps') are equivalent in most ways, the exceptions being the
following:
• Function traps have all the properties of normal functions, ap-
pearing in the list of functions and being called with their own
function context rather than the context where the trap was trig-
gered.
• The return status from function traps is special, whereas a re-
turn from a list trap causes the surrounding context to return
with the given status.
• Function traps are not reset within subshells, in accordance with
zsh behaviour; list traps are reset, in accordance with POSIX be-
haviour.
JOBS
If the MONITOR option is set, an interactive shell associates a job with
each pipeline. It keeps a table of current jobs, printed by the jobs
command, and assigns them small integer numbers. When a job is started
asynchronously with `&', the shell prints a line to standard error which
looks like:
[1] 1234
indicating that the job which was started asynchronously was job number
1 and had one (top-level) process, whose process ID was 1234.
If a job is started with `&|' or `&!', then that job is immediately dis-
owned. After startup, it does not have a place in the job table, and is
not subject to the job control features described here.
If you are running a job and wish to do something else you may hit the
key ^Z (control-Z) which sends a TSTP signal to the current job: this
key may be redefined by the susp option of the external stty command.
The shell will then normally indicate that the job has been `suspended',
and print another prompt. You can then manipulate the state of this
job, putting it in the background with the bg command, or run some other
commands and then eventually bring the job back into the foreground with
the foreground command fg. A ^Z takes effect immediately and is like an
interrupt in that pending output and unread input are discarded when it
is typed.
A job being run in the background will suspend if it tries to read from
the terminal.
Note that if the job running in the foreground is a shell function, then
suspending it will have the effect of causing the shell to fork. This
is necessary to separate the function's state from that of the parent
shell performing the job control, so that the latter can return to the
command line prompt. As a result, even if fg is used to continue the
job the function will no longer be part of the parent shell, and any
variables set by the function will not be visible in the parent shell.
Thus the behaviour is different from the case where the function was
never suspended. Zsh is different from many other shells in this re-
gard.
One additional side effect is that use of disown with a job created by
suspending shell code in this fashion is delayed: the job can only be
disowned once any process started from the parent shell has terminated.
At that point, the disowned job disappears silently from the job list.
The same behaviour is found when the shell is executing code as the
right hand side of a pipeline or any complex shell construct such as if,
for, etc., in order that the entire block of code can be managed as a
single job. Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, but
this can be disabled by giving the command `stty tostop'. If you set
this tty option, then background jobs will suspend when they try to pro-
duce output like they do when they try to read input.
When a command is suspended and continued later with the fg or wait
builtins, zsh restores tty modes that were in effect when it was sus-
pended. This (intentionally) does not apply if the command is continued
via `kill -CONT', nor when it is continued with bg.
There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell. A job can be re-
ferred to by the process ID of any process of the job or by one of the
following:
%number
The job with the given number.
%string
The last job whose command line begins with string.
%?string
The last job whose command line contains string.
%% Current job.
%+ Equivalent to `%%'.
%- Previous job.
The shell learns immediately whenever a process changes state. It nor-
mally informs you whenever a job becomes blocked so that no further
progress is possible. If the NOTIFY option is not set, it waits until
just before it prints a prompt before it informs you. All such notifi-
cations are sent directly to the terminal, not to the standard output or
standard error.
When the monitor mode is on, each background job that completes triggers
any trap set for CHLD.
When you try to leave the shell while jobs are running or suspended, you
will be warned that `You have suspended (running) jobs'. You may use
the jobs command to see what they are. If you do this or immediately
try to exit again, the shell will not warn you a second time; the sus-
pended jobs will be terminated, and the running jobs will be sent a
SIGHUP signal, if the HUP option is set.
To avoid having the shell terminate the running jobs, either use the no-
hup(1) command or the disown builtin.
SIGNALS
The INT and QUIT signals for an invoked command are ignored if the com-
mand is followed by `&' and the MONITOR option is not active. The shell
itself always ignores the QUIT signal. Otherwise, signals have the val-
ues inherited by the shell from its parent (but see the TRAPNAL special
functions in the section `Functions').
Certain jobs are run asynchronously by the shell other than those ex-
plicitly put into the background; even in cases where the shell would
usually wait for such jobs, an explicit exit command or exit due to the
option ERR_EXIT will cause the shell to exit without waiting. Examples
of such asynchronous jobs are process substitution, see the section
PROCESS SUBSTITUTION in the zshexpn(1) manual page, and the handler
processes for multios, see the section MULTIOS in the zshmisc(1) manual
page.
ARITHMETIC EVALUATION
The shell can perform integer and floating point arithmetic, either us-
ing the builtin let, or via a substitution of the form $((...)). For
integers, the shell is usually compiled to use 8-byte precision where
this is available, otherwise precision is 4 bytes. This can be tested,
for example, by giving the command `print - $(( 12345678901 ))'; if the
number appears unchanged, the precision is at least 8 bytes. Floating
point arithmetic always uses the `double' type with whatever correspond-
ing precision is provided by the compiler and the library.
The let builtin command takes arithmetic expressions as arguments; each
is evaluated separately. Since many of the arithmetic operators, as
well as spaces, require quoting, an alternative form is provided: for
any command which begins with a `((', all the characters until a match-
ing `))' are treated as a double-quoted expression and arithmetic expan-
sion performed as for an argument of let. More precisely, `((...))' is
equivalent to `let "..."'. The return status is 0 if the arithmetic
value of the expression is non-zero, 1 if it is zero, and 2 if an error
occurred.
For example, the following statement
(( val = 2 + 1 ))
is equivalent to
let "val = 2 + 1"
both assigning the value 3 to the shell variable val and returning a
zero status.
Integers can be in bases other than 10. A leading `0x' or `0X' denotes
hexadecimal and a leading `0b' or `0B' binary. Integers may also be of
the form `base#n', where base is a decimal number between two and
thirty-six representing the arithmetic base and n is a number in that
base (for example, `16#ff' is 255 in hexadecimal). The base# may also
be omitted, in which case base 10 is used. For backwards compatibility
the form `[base]n' is also accepted.
An integer expression or a base given in the form `base#n' may contain
underscores (`_') after the leading digit for visual guidance; these are
ignored in computation. Examples are 1_000_000 or 0xffff_ffff which are
equivalent to 1000000 and 0xffffffff respectively.
It is also possible to specify a base to be used for output in the form
`[#base]', for example `[#16]'. This is used when outputting arithmeti-
cal substitutions or when assigning to scalar parameters, but an explic-
itly defined integer or floating point parameter will not be affected.
If an integer variable is implicitly defined by an arithmetic expres-
sion, any base specified in this way will be set as the variable's out-
put arithmetic base as if the option `-i base' to the typeset builtin
had been used. The expression has no precedence and if it occurs more
than once in a mathematical expression, the last encountered is used.
For clarity it is recommended that it appear at the beginning of an ex-
pression. As an example:
typeset -i 16 y
print $(( [#8] x = 32, y = 32 ))
print $x $y
outputs first `8#40', the rightmost value in the given output base, and
then `8#40 16#20', because y has been explicitly declared to have output
base 16, while x (assuming it does not already exist) is implicitly
typed by the arithmetic evaluation, where it acquires the output base 8.
The base may be replaced or followed by an underscore, which may itself
be followed by a positive integer (if it is missing the value 3 is
used). This indicates that underscores should be inserted into the out-
put string, grouping the number for visual clarity. The following inte-
ger specifies the number of digits to group together. For example:
setopt cbases
print $(( [#16_4] 65536 ** 2 ))
outputs `0x1_0000_0000'.
The feature can be used with floating point numbers, in which case the
base must be omitted; grouping is away from the decimal point. For ex-
ample,
zmodload zsh/mathfunc
print $(( [#_] sqrt(1e7) ))
outputs `3_162.277_660_168_379_5' (the number of decimal places shown
may vary).
If the C_BASES option is set, hexadecimal numbers are output in the
standard C format, for example `0xFF' instead of the usual `16#FF'. If
the option OCTAL_ZEROES is also set (it is not by default), octal num-
bers will be treated similarly and hence appear as `077' instead of
`8#77'. This option has no effect on the output of bases other than
hexadecimal and octal, and these formats are always understood on input.
When an output base is specified using the `[#base]' syntax, an appro-
priate base prefix will be output if necessary, so that the value output
is valid syntax for input. If the # is doubled, for example `[##16]',
then no base prefix is output.
Floating point constants are recognized by the presence of a decimal
point or an exponent. The decimal point may be the first character of
the constant, but the exponent character e or E may not, as it will be
taken for a parameter name. All numeric parts (before and after the
decimal point and in the exponent) may contain underscores after the
leading digit for visual guidance; these are ignored in computation.
An arithmetic expression uses nearly the same syntax and associativity
of expressions as in C.
In the native mode of operation, the following operators are supported
(listed in decreasing order of precedence):
+ - ! ~ ++ --
unary plus/minus, logical NOT, complement, {pre,post}{in,de}cre-
ment
<< >> bitwise shift left, right
& bitwise AND
^ bitwise XOR
| bitwise OR
** exponentiation
* / % multiplication, division, modulus (remainder)
+ - addition, subtraction
< > <= >=
comparison
== != equality and inequality
&& logical AND
|| ^^ logical OR, XOR
? : ternary operator
= += -= *= /= %= &= ^= |= <<= >>= &&= ||= ^^= **=
assignment
, comma operator
The operators `&&', `||', `&&=', and `||=' are short-circuiting, and
only one of the latter two expressions in a ternary operator is evalu-
ated. Note the precedence of the bitwise AND, OR, and XOR operators.
With the option C_PRECEDENCES the precedences (but no other properties)
of the operators are altered to be the same as those in most other lan-
guages that support the relevant operators:
+ - ! ~ ++ --
unary plus/minus, logical NOT, complement, {pre,post}{in,de}cre-
ment
** exponentiation
* / % multiplication, division, modulus (remainder)
+ - addition, subtraction
<< >> bitwise shift left, right
< > <= >=
comparison
== != equality and inequality
& bitwise AND
^ bitwise XOR
| bitwise OR
&& logical AND
^^ logical XOR
|| logical OR
? : ternary operator
= += -= *= /= %= &= ^= |= <<= >>= &&= ||= ^^= **=
assignment
, comma operator
Note the precedence of exponentiation in both cases is below that of
unary operators, hence `-3**2' evaluates as `9', not `-9'. Use paren-
theses where necessary: `-(3**2)'. This is for compatibility with other
shells.
Mathematical functions can be called with the syntax `func(args)', where
the function decides if the args is used as a string or a comma-sepa-
rated list of arithmetic expressions. The shell currently defines no
mathematical functions by default, but the module zsh/mathfunc may be
loaded with the zmodload builtin to provide standard floating point
mathematical functions.
An expression of the form `##x' where x is any character sequence such
as `a', `^A', or `\M-\C-x' gives the value of this character and an ex-
pression of the form `#name' gives the value of the first character of
the contents of the parameter name. Character values are according to
the character set used in the current locale; for multibyte character
handling the option MULTIBYTE must be set. Note that this form is dif-
ferent from `$#name', a standard parameter substitution which gives the
length of the parameter name. `#\' is accepted instead of `##', but its
use is deprecated.
Named parameters and subscripted arrays can be referenced by name within
an arithmetic expression without using the parameter expansion syntax.
For example,
((val2 = val1 * 2))
assigns twice the value of $val1 to the parameter named val2.
An internal integer representation of a named parameter can be specified
with the integer builtin. Arithmetic evaluation is performed on the
value of each assignment to a named parameter declared integer in this
manner. Assigning a floating point number to an integer results in
rounding towards zero.
Likewise, floating point numbers can be declared with the float builtin;
there are two types, differing only in their output format, as described
for the typeset builtin. The output format can be bypassed by using
arithmetic substitution instead of the parameter substitution, i.e.
`${float}' uses the defined format, but `$((float))' uses a generic
floating point format.
Promotion of integer to floating point values is performed where neces-
sary. In addition, if any operator which requires an integer (`&', `|',
`^', `<<', `>>' and their equivalents with assignment) is given a float-
ing point argument, it will be silently rounded towards zero except for
`~' which rounds down.
Users should beware that, in common with many other programming lan-
guages but not software designed for calculation, the evaluation of an
expression in zsh is taken a term at a time and promotion of integers to
floating point does not occur in terms only containing integers. A typ-
ical result of this is that a division such as 6/8 is truncated, in this
being rounded towards 0. The FORCE_FLOAT shell option can be used in
scripts or functions where floating point evaluation is required
throughout.
Scalar variables can hold integer or floating point values at different
times; there is no memory of the numeric type in this case.
If a variable is first assigned in a numeric context without previously
being declared, it will be implicitly typed as integer or float and re-
tain that type either until the type is explicitly changed or until the
end of the scope. This can have unforeseen consequences. For example,
in the loop
for (( f = 0; f < 1; f += 0.1 )); do
# use $f
done
if f has not already been declared, the first assignment will cause it
to be created as an integer, and consequently the operation `f += 0.1'
will always cause the result to be truncated to zero, so that the loop
will fail. A simple fix would be to turn the initialization into `f =
0.0'. It is therefore best to declare numeric variables with explicit
types.
CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS
A conditional expression is used with the [[ compound command to test
attributes of files and to compare strings. Each expression can be con-
structed from one or more of the following unary or binary expressions:
-a file
true if file exists.
-b file
true if file exists and is a block special file.
-c file
true if file exists and is a character special file.
-d file
true if file exists and is a directory.
-e file
true if file exists.
-f file
true if file exists and is a regular file.
-g file
true if file exists and has its setgid bit set.
-h file
true if file exists and is a symbolic link.
-k file
true if file exists and has its sticky bit set.
-n string
true if length of string is non-zero.
-o option
true if option named option is on. option may be a single char-
acter, in which case it is a single letter option name. (See the
section `Specifying Options'.)
When no option named option exists, and the POSIX_BUILTINS option
hasn't been set, return 3 with a warning. If that option is set,
return 1 with no warning.
-p file
true if file exists and is a FIFO special file (named pipe).
-r file
true if file exists and is readable by current process.
-s file
true if file exists and has size greater than zero.
-t fd true if file descriptor number fd is open and associated with a
terminal device. (note: fd is not optional)
-u file
true if file exists and has its setuid bit set.
-v varname
true if shell variable varname is set.
-w file
true if file exists and is writable by current process.
-x file
true if file exists and is executable by current process. If
file exists and is a directory, then the current process has per-
mission to search in the directory.
-z string
true if length of string is zero.
-L file
true if file exists and is a symbolic link.
-O file
true if file exists and is owned by the effective user ID of this
process.
-G file
true if file exists and its group matches the effective group ID
of this process.
-S file
true if file exists and is a socket.
-N file
true if file exists and its access time is not newer than its
modification time.
file1 -nt file2
true if file1 exists and is newer than file2.
file1 -ot file2
true if file1 exists and is older than file2.
file1 -ef file2
true if file1 and file2 exist and refer to the same file.
string = pattern
string == pattern
true if string matches pattern. The two forms are exactly equiv-
alent. The `=' form is the traditional shell syntax (and hence
the only one generally used with the test and [ builtins); the
`==' form provides compatibility with other sorts of computer
language.
string != pattern
true if string does not match pattern.
string =~ regexp
true if string matches the regular expression regexp. If the op-
tion RE_MATCH_PCRE is set regexp is tested as a PCRE regular ex-
pression using the zsh/pcre module, else it is tested as a POSIX
extended regular expression using the zsh/regex module. Upon
successful match, some variables will be updated; no variables
are changed if the matching fails.
If the option BASH_REMATCH is not set the scalar parameter MATCH
is set to the substring that matched the pattern and the integer
parameters MBEGIN and MEND to the index of the start and end, re-
spectively, of the match in string, such that if string is con-
tained in variable var the expression `${var[$MBEGIN,$MEND]}' is
identical to `$MATCH'. The setting of the option KSH_ARRAYS is
respected. Likewise, the array match is set to the substrings
that matched parenthesised subexpressions and the arrays mbegin
and mend to the indices of the start and end positions, respec-
tively, of the substrings within string. The arrays are not set
if there were no parenthesised subexpressions. For example, if
the string `a short string' is matched against the regular ex-
pression `s(...)t', then (assuming the option KSH_ARRAYS is not
set) MATCH, MBEGIN and MEND are `short', 3 and 7, respectively,
while match, mbegin and mend are single entry arrays containing
the strings `hor', `4' and `6', respectively.
If the option BASH_REMATCH is set the array BASH_REMATCH is set
to the substring that matched the pattern followed by the sub-
strings that matched parenthesised subexpressions within the pat-
tern.
string1 < string2
true if string1 comes before string2 based on ASCII value of
their characters.
string1 > string2
true if string1 comes after string2 based on ASCII value of their
characters.
exp1 -eq exp2
true if exp1 is numerically equal to exp2. Note that for purely
numeric comparisons use of the ((...)) builtin described in the
section `ARITHMETIC EVALUATION' is more convenient than condi-
tional expressions.
exp1 -ne exp2
true if exp1 is numerically not equal to exp2.
exp1 -lt exp2
true if exp1 is numerically less than exp2.
exp1 -gt exp2
true if exp1 is numerically greater than exp2.
exp1 -le exp2
true if exp1 is numerically less than or equal to exp2.
exp1 -ge exp2
true if exp1 is numerically greater than or equal to exp2.
( exp )
true if exp is true.
! exp true if exp is false.
exp1 && exp2
true if exp1 and exp2 are both true.
exp1 || exp2
true if either exp1 or exp2 is true.
For compatibility, if there is a single argument that is not syntacti-
cally significant, typically a variable, the condition is treated as a
test for whether the expression expands as a string of non-zero length.
In other words, [[ $var ]] is the same as [[ -n $var ]]. It is recom-
mended that the second, explicit, form be used where possible.
Normal shell expansion is performed on the file, string and pattern ar-
guments, but the result of each expansion is constrained to be a single
word, similar to the effect of double quotes.
Filename generation is not performed on any form of argument to condi-
tions. However, it can be forced in any case where normal shell expan-
sion is valid and when the option EXTENDED_GLOB is in effect by using an
explicit glob qualifier of the form (#q) at the end of the string. A
normal glob qualifier expression may appear between the `q' and the
closing parenthesis; if none appears the expression has no effect beyond
causing filename generation. The results of filename generation are
joined together to form a single word, as with the results of other
forms of expansion.
This special use of filename generation is only available with the [[
syntax. If the condition occurs within the [ or test builtin commands
then globbing occurs instead as part of normal command line expansion
before the condition is evaluated. In this case it may generate multi-
ple words which are likely to confuse the syntax of the test command.
For example,
[[ -n file*(#qN) ]]
produces status zero if and only if there is at least one file in the
current directory beginning with the string `file'. The globbing quali-
fier N ensures that the expression is empty if there is no matching
file.
Pattern metacharacters are active for the pattern arguments; the pat-
terns are the same as those used for filename generation, see zsh-
expn(1), but there is no special behaviour of `/' nor initial dots, and
no glob qualifiers are allowed.
In each of the above expressions, if file is of the form `/dev/fd/n',
where n is an integer, then the test applied to the open file whose de-
scriptor number is n, even if the underlying system does not support the
/dev/fd directory.
In the forms which do numeric comparison, the expressions exp undergo
arithmetic expansion as if they were enclosed in $((...)).
For example, the following:
[[ ( -f foo || -f bar ) && $report = y* ]] && print File exists.
tests if either file foo or file bar exists, and if so, if the value of
the parameter report begins with `y'; if the complete condition is true,
the message `File exists.' is printed.
EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES
Prompt sequences undergo a special form of expansion. This type of ex-
pansion is also available using the -P option to the print builtin.
If the PROMPT_SUBST option is set, the prompt string is first subjected
to parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
See zshexpn(1).
Certain escape sequences may be recognised in the prompt string.
If the PROMPT_BANG option is set, a `!' in the prompt is replaced by the
current history event number. A literal `!' may then be represented as
`!!'.
If the PROMPT_PERCENT option is set, certain escape sequences that start
with `%' are expanded. Many escapes are followed by a single character,
although some of these take an optional integer argument that should ap-
pear between the `%' and the next character of the sequence. More com-
plicated escape sequences are available to provide conditional expan-
sion.
SIMPLE PROMPT ESCAPES
Special characters
%% A `%'.
%) A `)'.
Login information
%l The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without `/dev/' prefix.
If the name starts with `/dev/tty', that prefix is stripped.
%M The full machine hostname.
%m The hostname up to the first `.'. An integer may follow the `%'
to specify how many components of the hostname are desired. With
a negative integer, trailing components of the hostname are
shown.
%n $USERNAME.
%y The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without `/dev/' prefix.
This does not treat `/dev/tty' names specially.
Shell state
%# A `#' if the shell is running with privileges, a `%' if not.
Equivalent to `%(!.#.%%)'. The definition of `privileged', for
these purposes, is that either the effective user ID is zero, or,
if POSIX.1e capabilities are supported, that at least one capa-
bility is raised in either the Effective or Inheritable capabil-
ity vectors.
%? The return status of the last command executed just before the
prompt.
%_ The status of the parser, i.e. the shell constructs (like `if'
and `for') that have been started on the command line. If given
an integer number that many strings will be printed; zero or neg-
ative or no integer means print as many as there are. This is
most useful in prompts PS2 for continuation lines and PS4 for de-
bugging with the XTRACE option; in the latter case it will also
work non-interactively.
%^ The status of the parser in reverse. This is the same as `%_'
other than the order of strings. It is often used in RPS2.
%d
%/ Current working directory. If an integer follows the `%', it
specifies a number of trailing components of the current working
directory to show; zero means the whole path. A negative integer
specifies leading components, i.e. %-1d specifies the first com-
ponent.
%~ As %d and %/, but if the current working directory starts with
$HOME, that part is replaced by a `~'. Furthermore, if it has a
named directory as its prefix, that part is replaced by a `~'
followed by the name of the directory, but only if the result is
shorter than the full path; see Dynamic and Static named directo-
ries in zshexpn(1).
%e Evaluation depth of the current sourced file, shell function, or
eval. This is incremented or decremented every time the value of
%N is set or reverted to a previous value, respectively. This is
most useful for debugging as part of $PS4.
%h
%! Current history event number.
%i The line number currently being executed in the script, sourced
file, or shell function given by %N. This is most useful for de-
bugging as part of $PS4.
%I The line number currently being executed in the file %x. This is
similar to %i, but the line number is always a line number in the
file where the code was defined, even if the code is a shell
function.
%j The number of jobs.
%L The current value of $SHLVL.
%N The name of the script, sourced file, or shell function that zsh
is currently executing, whichever was started most recently. If
there is none, this is equivalent to the parameter $0. An inte-
ger may follow the `%' to specify a number of trailing path com-
ponents to show; zero means the full path. A negative integer
specifies leading components.
%x The name of the file containing the source code currently being
executed. This behaves as %N except that function and eval com-
mand names are not shown, instead the file where they were de-
fined.
%c
%.
%C Trailing component of the current working directory. An integer
may follow the `%' to get more than one component. Unless `%C'
is used, tilde contraction is performed first. These are depre-
cated as %c and %C are equivalent to %1~ and %1/, respectively,
while explicit positive integers have the same effect as for the
latter two sequences.
Date and time
%D The date in yy-mm-dd format.
%T Current time of day, in 24-hour format.
%t
%@ Current time of day, in 12-hour, am/pm format.
%* Current time of day in 24-hour format, with seconds.
%w The date in day-dd format.
%W The date in mm/dd/yy format.
%D{string}
string is formatted using the strftime function. See strftime(3)
for more details. Various zsh extensions provide numbers with no
leading zero or space if the number is a single digit:
%f a day of the month
%K the hour of the day on the 24-hour clock
%L the hour of the day on the 12-hour clock
In addition, if the system supports the POSIX gettimeofday system
call, %. provides decimal fractions of a second since the epoch
with leading zeroes. By default three decimal places are pro-
vided, but a number of digits up to 9 may be given following the
%; hence %6. outputs microseconds, and %9. outputs nanoseconds.
(The latter requires a nanosecond-precision clock_gettime; sys-
tems lacking this will return a value multiplied by the appropri-
ate power of 10.) A typical example of this is the format
`%D{%H:%M:%S.%.}'.
The GNU extension %N is handled as a synonym for %9..
Additionally, the GNU extension that a `-' between the % and the
format character causes a leading zero or space to be stripped is
handled directly by the shell for the format characters d, f, H,
k, l, m, M, S and y; any other format characters are provided to
the system's strftime(3) with any leading `-' present, so the
handling is system dependent. Further GNU (or other) extensions
are also passed to strftime(3) and may work if the system sup-
ports them.
Visual effects
%B (%b)
Start (stop) boldface mode.
%E Clear to end of line.
%U (%u)
Start (stop) underline mode.
%S (%s)
Start (stop) standout mode.
%F (%f)
Start (stop) using a different foreground colour, if supported by
the terminal. The colour may be specified two ways: either as a
numeric argument, as normal, or by a sequence in braces following
the %F, for example %F{red}. In the latter case the values al-
lowed are as described for the fg zle_highlight attribute; see
Character Highlighting in zshzle(1). This means that numeric
colours are allowed in the second format also.
%K (%k)
Start (stop) using a different bacKground colour. The syntax is
identical to that for %F and %f.
%{...%}
Include a string as a literal escape sequence. The string within
the braces should not change the cursor position. Brace pairs
can nest.
A positive numeric argument between the % and the { is treated as
described for %G below.
%G Within a %{...%} sequence, include a `glitch': that is, assume
that a single character width will be output. This is useful
when outputting characters that otherwise cannot be correctly
handled by the shell, such as the alternate character set on some
terminals. The characters in question can be included within a
%{...%} sequence together with the appropriate number of %G se-
quences to indicate the correct width. An integer between the
`%' and `G' indicates a character width other than one. Hence
%{seq%2G%} outputs seq and assumes it takes up the width of two
standard characters.
Multiple uses of %G accumulate in the obvious fashion; the posi-
tion of the %G is unimportant. Negative integers are not han-
dled.
Note that when prompt truncation is in use it is advisable to di-
vide up output into single characters within each %{...%} group
so that the correct truncation point can be found.
CONDITIONAL SUBSTRINGS IN PROMPTS
%v The value of the first element of the psvar array parameter.
Following the `%' with an integer gives that element of the ar-
ray. Negative integers count from the end of the array.
%(x.true-text.false-text)
Specifies a ternary expression. The character following the x is
arbitrary; the same character is used to separate the text for
the `true' result from that for the `false' result. This separa-
tor may not appear in the true-text, except as part of a %-escape
sequence. A `)' may appear in the false-text as `%)'. true-text
and false-text may both contain arbitrarily-nested escape se-
quences, including further ternary expressions.
The left parenthesis may be preceded or followed by a positive
integer n, which defaults to zero. A negative integer will be
multiplied by -1, except as noted below for `l'. The test char-
acter x may be any of the following:
! True if the shell is running with privileges.
# True if the effective uid of the current process is n.
? True if the exit status of the last command was n.
_ True if at least n shell constructs were started.
C
/ True if the current absolute path has at least n elements
relative to the root directory, hence / is counted as 0
elements.
c
.
~ True if the current path, with prefix replacement, has at
least n elements relative to the root directory, hence /
is counted as 0 elements.
D True if the month is equal to n (January = 0).
d True if the day of the month is equal to n.
e True if the evaluation depth is at least n.
g True if the effective gid of the current process is n.
j True if the number of jobs is at least n.
L True if the SHLVL parameter is at least n.
l True if at least n characters have already been printed on
the current line. When n is negative, true if at least
abs(n) characters remain before the opposite margin (thus
the left margin for RPROMPT).
S True if the SECONDS parameter is at least n.
T True if the time in hours is equal to n.
t True if the time in minutes is equal to n.
v True if the array psvar has at least n elements.
V True if element n of the array psvar is set and non-empty.
w True if the day of the week is equal to n (Sunday = 0).
%<string<
%>string>
%[xstring]
Specifies truncation behaviour for the remainder of the prompt
string. The third, deprecated, form is equivalent to
`%xstringx', i.e. x may be `<' or `>'. The string will be dis-
played in place of the truncated portion of any string; note this
does not undergo prompt expansion.
The numeric argument, which in the third form may appear immedi-
ately after the `[', specifies the maximum permitted length of
the various strings that can be displayed in the prompt. In the
first two forms, this numeric argument may be negative, in which
case the truncation length is determined by subtracting the ab-
solute value of the numeric argument from the number of character
positions remaining on the current prompt line. If this results
in a zero or negative length, a length of 1 is used. In other
words, a negative argument arranges that after truncation at
least n characters remain before the right margin (left margin
for RPROMPT).
The forms with `<' truncate at the left of the string, and the
forms with `>' truncate at the right of the string. For example,
if the current directory is `/home/pike', the prompt `%8<..<%/'
will expand to `..e/pike'. In this string, the terminating char-
acter (`<', `>' or `]'), or in fact any character, may be quoted
by a preceding `\'; note when using print -P, however, that this
must be doubled as the string is also subject to standard print
processing, in addition to any backslashes removed by a double
quoted string: the worst case is therefore `print -P
"%<\\\\<<..."'.
If the string is longer than the specified truncation length, it
will appear in full, completely replacing the truncated string.
The part of the prompt string to be truncated runs to the end of
the string, or to the end of the next enclosing group of the `%('
construct, or to the next truncation encountered at the same
grouping level (i.e. truncations inside a `%(' are separate),
which ever comes first. In particular, a truncation with argu-
ment zero (e.g., `%<<') marks the end of the range of the string
to be truncated while turning off truncation from there on. For
example, the prompt `%10<...<%~%<<%# ' will print a truncated
representation of the current directory, followed by a `%' or
`#', followed by a space. Without the `%<<', those two charac-
ters would be included in the string to be truncated. Note that
`%-0<<' is not equivalent to `%<<' but specifies that the prompt
is truncated at the right margin.
Truncation applies only within each individual line of the
prompt, as delimited by embedded newlines (if any). If the total
length of any line of the prompt after truncation is greater than
the terminal width, or if the part to be truncated contains em-
bedded newlines, truncation behavior is undefined and may change
in a future version of the shell. Use
`%-n(l.true-text.false-text)' to remove parts of the prompt when
the available space is less than n.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHMISC(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHEXPN(1) General Commands Manual ZSHEXPN(1)
NAME
zshexpn - zsh expansion and substitution
DESCRIPTION
The following types of expansions are performed in the indicated order
in five steps:
History Expansion
This is performed only in interactive shells.
Alias Expansion
Aliases are expanded immediately before the command line is
parsed as explained under Aliasing in zshmisc(1).
Process Substitution
Parameter Expansion
Command Substitution
Arithmetic Expansion
Brace Expansion
These five are performed in left-to-right fashion. On each argu-
ment, any of the five steps that are needed are performed one af-
ter the other. Hence, for example, all the parts of parameter
expansion are completed before command substitution is started.
After these expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the charac-
ters `\',`'' and `"' are removed.
Filename Expansion
If the SH_FILE_EXPANSION option is set, the order of expansion is
modified for compatibility with sh and ksh. In that case file-
name expansion is performed immediately after alias expansion,
preceding the set of five expansions mentioned above.
Filename Generation
This expansion, commonly referred to as globbing, is always done
last.
The following sections explain the types of expansion in detail.
HISTORY EXPANSION
History expansion allows you to use words from previous command lines in
the command line you are typing. This simplifies spelling corrections
and the repetition of complicated commands or arguments.
Immediately before execution, each command is saved in the history list,
the size of which is controlled by the HISTSIZE parameter. The one most
recent command is always retained in any case. Each saved command in
the history list is called a history event and is assigned a number, be-
ginning with 1 (one) when the shell starts up. The history number that
you may see in your prompt (see EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zsh-
misc(1)) is the number that is to be assigned to the next command.
Overview
A history expansion begins with the first character of the histchars pa-
rameter, which is `!' by default, and may occur anywhere on the command
line, including inside double quotes (but not inside single quotes '...'
or C-style quotes $'...' nor when escaped with a backslash).
The first character is followed by an optional event designator (see the
section `Event Designators') and then an optional word designator (the
section `Word Designators'); if neither of these designators is present,
no history expansion occurs.
Input lines containing history expansions are echoed after being ex-
panded, but before any other expansions take place and before the com-
mand is executed. It is this expanded form that is recorded as the his-
tory event for later references.
History expansions do not nest.
By default, a history reference with no event designator refers to the
same event as any preceding history reference on that command line; if
it is the only history reference in a command, it refers to the previous
command. However, if the option CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY is set, then every
history reference with no event specification always refers to the pre-
vious command.
For example, `!' is the event designator for the previous command, so
`!!:1' always refers to the first word of the previous command, and
`!!$' always refers to the last word of the previous command. With
CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY set, then `!:1' and `!$' function in the same manner
as `!!:1' and `!!$', respectively. Conversely, if CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY is
unset, then `!:1' and `!$' refer to the first and last words, respec-
tively, of the same event referenced by the nearest other history refer-
ence preceding them on the current command line, or to the previous com-
mand if there is no preceding reference.
The character sequence `^foo^bar' (where `^' is actually the second
character of the histchars parameter) repeats the last command, replac-
ing the string foo with bar. More precisely, the sequence `^foo^bar^'
is synonymous with `!!:s^foo^bar^', hence other modifiers (see the sec-
tion `Modifiers') may follow the final `^'. In particular,
`^foo^bar^:G' performs a global substitution.
If the shell encounters the character sequence `!"' in the input, the
history mechanism is temporarily disabled until the current list (see
zshmisc(1)) is fully parsed. The `!"' is removed from the input, and
any subsequent `!' characters have no special significance.
A less convenient but more comprehensible form of command history sup-
port is provided by the fc builtin.
Event Designators
An event designator is a reference to a command-line entry in the his-
tory list. In the list below, remember that the initial `!' in each
item may be changed to another character by setting the histchars para-
meter.
! Start a history expansion, except when followed by a blank, new-
line, `=' or `('. If followed immediately by a word designator
(see the section `Word Designators'), this forms a history refer-
ence with no event designator (see the section `Overview').
!! Refer to the previous command. By itself, this expansion repeats
the previous command.
!n Refer to command-line n.
!-n Refer to the current command-line minus n.
!str Refer to the most recent command starting with str.
!?str[?]
Refer to the most recent command containing str. The trailing
`?' is necessary if this reference is to be followed by a modi-
fier or followed by any text that is not to be considered part of
str.
!# Refer to the current command line typed in so far. The line is
treated as if it were complete up to and including the word be-
fore the one with the `!#' reference.
!{...} Insulate a history reference from adjacent characters (if neces-
sary).
Word Designators
A word designator indicates which word or words of a given command line
are to be included in a history reference. A `:' usually separates the
event specification from the word designator. It may be omitted only if
the word designator begins with a `^', `$', `*', `-' or `%'. Word des-
ignators include:
0 The first input word (command).
n The nth argument.
^ The first argument. That is, 1.
$ The last argument.
% The word matched by (the most recent) ?str search.
x-y A range of words; x defaults to 0.
* All the arguments, or a null value if there are none.
x* Abbreviates `x-$'.
x- Like `x*' but omitting word $.
Note that a `%' word designator works only when used in one of `!%',
`!:%' or `!?str?:%', and only when used after a !? expansion (possibly
in an earlier command). Anything else results in an error, although the
error may not be the most obvious one.
Modifiers
After the optional word designator, you can add a sequence of one or
more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'. These modi-
fiers also work on the result of filename generation and parameter ex-
pansion, except where noted.
a Turn a file name into an absolute path: prepends the current di-
rectory, if necessary; remove `.' path segments; and remove `..'
path segments and the segments that immediately precede them.
This transformation is agnostic about what is in the filesystem,
i.e. is on the logical, not the physical directory. It takes
place in the same manner as when changing directories when nei-
ther of the options CHASE_DOTS or CHASE_LINKS is set. For exam-
ple, `/before/here/../after' is always transformed to `/be-
fore/after', regardless of whether `/before/here' exists or what
kind of object (dir, file, symlink, etc.) it is.
A Turn a file name into an absolute path as the `a' modifier does,
and then pass the result through the realpath(3) library function
to resolve symbolic links.
Note: on systems that do not have a realpath(3) library function,
symbolic links are not resolved, so on those systems `a' and `A'
are equivalent.
Note: foo:A and realpath(foo) are different on some inputs. For
realpath(foo) semantics, see the `P` modifier.
c Resolve a command name into an absolute path by searching the
command path given by the PATH variable. This does not work for
commands containing directory parts. Note also that this does
not usually work as a glob qualifier unless a file of the same
name is found in the current directory.
e Remove all but the part of the filename extension following the
`.'; see the definition of the filename extension in the descrip-
tion of the r modifier below. Note that according to that defin-
ition the result will be empty if the string ends with a `.'.
h [ digits ]
Remove a trailing pathname component, shortening the path by one
directory level: this is the `head' of the pathname. This works
like `dirname'. If the h is followed immediately (with no spaces
or other separator) by any number of decimal digits, and the
value of the resulting number is non-zero, that number of leading
components is preserved instead of the final component being re-
moved. In an absolute path the leading `/' is the first compo-
nent, so, for example, if var=/my/path/to/something, then
${var:h3} substitutes /my/path. Consecutive `/'s are treated the
same as a single `/'. In parameter substitution, digits may only
be used if the expression is in braces, so for example the short
form substitution $var:h2 is treated as ${var:h}2, not as
${var:h2}. No restriction applies to the use of digits in his-
tory substitution or globbing qualifiers. If more components are
requested than are present, the entire path is substituted (so
this does not trigger a `failed modifier' error in history expan-
sion).
l Convert the words to all lowercase.
p Print the new command but do not execute it. Only works with
history expansion.
P Turn a file name into an absolute path, like realpath(3). The
resulting path will be absolute, will refer to the same directory
entry as the input filename, and none of its components will be
symbolic links or equal to `.' or `..'.
Unlike realpath(3), non-existent trailing components are permit-
ted and preserved.
q Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions.
Works with history expansion and parameter expansion, though for
parameters it is only useful if the resulting text is to be
re-evaluated such as by eval.
Q Remove one level of quotes from the substituted words.
r Remove a filename extension leaving the root name. Strings with
no filename extension are not altered. A filename extension is a
`.' followed by any number of characters (including zero) that
are neither `.' nor `/' and that continue to the end of the
string. For example, the extension of `foo.orig.c' is `.c', and
`dir.c/foo' has no extension.
s/l/r[/]
Substitute r for l as described below. The substitution is done
only for the first string that matches l. For arrays and for
filename generation, this applies to each word of the expanded
text. See below for further notes on substitutions.
The forms `gs/l/r' and `s/l/r/:G' perform global substitution,
i.e. substitute every occurrence of r for l. Note that the g or
:G must appear in exactly the position shown.
See further notes on this form of substitution below.
& Repeat the previous s substitution. Like s, may be preceded im-
mediately by a g. In parameter expansion the & must appear in-
side braces, and in filename generation it must be quoted with a
backslash.
t [ digits ]
Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the final compo-
nent (tail). This works like `basename'. Any trailing slashes
are first removed. Decimal digits are handled as described above
for (h), but in this case that number of trailing components is
preserved instead of the default 1; 0 is treated the same as 1.
u Convert the words to all uppercase.
x Like q, but break into words at whitespace. Does not work with
parameter expansion.
The s/l/r/ substitution works as follows. By default the left-hand side
of substitutions are not patterns, but character strings. Any character
can be used as the delimiter in place of `/'. A backslash quotes the
delimiter character. The character `&', in the right-hand-side r, is
replaced by the text from the left-hand-side l. The `&' can be quoted
with a backslash. A null l uses the previous string either from the
previous l or from the contextual scan string s from `!?s'. You can
omit the rightmost delimiter if a newline immediately follows r; the
rightmost `?' in a context scan can similarly be omitted. Note the same
record of the last l and r is maintained across all forms of expansion.
Note that if a `&' is used within glob qualifiers an extra backslash is
needed as a & is a special character in this case.
Also note that the order of expansions affects the interpretation of l
and r. When used in a history expansion, which occurs before any other
expansions, l and r are treated as literal strings (except as explained
for HIST_SUBST_PATTERN below). When used in parameter expansion, the
replacement of r into the parameter's value is done first, and then any
additional process, parameter, command, arithmetic, or brace references
are applied, which may evaluate those substitutions and expansions more
than once if l appears more than once in the starting value. When used
in a glob qualifier, any substitutions or expansions are performed once
at the time the qualifier is parsed, even before the `:s' expression it-
self is divided into l and r sides.
If the option HIST_SUBST_PATTERN is set, l is treated as a pattern of
the usual form described in the section FILENAME GENERATION below. This
can be used in all the places where modifiers are available; note, how-
ever, that in globbing qualifiers parameter substitution has already
taken place, so parameters in the replacement string should be quoted to
ensure they are replaced at the correct time. Note also that compli-
cated patterns used in globbing qualifiers may need the extended glob
qualifier notation (#q:s/.../.../) in order for the shell to recognize
the expression as a glob qualifier. Further, note that bad patterns in
the substitution are not subject to the NO_BAD_PATTERN option so will
cause an error.
When HIST_SUBST_PATTERN is set, l may start with a # to indicate that
the pattern must match at the start of the string to be substituted, and
a % may appear at the start or after an # to indicate that the pattern
must match at the end of the string to be substituted. The % or # may
be quoted with two backslashes.
For example, the following piece of filename generation code with the
EXTENDED_GLOB option:
print -r -- *.c(#q:s/#%(#b)s(*).c/'S${match[1]}.C'/)
takes the expansion of *.c and applies the glob qualifiers in the
(#q...) expression, which consists of a substitution modifier anchored
to the start and end of each word (#%). This turns on backreferences
((#b)), so that the parenthesised subexpression is available in the re-
placement string as ${match[1]}. The replacement string is quoted so
that the parameter is not substituted before the start of filename gen-
eration.
The following f, F, w and W modifiers work only with parameter expansion
and filename generation. They are listed here to provide a single point
of reference for all modifiers.
f Repeats the immediately (without a colon) following modifier un-
til the resulting word doesn't change any more.
F:expr:
Like f, but repeats only n times if the expression expr evaluates
to n. Any character can be used instead of the `:'; if `(', `[',
or `{' is used as the opening delimiter, the closing delimiter
should be ')', `]', or `}', respectively.
w Makes the immediately following modifier work on each word in the
string.
W:sep: Like w but words are considered to be the parts of the string
that are separated by sep. Any character can be used instead of
the `:'; opening parentheses are handled specially, see above.
PROCESS SUBSTITUTION
Each part of a command argument that takes the form `<(list)', `>(list)'
or `=(list)' is subject to process substitution. The expression may be
preceded or followed by other strings except that, to prevent clashes
with commonly occurring strings and patterns, the last form must occur
at the start of a command argument, and the forms are only expanded when
first parsing command or assignment arguments. Process substitutions
may be used following redirection operators; in this case, the substitu-
tion must appear with no trailing string.
Note that `<<(list)' is not a special syntax; it is equivalent to `<
<(list)', redirecting standard input from the result of process substi-
tution. Hence all the following documentation applies. The second form
(with the space) is recommended for clarity.
In the case of the < or > forms, the shell runs the commands in list as
a subprocess of the job executing the shell command line. If the system
supports the /dev/fd mechanism, the command argument is the name of the
device file corresponding to a file descriptor; otherwise, if the system
supports named pipes (FIFOs), the command argument will be a named pipe.
If the form with > is selected then writing on this special file will
provide input for list. If < is used, then the file passed as an argu-
ment will be connected to the output of the list process. For example,
paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) |
tee >(process1) >(process2) >/dev/null
cuts fields 1 and 3 from the files file1 and file2 respectively, pastes
the results together, and sends it to the processes process1 and
process2.
If =(...) is used instead of <(...), then the file passed as an argument
will be the name of a temporary file containing the output of the list
process. This may be used instead of the < form for a program that ex-
pects to lseek (see lseek(2)) on the input file.
There is an optimisation for substitutions of the form =(<<<arg), where
arg is a single-word argument to the here-string redirection <<<. This
form produces a file name containing the value of arg after any substi-
tutions have been performed. This is handled entirely within the cur-
rent shell. This is effectively the reverse of the special form $(<arg)
which treats arg as a file name and replaces it with the file's con-
tents.
The = form is useful as both the /dev/fd and the named pipe implementa-
tion of <(...) have drawbacks. In the former case, some programmes may
automatically close the file descriptor in question before examining the
file on the command line, particularly if this is necessary for security
reasons such as when the programme is running setuid. In the second
case, if the programme does not actually open the file, the subshell at-
tempting to read from or write to the pipe will (in a typical implemen-
tation, different operating systems may have different behaviour) block
for ever and have to be killed explicitly. In both cases, the shell ac-
tually supplies the information using a pipe, so that programmes that
expect to lseek (see lseek(2)) on the file will not work.
Also note that the previous example can be more compactly and effi-
ciently written (provided the MULTIOS option is set) as:
paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) > >(process1) > >(process2)
The shell uses pipes instead of FIFOs to implement the latter two
process substitutions in the above example.
There is an additional problem with >(process); when this is attached to
an external command, the parent shell does not wait for process to fin-
ish and hence an immediately following command cannot rely on the re-
sults being complete. The problem and solution are the same as de-
scribed in the section MULTIOS in zshmisc(1). Hence in a simplified
version of the example above:
paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) > >(process)
(note that no MULTIOS are involved), process will be run asynchronously
as far as the parent shell is concerned. The workaround is:
{ paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) } > >(process)
The extra processes here are spawned from the parent shell which will
wait for their completion.
Another problem arises any time a job with a substitution that requires
a temporary file is disowned by the shell, including the case where `&!'
or `&|' appears at the end of a command containing a substitution. In
that case the temporary file will not be cleaned up as the shell no
longer has any memory of the job. A workaround is to use a subshell,
for example,
(mycmd =(myoutput)) &!
as the forked subshell will wait for the command to finish then remove
the temporary file.
A general workaround to ensure a process substitution endures for an ap-
propriate length of time is to pass it as a parameter to an anonymous
shell function (a piece of shell code that is run immediately with func-
tion scope). For example, this code:
() {
print File $1:
cat $1
} =(print This be the verse)
outputs something resembling the following
File /tmp/zsh6nU0kS:
This be the verse
The temporary file created by the process substitution will be deleted
when the function exits.
PARAMETER EXPANSION
The character `$' is used to introduce parameter expansions. See zsh-
param(1) for a description of parameters, including arrays, associative
arrays, and subscript notation to access individual array elements.
Note in particular the fact that words of unquoted parameters are not
automatically split on whitespace unless the option SH_WORD_SPLIT is
set; see references to this option below for more details. This is an
important difference from other shells. However, as in other shells,
null words are elided from unquoted parameters' expansions.
With default options, after the assignments:
array=("first word" "" "third word")
scalar="only word"
then $array substitutes two words, `first word' and `third word', and
$scalar substitutes a single word `only word'. Note that second element
of array was elided. Scalar parameters can be elided too if their value
is null (empty). To avoid elision, use quoting as follows: "$scalar"
for scalars and "${array[@]}" or "${(@)array}" for arrays. (The last
two forms are equivalent.)
Parameter expansions can involve flags, as in `${(@kv)aliases}', and
other operators, such as `${PREFIX:-"/usr/local"}'. Parameter expan-
sions can also be nested. These topics will be introduced below. The
full rules are complicated and are noted at the end.
In the expansions discussed below that require a pattern, the form of
the pattern is the same as that used for filename generation; see the
section `Filename Generation'. Note that these patterns, along with the
replacement text of any substitutions, are themselves subject to parame-
ter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. In addi-
tion to the following operations, the colon modifiers described in the
section `Modifiers' in the section `History Expansion' can be applied:
for example, ${i:s/foo/bar/} performs string substitution on the expan-
sion of parameter $i.
In the following descriptions, `word' refers to a single word substi-
tuted on the command line, not necessarily a space delimited word.
${name}
The value, if any, of the parameter name is substituted. The
braces are required if the expansion is to be followed by a let-
ter, digit, or underscore that is not to be interpreted as part
of name. In addition, more complicated forms of substitution
usually require the braces to be present; exceptions, which only
apply if the option KSH_ARRAYS is not set, are a single subscript
or any colon modifiers appearing after the name, or any of the
characters `^', `=', `~', `#' or `+' appearing before the name,
all of which work with or without braces.
If name is an array parameter, and the KSH_ARRAYS option is not
set, then the value of each element of name is substituted, one
element per word. Otherwise, the expansion results in one word
only; with KSH_ARRAYS, this is the first element of an array. No
field splitting is done on the result unless the SH_WORD_SPLIT
option is set. See also the flags = and s:string:.
${+name}
If name is the name of a set parameter `1' is substituted, other-
wise `0' is substituted.
${name-word}
${name:-word}
If name is set, or in the second form is non-null, then substi-
tute its value; otherwise substitute word. In the second form
name may be omitted, in which case word is always substituted.
${name+word}
${name:+word}
If name is set, or in the second form is non-null, then substi-
tute word; otherwise substitute nothing.
${name=word}
${name:=word}
${name::=word}
In the first form, if name is unset then set it to word; in the
second form, if name is unset or null then set it to word; and in
the third form, unconditionally set name to word. In all forms,
the value of the parameter is then substituted.
${name?word}
${name:?word}
In the first form, if name is set, or in the second form if name
is both set and non-null, then substitute its value; otherwise,
print word and exit from the shell. Interactive shells instead
return to the prompt. If word is omitted, then a standard mes-
sage is printed.
In any of the above expressions that test a variable and substitute an
alternate word, note that you can use standard shell quoting in the word
value to selectively override the splitting done by the SH_WORD_SPLIT
option and the = flag, but not splitting by the s:string: flag.
In the following expressions, when name is an array and the substitution
is not quoted, or if the `(@)' flag or the name[@] syntax is used,
matching and replacement is performed on each array element separately.
${name#pattern}
${name##pattern}
If the pattern matches the beginning of the value of name, then
substitute the value of name with the matched portion deleted;
otherwise, just substitute the value of name. In the first form,
the smallest matching pattern is preferred; in the second form,
the largest matching pattern is preferred.
${name%pattern}
${name%%pattern}
If the pattern matches the end of the value of name, then substi-
tute the value of name with the matched portion deleted; other-
wise, just substitute the value of name. In the first form, the
smallest matching pattern is preferred; in the second form, the
largest matching pattern is preferred.
${name:#pattern}
If the pattern matches the value of name, then substitute the
empty string; otherwise, just substitute the value of name. If
name is an array the matching array elements are removed (use the
`(M)' flag to remove the non-matched elements).
${name:|arrayname}
If arrayname is the name (N.B., not contents) of an array vari-
able, then any elements contained in arrayname are removed from
the substitution of name. If the substitution is scalar, either
because name is a scalar variable or the expression is quoted,
the elements of arrayname are instead tested against the entire
expression.
${name:*arrayname}
Similar to the preceding substitution, but in the opposite sense,
so that entries present in both the original substitution and as
elements of arrayname are retained and others removed.
${name:^arrayname}
${name:^^arrayname}
Zips two arrays, such that the output array is twice as long as
the shortest (longest for `:^^') of name and arrayname, with the
elements alternatingly being picked from them. For `:^', if one
of the input arrays is longer, the output will stop when the end
of the shorter array is reached. Thus,
a=(1 2 3 4); b=(a b); print ${a:^b}
will output `1 a 2 b'. For `:^^', then the input is repeated un-
til all of the longer array has been used up and the above will
output `1 a 2 b 3 a 4 b'.
Either or both inputs may be a scalar, they will be treated as an
array of length 1 with the scalar as the only element. If either
array is empty, the other array is output with no extra elements
inserted.
Currently the following code will output `a b' and `1' as two
separate elements, which can be unexpected. The second print pro-
vides a workaround which should continue to work if this is
changed.
a=(a b); b=(1 2); print -l "${a:^b}"; print -l "${${a:^b}}"
${name:offset}
${name:offset:length}
This syntax gives effects similar to parameter subscripting in
the form $name[start,end], but is compatible with other shells;
note that both offset and length are interpreted differently from
the components of a subscript.
If offset is non-negative, then if the variable name is a scalar
substitute the contents starting offset characters from the first
character of the string, and if name is an array substitute ele-
ments starting offset elements from the first element. If length
is given, substitute that many characters or elements, otherwise
the entire rest of the scalar or array.
A positive offset is always treated as the offset of a character
or element in name from the first character or element of the ar-
ray (this is different from native zsh subscript notation).
Hence 0 refers to the first character or element regardless of
the setting of the option KSH_ARRAYS.
A negative offset counts backwards from the end of the scalar or
array, so that -1 corresponds to the last character or element,
and so on.
When positive, length counts from the offset position toward the
end of the scalar or array. When negative, length counts back
from the end. If this results in a position smaller than offset,
a diagnostic is printed and nothing is substituted.
The option MULTIBYTE is obeyed, i.e. the offset and length count
multibyte characters where appropriate.
offset and length undergo the same set of shell substitutions as
for scalar assignment; in addition, they are then subject to
arithmetic evaluation. Hence, for example
print ${foo:3}
print ${foo: 1 + 2}
print ${foo:$(( 1 + 2))}
print ${foo:$(echo 1 + 2)}
all have the same effect, extracting the string starting at the
fourth character of $foo if the substitution would otherwise re-
turn a scalar, or the array starting at the fourth element if
$foo would return an array. Note that with the option KSH_ARRAYS
$foo always returns a scalar (regardless of the use of the offset
syntax) and a form such as ${foo[*]:3} is required to extract el-
ements of an array named foo.
If offset is negative, the - may not appear immediately after the
: as this indicates the ${name:-word} form of substitution. In-
stead, a space may be inserted before the -. Furthermore, nei-
ther offset nor length may begin with an alphabetic character or
& as these are used to indicate history-style modifiers. To sub-
stitute a value from a variable, the recommended approach is to
precede it with a $ as this signifies the intention (parameter
substitution can easily be rendered unreadable); however, as
arithmetic substitution is performed, the expression ${var: offs}
does work, retrieving the offset from $offs.
For further compatibility with other shells there is a special
case for array offset 0. This usually accesses the first element
of the array. However, if the substitution refers to the posi-
tional parameter array, e.g. $@ or $*, then offset 0 instead
refers to $0, offset 1 refers to $1, and so on. In other words,
the positional parameter array is effectively extended by
prepending $0. Hence ${*:0:1} substitutes $0 and ${*:1:1} sub-
stitutes $1.
${name/pattern/repl}
${name//pattern/repl}
${name:/pattern/repl}
Replace the longest possible match of pattern in the expansion of
parameter name by string repl. The first form replaces just the
first occurrence, the second form all occurrences, and the third
form replaces only if pattern matches the entire string. Both
pattern and repl are subject to double-quoted substitution, so
that expressions like ${name/$opat/$npat} will work, but obey the
usual rule that pattern characters in $opat are not treated spe-
cially unless either the option GLOB_SUBST is set, or $opat is
instead substituted as ${~opat}.
The pattern may begin with a `#', in which case the pattern must
match at the start of the string, or `%', in which case it must
match at the end of the string, or `#%' in which case the pattern
must match the entire string. The repl may be an empty string,
in which case the final `/' may also be omitted. To quote the
final `/' in other cases it should be preceded by a single back-
slash; this is not necessary if the `/' occurs inside a substi-
tuted parameter. Note also that the `#', `%' and `#% are not ac-
tive if they occur inside a substituted parameter, even at the
start.
If, after quoting rules apply, ${name} expands to an array, the
replacements act on each element individually. Note also the ef-
fect of the I and S parameter expansion flags below; however, the
flags M, R, B, E and N are not useful.
For example,
foo="twinkle twinkle little star" sub="t*e" rep="spy"
print ${foo//${~sub}/$rep}
print ${(S)foo//${~sub}/$rep}
Here, the `~' ensures that the text of $sub is treated as a pat-
tern rather than a plain string. In the first case, the longest
match for t*e is substituted and the result is `spy star', while
in the second case, the shortest matches are taken and the result
is `spy spy lispy star'.
${#spec}
If spec is one of the above substitutions, substitute the length
in characters of the result instead of the result itself. If
spec is an array expression, substitute the number of elements of
the result. This has the side-effect that joining is skipped
even in quoted forms, which may affect other sub-expressions in
spec. Note that `^', `=', and `~', below, must appear to the
left of `#' when these forms are combined.
If the option POSIX_IDENTIFIERS is not set, and spec is a simple
name, then the braces are optional; this is true even for special
parameters so e.g. $#- and $#* take the length of the string $-
and the array $* respectively. If POSIX_IDENTIFIERS is set, then
braces are required for the # to be treated in this fashion.
${^spec}
${^^spec}
Turn on the RC_EXPAND_PARAM option for the evaluation of spec; if
the `^' is doubled, turn it off. When this option is set, array
expansions of the form foo${xx}bar, where the parameter xx is set
to (a b c), are substituted with `fooabar foobbar foocbar' in-
stead of the default `fooa b cbar'. Note that an empty array
will therefore cause all arguments to be removed.
Internally, each such expansion is converted into the equivalent
list for brace expansion. E.g., ${^var} becomes
{$var[1],$var[2],...}, and is processed as described in the sec-
tion `Brace Expansion' below: note, however, the expansion hap-
pens immediately, with any explicit brace expansion happening
later. If word splitting is also in effect the $var[N] may them-
selves be split into different list elements.
${=spec}
${==spec}
Perform word splitting using the rules for SH_WORD_SPLIT during
the evaluation of spec, but regardless of whether the parameter
appears in double quotes; if the `=' is doubled, turn it off.
This forces parameter expansions to be split into separate words
before substitution, using IFS as a delimiter. This is done by
default in most other shells.
Note that splitting is applied to word in the assignment forms of
spec before the assignment to name is performed. This affects
the result of array assignments with the A flag.
${~spec}
${~~spec}
Turn on the GLOB_SUBST option for the evaluation of spec; if the
`~' is doubled, turn it off. When this option is set, the string
resulting from the expansion will be interpreted as a pattern
anywhere that is possible, such as in filename expansion and
filename generation and pattern-matching contexts like the right
hand side of the `=' and `!=' operators in conditions.
In nested substitutions, note that the effect of the ~ applies to
the result of the current level of substitution. A surrounding
pattern operation on the result may cancel it. Hence, for exam-
ple, if the parameter foo is set to *, ${~foo//\*/*.c} is substi-
tuted by the pattern *.c, which may be expanded by filename gen-
eration, but ${${~foo}//\*/*.c} substitutes to the string *.c,
which will not be further expanded.
If a ${...} type parameter expression or a $(...) type command substitu-
tion is used in place of name above, it is expanded first and the result
is used as if it were the value of name. Thus it is possible to perform
nested operations: ${${foo#head}%tail} substitutes the value of $foo
with both `head' and `tail' deleted. The form with $(...) is often use-
ful in combination with the flags described next; see the examples be-
low. Each name or nested ${...} in a parameter expansion may also be
followed by a subscript expression as described in Array Parameters in
zshparam(1).
Note that double quotes may appear around nested expressions, in which
case only the part inside is treated as quoted; for example,
${(f)"$(foo)"} quotes the result of $(foo), but the flag `(f)' (see be-
low) is applied using the rules for unquoted expansions. Note further
that quotes are themselves nested in this context; for example, in
"${(@f)"$(foo)"}", there are two sets of quotes, one surrounding the
whole expression, the other (redundant) surrounding the $(foo) as be-
fore.
Parameter Expansion Flags
If the opening brace is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, the
string up to the matching closing parenthesis will be taken as a list of
flags. In cases where repeating a flag is meaningful, the repetitions
need not be consecutive; for example, `(q%q%q)' means the same thing as
the more readable `(%%qqq)'. The following flags are supported:
# Evaluate the resulting words as numeric expressions and interpret
these as character codes. Output the corresponding characters.
Note that this form is entirely distinct from use of the # with-
out parentheses.
If the MULTIBYTE option is set and the number is greater than 127
(i.e. not an ASCII character) it is treated as a Unicode charac-
ter.
% Expand all % escapes in the resulting words in the same way as in
prompts (see EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1)). If
this flag is given twice, full prompt expansion is done on the
resulting words, depending on the setting of the PROMPT_PERCENT,
PROMPT_SUBST and PROMPT_BANG options.
@ In double quotes, array elements are put into separate words.
E.g., `"${(@)foo}"' is equivalent to `"${foo[@]}"' and
`"${(@)foo[1,2]}"' is the same as `"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]"'. This is
distinct from field splitting by the f, s or z flags, which still
applies within each array element.
A Convert the substitution into an array expression, even if it
otherwise would be scalar. This has lower precedence than sub-
scripting, so one level of nested expansion is required in order
that subscripts apply to array elements. Thus ${${(A)name}[1]}
yields the full value of name when name is scalar.
This assigns an array parameter with `${...=...}', `${...:=...}'
or `${...::=...}'. If this flag is repeated (as in `AA'), as-
signs an associative array parameter. Assignment is made before
sorting or padding; if field splitting is active, the word part
is split before assignment. The name part may be a subscripted
range for ordinary arrays; when assigning an associative array,
the word part must be converted to an array, for example by using
`${(AA)=name=...}' to activate field splitting.
Surrounding context such as additional nesting or use of the
value in a scalar assignment may cause the array to be joined
back into a single string again.
a Sort in array index order; when combined with `O' sort in reverse
array index order. Note that `a' is therefore equivalent to the
default but `Oa' is useful for obtaining an array's elements in
reverse order.
b Quote with backslashes only characters that are special to pat-
tern matching. This is useful when the contents of the variable
are to be tested using GLOB_SUBST, including the ${~...} switch.
Quoting using one of the q family of flags does not work for this
purpose since quotes are not stripped from non-pattern characters
by GLOB_SUBST. In other words,
pattern=${(q)str}
[[ $str = ${~pattern} ]]
works if $str is `a*b' but not if it is `a b', whereas
pattern=${(b)str}
[[ $str = ${~pattern} ]]
is always true for any possible value of $str.
c With ${#name}, count the total number of characters in an array,
as if the elements were concatenated with spaces between them.
This is not a true join of the array, so other expressions used
with this flag may have an effect on the elements of the array
before it is counted.
C Capitalize the resulting words. `Words' in this case refers to
sequences of alphanumeric characters separated by non-alphanumer-
ics, not to words that result from field splitting.
D Assume the string or array elements contain directories and at-
tempt to substitute the leading part of these by names. The re-
mainder of the path (the whole of it if the leading part was not
substituted) is then quoted so that the whole string can be used
as a shell argument. This is the reverse of `~' substitution:
see the section FILENAME EXPANSION below.
e Perform single word shell expansions, namely parameter expansion,
command substitution and arithmetic expansion, on the result.
Such expansions can be nested but too deep recursion may have un-
predictable effects.
f Split the result of the expansion at newlines. This is a short-
hand for `ps:\n:'.
F Join the words of arrays together using newline as a separator.
This is a shorthand for `pj:\n:'.
g:opts:
Process escape sequences like the echo builtin when no options
are given (g::). With the o option, octal escapes don't take a
leading zero. With the c option, sequences like `^X' are also
processed. With the e option, processes `\M-t' and similar se-
quences like the print builtin. With both of the o and e op-
tions, behaves like the print builtin except that in none of
these modes is `\c' interpreted.
i Sort case-insensitively. May be combined with `n' or `O'.
k If name refers to an associative array, substitute the keys (ele-
ment names) rather than the values of the elements. Used with
subscripts (including ordinary arrays), force indices or keys to
be substituted even if the subscript form refers to values. How-
ever, this flag may not be combined with subscript ranges. With
the KSH_ARRAYS option a subscript `[*]' or `[@]' is needed to op-
erate on the whole array, as usual.
L Convert all letters in the result to lower case.
n Sort decimal integers numerically; if the first differing charac-
ters of two test strings are not digits, sorting is lexical. `+'
and `-' are not treated specially; they are treated as any other
non-digit. Integers with more initial zeroes are sorted before
those with fewer or none. Hence the array `foo+24 foo1 foo02
foo2 foo3 foo20 foo23' is sorted into the order shown. May be
combined with `i' or `O'.
- As n, but a leading minus sign indicates a negative decimal inte-
ger. A leading minus sign not followed by an integer does not
trigger numeric sorting. Note that `+' signs are not handled
specially (this may change in the future).
o Sort the resulting words in ascending order; if this appears on
its own the sorting is lexical and case-sensitive (unless the lo-
cale renders it case-insensitive). Sorting in ascending order is
the default for other forms of sorting, so this is ignored if
combined with `a', `i', `n' or `-'.
O Sort the resulting words in descending order; `O' without `a',
`i', `n' or `-' sorts in reverse lexical order. May be combined
with `a', `i', `n' or `-' to reverse the order of sorting.
P This forces the value of the parameter name to be interpreted as
a further parameter name, whose value will be used where appro-
priate. Note that flags set with one of the typeset family of
commands (in particular case transformations) are not applied to
the value of name used in this fashion.
If used with a nested parameter or command substitution, the re-
sult of that will be taken as a parameter name in the same way.
For example, if you have `foo=bar' and `bar=baz', the strings
${(P)foo}, ${(P)${foo}}, and ${(P)$(echo bar)} will be expanded
to `baz'.
Likewise, if the reference is itself nested, the expression with
the flag is treated as if it were directly replaced by the para-
meter name. It is an error if this nested substitution produces
an array with more than one word. For example, if `name=assoc'
where the parameter assoc is an associative array, then
`${${(P)name}[elt]}' refers to the element of the associative
subscripted `elt'.
q Quote characters that are special to the shell in the resulting
words with backslashes; unprintable or invalid characters are
quoted using the $'\NNN' form, with separate quotes for each
octet.
If this flag is given twice, the resulting words are quoted in
single quotes and if it is given three times, the words are
quoted in double quotes; in these forms no special handling of
unprintable or invalid characters is attempted. If the flag is
given four times, the words are quoted in single quotes preceded
by a $. Note that in all three of these forms quoting is done
unconditionally, even if this does not change the way the result-
ing string would be interpreted by the shell.
If a q- is given (only a single q may appear), a minimal form of
single quoting is used that only quotes the string if needed to
protect special characters. Typically this form gives the most
readable output.
If a q+ is given, an extended form of minimal quoting is used
that causes unprintable characters to be rendered using $'...'.
This quoting is similar to that used by the output of values by
the typeset family of commands.
Q Remove one level of quotes from the resulting words.
t Use a string describing the type of the parameter where the value
of the parameter would usually appear. This string consists of
keywords separated by hyphens (`-'). The first keyword in the
string describes the main type, it can be one of `scalar', `ar-
ray', `integer', `float' or `association'. The other keywords de-
scribe the type in more detail:
local for local parameters
left for left justified parameters
right_blanks
for right justified parameters with leading blanks
right_zeros
for right justified parameters with leading zeros
lower for parameters whose value is converted to all lower case
when it is expanded
upper for parameters whose value is converted to all upper case
when it is expanded
readonly
for readonly parameters
tag for tagged parameters
tied for parameters tied to another parameter in the manner of
PATH (colon-separated list) and path (array), whether
these are special parameters or user-defined with `typeset
-T'
export for exported parameters
unique for arrays which keep only the first occurrence of dupli-
cated values
hide for parameters with the `hide' flag
hideval
for parameters with the `hideval' flag
special
for special parameters defined by the shell
u Expand only the first occurrence of each unique word.
U Convert all letters in the result to upper case.
v Used with k, substitute (as two consecutive words) both the key
and the value of each associative array element. Used with sub-
scripts, force values to be substituted even if the subscript
form refers to indices or keys.
V Make any special characters in the resulting words visible.
w With ${#name}, count words in arrays or strings; the s flag may
be used to set a word delimiter.
W Similar to w with the difference that empty words between re-
peated delimiters are also counted.
X With this flag, parsing errors occurring with the Q, e and #
flags or the pattern matching forms such as `${name#pattern}' are
reported. Without the flag, errors are silently ignored.
z Split the result of the expansion into words using shell parsing
to find the words, i.e. taking into account any quoting in the
value. Comments are not treated specially but as ordinary
strings, similar to interactive shells with the INTERACTIVE_COM-
MENTS option unset (however, see the Z flag below for related op-
tions)
Note that this is done very late, even later than the `(s)' flag.
So to access single words in the result use nested expansions as
in `${${(z)foo}[2]}'. Likewise, to remove the quotes in the re-
sulting words use `${(Q)${(z)foo}}'.
0 Split the result of the expansion on null bytes. This is a
shorthand for `ps:\0:'.
The following flags (except p) are followed by one or more arguments as
shown. Any character, or the matching pairs `(...)', `{...}', `[...]',
or `<...>', may be used in place of a colon as delimiters, but note that
when a flag takes more than one argument, a matched pair of delimiters
must surround each argument.
p Recognize the same escape sequences as the print builtin in
string arguments to any of the flags described below that follow
this argument.
Alternatively, with this option string arguments may be in the
form $var in which case the value of the variable is substituted.
Note this form is strict; the string argument does not undergo
general parameter expansion.
For example,
sep=:
val=a:b:c
print ${(ps.$sep.)val}
splits the variable on a :.
~ Strings inserted into the expansion by any of the flags below are
to be treated as patterns. This applies to the string arguments
of flags that follow ~ within the same set of parentheses. Com-
pare with ~ outside parentheses, which forces the entire substi-
tuted string to be treated as a pattern. Hence, for example,
[[ "?" = ${(~j.|.)array} ]]
treats `|' as a pattern and succeeds if and only if $array con-
tains the string `?' as an element. The ~ may be repeated to
toggle the behaviour; its effect only lasts to the end of the
parenthesised group.
j:string:
Join the words of arrays together using string as a separator.
Note that this occurs before field splitting by the s:string:
flag or the SH_WORD_SPLIT option.
l:expr::string1::string2:
Pad the resulting words on the left. Each word will be truncated
if required and placed in a field expr characters wide.
The arguments :string1: and :string2: are optional; neither, the
first, or both may be given. Note that the same pairs of delim-
iters must be used for each of the three arguments. The space to
the left will be filled with string1 (concatenated as often as
needed) or spaces if string1 is not given. If both string1 and
string2 are given, string2 is inserted once directly to the left
of each word, truncated if necessary, before string1 is used to
produce any remaining padding.
If either of string1 or string2 is present but empty, i.e. there
are two delimiters together at that point, the first character of
$IFS is used instead.
If the MULTIBYTE option is in effect, the flag m may also be
given, in which case widths will be used for the calculation of
padding; otherwise individual multibyte characters are treated as
occupying one unit of width.
If the MULTIBYTE option is not in effect, each byte in the string
is treated as occupying one unit of width.
Control characters are always assumed to be one unit wide; this
allows the mechanism to be used for generating repetitions of
control characters.
m Only useful together with one of the flags l or r or with the #
length operator when the MULTIBYTE option is in effect. Use the
character width reported by the system in calculating how much of
the string it occupies or the overall length of the string. Most
printable characters have a width of one unit, however certain
Asian character sets and certain special effects use wider char-
acters; combining characters have zero width. Non-printable
characters are arbitrarily counted as zero width; how they would
actually be displayed will vary.
If the m is repeated, the character either counts zero (if it has
zero width), else one. For printable character strings this has
the effect of counting the number of glyphs (visibly separate
characters), except for the case where combining characters them-
selves have non-zero width (true in certain alphabets).
r:expr::string1::string2:
As l, but pad the words on the right and insert string2 immedi-
ately to the right of the string to be padded.
Left and right padding may be used together. In this case the
strategy is to apply left padding to the first half width of each
of the resulting words, and right padding to the second half. If
the string to be padded has odd width the extra padding is ap-
plied on the left.
s:string:
Force field splitting at the separator string. Note that a
string of two or more characters means that all of them must
match in sequence; this differs from the treatment of two or more
characters in the IFS parameter. See also the = flag and the
SH_WORD_SPLIT option. An empty string may also be given in which
case every character will be a separate element.
For historical reasons, the usual behaviour that empty array ele-
ments are retained inside double quotes is disabled for arrays
generated by splitting; hence the following:
line="one::three"
print -l "${(s.:.)line}"
produces two lines of output for one and three and elides the
empty field. To override this behaviour, supply the `(@)' flag
as well, i.e. "${(@s.:.)line}".
Z:opts:
As z but takes a combination of option letters between a follow-
ing pair of delimiter characters. With no options the effect is
identical to z. The following options are available:
(Z+c+) causes comments to be parsed as a string and retained; any
field in the resulting array beginning with an unquoted
comment character is a comment.
(Z+C+) causes comments to be parsed and removed. The rule for
comments is standard: anything between a word starting
with the third character of $HISTCHARS, default #, up to
the next newline is a comment.
(Z+n+) causes unquoted newlines to be treated as ordinary white-
space, else they are treated as if they are shell code de-
limiters and converted to semicolons.
Options are combined within the same set of delimiters, e.g.
(Z+Cn+).
_:flags:
The underscore (_) flag is reserved for future use. As of this
revision of zsh, there are no valid flags; anything following an
underscore, other than an empty pair of delimiters, is treated as
an error, and the flag itself has no effect.
The following flags are meaningful with the ${...#...} or ${...%...}
forms. The S, I, and * flags may also be used with the ${.../...}
forms.
S With # or ##, search for the match that starts closest to the
start of the string (a `substring match'). Of all matches at a
particular position, # selects the shortest and ## the longest:
% str="aXbXc"
% echo ${(S)str#X*}
abXc
% echo ${(S)str##X*}
a
%
With % or %%, search for the match that starts closest to the end
of the string:
% str="aXbXc"
% echo ${(S)str%X*}
aXbc
% echo ${(S)str%%X*}
aXb
%
(Note that % and %% don't search for the match that ends closest
to the end of the string, as one might expect.)
With substitution via ${.../...} or ${...//...}, specifies
non-greedy matching, i.e. that the shortest instead of the
longest match should be replaced:
% str="abab"
% echo ${str/*b/_}
_
% echo ${(S)str/*b/_}
_ab
%
I:expr:
Search the exprth match (where expr evaluates to a number). This
only applies when searching for substrings, either with the S
flag, or with ${.../...} (only the exprth match is substituted)
or ${...//...} (all matches from the exprth on are substituted).
The default is to take the first match.
The exprth match is counted such that there is either one or zero
matches from each starting position in the string, although for
global substitution matches overlapping previous replacements are
ignored. With the ${...%...} and ${...%%...} forms, the starting
position for the match moves backwards from the end as the index
increases, while with the other forms it moves forward from the
start.
Hence with the string
which switch is the right switch for Ipswich?
substitutions of the form ${(SI:N:)string#w*ch} as N increases
from 1 will match and remove `which', `witch', `witch' and
`wich'; the form using `##' will match and remove `which switch
is the right switch for Ipswich', `witch is the right switch for
Ipswich', `witch for Ipswich' and `wich'. The form using `%' will
remove the same matches as for `#', but in reverse order, and the
form using `%%' will remove the same matches as for `##' in re-
verse order.
* Enable EXTENDED_GLOB for substitution via ${.../...} or
${...//...}. Note that `**' does not disable extendedglob.
B Include the index of the beginning of the match in the result.
E Include the index one character past the end of the match in the
result (note this is inconsistent with other uses of parameter
index).
M Include the matched portion in the result.
N Include the length of the match in the result.
R Include the unmatched portion in the result (the Rest).
Rules
Here is a summary of the rules for substitution; this assumes that
braces are present around the substitution, i.e. ${...}. Some particu-
lar examples are given below. Note that the Zsh Development Group ac-
cepts no responsibility for any brain damage which may occur during the
reading of the following rules.
1. Nested substitution
If multiple nested ${...} forms are present, substitution is per-
formed from the inside outwards. At each level, the substitution
takes account of whether the current value is a scalar or an ar-
ray, whether the whole substitution is in double quotes, and what
flags are supplied to the current level of substitution, just as
if the nested substitution were the outermost. The flags are not
propagated up to enclosing substitutions; the nested substitution
will return either a scalar or an array as determined by the
flags, possibly adjusted for quoting. All the following steps
take place where applicable at all levels of substitution.
Note that, unless the `(P)' flag is present, the flags and any
subscripts apply directly to the value of the nested substitu-
tion; for example, the expansion ${${foo}} behaves exactly the
same as ${foo}. When the `(P)' flag is present in a nested sub-
stitution, the other substitution rules are applied to the value
before it is interpreted as a name, so ${${(P)foo}} may differ
from ${(P)foo}.
At each nested level of substitution, the substituted words un-
dergo all forms of single-word substitution (i.e. not filename
generation), including command substitution, arithmetic expansion
and filename expansion (i.e. leading ~ and =). Thus, for exam-
ple, ${${:-=cat}:h} expands to the directory where the cat pro-
gram resides. (Explanation: the internal substitution has no pa-
rameter but a default value =cat, which is expanded by filename
expansion to a full path; the outer substitution then applies the
modifier :h and takes the directory part of the path.)
2. Internal parameter flags
Any parameter flags set by one of the typeset family of commands,
in particular the -L, -R, -Z, -u and -l options for padding and
capitalization, are applied directly to the parameter value.
Note these flags are options to the command, e.g. `typeset -Z';
they are not the same as the flags used within parameter substi-
tutions.
At the outermost level of substitution, the `(P)' flag (rule 4.)
ignores these transformations and uses the unmodified value of
the parameter as the name to be replaced. This is usually the
desired behavior because padding may make the value syntactically
illegal as a parameter name, but if capitalization changes are
desired, use the ${${(P)foo}} form (rule 25.).
3. Parameter subscripting
If the value is a raw parameter reference with a subscript, such
as ${var[3]}, the effect of subscripting is applied directly to
the parameter. Subscripts are evaluated left to right; subse-
quent subscripts apply to the scalar or array value yielded by
the previous subscript. Thus if var is an array, ${var[1][2]} is
the second character of the first word, but ${var[2,4][2]} is the
entire third word (the second word of the range of words two
through four of the original array). Any number of subscripts
may appear. Flags such as `(k)' and `(v)' which alter the result
of subscripting are applied.
4. Parameter name replacement
At the outermost level of nesting only, the `(P)' flag is ap-
plied. This treats the value so far as a parameter name (which
may include a subscript expression) and replaces that with the
corresponding value. This replacement occurs later if the `(P)'
flag appears in a nested substitution.
If the value so far names a parameter that has internal flags
(rule 2.), those internal flags are applied to the new value af-
ter replacement.
5. Double-quoted joining
If the value after this process is an array, and the substitution
appears in double quotes, and neither an `(@)' flag nor a `#'
length operator is present at the current level, then words of
the value are joined with the first character of the parameter
$IFS, by default a space, between each word (single word arrays
are not modified). If the `(j)' flag is present, that is used
for joining instead of $IFS.
6. Nested subscripting
Any remaining subscripts (i.e. of a nested substitution) are
evaluated at this point, based on whether the value is an array
or a scalar. As with 3., multiple subscripts can appear. Note
that ${foo[2,4][2]} is thus equivalent to ${${foo[2,4]}[2]} and
also to "${${(@)foo[2,4]}[2]}" (the nested substitution returns
an array in both cases), but not to "${${foo[2,4]}[2]}" (the
nested substitution returns a scalar because of the quotes).
7. Modifiers
Any modifiers, as specified by a trailing `#', `%', `/' (possibly
doubled) or by a set of modifiers of the form `:...' (see the
section `Modifiers' in the section `History Expansion'), are ap-
plied to the words of the value at this level.
8. Character evaluation
Any `(#)' flag is applied, evaluating the result so far numeri-
cally as a character.
9. Length
Any initial `#' modifier, i.e. in the form ${#var}, is used to
evaluate the length of the expression so far.
10. Forced joining
If the `(j)' flag is present, or no `(j)' flag is present but the
string is to be split as given by rule 11., and joining did not
take place at rule 5., any words in the value are joined together
using the given string or the first character of $IFS if none.
Note that the `(F)' flag implicitly supplies a string for joining
in this manner.
11. Simple word splitting
If one of the `(s)' or `(f)' flags are present, or the `=' speci-
fier was present (e.g. ${=var}), the word is split on occurrences
of the specified string, or (for = with neither of the two flags
present) any of the characters in $IFS.
If no `(s)', `(f)' or `=' was given, but the word is not quoted
and the option SH_WORD_SPLIT is set, the word is split on occur-
rences of any of the characters in $IFS. Note this step, too,
takes place at all levels of a nested substitution.
12. Case modification
Any case modification from one of the flags `(L)', `(U)' or `(C)'
is applied.
13. Escape sequence replacement
First any replacements from the `(g)' flag are performed, then
any prompt-style formatting from the `(%)' family of flags is ap-
plied.
14. Quote application
Any quoting or unquoting using `(q)' and `(Q)' and related flags
is applied.
15. Directory naming
Any directory name substitution using `(D)' flag is applied.
16. Visibility enhancement
Any modifications to make characters visible using the `(V)' flag
are applied.
17. Lexical word splitting
If the '(z)' flag or one of the forms of the '(Z)' flag is
present, the word is split as if it were a shell command line, so
that quotation marks and other metacharacters are used to decide
what constitutes a word. Note this form of splitting is entirely
distinct from that described by rule 11.: it does not use $IFS,
and does not cause forced joining.
18. Uniqueness
If the result is an array and the `(u)' flag was present, dupli-
cate elements are removed from the array.
19. Ordering
If the result is still an array and one of the `(o)' or `(O)'
flags was present, the array is reordered.
20. RC_EXPAND_PARAM
At this point the decision is made whether any resulting array
elements are to be combined element by element with surrounding
text, as given by either the RC_EXPAND_PARAM option or the `^'
flag.
21. Re-evaluation
Any `(e)' flag is applied to the value, forcing it to be re-exam-
ined for new parameter substitutions, but also for command and
arithmetic substitutions.
22. Padding
Any padding of the value by the `(l.fill.)' or `(r.fill.)' flags
is applied.
23. Semantic joining
In contexts where expansion semantics requires a single word to
result, all words are rejoined with the first character of IFS
between. So in `${(P)${(f)lines}}' the value of ${lines} is
split at newlines, but then must be joined again before the `(P)'
flag can be applied.
If a single word is not required, this rule is skipped.
24. Empty argument removal
If the substitution does not appear in double quotes, any result-
ing zero-length argument, whether from a scalar or an element of
an array, is elided from the list of arguments inserted into the
command line.
Strictly speaking, the removal happens later as the same happens
with other forms of substitution; the point to note here is sim-
ply that it occurs after any of the above parameter operations.
25. Nested parameter name replacement
If the `(P)' flag is present and rule 4. has not applied, the
value so far is treated as a parameter name (which may include a
subscript expression) and replaced with the corresponding value,
with internal flags (rule 2.) applied to the new value.
Examples
The flag f is useful to split a double-quoted substitution line by line.
For example, ${(f)"$(<file)"} substitutes the contents of file divided
so that each line is an element of the resulting array. Compare this
with the effect of $(<file) alone, which divides the file up by words,
or the same inside double quotes, which makes the entire content of the
file a single string.
The following illustrates the rules for nested parameter expansions.
Suppose that $foo contains the array (bar baz):
"${(@)${foo}[1]}"
This produces the result b. First, the inner substitution
"${foo}", which has no array (@) flag, produces a single word re-
sult "bar baz". The outer substitution "${(@)...[1]}" detects
that this is a scalar, so that (despite the `(@)' flag) the sub-
script picks the first character.
"${${(@)foo}[1]}"
This produces the result `bar'. In this case, the inner substi-
tution "${(@)foo}" produces the array `(bar baz)'. The outer
substitution "${...[1]}" detects that this is an array and picks
the first word. This is similar to the simple case "${foo[1]}".
As an example of the rules for word splitting and joining, suppose $foo
contains the array `(ax1 bx1)'. Then
${(s/x/)foo}
produces the words `a', `1 b' and `1'.
${(j/x/s/x/)foo}
produces `a', `1', `b' and `1'.
${(s/x/)foo%%1*}
produces `a' and ` b' (note the extra space). As substitution
occurs before either joining or splitting, the operation first
generates the modified array (ax bx), which is joined to give "ax
bx", and then split to give `a', ` b' and `'. The final empty
string will then be elided, as it is not in double quotes.
COMMAND SUBSTITUTION
A command enclosed in parentheses preceded by a dollar sign, like
`$(...)', or quoted with grave accents, like ``...`', is replaced with
its standard output, with any trailing newlines deleted. If the substi-
tution is not enclosed in double quotes, the output is broken into words
using the IFS parameter.
The substitution `$(cat foo)' may be replaced by the faster `$(<foo)'.
In this case foo undergoes single word shell expansions (parameter ex-
pansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion), but not file-
name generation.
If the option GLOB_SUBST is set, the result of any unquoted command sub-
stitution, including the special form just mentioned, is eligible for
filename generation.
ARITHMETIC EXPANSION
A string of the form `$[exp]' or `$((exp))' is substituted with the
value of the arithmetic expression exp. exp is subjected to parameter
expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion before it is
evaluated. See the section `Arithmetic Evaluation'.
BRACE EXPANSION
A string of the form `foo{xx,yy,zz}bar' is expanded to the individual
words `fooxxbar', `fooyybar' and `foozzbar'. Left-to-right order is
preserved. This construct may be nested. Commas may be quoted in order
to include them literally in a word.
An expression of the form `{n1..n2}', where n1 and n2 are integers, is
expanded to every number between n1 and n2 inclusive. If either number
begins with a zero, all the resulting numbers will be padded with lead-
ing zeroes to that minimum width, but for negative numbers the - charac-
ter is also included in the width. If the numbers are in decreasing or-
der the resulting sequence will also be in decreasing order.
An expression of the form `{n1..n2..n3}', where n1, n2, and n3 are inte-
gers, is expanded as above, but only every n3th number starting from n1
is output. If n3 is negative the numbers are output in reverse order,
this is slightly different from simply swapping n1 and n2 in the case
that the step n3 doesn't evenly divide the range. Zero padding can be
specified in any of the three numbers, specifying it in the third can be
useful to pad for example `{-99..100..01}' which is not possible to
specify by putting a 0 on either of the first two numbers (i.e. pad to
two characters).
An expression of the form `{c1..c2}', where c1 and c2 are single charac-
ters (which may be multibyte characters), is expanded to every character
in the range from c1 to c2 in whatever character sequence is used inter-
nally. For characters with code points below 128 this is US ASCII (this
is the only case most users will need). If any intervening character is
not printable, appropriate quotation is used to render it printable. If
the character sequence is reversed, the output is in reverse order, e.g.
`{d..a}' is substituted as `d c b a'.
If a brace expression matches none of the above forms, it is left un-
changed, unless the option BRACE_CCL (an abbreviation for `brace charac-
ter class') is set. In that case, it is expanded to a list of the indi-
vidual characters between the braces sorted into the order of the char-
acters in the ASCII character set (multibyte characters are not cur-
rently handled). The syntax is similar to a [...] expression in file-
name generation: `-' is treated specially to denote a range of charac-
ters, but `^' or `!' as the first character is treated normally. For
example, `{abcdef0-9}' expands to 16 words 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e
f.
Note that brace expansion is not part of filename generation (globbing);
an expression such as */{foo,bar} is split into two separate words */foo
and */bar before filename generation takes place. In particular, note
that this is liable to produce a `no match' error if either of the two
expressions does not match; this is to be contrasted with */(foo|bar),
which is treated as a single pattern but otherwise has similar effects.
To combine brace expansion with array expansion, see the ${^spec} form
described in the section `Parameter Expansion' above.
FILENAME EXPANSION
Each word is checked to see if it begins with an unquoted `~'. If it
does, then the word up to a `/', or the end of the word if there is no
`/', is checked to see if it can be substituted in one of the ways de-
scribed here. If so, then the `~' and the checked portion are replaced
with the appropriate substitute value.
A `~' by itself is replaced by the value of $HOME. A `~' followed by a
`+' or a `-' is replaced by current or previous working directory, re-
spectively.
A `~' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at that position
in the directory stack. `~0' is equivalent to `~+', and `~1' is the top
of the stack. `~+' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at
that position in the directory stack. `~+0' is equivalent to `~+', and
`~+1' is the top of the stack. `~-' followed by a number is replaced by
the directory that many positions from the bottom of the stack. `~-0'
is the bottom of the stack. The PUSHD_MINUS option exchanges the ef-
fects of `~+' and `~-' where they are followed by a number.
Dynamic named directories
If the function zsh_directory_name exists, or the shell variable zsh_di-
rectory_name_functions exists and contains an array of function names,
then the functions are used to implement dynamic directory naming. The
functions are tried in order until one returns status zero, so it is im-
portant that functions test whether they can handle the case in question
and return an appropriate status.
A `~' followed by a string namstr in unquoted square brackets is treated
specially as a dynamic directory name. Note that the first unquoted
closing square bracket always terminates namstr. The shell function is
passed two arguments: the string n (for name) and namstr. It should ei-
ther set the array reply to a single element which is the directory cor-
responding to the name and return status zero (executing an assignment
as the last statement is usually sufficient), or it should return status
non-zero. In the former case the element of reply is used as the direc-
tory; in the latter case the substitution is deemed to have failed. If
all functions fail and the option NOMATCH is set, an error results.
The functions defined as above are also used to see if a directory can
be turned into a name, for example when printing the directory stack or
when expanding %~ in prompts. In this case each function is passed two
arguments: the string d (for directory) and the candidate for dynamic
naming. The function should either return non-zero status, if the di-
rectory cannot be named by the function, or it should set the array re-
ply to consist of two elements: the first is the dynamic name for the
directory (as would appear within `~[...]'), and the second is the pre-
fix length of the directory to be replaced. For example, if the trial
directory is /home/myname/src/zsh and the dynamic name for /home/my-
name/src (which has 16 characters) is s, then the function sets
reply=(s 16)
The directory name so returned is compared with possible static names
for parts of the directory path, as described below; it is used if the
prefix length matched (16 in the example) is longer than that matched by
any static name.
It is not a requirement that a function implements both n and d calls;
for example, it might be appropriate for certain dynamic forms of expan-
sion not to be contracted to names. In that case any call with the
first argument d should cause a non-zero status to be returned.
The completion system calls `zsh_directory_name c' followed by equiva-
lent calls to elements of the array zsh_directory_name_functions, if it
exists, in order to complete dynamic names for directories. The code
for this should be as for any other completion function as described in
zshcompsys(1).
As a working example, here is a function that expands any dynamic names
beginning with the string p: to directories below /home/pws/perforce.
In this simple case a static name for the directory would be just as ef-
fective.
zsh_directory_name() {
emulate -L zsh
setopt extendedglob
local -a match mbegin mend
if [[ $1 = d ]]; then
# turn the directory into a name
if [[ $2 = (#b)(/home/pws/perforce/)([^/]##)* ]]; then
typeset -ga reply
reply=(p:$match[2] $(( ${#match[1]} + ${#match[2]} )) )
else
return 1
fi
elif [[ $1 = n ]]; then
# turn the name into a directory
[[ $2 != (#b)p:(?*) ]] && return 1
typeset -ga reply
reply=(/home/pws/perforce/$match[1])
elif [[ $1 = c ]]; then
# complete names
local expl
local -a dirs
dirs=(/home/pws/perforce/*(/:t))
dirs=(p:${^dirs})
_wanted dynamic-dirs expl 'dynamic directory' compadd -S\] -a dirs
return
else
return 1
fi
return 0
}
Static named directories
A `~' followed by anything not already covered consisting of any number
of alphanumeric characters or underscore (`_'), hyphen (`-'), or dot
(`.') is looked up as a named directory, and replaced by the value of
that named directory if found. Named directories are typically home di-
rectories for users on the system. They may also be defined if the text
after the `~' is the name of a string shell parameter whose value begins
with a `/'. Note that trailing slashes will be removed from the path to
the directory (though the original parameter is not modified).
It is also possible to define directory names using the -d option to the
hash builtin.
When the shell prints a path (e.g. when expanding %~ in prompts or when
printing the directory stack), the path is checked to see if it has a
named directory as its prefix. If so, then the prefix portion is re-
placed with a `~' followed by the name of the directory. The shorter of
the two ways of referring to the directory is used, i.e. either the di-
rectory name or the full path; the name is used if they are the same
length. The parameters $PWD and $OLDPWD are never abbreviated in this
fashion.
`=' expansion
If a word begins with an unquoted `=' and the EQUALS option is set, the
remainder of the word is taken as the name of a command. If a command
exists by that name, the word is replaced by the full pathname of the
command.
Notes
Filename expansion is performed on the right hand side of a parameter
assignment, including those appearing after commands of the typeset fam-
ily. In this case, the right hand side will be treated as a colon-sepa-
rated list in the manner of the PATH parameter, so that a `~' or an `='
following a `:' is eligible for expansion. All such behaviour can be
disabled by quoting the `~', the `=', or the whole expression (but not
simply the colon); the EQUALS option is also respected.
If the option MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST is set, any unquoted shell argument in
the form `identifier=expression' becomes eligible for file expansion as
described in the previous paragraph. Quoting the first `=' also in-
hibits this.
FILENAME GENERATION
If a word contains an unquoted instance of one of the characters `*',
`(', `|', `<', `[', or `?', it is regarded as a pattern for filename
generation, unless the GLOB option is unset. If the EXTENDED_GLOB op-
tion is set, the `^' and `#' characters also denote a pattern; otherwise
they are not treated specially by the shell.
The word is replaced with a list of sorted filenames that match the pat-
tern. If no matching pattern is found, the shell gives an error mes-
sage, unless the NULL_GLOB option is set, in which case the word is
deleted; or unless the NOMATCH option is unset, in which case the word
is left unchanged.
In filename generation, the character `/' must be matched explicitly;
also, a `.' must be matched explicitly at the beginning of a pattern or
after a `/', unless the GLOB_DOTS option is set. No filename generation
pattern matches the files `.' or `..'. In other instances of pattern
matching, the `/' and `.' are not treated specially.
Glob Operators
* Matches any string, including the null string.
? Matches any character.
[...] Matches any of the enclosed characters. Ranges of characters can
be specified by separating two characters by a `-'. A `-' or `]'
may be matched by including it as the first character in the
list. There are also several named classes of characters, in the
form `[:name:]' with the following meanings. The first set use
the macros provided by the operating system to test for the given
character combinations, including any modifications due to local
language settings, see ctype(3):
[:alnum:]
The character is alphanumeric
[:alpha:]
The character is alphabetic
[:ascii:]
The character is 7-bit, i.e. is a single-byte character
without the top bit set.
[:blank:]
The character is a blank character
[:cntrl:]
The character is a control character
[:digit:]
The character is a decimal digit
[:graph:]
The character is a printable character other than white-
space
[:lower:]
The character is a lowercase letter
[:print:]
The character is printable
[:punct:]
The character is printable but neither alphanumeric nor
whitespace
[:space:]
The character is whitespace
[:upper:]
The character is an uppercase letter
[:xdigit:]
The character is a hexadecimal digit
Another set of named classes is handled internally by the shell
and is not sensitive to the locale:
[:IDENT:]
The character is allowed to form part of a shell identi-
fier, such as a parameter name; this test respects the
POSIX_IDENTIFIERS option
[:IFS:]
The character is used as an input field separator, i.e. is
contained in the IFS parameter
[:IFSSPACE:]
The character is an IFS white space character; see the
documentation for IFS in the zshparam(1) manual page.
[:INCOMPLETE:]
Matches a byte that starts an incomplete multibyte charac-
ter. Note that there may be a sequence of more than one
bytes that taken together form the prefix of a multibyte
character. To test for a potentially incomplete byte se-
quence, use the pattern `[[:INCOMPLETE:]]*'. This will
never match a sequence starting with a valid multibyte
character.
[:INVALID:]
Matches a byte that does not start a valid multibyte char-
acter. Note this may be a continuation byte of an incom-
plete multibyte character as any part of a multibyte
string consisting of invalid and incomplete multibyte
characters is treated as single bytes.
[:WORD:]
The character is treated as part of a word; this test is
sensitive to the value of the WORDCHARS parameter
Note that the square brackets are additional to those enclosing
the whole set of characters, so to test for a single alphanumeric
character you need `[[:alnum:]]'. Named character sets can be
used alongside other types, e.g. `[[:alpha:]0-9]'.
[^...]
[!...] Like [...], except that it matches any character which is not in
the given set.
<[x]-[y]>
Matches any number in the range x to y, inclusive. Either of the
numbers may be omitted to make the range open-ended; hence `<->'
matches any number. To match individual digits, the [...] form
is more efficient.
Be careful when using other wildcards adjacent to patterns of
this form; for example, <0-9>* will actually match any number
whatsoever at the start of the string, since the `<0-9>' will
match the first digit, and the `*' will match any others. This
is a trap for the unwary, but is in fact an inevitable conse-
quence of the rule that the longest possible match always suc-
ceeds. Expressions such as `<0-9>[^[:digit:]]*' can be used in-
stead.
(...) Matches the enclosed pattern. This is used for grouping. If the
KSH_GLOB option is set, then a `@', `*', `+', `?' or `!' immedi-
ately preceding the `(' is treated specially, as detailed below.
The option SH_GLOB prevents bare parentheses from being used in
this way, though the KSH_GLOB option is still available.
Note that grouping cannot extend over multiple directories: it is
an error to have a `/' within a group (this only applies for pat-
terns used in filename generation). There is one exception: a
group of the form (pat/)# appearing as a complete path segment
can match a sequence of directories. For example, foo/(a*/)#bar
matches foo/bar, foo/any/bar, foo/any/anyother/bar, and so on.
x|y Matches either x or y. This operator has lower precedence than
any other. The `|' character must be within parentheses, to
avoid interpretation as a pipeline. The alternatives are tried
in order from left to right.
^x (Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Matches anything except the
pattern x. This has a higher precedence than `/', so `^foo/bar'
will search directories in `.' except `./foo' for a file named
`bar'.
x~y (Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Match anything that matches
the pattern x but does not match y. This has lower precedence
than any operator except `|', so `*/*~foo/bar' will search for
all files in all directories in `.' and then exclude `foo/bar'
if there was such a match. Multiple patterns can be excluded by
`foo~bar~baz'. In the exclusion pattern (y), `/' and `.' are not
treated specially the way they usually are in globbing.
x# (Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Matches zero or more occur-
rences of the pattern x. This operator has high precedence;
`12#' is equivalent to `1(2#)', rather than `(12)#'. It is an
error for an unquoted `#' to follow something which cannot be re-
peated; this includes an empty string, a pattern already followed
by `##', or parentheses when part of a KSH_GLOB pattern (for ex-
ample, `!(foo)#' is invalid and must be replaced by `*(!(foo))').
x## (Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Matches one or more occur-
rences of the pattern x. This operator has high precedence;
`12##' is equivalent to `1(2##)', rather than `(12)##'. No more
than two active `#' characters may appear together. (Note the
potential clash with glob qualifiers in the form `1(2##)' which
should therefore be avoided.)
ksh-like Glob Operators
If the KSH_GLOB option is set, the effects of parentheses can be modi-
fied by a preceding `@', `*', `+', `?' or `!'. This character need not
be unquoted to have special effects, but the `(' must be.
@(...) Match the pattern in the parentheses. (Like `(...)'.)
*(...) Match any number of occurrences. (Like `(...)#', except that re-
cursive directory searching is not supported.)
+(...) Match at least one occurrence. (Like `(...)##', except that re-
cursive directory searching is not supported.)
?(...) Match zero or one occurrence. (Like `(|...)'.)
!(...) Match anything but the expression in parentheses. (Like
`(^(...))'.)
Precedence
The precedence of the operators given above is (highest) `^', `/', `~',
`|' (lowest); the remaining operators are simply treated from left to
right as part of a string, with `#' and `##' applying to the shortest
possible preceding unit (i.e. a character, `?', `[...]', `<...>', or a
parenthesised expression). As mentioned above, a `/' used as a direc-
tory separator may not appear inside parentheses, while a `|' must do
so; in patterns used in other contexts than filename generation (for ex-
ample, in case statements and tests within `[[...]]'), a `/' is not spe-
cial; and `/' is also not special after a `~' appearing outside paren-
theses in a filename pattern.
Globbing Flags
There are various flags which affect any text to their right up to the
end of the enclosing group or to the end of the pattern; they require
the EXTENDED_GLOB option. All take the form (#X) where X may have one of
the following forms:
i Case insensitive: upper or lower case characters in the pattern
match upper or lower case characters.
l Lower case characters in the pattern match upper or lower case
characters; upper case characters in the pattern still only match
upper case characters.
I Case sensitive: locally negates the effect of i or l from that
point on.
b Activate backreferences for parenthesised groups in the pattern;
this does not work in filename generation. When a pattern with a
set of active parentheses is matched, the strings matched by the
groups are stored in the array $match, the indices of the begin-
ning of the matched parentheses in the array $mbegin, and the in-
dices of the end in the array $mend, with the first element of
each array corresponding to the first parenthesised group, and so
on. These arrays are not otherwise special to the shell. The
indices use the same convention as does parameter substitution,
so that elements of $mend and $mbegin may be used in subscripts;
the KSH_ARRAYS option is respected. Sets of globbing flags are
not considered parenthesised groups; only the first nine active
parentheses can be referenced.
For example,
foo="a_string_with_a_message"
if [[ $foo = (a|an)_(#b)(*) ]]; then
print ${foo[$mbegin[1],$mend[1]]}
fi
prints `string_with_a_message'. Note that the first set of
parentheses is before the (#b) and does not create a backrefer-
ence.
Backreferences work with all forms of pattern matching other than
filename generation, but note that when performing matches on an
entire array, such as ${array#pattern}, or a global substitution,
such as ${param//pat/repl}, only the data for the last match re-
mains available. In the case of global replacements this may
still be useful. See the example for the m flag below.
The numbering of backreferences strictly follows the order of the
opening parentheses from left to right in the pattern string, al-
though sets of parentheses may be nested. There are special
rules for parentheses followed by `#' or `##'. Only the last
match of the parenthesis is remembered: for example, in `[[ abab
= (#b)([ab])# ]]', only the final `b' is stored in match[1].
Thus extra parentheses may be necessary to match the complete
segment: for example, use `X((ab|cd)#)Y' to match a whole string
of either `ab' or `cd' between `X' and `Y', using the value of
$match[1] rather than $match[2].
If the match fails none of the parameters is altered, so in some
cases it may be necessary to initialise them beforehand. If some
of the backreferences fail to match -- which happens if they are
in an alternate branch which fails to match, or if they are fol-
lowed by # and matched zero times -- then the matched string is
set to the empty string, and the start and end indices are set to
-1.
Pattern matching with backreferences is slightly slower than
without.
B Deactivate backreferences, negating the effect of the b flag from
that point on.
cN,M The flag (#cN,M) can be used anywhere that the # or ## operators
can be used except in the expressions `(*/)#' and `(*/)##' in
filename generation, where `/' has special meaning; it cannot be
combined with other globbing flags and a bad pattern error occurs
if it is misplaced. It is equivalent to the form {N,M} in regu-
lar expressions. The previous character or group is required to
match between N and M times, inclusive. The form (#cN) requires
exactly N matches; (#c,M) is equivalent to specifying N as 0;
(#cN,) specifies that there is no maximum limit on the number of
matches.
m Set references to the match data for the entire string matched;
this is similar to backreferencing and does not work in filename
generation. The flag must be in effect at the end of the pat-
tern, i.e. not local to a group. The parameters $MATCH, $MBEGIN
and $MEND will be set to the string matched and to the indices of
the beginning and end of the string, respectively. This is most
useful in parameter substitutions, as otherwise the string
matched is obvious.
For example,
arr=(veldt jynx grimps waqf zho buck)
print ${arr//(#m)[aeiou]/${(U)MATCH}}
forces all the matches (i.e. all vowels) into uppercase, printing
`vEldt jynx grImps wAqf zhO bUck'.
Unlike backreferences, there is no speed penalty for using match
references, other than the extra substitutions required for the
replacement strings in cases such as the example shown.
M Deactivate the m flag, hence no references to match data will be
created.
anum Approximate matching: num errors are allowed in the string
matched by the pattern. The rules for this are described in the
next subsection.
s, e Unlike the other flags, these have only a local effect, and each
must appear on its own: `(#s)' and `(#e)' are the only valid
forms. The `(#s)' flag succeeds only at the start of the test
string, and the `(#e)' flag succeeds only at the end of the test
string; they correspond to `^' and `$' in standard regular ex-
pressions. They are useful for matching path segments in pat-
terns other than those in filename generation (where path seg-
ments are in any case treated separately). For example,
`*((#s)|/)test((#e)|/)*' matches a path segment `test' in any of
the following strings: test, test/at/start, at/end/test,
in/test/middle.
Another use is in parameter substitution; for example `${ar-
ray/(#s)A*Z(#e)}' will remove only elements of an array which
match the complete pattern `A*Z'. There are other ways of per-
forming many operations of this type, however the combination of
the substitution operations `/' and `//' with the `(#s)' and
`(#e)' flags provides a single simple and memorable method.
Note that assertions of the form `(^(#s))' also work, i.e. match
anywhere except at the start of the string, although this actu-
ally means `anything except a zero-length portion at the start of
the string'; you need to use `(""~(#s))' to match a zero-length
portion of the string not at the start.
q A `q' and everything up to the closing parenthesis of the glob-
bing flags are ignored by the pattern matching code. This is in-
tended to support the use of glob qualifiers, see below. The re-
sult is that the pattern `(#b)(*).c(#q.)' can be used both for
globbing and for matching against a string. In the former case,
the `(#q.)' will be treated as a glob qualifier and the `(#b)'
will not be useful, while in the latter case the `(#b)' is useful
for backreferences and the `(#q.)' will be ignored. Note that
colon modifiers in the glob qualifiers are also not applied in
ordinary pattern matching.
u Respect the current locale in determining the presence of multi-
byte characters in a pattern, provided the shell was compiled
with MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT. This overrides the MULTIBYTE option; the
default behaviour is taken from the option. Compare U.
(Mnemonic: typically multibyte characters are from Unicode in the
UTF-8 encoding, although any extension of ASCII supported by the
system library may be used.)
U All characters are considered to be a single byte long. The op-
posite of u. This overrides the MULTIBYTE option.
For example, the test string fooxx can be matched by the pattern
(#i)FOOXX, but not by (#l)FOOXX, (#i)FOO(#I)XX or ((#i)FOOX)X. The
string (#ia2)readme specifies case-insensitive matching of readme with
up to two errors.
When using the ksh syntax for grouping both KSH_GLOB and EXTENDED_GLOB
must be set and the left parenthesis should be preceded by @. Note also
that the flags do not affect letters inside [...] groups, in other words
(#i)[a-z] still matches only lowercase letters. Finally, note that when
examining whole paths case-insensitively every directory must be
searched for all files which match, so that a pattern of the form
(#i)/foo/bar/... is potentially slow.
Approximate Matching
When matching approximately, the shell keeps a count of the errors
found, which cannot exceed the number specified in the (#anum) flags.
Four types of error are recognised:
1. Different characters, as in fooxbar and fooybar.
2. Transposition of characters, as in banana and abnana.
3. A character missing in the target string, as with the pattern
road and target string rod.
4. An extra character appearing in the target string, as with stove
and strove.
Thus, the pattern (#a3)abcd matches dcba, with the errors occurring by
using the first rule twice and the second once, grouping the string as
[d][cb][a] and [a][bc][d].
Non-literal parts of the pattern must match exactly, including charac-
ters in character ranges: hence (#a1)??? matches strings of length
four, by applying rule 4 to an empty part of the pattern, but not
strings of length two, since all the ? must match. Other characters
which must match exactly are initial dots in filenames (unless the
GLOB_DOTS option is set), and all slashes in filenames, so that a/bc is
two errors from ab/c (the slash cannot be transposed with another char-
acter). Similarly, errors are counted separately for non-contiguous
strings in the pattern, so that (ab|cd)ef is two errors from aebf.
When using exclusion via the ~ operator, approximate matching is treated
entirely separately for the excluded part and must be activated sepa-
rately. Thus, (#a1)README~READ_ME matches READ.ME but not READ_ME, as
the trailing READ_ME is matched without approximation. However,
(#a1)README~(#a1)READ_ME does not match any pattern of the form READ?ME
as all such forms are now excluded.
Apart from exclusions, there is only one overall error count; however,
the maximum errors allowed may be altered locally, and this can be de-
limited by grouping. For example, (#a1)cat((#a0)dog)fox allows one er-
ror in total, which may not occur in the dog section, and the pattern
(#a1)cat(#a0)dog(#a1)fox is equivalent. Note that the point at which an
error is first found is the crucial one for establishing whether to use
approximation; for example, (#a1)abc(#a0)xyz will not match abcdxyz, be-
cause the error occurs at the `x', where approximation is turned off.
Entire path segments may be matched approximately, so that
`(#a1)/foo/d/is/available/at/the/bar' allows one error in any path seg-
ment. This is much less efficient than without the (#a1), however,
since every directory in the path must be scanned for a possible approx-
imate match. It is best to place the (#a1) after any path segments
which are known to be correct.
Recursive Globbing
A pathname component of the form `(foo/)#' matches a path consisting of
zero or more directories matching the pattern foo.
As a shorthand, `**/' is equivalent to `(*/)#'; note that this therefore
matches files in the current directory as well as subdirectories. Thus:
ls -ld -- (*/)#bar
or
ls -ld -- **/bar
does a recursive directory search for files named `bar' (potentially in-
cluding the file `bar' in the current directory). This form does not
follow symbolic links; the alternative form `***/' does, but is other-
wise identical. Neither of these can be combined with other forms of
globbing within the same path segment; in that case, the `*' operators
revert to their usual effect.
Even shorter forms are available when the option GLOB_STAR_SHORT is set.
In that case if no / immediately follows a ** or *** they are treated as
if both a / plus a further * are present. Hence:
setopt GLOBSTARSHORT
ls -ld -- **.c
is equivalent to
ls -ld -- **/*.c
Glob Qualifiers
Patterns used for filename generation may end in a list of qualifiers
enclosed in parentheses. The qualifiers specify which filenames that
otherwise match the given pattern will be inserted in the argument list.
If the option BARE_GLOB_QUAL is set, then a trailing set of parentheses
containing no `|' or `(' characters (or `~' if it is special) is taken
as a set of glob qualifiers. A glob subexpression that would normally
be taken as glob qualifiers, for example `(^x)', can be forced to be
treated as part of the glob pattern by doubling the parentheses, in this
case producing `((^x))'.
If the option EXTENDED_GLOB is set, a different syntax for glob quali-
fiers is available, namely `(#qx)' where x is any of the same glob qual-
ifiers used in the other format. The qualifiers must still appear at
the end of the pattern. However, with this syntax multiple glob quali-
fiers may be chained together. They are treated as a logical AND of the
individual sets of flags. Also, as the syntax is unambiguous, the ex-
pression will be treated as glob qualifiers just as long any parentheses
contained within it are balanced; appearance of `|', `(' or `~' does not
negate the effect. Note that qualifiers will be recognised in this form
even if a bare glob qualifier exists at the end of the pattern, for ex-
ample `*(#q*)(.)' will recognise executable regular files if both op-
tions are set; however, mixed syntax should probably be avoided for the
sake of clarity. Note that within conditions using the `[[' form the
presence of a parenthesised expression (#q...) at the end of a string
indicates that globbing should be performed; the expression may include
glob qualifiers, but it is also valid if it is simply (#q). This does
not apply to the right hand side of pattern match operators as the syn-
tax already has special significance.
A qualifier may be any one of the following:
/ directories
F `full' (i.e. non-empty) directories. Note that the opposite
sense (^F) expands to empty directories and all non-directories.
Use (/^F) for empty directories.
. plain files
@ symbolic links
= sockets
p named pipes (FIFOs)
* executable plain files (0100 or 0010 or 0001)
% device files (character or block special)
%b block special files
%c character special files
r owner-readable files (0400)
w owner-writable files (0200)
x owner-executable files (0100)
A group-readable files (0040)
I group-writable files (0020)
E group-executable files (0010)
R world-readable files (0004)
W world-writable files (0002)
X world-executable files (0001)
s setuid files (04000)
S setgid files (02000)
t files with the sticky bit (01000)
fspec files with access rights matching spec. This spec may be a octal
number optionally preceded by a `=', a `+', or a `-'. If none of
these characters is given, the behavior is the same as for `='.
The octal number describes the mode bits to be expected, if com-
bined with a `=', the value given must match the file-modes ex-
actly, with a `+', at least the bits in the given number must be
set in the file-modes, and with a `-', the bits in the number
must not be set. Giving a `?' instead of a octal digit anywhere
in the number ensures that the corresponding bits in the
file-modes are not checked, this is only useful in combination
with `='.
If the qualifier `f' is followed by any other character anything
up to the next matching character (`[', `{', and `<' match `]',
`}', and `>' respectively, any other character matches itself) is
taken as a list of comma-separated sub-specs. Each sub-spec may
be either an octal number as described above or a list of any of
the characters `u', `g', `o', and `a', followed by a `=', a `+',
or a `-', followed by a list of any of the characters `r', `w',
`x', `s', and `t', or an octal digit. The first list of charac-
ters specify which access rights are to be checked. If a `u' is
given, those for the owner of the file are used, if a `g' is
given, those of the group are checked, a `o' means to test those
of other users, and the `a' says to test all three groups. The
`=', `+', and `-' again says how the modes are to be checked and
have the same meaning as described for the first form above. The
second list of characters finally says which access rights are to
be expected: `r' for read access, `w' for write access, `x' for
the right to execute the file (or to search a directory), `s' for
the setuid and setgid bits, and `t' for the sticky bit.
Thus, `*(f70?)' gives the files for which the owner has read,
write, and execute permission, and for which other group members
have no rights, independent of the permissions for other users.
The pattern `*(f-100)' gives all files for which the owner does
not have execute permission, and `*(f:gu+w,o-rx:)' gives the
files for which the owner and the other members of the group have
at least write permission, and for which other users don't have
read or execute permission.
estring
+cmd The string will be executed as shell code. The filename will be
included in the list if and only if the code returns a zero sta-
tus (usually the status of the last command).
In the first form, the first character after the `e' will be used
as a separator and anything up to the next matching separator
will be taken as the string; `[', `{', and `<' match `]', `}',
and `>', respectively, while any other character matches itself.
Note that expansions must be quoted in the string to prevent them
from being expanded before globbing is done. string is then exe-
cuted as shell code. The string globqual is appended to the ar-
ray zsh_eval_context the duration of execution.
During the execution of string the filename currently being
tested is available in the parameter REPLY; the parameter may be
altered to a string to be inserted into the list instead of the
original filename. In addition, the parameter reply may be set
to an array or a string, which overrides the value of REPLY. If
set to an array, the latter is inserted into the command line
word by word.
For example, suppose a directory contains a single file `lonely'.
Then the expression `*(e:'reply=(${REPLY}{1,2})':)' will cause
the words `lonely1' and `lonely2' to be inserted into the command
line. Note the quoting of string.
The form +cmd has the same effect, but no delimiters appear
around cmd. Instead, cmd is taken as the longest sequence of
characters following the + that are alphanumeric or underscore.
Typically cmd will be the name of a shell function that contains
the appropriate test. For example,
nt() { [[ $REPLY -nt $NTREF ]] }
NTREF=reffile
ls -ld -- *(+nt)
lists all files in the directory that have been modified more re-
cently than reffile.
ddev files on the device dev
l[-|+]ct
files having a link count less than ct (-), greater than ct (+),
or equal to ct
U files owned by the effective user ID
G files owned by the effective group ID
uid files owned by user ID id if that is a number. Otherwise, id
specifies a user name: the character after the `u' will be taken
as a separator and the string between it and the next matching
separator will be taken as a user name. The starting separators
`[', `{', and `<' match the final separators `]', `}', and `>',
respectively; any other character matches itself. The selected
files are those owned by this user. For example, `u:foo:' or
`u[foo]' selects files owned by user `foo'.
gid like uid but with group IDs or names
a[Mwhms][-|+]n
files accessed exactly n days ago. Files accessed within the
last n days are selected using a negative value for n (-n).
Files accessed more than n days ago are selected by a positive n
value (+n). Optional unit specifiers `M', `w', `h', `m' or `s'
(e.g. `ah5') cause the check to be performed with months (of 30
days), weeks, hours, minutes or seconds instead of days, respec-
tively. An explicit `d' for days is also allowed.
Any fractional part of the difference between the access time and
the current part in the appropriate units is ignored in the com-
parison. For instance, `echo *(ah-5)' would echo files accessed
within the last five hours, while `echo *(ah+5)' would echo files
accessed at least six hours ago, as times strictly between five
and six hours are treated as five hours.
m[Mwhms][-|+]n
like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file mod-
ification time.
c[Mwhms][-|+]n
like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file in-
ode change time.
L[+|-]n
files less than n bytes (-), more than n bytes (+), or exactly n
bytes in length.
If this flag is directly followed by a size specifier `k' (`K'),
`m' (`M'), or `p' (`P') (e.g. `Lk-50') the check is performed
with kilobytes, megabytes, or blocks (of 512 bytes) instead. (On
some systems additional specifiers are available for gigabytes,
`g' or `G', and terabytes, `t' or `T'.) If a size specifier is
used a file is regarded as "exactly" the size if the file size
rounded up to the next unit is equal to the test size. Hence
`*(Lm1)' matches files from 1 byte up to 1 Megabyte inclusive.
Note also that the set of files "less than" the test size only
includes files that would not match the equality test; hence
`*(Lm-1)' only matches files of zero size.
^ negates all qualifiers following it
- toggles between making the qualifiers work on symbolic links (the
default) and the files they point to, if any; any symbolic link
for whose target the `stat' system call fails (whatever the cause
of the failure) is treated as a file in its own right
M sets the MARK_DIRS option for the current pattern
T appends a trailing qualifier mark to the filenames, analogous to
the LIST_TYPES option, for the current pattern (overrides M)
N sets the NULL_GLOB option for the current pattern
D sets the GLOB_DOTS option for the current pattern
n sets the NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT option for the current pattern
Yn enables short-circuit mode: the pattern will expand to at most n
filenames. If more than n matches exist, only the first n
matches in directory traversal order will be considered.
Implies oN when no oc qualifier is used.
oc specifies how the names of the files should be sorted. The fol-
lowing values of c sort in the following ways:
n By name.
L By the size (length) of the files.
l By number of links.
a By time of last access, youngest first.
m By time of last modification, youngest first.
c By time of last inode change, youngest first.
d By directories: files in subdirectories appear before
those in the current directory at each level of the search
-- this is best combined with other criteria, for example
`odon' to sort on names for files within the same direc-
tory.
N No sorting is performed.
estring
+cmd Sort by shell code (see below).
Note that the modifiers ^ and - are used, so `*(^-oL)' gives a
list of all files sorted by file size in descending order, fol-
lowing any symbolic links. Unless oN is used, multiple order
specifiers may occur to resolve ties.
The default sorting is n (by name) unless the Y glob qualifier is
used, in which case it is N (unsorted).
oe and o+ are special cases; they are each followed by shell
code, delimited as for the e glob qualifier and the + glob quali-
fier respectively (see above). The code is executed for each
matched file with the parameter REPLY set to the name of the file
on entry and globsort appended to zsh_eval_context. The code
should modify the parameter REPLY in some fashion. On return,
the value of the parameter is used instead of the file name as
the string on which to sort. Unlike other sort operators, oe and
o+ may be repeated, but note that the maximum number of sort op-
erators of any kind that may appear in any glob expression is 12.
Oc like `o', but sorts in descending order; i.e. `*(^oc)' is the
same as `*(Oc)' and `*(^Oc)' is the same as `*(oc)'; `Od' puts
files in the current directory before those in subdirectories at
each level of the search.
[beg[,end]]
specifies which of the matched filenames should be included in
the returned list. The syntax is the same as for array sub-
scripts. beg and the optional end may be mathematical expres-
sions. As in parameter subscripting they may be negative to make
them count from the last match backward. E.g.: `*(-OL[1,3])'
gives a list of the names of the three largest files.
Pstring
The string will be prepended to each glob match as a separate
word. string is delimited in the same way as arguments to the e
glob qualifier described above. The qualifier can be repeated;
the words are prepended separately so that the resulting command
line contains the words in the same order they were given in the
list of glob qualifiers.
A typical use for this is to prepend an option before all occur-
rences of a file name; for example, the pattern `*(P:-f:)' pro-
duces the command line arguments `-f file1 -f file2 ...'
If the modifier ^ is active, then string will be appended instead
of prepended. Prepending and appending is done independently so
both can be used on the same glob expression; for example by
writing `*(P:foo:^P:bar:^P:baz:)' which produces the command line
arguments `foo baz file1 bar ...'
More than one of these lists can be combined, separated by commas. The
whole list matches if at least one of the sublists matches (they are
`or'ed, the qualifiers in the sublists are `and'ed). Some qualifiers,
however, affect all matches generated, independent of the sublist in
which they are given. These are the qualifiers `M', `T', `N', `D', `n',
`o', `O' and the subscripts given in brackets (`[...]').
If a `:' appears in a qualifier list, the remainder of the expression in
parenthesis is interpreted as a modifier (see the section `Modifiers' in
the section `History Expansion'). Each modifier must be introduced by a
separate `:'. Note also that the result after modification does not
have to be an existing file. The name of any existing file can be fol-
lowed by a modifier of the form `(:...)' even if no actual filename gen-
eration is performed, although note that the presence of the parentheses
causes the entire expression to be subjected to any global pattern
matching options such as NULL_GLOB. Thus:
ls -ld -- *(-/)
lists all directories and symbolic links that point to directories, and
ls -ld -- *(-@)
lists all broken symbolic links, and
ls -ld -- *(%W)
lists all world-writable device files in the current directory, and
ls -ld -- *(W,X)
lists all files in the current directory that are world-writable or
world-executable, and
print -rC1 /tmp/foo*(u0^@:t)
outputs the basename of all root-owned files beginning with the string
`foo' in /tmp, ignoring symlinks, and
ls -ld -- *.*~(lex|parse).[ch](^D^l1)
lists all files having a link count of one whose names contain a dot
(but not those starting with a dot, since GLOB_DOTS is explicitly
switched off) except for lex.c, lex.h, parse.c and parse.h.
print -rC1 b*.pro(#q:s/pro/shmo/)(#q.:s/builtin/shmiltin/)
demonstrates how colon modifiers and other qualifiers may be chained to-
gether. The ordinary qualifier `.' is applied first, then the colon
modifiers in order from left to right. So if EXTENDED_GLOB is set and
the base pattern matches the regular file builtin.pro, the shell will
print `shmiltin.shmo'.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHEXPN(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHPARAM(1) General Commands Manual ZSHPARAM(1)
NAME
zshparam - zsh parameters
DESCRIPTION
A parameter has a name, a value, and a number of attributes. A name may
be any sequence of alphanumeric characters and underscores, or the sin-
gle characters `*', `@', `#', `?', `-', `$', or `!'. A parameter whose
name begins with an alphanumeric or underscore is also referred to as a
variable.
The attributes of a parameter determine the type of its value, often re-
ferred to as the parameter type or variable type, and also control other
processing that may be applied to the value when it is referenced. The
value type may be a scalar (a string, an integer, or a floating point
number), an array (indexed numerically), or an associative array (an un-
ordered set of name-value pairs, indexed by name, also referred to as a
hash).
Named scalar parameters may have the exported, -x, attribute, to copy
them into the process environment, which is then passed from the shell
to any new processes that it starts. Exported parameters are called en-
vironment variables. The shell also imports environment variables at
startup time and automatically marks the corresponding parameters as ex-
ported. Some environment variables are not imported for reasons of se-
curity or because they would interfere with the correct operation of
other shell features.
Parameters may also be special, that is, they have a predetermined mean-
ing to the shell. Special parameters cannot have their type changed or
their readonly attribute turned off, and if a special parameter is un-
set, then later recreated, the special properties will be retained.
To declare the type of a parameter, or to assign a string or numeric
value to a scalar parameter, use the typeset builtin.
The value of a scalar parameter may also be assigned by writing:
name=value
In scalar assignment, value is expanded as a single string, in which the
elements of arrays are joined together; filename expansion is not per-
formed unless the option GLOB_ASSIGN is set.
When the integer attribute, -i, or a floating point attribute, -E or -F,
is set for name, the value is subject to arithmetic evaluation. Fur-
thermore, by replacing `=' with `+=', a parameter can be incremented or
appended to. See the section `Array Parameters' and Arithmetic Evalua-
tion (in zshmisc(1)) for additional forms of assignment.
Note that assignment may implicitly change the attributes of a parame-
ter. For example, assigning a number to a variable in arithmetic evalu-
ation may change its type to integer or float, and with GLOB_ASSIGN as-
signing a pattern to a variable may change its type to an array.
To reference the value of a parameter, write `$name' or `${name}'. See
Parameter Expansion in zshexpn(1) for complete details. That section
also explains the effect of the difference between scalar and array as-
signment on parameter expansion.
ARRAY PARAMETERS
To assign an array value, write one of:
set -A name value ...
name=(value ...)
name=([key]=value ...)
If no parameter name exists, an ordinary array parameter is created. If
the parameter name exists and is a scalar, it is replaced by a new ar-
ray.
In the third form, key is an expression that will be evaluated in arith-
metic context (in its simplest form, an integer) that gives the index of
the element to be assigned with value. In this form any elements not
explicitly mentioned that come before the largest index to which a value
is assigned are assigned an empty string. The indices may be in any or-
der. Note that this syntax is strict: [ and ]= must not be quoted, and
key may not consist of the unquoted string ]=, but is otherwise treated
as a simple string. The enhanced forms of subscript expression that may
be used when directly subscripting a variable name, described in the
section `Array Subscripts' below, are not available.
The syntaxes with and without the explicit key may be mixed. An im-
plicit key is deduced by incrementing the index from the previously as-
signed element. Note that it is not treated as an error if latter as-
signments in this form overwrite earlier assignments.
For example, assuming the option KSH_ARRAYS is not set, the following:
array=(one [3]=three four)
causes the array variable array to contain four elements one, an empty
string, three and four, in that order.
In the forms where only value is specified, full command line expansion
is performed.
In the [key]=value form, both key and value undergo all forms of expan-
sion allowed for single word shell expansions (this does not include
filename generation); these are as performed by the parameter expansion
flag (e) as described in zshexpn(1). Nested parentheses may surround
value and are included as part of the value, which is joined into a
plain string; this differs from ksh which allows the values themselves
to be arrays. A future version of zsh may support that. To cause the
brackets to be interpreted as a character class for filename generation,
and therefore to treat the resulting list of files as a set of values,
quote the equal sign using any form of quoting. Example:
name=([a-z]'='*)
To append to an array without changing the existing values, use one of
the following:
name+=(value ...)
name+=([key]=value ...)
In the second form key may specify an existing index as well as an index
off the end of the old array; any existing value is overwritten by
value. Also, it is possible to use [key]+=value to append to the exist-
ing value at that index.
Within the parentheses on the right hand side of either form of the as-
signment, newlines and semicolons are treated the same as white space,
separating individual values. Any consecutive sequence of such charac-
ters has the same effect.
Ordinary array parameters may also be explicitly declared with:
typeset -a name
Associative arrays must be declared before assignment, by using:
typeset -A name
When name refers to an associative array, the list in an assignment is
interpreted as alternating keys and values:
set -A name key value ...
name=(key value ...)
name=([key]=value ...)
Note that only one of the two syntaxes above may be used in any given
assignment; the forms may not be mixed. This is unlike the case of nu-
merically indexed arrays.
Every key must have a value in this case. Note that this assigns to the
entire array, deleting any elements that do not appear in the list. The
append syntax may also be used with an associative array:
name+=(key value ...)
name+=([key]=value ...)
This adds a new key/value pair if the key is not already present, and
replaces the value for the existing key if it is. In the second form it
is also possible to use [key]+=value to append to the existing value at
that key. Expansion is performed identically to the corresponding forms
for normal arrays, as described above.
To create an empty array (including associative arrays), use one of:
set -A name
name=()
Array Subscripts
Individual elements of an array may be selected using a subscript. A
subscript of the form `[exp]' selects the single element exp, where exp
is an arithmetic expression which will be subject to arithmetic expan-
sion as if it were surrounded by `$((...))'. The elements are numbered
beginning with 1, unless the KSH_ARRAYS option is set in which case they
are numbered from zero.
Subscripts may be used inside braces used to delimit a parameter name,
thus `${foo[2]}' is equivalent to `$foo[2]'. If the KSH_ARRAYS option
is set, the braced form is the only one that works, as bracketed expres-
sions otherwise are not treated as subscripts.
If the KSH_ARRAYS option is not set, then by default accesses to an ar-
ray element with a subscript that evaluates to zero return an empty
string, while an attempt to write such an element is treated as an er-
ror. For backward compatibility the KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT option can be
set to cause subscript values 0 and 1 to be equivalent; see the descrip-
tion of the option in zshoptions(1).
The same subscripting syntax is used for associative arrays, except that
no arithmetic expansion is applied to exp. However, the parsing rules
for arithmetic expressions still apply, which affects the way that cer-
tain special characters must be protected from interpretation. See Sub-
script Parsing below for details.
A subscript of the form `[*]' or `[@]' evaluates to all elements of an
array; there is no difference between the two except when they appear
within double quotes. `"$foo[*]"' evaluates to `"$foo[1] $foo[2] ..."',
whereas `"$foo[@]"' evaluates to `"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]" ...'. For asso-
ciative arrays, `[*]' or `[@]' evaluate to all the values, in no partic-
ular order. Note that this does not substitute the keys; see the docu-
mentation for the `k' flag under Parameter Expansion Flags in zshexpn(1)
for complete details. When an array parameter is referenced as `$name'
(with no subscript) it evaluates to `$name[*]', unless the KSH_ARRAYS
option is set in which case it evaluates to `${name[0]}' (for an asso-
ciative array, this means the value of the key `0', which may not exist
even if there are values for other keys).
A subscript of the form `[exp1,exp2]' selects all elements in the range
exp1 to exp2, inclusive. (Associative arrays are unordered, and so do
not support ranges.) If one of the subscripts evaluates to a negative
number, say -n, then the nth element from the end of the array is used.
Thus `$foo[-3]' is the third element from the end of the array foo, and
`$foo[1,-1]' is the same as `$foo[*]'.
Subscripting may also be performed on non-array values, in which case
the subscripts specify a substring to be extracted. For example, if FOO
is set to `foobar', then `echo $FOO[2,5]' prints `ooba'. Note that some
forms of subscripting described below perform pattern matching, and in
that case the substring extends from the start of the match of the first
subscript to the end of the match of the second subscript. For example,
string="abcdefghijklm"
print ${string[(r)d?,(r)h?]}
prints `defghi'. This is an obvious generalisation of the rule for sin-
gle-character matches. For a single subscript, only a single character
is referenced (not the range of characters covered by the match).
Note that in substring operations the second subscript is handled dif-
ferently by the r and R subscript flags: the former takes the shortest
match as the length and the latter the longest match. Hence in the for-
mer case a * at the end is redundant while in the latter case it matches
the whole remainder of the string. This does not affect the result of
the single subscript case as here the length of the match is irrelevant.
Array Element Assignment
A subscript may be used on the left side of an assignment like so:
name[exp]=value
In this form of assignment the element or range specified by exp is re-
placed by the expression on the right side. An array (but not an asso-
ciative array) may be created by assignment to a range or element. Ar-
rays do not nest, so assigning a parenthesized list of values to an ele-
ment or range changes the number of elements in the array, shifting the
other elements to accommodate the new values. (This is not supported
for associative arrays.)
This syntax also works as an argument to the typeset command:
typeset "name[exp]"=value
The value may not be a parenthesized list in this case; only single-ele-
ment assignments may be made with typeset. Note that quotes are neces-
sary in this case to prevent the brackets from being interpreted as
filename generation operators. The noglob precommand modifier could be
used instead.
To delete an element of an ordinary array, assign `()' to that element.
To delete an element of an associative array, use the unset command:
unset "name[exp]"
Subscript Flags
If the opening bracket, or the comma in a range, in any subscript ex-
pression is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, the string up
to the matching closing one is considered to be a list of flags, as in
`name[(flags)exp]'.
The flags s, n and b take an argument; the delimiter is shown below as
`:', but any character, or the matching pairs `(...)', `{...}', `[...]',
or `<...>', may be used, but note that `<...>' can only be used if the
subscript is inside a double quoted expression or a parameter substitu-
tion enclosed in braces as otherwise the expression is interpreted as a
redirection.
The flags currently understood are:
w If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes
subscripting work on words instead of characters. The default
word separator is whitespace. When combined with the i or I
flag, the effect is to produce the index of the first character
of the first/last word which matches the given pattern; note that
a failed match in this case always yields 0.
s:string:
This gives the string that separates words (for use with the w
flag). The delimiter character : is arbitrary; see above.
p Recognize the same escape sequences as the print builtin in the
string argument of a subsequent `s' flag.
f If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes
subscripting work on lines instead of characters, i.e. with ele-
ments separated by newlines. This is a shorthand for `pws:\n:'.
r Reverse subscripting: if this flag is given, the exp is taken as
a pattern and the result is the first matching array element,
substring or word (if the parameter is an array, if it is a
scalar, or if it is a scalar and the `w' flag is given, respec-
tively). The subscript used is the number of the matching ele-
ment, so that pairs of subscripts such as `$foo[(r)??,3]' and
`$foo[(r)??,(r)f*]' are possible if the parameter is not an asso-
ciative array. If the parameter is an associative array, only
the value part of each pair is compared to the pattern, and the
result is that value.
If a search through an ordinary array failed, the search sets the
subscript to one past the end of the array, and hence ${ar-
ray[(r)pattern]} will substitute the empty string. Thus the suc-
cess of a search can be tested by using the (i) flag, for example
(assuming the option KSH_ARRAYS is not in effect):
[[ ${array[(i)pattern]} -le ${#array} ]]
If KSH_ARRAYS is in effect, the -le should be replaced by -lt.
R Like `r', but gives the last match. For associative arrays,
gives all possible matches. May be used for assigning to ordinary
array elements, but not for assigning to associative arrays. On
failure, for normal arrays this has the effect of returning the
element corresponding to subscript 0; this is empty unless one of
the options KSH_ARRAYS or KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT is in effect.
Note that in subscripts with both `r' and `R' pattern characters
are active even if they were substituted for a parameter (regard-
less of the setting of GLOB_SUBST which controls this feature in
normal pattern matching). The flag `e' can be added to inhibit
pattern matching. As this flag does not inhibit other forms of
substitution, care is still required; using a parameter to hold
the key has the desired effect:
key2='original key'
print ${array[(Re)$key2]}
i Like `r', but gives the index of the match instead; this may not
be combined with a second argument. On the left side of an as-
signment, behaves like `r'. For associative arrays, the key part
of each pair is compared to the pattern, and the first matching
key found is the result. On failure substitutes the length of
the array plus one, as discussed under the description of `r', or
the empty string for an associative array.
Note: Although `i' may be applied to a scalar substitution to
find the offset of a substring, the results are likely to be mis-
leading when searching within substitutions that yield an empty
string, or when searching for the empty substring.
I Like `i', but gives the index of the last match, or all possible
matching keys in an associative array. On failure substitutes 0,
or the empty string for an associative array. This flag is best
when testing for values or keys that do not exist.
Note: If the option KSH_ARRAYS is in effect and no match is
found, the result is indistinguishable from the case when the
first element of the array matches.
k If used in a subscript on an associative array, this flag causes
the keys to be interpreted as patterns, and returns the value for
the first key found where exp is matched by the key. Note this
could be any such key as no ordering of associative arrays is de-
fined. This flag does not work on the left side of an assignment
to an associative array element. If used on another type of pa-
rameter, this behaves like `r'.
K On an associative array this is like `k' but returns all values
where exp is matched by the keys. On other types of parameters
this has the same effect as `R'.
n:expr:
If combined with `r', `R', `i' or `I', makes them give the nth or
nth last match (if expr evaluates to n). This flag is ignored
when the array is associative. The delimiter character : is ar-
bitrary; see above.
b:expr:
If combined with `r', `R', `i' or `I', makes them begin at the
nth or nth last element, word, or character (if expr evaluates to
n). This flag is ignored when the array is associative. The de-
limiter character : is arbitrary; see above.
e This flag causes any pattern matching that would be performed on
the subscript to use plain string matching instead. Hence `${ar-
ray[(re)*]}' matches only the array element whose value is *.
Note that other forms of substitution such as parameter substitu-
tion are not inhibited.
This flag can also be used to force * or @ to be interpreted as a
single key rather than as a reference to all values. It may be
used for either purpose on the left side of an assignment.
See Parameter Expansion Flags (zshexpn(1)) for additional ways to manip-
ulate the results of array subscripting.
Subscript Parsing
This discussion applies mainly to associative array key strings and to
patterns used for reverse subscripting (the `r', `R', `i', etc. flags),
but it may also affect parameter substitutions that appear as part of an
arithmetic expression in an ordinary subscript.
To avoid subscript parsing limitations in assignments to associative ar-
ray elements, use the append syntax:
aa+=('key with "*strange*" characters' 'value string')
The basic rule to remember when writing a subscript expression is that
all text between the opening `[' and the closing `]' is interpreted as
if it were in double quotes (see zshmisc(1)). However, unlike double
quotes which normally cannot nest, subscript expressions may appear in-
side double-quoted strings or inside other subscript expressions (or
both!), so the rules have two important differences.
The first difference is that brackets (`[' and `]') must appear as bal-
anced pairs in a subscript expression unless they are preceded by a
backslash (`\'). Therefore, within a subscript expression (and unlike
true double-quoting) the sequence `\[' becomes `[', and similarly `\]'
becomes `]'. This applies even in cases where a backslash is not nor-
mally required; for example, the pattern `[^[]' (to match any character
other than an open bracket) should be written `[^\[]' in a reverse-sub-
script pattern. However, note that `\[^\[\]' and even `\[^[]' mean the
same thing, because backslashes are always stripped when they appear be-
fore brackets!
The same rule applies to parentheses (`(' and `)') and braces (`{' and
`}'): they must appear either in balanced pairs or preceded by a back-
slash, and backslashes that protect parentheses or braces are removed
during parsing. This is because parameter expansions may be surrounded
by balanced braces, and subscript flags are introduced by balanced
parentheses.
The second difference is that a double-quote (`"') may appear as part of
a subscript expression without being preceded by a backslash, and there-
fore that the two characters `\"' remain as two characters in the sub-
script (in true double-quoting, `\"' becomes `"'). However, because of
the standard shell quoting rules, any double-quotes that appear must oc-
cur in balanced pairs unless preceded by a backslash. This makes it
more difficult to write a subscript expression that contains an odd num-
ber of double-quote characters, but the reason for this difference is so
that when a subscript expression appears inside true double-quotes, one
can still write `\"' (rather than `\\\"') for `"'.
To use an odd number of double quotes as a key in an assignment, use the
typeset builtin and an enclosing pair of double quotes; to refer to the
value of that key, again use double quotes:
typeset -A aa
typeset "aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]"=QQQ
print "$aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]"
It is important to note that the quoting rules do not change when a pa-
rameter expansion with a subscript is nested inside another subscript
expression. That is, it is not necessary to use additional backslashes
within the inner subscript expression; they are removed only once, from
the innermost subscript outwards. Parameters are also expanded from the
innermost subscript first, as each expansion is encountered left to
right in the outer expression.
A further complication arises from a way in which subscript parsing is
not different from double quote parsing. As in true double-quoting, the
sequences `\*', and `\@' remain as two characters when they appear in a
subscript expression. To use a literal `*' or `@' as an associative ar-
ray key, the `e' flag must be used:
typeset -A aa
aa[(e)*]=star
print $aa[(e)*]
A last detail must be considered when reverse subscripting is performed.
Parameters appearing in the subscript expression are first expanded and
then the complete expression is interpreted as a pattern. This has two
effects: first, parameters behave as if GLOB_SUBST were on (and it can-
not be turned off); second, backslashes are interpreted twice, once when
parsing the array subscript and again when parsing the pattern. In a
reverse subscript, it's necessary to use four backslashes to cause a
single backslash to match literally in the pattern. For complex pat-
terns, it is often easiest to assign the desired pattern to a parameter
and then refer to that parameter in the subscript, because then the
backslashes, brackets, parentheses, etc., are seen only when the com-
plete expression is converted to a pattern. To match the value of a pa-
rameter literally in a reverse subscript, rather than as a pattern, use
`${(q)name}' (see zshexpn(1)) to quote the expanded value.
Note that the `k' and `K' flags are reverse subscripting for an ordinary
array, but are not reverse subscripting for an associative array! (For
an associative array, the keys in the array itself are interpreted as
patterns by those flags; the subscript is a plain string in that case.)
One final note, not directly related to subscripting: the numeric names
of positional parameters (described below) are parsed specially, so for
example `$2foo' is equivalent to `${2}foo'. Therefore, to use subscript
syntax to extract a substring from a positional parameter, the expansion
must be surrounded by braces; for example, `${2[3,5]}' evaluates to the
third through fifth characters of the second positional parameter, but
`$2[3,5]' is the entire second parameter concatenated with the filename
generation pattern `[3,5]'.
POSITIONAL PARAMETERS
The positional parameters provide access to the command-line arguments
of a shell function, shell script, or the shell itself; see the section
`Invocation', and also the section `Functions'. The parameter n, where
n is a number, is the nth positional parameter. The parameter `$0' is a
special case, see the section `Parameters Set By The Shell'.
The parameters *, @ and argv are arrays containing all the positional
parameters; thus `$argv[n]', etc., is equivalent to simply `$n'. Note
that the options KSH_ARRAYS or KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT apply to these arrays
as well, so with either of those options set, `${argv[0]}' is equivalent
to `$1' and so on.
Positional parameters may be changed after the shell or function starts
by using the set builtin, by assigning to the argv array, or by direct
assignment of the form `n=value' where n is the number of the positional
parameter to be changed. This also creates (with empty values) any of
the positions from 1 to n that do not already have values. Note that,
because the positional parameters form an array, an array assignment of
the form `n=(value ...)' is allowed, and has the effect of shifting all
the values at positions greater than n by as many positions as necessary
to accommodate the new values.
LOCAL PARAMETERS
Shell function executions delimit scopes for shell parameters. (Parame-
ters are dynamically scoped.) The typeset builtin, and its alternative
forms declare, integer, local and readonly (but not export), can be used
to declare a parameter as being local to the innermost scope.
When a parameter is read or assigned to, the innermost existing parame-
ter of that name is used. (That is, the local parameter hides any
less-local parameter.) However, assigning to a non-existent parameter,
or declaring a new parameter with export, causes it to be created in the
outermost scope.
Local parameters disappear when their scope ends. unset can be used to
delete a parameter while it is still in scope; any outer parameter of
the same name remains hidden.
Special parameters may also be made local; they retain their special at-
tributes unless either the existing or the newly-created parameter has
the -h (hide) attribute. This may have unexpected effects: there is no
default value, so if there is no assignment at the point the variable is
made local, it will be set to an empty value (or zero in the case of in-
tegers). The following:
typeset PATH=/new/directory:$PATH
is valid for temporarily allowing the shell or programmes called from it
to find the programs in /new/directory inside a function.
Note that the restriction in older versions of zsh that local parameters
were never exported has been removed.
PARAMETERS SET BY THE SHELL
In the parameter lists that follow, the mark `<S>' indicates that the
parameter is special. `<Z>' indicates that the parameter does not exist
when the shell initializes in sh or ksh emulation mode.
The parameters `!', `#', `*', `-', `?', `@', `$', `ARGC', `HISTCMD',
`LINENO', `PPID', `status', `TTYIDLE', `zsh_eval_context',
`ZSH_EVAL_CONTEXT', and `ZSH_SUBSHELL' are read-only and thus cannot be
restored by the user, so they are not output by `typeset -p'. This also
applies to many read-only parameters loaded from modules.
The following parameters are automatically set by the shell:
! <S> The process ID of the last command started in the background with
&, put into the background with the bg builtin, or spawned with
coproc.
# <S> The number of positional parameters in decimal. Note that some
confusion may occur with the syntax $#param which substitutes the
length of param. Use ${#} to resolve ambiguities. In particu-
lar, the sequence `$#-...' in an arithmetic expression is inter-
preted as the length of the parameter -, q.v.
ARGC <S> <Z>
Same as #.
$ <S> The process ID of this shell, set when the shell initializes.
Processes forked from the shell without executing a new program,
such as command substitutions and commands grouped with (...),
are subshells that duplicate the current shell, and thus substi-
tute the same value for $$ as their parent shell.
- <S> Flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by the set or setopt
commands.
* <S> An array containing the positional parameters.
argv <S> <Z>
Same as *. Assigning to argv changes the local positional para-
meters, but argv is not itself a local parameter. Deleting argv
with unset in any function deletes it everywhere, although only
the innermost positional parameter array is deleted (so * and @
in other scopes are not affected).
@ <S> Same as argv[@], even when argv is not set.
? <S> The exit status returned by the last command.
0 <S> The name used to invoke the current shell, or as set by the -c
command line option upon invocation. If the FUNCTION_ARGZERO op-
tion is set, $0 is set upon entry to a shell function to the name
of the function, and upon entry to a sourced script to the name
of the script, and reset to its previous value when the function
or script returns.
status <S> <Z>
Same as ?.
pipestatus <S> <Z>
An array containing the exit statuses returned by all commands in
the last pipeline.
_ <S> The last argument of the previous command. Also, this parameter
is set in the environment of every command executed to the full
pathname of the command.
CPUTYPE
The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), as de-
termined at run time.
EGID <S>
The effective group ID of the shell process. If you have suffi-
cient privileges, you may change the effective group ID of the
shell process by assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming
sufficient privileges), you may start a single command with a
different effective group ID by `(EGID=gid; command)'
If this is made local, it is not implicitly set to 0, but may be
explicitly set locally.
EUID <S>
The effective user ID of the shell process. If you have suffi-
cient privileges, you may change the effective user ID of the
shell process by assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming
sufficient privileges), you may start a single command with a
different effective user ID by `(EUID=uid; command)'
If this is made local, it is not implicitly set to 0, but may be
explicitly set locally.
ERRNO <S>
The value of errno (see errno(3)) as set by the most recently
failed system call. This value is system dependent and is in-
tended for debugging purposes. It is also useful with the
zsh/system module which allows the number to be turned into a
name or message.
To use this parameter, it must first be assigned a value (typi-
cally 0 (zero)). It is initially unset for scripting compatibil-
ity.
FUNCNEST <S>
Integer. If greater than or equal to zero, the maximum nesting
depth of shell functions. When it is exceeded, an error is
raised at the point where a function is called. The default
value is determined when the shell is configured, but is typi-
cally 500. Increasing the value increases the danger of a run-
away function recursion causing the shell to crash. Setting a
negative value turns off the check.
GID <S>
The real group ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient
privileges, you may change the group ID of the shell process by
assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient privi-
leges), you may start a single command under a different group ID
by `(GID=gid; command)'
If this is made local, it is not implicitly set to 0, but may be
explicitly set locally.
HISTCMD
The current history event number in an interactive shell, in
other words the event number for the command that caused $HISTCMD
to be read. If the current history event modifies the history,
HISTCMD changes to the new maximum history event number.
HOST The current hostname.
LINENO <S>
The line number of the current line within the current script,
sourced file, or shell function being executed, whichever was
started most recently. Note that in the case of shell functions
the line number refers to the function as it appeared in the
original definition, not necessarily as displayed by the func-
tions builtin.
LOGNAME
If the corresponding variable is not set in the environment of
the shell, it is initialized to the login name corresponding to
the current login session. This parameter is exported by default
but this can be disabled using the typeset builtin. The value is
set to the string returned by the getlogin(3) system call if that
is available.
MACHTYPE
The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), as de-
termined at compile time.
OLDPWD The previous working directory. This is set when the shell ini-
tializes and whenever the directory changes.
OPTARG <S>
The value of the last option argument processed by the getopts
command.
OPTIND <S>
The index of the last option argument processed by the getopts
command.
OSTYPE The operating system, as determined at compile time.
PPID <S>
The process ID of the parent of the shell, set when the shell
initializes. As with $$, the value does not change in subshells
created as a duplicate of the current shell.
PWD The present working directory. This is set when the shell ini-
tializes and whenever the directory changes.
RANDOM <S>
A pseudo-random integer from 0 to 32767, newly generated each
time this parameter is referenced. The random number generator
can be seeded by assigning a numeric value to RANDOM.
The values of RANDOM form an intentionally-repeatable pseudo-ran-
dom sequence; subshells that reference RANDOM will result in
identical pseudo-random values unless the value of RANDOM is ref-
erenced or seeded in the parent shell in between subshell invoca-
tions.
SECONDS <S>
The number of seconds since shell invocation. If this parameter
is assigned a value, then the value returned upon reference will
be the value that was assigned plus the number of seconds since
the assignment.
Unlike other special parameters, the type of the SECONDS parame-
ter can be changed using the typeset command. The type may be
changed only to one of the floating point types or back to inte-
ger. For example, `typeset -F SECONDS' causes the value to be
reported as a floating point number. The value is available to
microsecond accuracy, although the shell may show more or fewer
digits depending on the use of typeset. See the documentation
for the builtin typeset in zshbuiltins(1) for more details.
SHLVL <S>
Incremented by one each time a new shell is started.
signals
An array containing the names of the signals. Note that with the
standard zsh numbering of array indices, where the first element
has index 1, the signals are offset by 1 from the signal number
used by the operating system. For example, on typical Unix-like
systems HUP is signal number 1, but is referred to as $sig-
nals[2]. This is because of EXIT at position 1 in the array,
which is used internally by zsh but is not known to the operating
system.
TRY_BLOCK_ERROR <S>
In an always block, indicates whether the preceding list of code
caused an error. The value is 1 to indicate an error, 0 other-
wise. It may be reset, clearing the error condition. See Com-
plex Commands in zshmisc(1)
TRY_BLOCK_INTERRUPT <S>
This variable works in a similar way to TRY_BLOCK_ERROR, but rep-
resents the status of an interrupt from the signal SIGINT, which
typically comes from the keyboard when the user types ^C. If set
to 0, any such interrupt will be reset; otherwise, the interrupt
is propagated after the always block.
Note that it is possible that an interrupt arrives during the ex-
ecution of the always block; this interrupt is also propagated.
TTY The name of the tty associated with the shell, if any.
TTYIDLE <S>
The idle time of the tty associated with the shell in seconds or
-1 if there is no such tty.
UID <S>
The real user ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient
privileges, you may change the user ID of the shell by assigning
to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you
may start a single command under a different user ID by
`(UID=uid; command)'
If this is made local, it is not implicitly set to 0, but may be
explicitly set locally.
USERNAME <S>
The username corresponding to the real user ID of the shell
process. If you have sufficient privileges, you may change the
username (and also the user ID and group ID) of the shell by as-
signing to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient privi-
leges), you may start a single command under a different username
(and user ID and group ID) by `(USERNAME=username; command)'
VENDOR The vendor, as determined at compile time.
zsh_eval_context <S> <Z> (ZSH_EVAL_CONTEXT <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) indicating the context of shell
code that is being run. Each time a piece of shell code that is
stored within the shell is executed a string is temporarily ap-
pended to the array to indicate the type of operation that is be-
ing performed. Read in order the array gives an indication of
the stack of operations being performed with the most immediate
context last.
Note that the variable does not give information on syntactic
context such as pipelines or subshells. Use $ZSH_SUBSHELL to de-
tect subshells.
The context is one of the following:
cmdarg Code specified by the -c option to the command line that
invoked the shell.
cmdsubst
Command substitution using the `...` or $(...) construct.
equalsubst
File substitution using the =(...) construct.
eval Code executed by the eval builtin.
evalautofunc
Code executed with the KSH_AUTOLOAD mechanism in order to
define an autoloaded function.
fc Code from the shell history executed by the -e option to
the fc builtin.
file Lines of code being read directly from a file, for example
by the source builtin.
filecode
Lines of code being read from a .zwc file instead of di-
rectly from the source file.
globqual
Code executed by the e or + glob qualifier.
globsort
Code executed to order files by the o glob qualifier.
insubst
File substitution using the <(...) construct.
loadautofunc
Code read directly from a file to define an autoloaded
function.
outsubst
File substitution using the >(...) construct.
sched Code executed by the sched builtin.
shfunc A shell function.
stty Code passed to stty by the STTY environment variable.
Normally this is passed directly to the system's stty com-
mand, so this value is unlikely to be seen in practice.
style Code executed as part of a style retrieved by the zstyle
builtin from the zsh/zutil module.
toplevel
The highest execution level of a script or interactive
shell.
trap Code executed as a trap defined by the trap builtin.
Traps defined as functions have the context shfunc. As
traps are asynchronous they may have a different hierarchy
from other code.
zpty Code executed by the zpty builtin from the zsh/zpty mod-
ule.
zregexparse-guard
Code executed as a guard by the zregexparse command from
the zsh/zutil module.
zregexparse-action
Code executed as an action by the zregexparse command from
the zsh/zutil module.
ZSH_ARGZERO
If zsh was invoked to run a script, this is the name of the
script. Otherwise, it is the name used to invoke the current
shell. This is the same as the value of $0 when the
POSIX_ARGZERO option is set, but is always available.
ZSH_EXECUTION_STRING
If the shell was started with the option -c, this contains the
argument passed to the option. Otherwise it is not set.
ZSH_NAME
Expands to the basename of the command used to invoke this in-
stance of zsh.
ZSH_PATCHLEVEL
The output of `git describe --tags --long' for the zsh repository
used to build the shell. This is most useful in order to keep
track of versions of the shell during development between re-
leases; hence most users should not use it and should instead
rely on $ZSH_VERSION.
zsh_scheduled_events
See the section `The zsh/sched Module' in zshmodules(1).
ZSH_SCRIPT
If zsh was invoked to run a script, this is the name of the
script, otherwise it is unset.
ZSH_SUBSHELL
Readonly integer. Initially zero, incremented each time the
shell forks to create a subshell for executing code. Hence
`(print $ZSH_SUBSHELL)' and `print $(print $ZSH_SUBSHELL)' output
1, while `( (print $ZSH_SUBSHELL) )' outputs 2.
ZSH_VERSION
The version number of the release of zsh.
PARAMETERS USED BY THE SHELL
The following parameters are used by the shell. Again, `<S>' indicates
that the parameter is special and `<Z>' indicates that the parameter
does not exist when the shell initializes in sh or ksh emulation mode.
In cases where there are two parameters with an upper- and lowercase
form of the same name, such as path and PATH, the lowercase form is an
array and the uppercase form is a scalar with the elements of the array
joined together by colons. These are similar to tied parameters created
via `typeset -T'. The normal use for the colon-separated form is for
exporting to the environment, while the array form is easier to manipu-
late within the shell. Note that unsetting either of the pair will un-
set the other; they retain their special properties when recreated, and
recreating one of the pair will recreate the other.
ARGV0 If exported, its value is used as the argv[0] of external com-
mands. Usually used in constructs like `ARGV0=emacs nethack'.
BAUD The rate in bits per second at which data reaches the terminal.
The line editor will use this value in order to compensate for a
slow terminal by delaying updates to the display until necessary.
If the parameter is unset or the value is zero the compensation
mechanism is turned off. The parameter is not set by default.
This parameter may be profitably set in some circumstances, e.g.
for slow modems dialing into a communications server, or on a
slow wide area network. It should be set to the baud rate of the
slowest part of the link for best performance.
cdpath <S> <Z> (CDPATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of directories specifying the
search path for the cd command.
COLUMNS <S>
The number of columns for this terminal session. Used for print-
ing select lists and for the line editor.
CORRECT_IGNORE
If set, is treated as a pattern during spelling correction. Any
potential correction that matches the pattern is ignored. For
example, if the value is `_*' then completion functions (which,
by convention, have names beginning with `_') will never be of-
fered as spelling corrections. The pattern does not apply to the
correction of file names, as applied by the CORRECT_ALL option
(so with the example just given files beginning with `_' in the
current directory would still be completed).
CORRECT_IGNORE_FILE
If set, is treated as a pattern during spelling correction of
file names. Any file name that matches the pattern is never of-
fered as a correction. For example, if the value is `.*' then
dot file names will never be offered as spelling corrections.
This is useful with the CORRECT_ALL option.
DIRSTACKSIZE
The maximum size of the directory stack, by default there is no
limit. If the stack gets larger than this, it will be truncated
automatically. This is useful with the AUTO_PUSHD option.
ENV If the ENV environment variable is set when zsh is invoked as sh
or ksh, $ENV is sourced after the profile scripts. The value of
ENV is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution,
and arithmetic expansion before being interpreted as a pathname.
Note that ENV is not used unless the shell is interactive and zsh
is emulating sh or ksh.
FCEDIT The default editor for the fc builtin. If FCEDIT is not set, the
parameter EDITOR is used; if that is not set either, a builtin
default, usually vi, is used.
fignore <S> <Z> (FIGNORE <S>)
An array (colon separated list) containing the suffixes of files
to be ignored during filename completion. However, if completion
only generates files with suffixes in this list, then these files
are completed anyway.
fpath <S> <Z> (FPATH <S>)
An array (colon separated list) of directories specifying the
search path for function definitions. This path is searched when
a function with the -u attribute is referenced. If an executable
file is found, then it is read and executed in the current envi-
ronment.
histchars <S>
Three characters used by the shell's history and lexical analysis
mechanism. The first character signals the start of a history
expansion (default `!'). The second character signals the start
of a quick history substitution (default `^'). The third charac-
ter is the comment character (default `#').
The characters must be in the ASCII character set; any attempt to
set histchars to characters with a locale-dependent meaning will
be rejected with an error message.
HISTCHARS <S> <Z>
Same as histchars. (Deprecated.)
HISTFILE
The file to save the history in when an interactive shell exits.
If unset, the history is not saved.
HISTORY_IGNORE
If set, is treated as a pattern at the time history files are
written. Any potential history entry that matches the pattern is
skipped. For example, if the value is `fc *' then commands that
invoke the interactive history editor are never written to the
history file.
Note that HISTORY_IGNORE defines a single pattern: to specify al-
ternatives use the `(first|second|...)' syntax.
Compare the HIST_NO_STORE option or the zshaddhistory hook, ei-
ther of which would prevent such commands from being added to the
interactive history at all. If you wish to use HISTORY_IGNORE to
stop history being added in the first place, you can define the
following hook:
zshaddhistory() {
emulate -L zsh
## uncomment if HISTORY_IGNORE
## should use EXTENDED_GLOB syntax
# setopt extendedglob
[[ $1 != ${~HISTORY_IGNORE} ]]
}
HISTSIZE <S>
The maximum number of events stored in the internal history list.
If you use the HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST option, setting this value
larger than the SAVEHIST size will give you the difference as a
cushion for saving duplicated history events.
If this is made local, it is not implicitly set to 0, but may be
explicitly set locally.
HOME <S>
The default argument for the cd command. This is not set auto-
matically by the shell in sh, ksh or csh emulation, but it is
typically present in the environment anyway, and if it becomes
set it has its usual special behaviour.
IFS <S>
Internal field separators (by default space, tab, newline and
NUL), that are used to separate words which result from command
or parameter expansion and words read by the read builtin. Any
characters from the set space, tab and newline that appear in the
IFS are called IFS white space. One or more IFS white space
characters or one non-IFS white space character together with any
adjacent IFS white space character delimit a field. If an IFS
white space character appears twice consecutively in the IFS,
this character is treated as if it were not an IFS white space
character.
If the parameter is unset, the default is used. Note this has a
different effect from setting the parameter to an empty string.
KEYBOARD_HACK
This variable defines a character to be removed from the end of
the command line before interpreting it (interactive shells
only). It is intended to fix the problem with keys placed annoy-
ingly close to return and replaces the SUNKEYBOARDHACK option
which did this for backquotes only. Should the chosen character
be one of singlequote, doublequote or backquote, there must also
be an odd number of them on the command line for the last one to
be removed.
For backward compatibility, if the SUNKEYBOARDHACK option is ex-
plicitly set, the value of KEYBOARD_HACK reverts to backquote.
If the option is explicitly unset, this variable is set to empty.
KEYTIMEOUT
The time the shell waits, in hundredths of seconds, for another
key to be pressed when reading bound multi-character sequences.
LANG <S>
This variable determines the locale category for any category not
specifically selected via a variable starting with `LC_'.
LC_ALL <S>
This variable overrides the value of the `LANG' variable and the
value of any of the other variables starting with `LC_'.
LC_COLLATE <S>
This variable determines the locale category for character colla-
tion information within ranges in glob brackets and for sorting.
LC_CTYPE <S>
This variable determines the locale category for character han-
dling functions. If the MULTIBYTE option is in effect this vari-
able or LANG should contain a value that reflects the character
set in use, even if it is a single-byte character set, unless
only the 7-bit subset (ASCII) is used. For example, if the char-
acter set is ISO-8859-1, a suitable value might be en_US.iso88591
(certain Linux distributions) or en_US.ISO8859-1 (MacOS).
LC_MESSAGES <S>
This variable determines the language in which messages should be
written. Note that zsh does not use message catalogs.
LC_NUMERIC <S>
This variable affects the decimal point character and thousands
separator character for the formatted input/output functions and
string conversion functions. Note that zsh ignores this setting
when parsing floating point mathematical expressions.
LC_TIME <S>
This variable determines the locale category for date and time
formatting in prompt escape sequences.
LINES <S>
The number of lines for this terminal session. Used for printing
select lists and for the line editor.
LISTMAX
In the line editor, the number of matches to list without asking
first. If the value is negative, the list will be shown if it
spans at most as many lines as given by the absolute value. If
set to zero, the shell asks only if the top of the listing would
scroll off the screen.
MAIL If this parameter is set and mailpath is not set, the shell looks
for mail in the specified file.
MAILCHECK
The interval in seconds between checks for new mail.
mailpath <S> <Z> (MAILPATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of filenames to check for new
mail. Each filename can be followed by a `?' and a message that
will be printed. The message will undergo parameter expansion,
command substitution and arithmetic expansion with the variable
$_ defined as the name of the file that has changed. The default
message is `You have new mail'. If an element is a directory in-
stead of a file the shell will recursively check every file in
every subdirectory of the element.
manpath <S> <Z> (MANPATH <S> <Z>)
An array (colon-separated list) whose value is not used by the
shell. The manpath array can be useful, however, since setting
it also sets MANPATH, and vice versa.
match
mbegin
mend Arrays set by the shell when the b globbing flag is used in pat-
tern matches. See the subsection Globbing flags in the documen-
tation for Filename Generation in zshexpn(1).
MATCH
MBEGIN
MEND Set by the shell when the m globbing flag is used in pattern
matches. See the subsection Globbing flags in the documentation
for Filename Generation in zshexpn(1).
module_path <S> <Z> (MODULE_PATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of directories that zmodload
searches for dynamically loadable modules. This is initialized
to a standard pathname, usually `/usr/local/lib/zsh/$ZSH_VER-
SION'. (The `/usr/local/lib' part varies from installation to
installation.) For security reasons, any value set in the envi-
ronment when the shell is started will be ignored.
These parameters only exist if the installation supports dynamic
module loading.
NULLCMD <S>
The command name to assume if a redirection is specified with no
command. Defaults to cat. For sh/ksh behavior, change this to
:. For csh-like behavior, unset this parameter; the shell will
print an error message if null commands are entered.
path <S> <Z> (PATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of directories to search for com-
mands. When this parameter is set, each directory is scanned and
all files found are put in a hash table.
POSTEDIT <S>
This string is output whenever the line editor exits. It usually
contains termcap strings to reset the terminal.
PROMPT <S> <Z>
PROMPT2 <S> <Z>
PROMPT3 <S> <Z>
PROMPT4 <S> <Z>
Same as PS1, PS2, PS3 and PS4, respectively.
prompt <S> <Z>
Same as PS1.
PROMPT_EOL_MARK
When the PROMPT_CR and PROMPT_SP options are set, the
PROMPT_EOL_MARK parameter can be used to customize how the end of
partial lines are shown. This parameter undergoes prompt expan-
sion, with the PROMPT_PERCENT option set. If not set, the de-
fault behavior is equivalent to the value `%B%S%#%s%b'.
PS1 <S>
The primary prompt string, printed before a command is read. It
undergoes a special form of expansion before being displayed; see
EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1). The default is
`%m%# '.
PS2 <S>
The secondary prompt, printed when the shell needs more informa-
tion to complete a command. It is expanded in the same way as
PS1. The default is `%_> ', which displays any shell constructs
or quotation marks which are currently being processed.
PS3 <S>
Selection prompt used within a select loop. It is expanded in
the same way as PS1. The default is `?# '.
PS4 <S>
The execution trace prompt. Default is `+%N:%i> ', which dis-
plays the name of the current shell structure and the line number
within it. In sh or ksh emulation, the default is `+ '.
psvar <S> <Z> (PSVAR <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) whose elements can be used in
PROMPT strings. Setting psvar also sets PSVAR, and vice versa.
READNULLCMD <S>
The command name to assume if a single input redirection is spec-
ified with no command. Defaults to more.
REPORTMEMORY
If nonnegative, commands whose maximum resident set size (roughly
speaking, main memory usage) in kilobytes is greater than this
value have timing statistics reported. The format used to output
statistics is the value of the TIMEFMT parameter, which is the
same as for the REPORTTIME variable and the time builtin; note
that by default this does not output memory usage. Appending "
max RSS %M" to the value of TIMEFMT causes it to output the value
that triggered the report. If REPORTTIME is also in use, at most
a single report is printed for both triggers. This feature re-
quires the getrusage() system call, commonly supported by modern
Unix-like systems.
REPORTTIME
If nonnegative, commands whose combined user and system execution
times (measured in seconds) are greater than this value have tim-
ing statistics printed for them. Output is suppressed for com-
mands executed within the line editor, including completion; com-
mands explicitly marked with the time keyword still cause the
summary to be printed in this case.
REPLY This parameter is reserved by convention to pass string values
between shell scripts and shell builtins in situations where a
function call or redirection are impossible or undesirable. The
read builtin and the select complex command may set REPLY, and
filename generation both sets and examines its value when evalu-
ating certain expressions. Some modules also employ REPLY for
similar purposes.
reply As REPLY, but for array values rather than strings.
RPROMPT <S>
RPS1 <S>
This prompt is displayed on the right-hand side of the screen
when the primary prompt is being displayed on the left. This
does not work if the SINGLE_LINE_ZLE option is set. It is ex-
panded in the same way as PS1.
RPROMPT2 <S>
RPS2 <S>
This prompt is displayed on the right-hand side of the screen
when the secondary prompt is being displayed on the left. This
does not work if the SINGLE_LINE_ZLE option is set. It is ex-
panded in the same way as PS2.
SAVEHIST
The maximum number of history events to save in the history file.
If this is made local, it is not implicitly set to 0, but may be
explicitly set locally.
SPROMPT <S>
The prompt used for spelling correction. The sequence `%R' ex-
pands to the string which presumably needs spelling correction,
and `%r' expands to the proposed correction. All other prompt
escapes are also allowed.
The actions available at the prompt are [nyae]:
n (`no') (default)
Discard the correction and run the command.
y (`yes')
Make the correction and run the command.
a (`abort')
Discard the entire command line without running it.
e (`edit')
Resume editing the command line.
STTY If this parameter is set in a command's environment, the shell
runs the stty command with the value of this parameter as argu-
ments in order to set up the terminal before executing the com-
mand. The modes apply only to the command, and are reset when it
finishes or is suspended. If the command is suspended and contin-
ued later with the fg or wait builtins it will see the modes
specified by STTY, as if it were not suspended. This (intention-
ally) does not apply if the command is continued via `kill
-CONT'. STTY is ignored if the command is run in the background,
or if it is in the environment of the shell but not explicitly
assigned to in the input line. This avoids running stty at every
external command by accidentally exporting it. Also note that
STTY should not be used for window size specifications; these
will not be local to the command.
If the parameter is set and empty, all of the above applies ex-
cept that stty is not run. This can be useful as a way to freeze
the tty around a single command, blocking its changes to tty set-
tings, similar to the ttyctl builtin.
TERM <S>
The type of terminal in use. This is used when looking up term-
cap sequences. An assignment to TERM causes zsh to re-initialize
the terminal, even if the value does not change (e.g.,
`TERM=$TERM'). It is necessary to make such an assignment upon
any change to the terminal definition database or terminal type
in order for the new settings to take effect.
TERMINFO <S>
A reference to your terminfo database, used by the `terminfo' li-
brary when the system has it; see terminfo(5). If set, this
causes the shell to reinitialise the terminal, making the
workaround `TERM=$TERM' unnecessary.
TERMINFO_DIRS <S>
A colon-seprarated list of terminfo databases, used by the `ter-
minfo' library when the system has it; see terminfo(5). This
variable is only used by certain terminal libraries, in particu-
lar ncurses; see terminfo(5) to check support on your system. If
set, this causes the shell to reinitialise the terminal, making
the workaround `TERM=$TERM' unnecessary. Note that unlike other
colon-separated arrays this is not tied to a zsh array.
TIMEFMT
The format of process time reports with the time keyword. The
default is `%J %U user %S system %P cpu %*E total'. Recognizes
the following escape sequences, although not all may be available
on all systems, and some that are available may not be useful:
%% A `%'.
%U CPU seconds spent in user mode.
%S CPU seconds spent in kernel mode.
%E Elapsed time in seconds.
%P The CPU percentage, computed as 100*(%U+%S)/%E.
%W Number of times the process was swapped.
%X The average amount in (shared) text space used in kilo-
bytes.
%D The average amount in (unshared) data/stack space used in
kilobytes.
%K The total space used (%X+%D) in kilobytes.
%M The maximum memory the process had in use at any time in
kilobytes.
%F The number of major page faults (page needed to be brought
from disk).
%R The number of minor page faults.
%I The number of input operations.
%O The number of output operations.
%r The number of socket messages received.
%s The number of socket messages sent.
%k The number of signals received.
%w Number of voluntary context switches (waits).
%c Number of involuntary context switches.
%J The name of this job.
A star may be inserted between the percent sign and flags print-
ing time (e.g., `%*E'); this causes the time to be printed in
`hh:mm:ss.ttt' format (hours and minutes are only printed if they
are not zero). Alternatively, `m' or `u' may be used (e.g.,
`%mE') to produce time output in milliseconds or microseconds,
respectively.
TMOUT If this parameter is nonzero, the shell will receive an ALRM sig-
nal if a command is not entered within the specified number of
seconds after issuing a prompt. If there is a trap on SIGALRM, it
will be executed and a new alarm is scheduled using the value of
the TMOUT parameter after executing the trap. If no trap is set,
and the idle time of the terminal is not less than the value of
the TMOUT parameter, zsh terminates. Otherwise a new alarm is
scheduled to TMOUT seconds after the last keypress.
TMPPREFIX
A pathname prefix which the shell will use for all temporary
files. Note that this should include an initial part for the
file name as well as any directory names. The default is
`/tmp/zsh'.
TMPSUFFIX
A filename suffix which the shell will use for temporary files
created by process substitutions (e.g., `=(list)'). Note that
the value should include a leading dot `.' if intended to be in-
terpreted as a file extension. The default is not to append any
suffix, thus this parameter should be assigned only when needed
and then unset again.
WORDCHARS <S>
A list of non-alphanumeric characters considered part of a word
by the line editor.
ZBEEP If set, this gives a string of characters, which can use all the
same codes as the bindkey command as described in the zsh/zle
module entry in zshmodules(1), that will be output to the termi-
nal instead of beeping. This may have a visible instead of an
audible effect; for example, the string `\e[?5h\e[?5l' on a vt100
or xterm will have the effect of flashing reverse video on and
off (if you usually use reverse video, you should use the string
`\e[?5l\e[?5h' instead). This takes precedence over the NOBEEP
option.
ZDOTDIR
The directory to search for shell startup files (.zshrc, etc), if
not $HOME.
zle_bracketed_paste
Many terminal emulators have a feature that allows applications
to identify when text is pasted into the terminal rather than be-
ing typed normally. For ZLE, this means that special characters
such as tabs and newlines can be inserted instead of invoking ed-
itor commands. Furthermore, pasted text forms a single undo
event and if the region is active, pasted text will replace the
region.
This two-element array contains the terminal escape sequences for
enabling and disabling the feature. These escape sequences are
used to enable bracketed paste when ZLE is active and disable it
at other times. Unsetting the parameter has the effect of ensur-
ing that bracketed paste remains disabled.
zle_highlight
An array describing contexts in which ZLE should highlight the
input text. See Character Highlighting in zshzle(1).
ZLE_LINE_ABORTED
This parameter is set by the line editor when an error occurs.
It contains the line that was being edited at the point of the
error. `print -zr -- $ZLE_LINE_ABORTED' can be used to recover
the line. Only the most recent line of this kind is remembered.
ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS
These parameters are used by the line editor. In certain circum-
stances suffixes (typically space or slash) added by the comple-
tion system will be removed automatically, either because the
next editing command was not an insertable character, or because
the character was marked as requiring the suffix to be removed.
These variables can contain the sets of characters that will
cause the suffix to be removed. If ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS is
set, those characters will cause the suffix to be removed; if
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS is set, those characters will cause the
suffix to be removed and replaced by a space.
If ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS is not set, the default behaviour is
equivalent to:
ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS=$' \t\n;&|'
If ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS is set but is empty, no characters
have this behaviour. ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS takes precedence, so
that the following:
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS=$'&|'
causes the characters `&' and `|' to remove the suffix but to re-
place it with a space.
To illustrate the difference, suppose that the option AUTO_RE-
MOVE_SLASH is in effect and the directory DIR has just been com-
pleted, with an appended /, following which the user types `&'.
The default result is `DIR&'. With ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS set
but without including `&' the result is `DIR/&'. With
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS set to include `&' the result is `DIR &'.
Note that certain completions may provide their own suffix re-
moval or replacement behaviour which overrides the values de-
scribed here. See the completion system documentation in zsh-
compsys(1).
ZLE_RPROMPT_INDENT <S>
If set, used to give the indentation between the right hand side
of the right prompt in the line editor as given by RPS1 or
RPROMPT and the right hand side of the screen. If not set, the
value 1 is used.
Typically this will be used to set the value to 0 so that the
prompt appears flush with the right hand side of the screen.
This is not the default as many terminals do not handle this cor-
rectly, in particular when the prompt appears at the extreme bot-
tom right of the screen. Recent virtual terminals are more
likely to handle this case correctly. Some experimentation is
necessary.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHPARAM(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHOPTIONS(1) General Commands Manual ZSHOPTIONS(1)
NAME
zshoptions - zsh options
SPECIFYING OPTIONS
Options are primarily referred to by name. These names are case insen-
sitive and underscores are ignored. For example, `allexport' is equiva-
lent to `A__lleXP_ort'.
The sense of an option name may be inverted by preceding it with `no',
so `setopt No_Beep' is equivalent to `unsetopt beep'. This inversion
can only be done once, so `nonobeep' is not a synonym for `beep'. Simi-
larly, `tify' is not a synonym for `nonotify' (the inversion of `no-
tify').
Some options also have one or more single letter names. There are two
sets of single letter options: one used by default, and another used to
emulate sh/ksh (used when the SH_OPTION_LETTERS option is set). The
single letter options can be used on the shell command line, or with the
set, setopt and unsetopt builtins, as normal Unix options preceded by
`-'.
The sense of the single letter options may be inverted by using `+' in-
stead of `-'. Some of the single letter option names refer to an option
being off, in which case the inversion of that name refers to the option
being on. For example, `+n' is the short name of `exec', and `-n' is
the short name of its inversion, `noexec'.
In strings of single letter options supplied to the shell at startup,
trailing whitespace will be ignored; for example the string `-f '
will be treated just as `-f', but the string `-f i' is an error. This
is because many systems which implement the `#!' mechanism for calling
scripts do not strip trailing whitespace.
It is possible for options to be set within a function scope. See the
description of the option LOCAL_OPTIONS below.
DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS
In the following list, options set by default in all emulations are
marked <D>; those set by default only in csh, ksh, sh, or zsh emulations
are marked <C>, <K>, <S>, <Z> as appropriate. When listing options (by
`setopt', `unsetopt', `set -o' or `set +o'), those turned on by default
appear in the list prefixed with `no'. Hence (unless KSH_OPTION_PRINT
is set), `setopt' shows all options whose settings are changed from the
default.
Changing Directories
AUTO_CD (-J)
If a command is issued that can't be executed as a normal com-
mand, and the command is the name of a directory, perform the cd
command to that directory. This option is only applicable if the
option SHIN_STDIN is set, i.e. if commands are being read from
standard input. The option is designed for interactive use; it
is recommended that cd be used explicitly in scripts to avoid am-
biguity.
AUTO_PUSHD (-N)
Make cd push the old directory onto the directory stack.
CDABLE_VARS (-T)
If the argument to a cd command (or an implied cd with the
AUTO_CD option set) is not a directory, and does not begin with a
slash, try to expand the expression as if it were preceded by a
`~' (see the section `Filename Expansion').
CD_SILENT
Never print the working directory after a cd (whether explicit or
implied with the AUTO_CD option set). cd normally prints the
working directory when the argument given to it was -, a stack
entry, or the name of a directory found under CDPATH. Note that
this is distinct from pushd's stack-printing behaviour, which is
controlled by PUSHD_SILENT. This option overrides the print-
ing-related effects of POSIX_CD.
CHASE_DOTS
When changing to a directory containing a path segment `..' which
would otherwise be treated as canceling the previous segment in
the path (in other words, `foo/..' would be removed from the
path, or if `..' is the first part of the path, the last part of
the current working directory would be removed), instead resolve
the path to the physical directory. This option is overridden by
CHASE_LINKS.
For example, suppose /foo/bar is a link to the directory
/alt/rod. Without this option set, `cd /foo/bar/..' changes to
/foo; with it set, it changes to /alt. The same applies if the
current directory is /foo/bar and `cd ..' is used. Note that all
other symbolic links in the path will also be resolved.
CHASE_LINKS (-w)
Resolve symbolic links to their true values when changing direc-
tory. This also has the effect of CHASE_DOTS, i.e. a `..' path
segment will be treated as referring to the physical parent, even
if the preceding path segment is a symbolic link.
POSIX_CD <K> <S>
Modifies the behaviour of cd, chdir and pushd commands to make
them more compatible with the POSIX standard. The behaviour with
the option unset is described in the documentation for the cd
builtin in zshbuiltins(1). If the option is set, the shell does
not test for directories beneath the local directory (`.') until
after all directories in cdpath have been tested, and the cd and
chdir commands do not recognise arguments of the form `{+|-}n' as
directory stack entries.
Also, if the option is set, the conditions under which the shell
prints the new directory after changing to it are modified. It
is no longer restricted to interactive shells (although printing
of the directory stack with pushd is still limited to interactive
shells); and any use of a component of CDPATH, including a `.'
but excluding an empty component that is otherwise treated as
`.', causes the directory to be printed.
PUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS
Don't push multiple copies of the same directory onto the direc-
tory stack.
PUSHD_MINUS
Exchanges the meanings of `+' and `-' when used with a number to
specify a directory in the stack.
PUSHD_SILENT (-E)
Do not print the directory stack after pushd or popd.
PUSHD_TO_HOME (-D)
Have pushd with no arguments act like `pushd $HOME'.
Completion
ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT <D>
If unset, key functions that list completions try to return to
the last prompt if given a numeric argument. If set these func-
tions try to return to the last prompt if given no numeric argu-
ment.
ALWAYS_TO_END
If a completion is performed with the cursor within a word, and a
full completion is inserted, the cursor is moved to the end of
the word. That is, the cursor is moved to the end of the word if
either a single match is inserted or menu completion is per-
formed.
AUTO_LIST (-9) <D>
Automatically list choices on an ambiguous completion.
AUTO_MENU <D>
Automatically use menu completion after the second consecutive
request for completion, for example by pressing the tab key re-
peatedly. This option is overridden by MENU_COMPLETE.
AUTO_NAME_DIRS
Any parameter that is set to the absolute name of a directory im-
mediately becomes a name for that directory, that will be used by
the `%~' and related prompt sequences, and will be available when
completion is performed on a word starting with `~'. (Otherwise,
the parameter must be used in the form `~param' first.)
AUTO_PARAM_KEYS <D>
If a parameter name was completed and a following character (nor-
mally a space) automatically inserted, and the next character
typed is one of those that have to come directly after the name
(like `}', `:', etc.), the automatically added character is
deleted, so that the character typed comes immediately after the
parameter name. Completion in a brace expansion is affected sim-
ilarly: the added character is a `,', which will be removed if
`}' is typed next.
AUTO_PARAM_SLASH <D>
If a parameter is completed whose content is the name of a direc-
tory, then add a trailing slash instead of a space.
AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH <D>
When the last character resulting from a completion is a slash
and the next character typed is a word delimiter, a slash, or a
character that ends a command (such as a semicolon or an amper-
sand), remove the slash.
BASH_AUTO_LIST
On an ambiguous completion, automatically list choices when the
completion function is called twice in succession. This takes
precedence over AUTO_LIST. The setting of LIST_AMBIGUOUS is re-
spected. If AUTO_MENU is set, the menu behaviour will then start
with the third press. Note that this will not work with
MENU_COMPLETE, since repeated completion calls immediately cycle
through the list in that case.
COMPLETE_ALIASES
Prevents aliases on the command line from being internally sub-
stituted before completion is attempted. The effect is to make
the alias a distinct command for completion purposes.
COMPLETE_IN_WORD
If unset, the cursor is set to the end of the word if completion
is started. Otherwise it stays there and completion is done from
both ends.
GLOB_COMPLETE
When the current word has a glob pattern, do not insert all the
words resulting from the expansion but generate matches as for
completion and cycle through them like MENU_COMPLETE. The matches
are generated as if a `*' was added to the end of the word, or
inserted at the cursor when COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set. This actu-
ally uses pattern matching, not globbing, so it works not only
for files but for any completion, such as options, user names,
etc.
Note that when the pattern matcher is used, matching control (for
example, case-insensitive or anchored matching) cannot be used.
This limitation only applies when the current word contains a
pattern; simply turning on the GLOB_COMPLETE option does not have
this effect.
HASH_LIST_ALL <D>
Whenever a command completion or spelling correction is at-
tempted, make sure the entire command path is hashed first. This
makes the first completion slower but avoids false reports of
spelling errors.
LIST_AMBIGUOUS <D>
This option works when AUTO_LIST or BASH_AUTO_LIST is also set.
If there is an unambiguous prefix to insert on the command line,
that is done without a completion list being displayed; in other
words, auto-listing behaviour only takes place when nothing would
be inserted. In the case of BASH_AUTO_LIST, this means that the
list will be delayed to the third call of the function.
LIST_BEEP <D>
Beep on an ambiguous completion. More accurately, this forces
the completion widgets to return status 1 on an ambiguous comple-
tion, which causes the shell to beep if the option BEEP is also
set; this may be modified if completion is called from a user-de-
fined widget.
LIST_PACKED
Try to make the completion list smaller (occupying less lines) by
printing the matches in columns with different widths.
LIST_ROWS_FIRST
Lay out the matches in completion lists sorted horizontally, that
is, the second match is to the right of the first one, not under
it as usual.
LIST_TYPES (-X) <D>
When listing files that are possible completions, show the type
of each file with a trailing identifying mark.
MENU_COMPLETE (-Y)
On an ambiguous completion, instead of listing possibilities or
beeping, insert the first match immediately. Then when comple-
tion is requested again, remove the first match and insert the
second match, etc. When there are no more matches, go back to
the first one again. reverse-menu-complete may be used to loop
through the list in the other direction. This option overrides
AUTO_MENU.
REC_EXACT (-S)
If the string on the command line exactly matches one of the pos-
sible completions, it is accepted, even if there is another com-
pletion (i.e. that string with something else added) that also
matches.
Expansion and Globbing
BAD_PATTERN (+2) <C> <Z>
If a pattern for filename generation is badly formed, print an
error message. (If this option is unset, the pattern will be
left unchanged.)
BARE_GLOB_QUAL <Z>
In a glob pattern, treat a trailing set of parentheses as a qual-
ifier list, if it contains no `|', `(' or (if special) `~' char-
acters. See the section `Filename Generation'.
BRACE_CCL
Expand expressions in braces which would not otherwise undergo
brace expansion to a lexically ordered list of all the charac-
ters. See the section `Brace Expansion'.
CASE_GLOB <D>
Make globbing (filename generation) sensitive to case. Note that
other uses of patterns are always sensitive to case. If the op-
tion is unset, the presence of any character which is special to
filename generation will cause case-insensitive matching. For
example, cvs(/) can match the directory CVS owing to the presence
of the globbing flag (unless the option BARE_GLOB_QUAL is unset).
CASE_MATCH <D>
Make regular expressions using the zsh/regex module (including
matches with =~) sensitive to case.
CASE_PATHS
If CASE_PATHS is not set (the default), CASE_GLOB affects the in-
terpretation of every path component, whenever a special charac-
ter appears in any component. When CASE_PATHS is set, file path
components that do not contain special filename generation char-
acters are always sensitive to case, thus restricting
NO_CASE_GLOB to components that contain globbing characters.
Note that if the filesystem itself is not sensitive to case, then
CASE_PATHS has no effect.
CSH_NULL_GLOB <C>
If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, delete the
pattern from the argument list; do not report an error unless all
the patterns in a command have no matches. Overrides NOMATCH.
EQUALS <Z>
Perform = filename expansion. (See the section `Filename Expan-
sion'.)
EXTENDED_GLOB
Treat the `#', `~' and `^' characters as part of patterns for
filename generation, etc. (An initial unquoted `~' always pro-
duces named directory expansion.)
FORCE_FLOAT
Constants in arithmetic evaluation will be treated as floating
point even without the use of a decimal point; the values of in-
teger variables will be converted to floating point when used in
arithmetic expressions. Integers in any base will be converted.
GLOB (+F, ksh: +f) <D>
Perform filename generation (globbing). (See the section `File-
name Generation'.)
GLOB_ASSIGN <C>
If this option is set, filename generation (globbing) is per-
formed on the right hand side of scalar parameter assignments of
the form `name=pattern (e.g. `foo=*'). If the result has more
than one word the parameter will become an array with those words
as arguments. This option is provided for backwards compatibility
only: globbing is always performed on the right hand side of ar-
ray assignments of the form `name=(value)' (e.g. `foo=(*)') and
this form is recommended for clarity; with this option set, it is
not possible to predict whether the result will be an array or a
scalar.
GLOB_DOTS (-4)
Do not require a leading `.' in a filename to be matched explic-
itly.
GLOB_STAR_SHORT
When this option is set and the default zsh-style globbing is in
effect, the pattern `**/*' can be abbreviated to `**' and the
pattern `***/*' can be abbreviated to ***. Hence `**.c' finds a
file ending in .c in any subdirectory, and `***.c' does the same
while also following symbolic links. A / immediately after the
`**' or `***' forces the pattern to be treated as the unabbrevi-
ated form.
GLOB_SUBST <C> <K> <S>
Treat any characters resulting from parameter expansion as being
eligible for filename expansion and filename generation, and any
characters resulting from command substitution as being eligible
for filename generation. Braces (and commas in between) do not
become eligible for expansion.
HIST_SUBST_PATTERN
Substitutions using the :s and :& history modifiers are performed
with pattern matching instead of string matching. This occurs
wherever history modifiers are valid, including glob qualifiers
and parameters. See the section `Modifiers' in zshexpn(1).
IGNORE_BRACES (-I) <S>
Do not perform brace expansion. For historical reasons this also
includes the effect of the IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES option.
IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES
When neither this option nor IGNORE_BRACES is set, a sole close
brace character `}' is syntactically significant at any point on
a command line. This has the effect that no semicolon or newline
is necessary before the brace terminating a function or current
shell construct. When either option is set, a closing brace is
syntactically significant only in command position. Unlike IG-
NORE_BRACES, this option does not disable brace expansion.
For example, with both options unset a function may be defined in
the following fashion:
args() { echo $# }
while if either option is set, this does not work and something
equivalent to the following is required:
args() { echo $#; }
KSH_GLOB <K>
In pattern matching, the interpretation of parentheses is af-
fected by a preceding `@', `*', `+', `?' or `!'. See the section
`Filename Generation'.
MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST
All unquoted arguments of the form `anything=expression' appear-
ing after the command name have filename expansion (that is,
where expression has a leading `~' or `=') performed on expres-
sion as if it were a parameter assignment. The argument is not
otherwise treated specially; it is passed to the command as a
single argument, and not used as an actual parameter assignment.
For example, in echo foo=~/bar:~/rod, both occurrences of ~ would
be replaced. Note that this happens anyway with typeset and sim-
ilar statements.
This option respects the setting of the KSH_TYPESET option. In
other words, if both options are in effect, arguments looking
like assignments will not undergo word splitting.
MARK_DIRS (-8, ksh: -X)
Append a trailing `/' to all directory names resulting from file-
name generation (globbing).
MULTIBYTE <D>
Respect multibyte characters when found in strings. When this
option is set, strings are examined using the system library to
determine how many bytes form a character, depending on the cur-
rent locale. This affects the way characters are counted in pat-
tern matching, parameter values and various delimiters.
The option is on by default if the shell was compiled with MULTI-
BYTE_SUPPORT; otherwise it is off by default and has no effect if
turned on.
If the option is off a single byte is always treated as a single
character. This setting is designed purely for examining strings
known to contain raw bytes or other values that may not be char-
acters in the current locale. It is not necessary to unset the
option merely because the character set for the current locale
does not contain multibyte characters.
The option does not affect the shell's editor, which always uses
the locale to determine multibyte characters. This is because
the character set displayed by the terminal emulator is indepen-
dent of shell settings.
NOMATCH (+3) <C> <Z>
If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, print an er-
ror, instead of leaving it unchanged in the argument list. This
also applies to file expansion of an initial `~' or `='.
NULL_GLOB (-G)
If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, delete the
pattern from the argument list instead of reporting an error.
Overrides NOMATCH.
NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT
If numeric filenames are matched by a filename generation pat-
tern, sort the filenames numerically rather than lexicographi-
cally.
RC_EXPAND_PARAM (-P)
Array expansions of the form `foo${xx}bar', where the parameter
xx is set to (a b c), are substituted with `fooabar foobbar
foocbar' instead of the default `fooa b cbar'. Note that an
empty array will therefore cause all arguments to be removed.
REMATCH_PCRE
If set, regular expression matching with the =~ operator will use
Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions from the PCRE library. (The
zsh/pcre module must be available.) If not set, regular expres-
sions will use the extended regexp syntax provided by the system
libraries.
SH_GLOB <K> <S>
Disables the special meaning of `(', `|', `)' and '<' for glob-
bing the result of parameter and command substitutions, and in
some other places where the shell accepts patterns. If SH_GLOB
is set but KSH_GLOB is not, the shell allows the interpretation
of subshell expressions enclosed in parentheses in some cases
where there is no space before the opening parenthesis, e.g.
!(true) is interpreted as if there were a space after the !.
This option is set by default if zsh is invoked as sh or ksh.
UNSET (+u, ksh: +u) <K> <S> <Z>
Treat unset parameters as if they were empty when substituting,
and as if they were zero when reading their values in arithmetic
expansion and arithmetic commands. Otherwise they are treated as
an error.
WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL
Print a warning message when a global parameter is created in a
function by an assignment or in math context. This often indi-
cates that a parameter has not been declared local when it should
have been. Parameters explicitly declared global from within a
function using typeset -g do not cause a warning. Note that
there is no warning when a local parameter is assigned to in a
nested function, which may also indicate an error.
WARN_NESTED_VAR
Print a warning message when an existing parameter from an en-
closing function scope, or global, is set in a function by an as-
signment or in math context. Assignment to shell special parame-
ters does not cause a warning. This is the companion to
WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL as in this case the warning is only printed
when a parameter is not created. Where possible, use of typeset
-g to set the parameter suppresses the error, but note that this
needs to be used every time the parameter is set. To restrict
the effect of this option to a single function scope, use `func-
tions -W'.
For example, the following code produces a warning for the as-
signment inside the function nested as that overrides the value
within toplevel
toplevel() {
local foo="in fn"
nested
}
nested() {
foo="in nested"
}
setopt warn_nested_var
toplevel
History
APPEND_HISTORY <D>
If this is set, zsh sessions will append their history list to
the history file, rather than replace it. Thus, multiple parallel
zsh sessions will all have the new entries from their history
lists added to the history file, in the order that they exit.
The file will still be periodically re-written to trim it when
the number of lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by
$SAVEHIST (see also the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option).
BANG_HIST (+K) <C> <Z>
Perform textual history expansion, csh-style, treating the char-
acter `!' specially.
EXTENDED_HISTORY <C>
Save each command's beginning timestamp (in seconds since the
epoch) and the duration (in seconds) to the history file. The
format of this prefixed data is:
`: <beginning time>:<elapsed seconds>;<command>'.
HIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER
Add `|' to output redirections in the history. This allows his-
tory references to clobber files even when CLOBBER is unset.
HIST_BEEP <D>
Beep in ZLE when a widget attempts to access a history entry
which isn't there.
HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST
If the internal history needs to be trimmed to add the current
command line, setting this option will cause the oldest history
event that has a duplicate to be lost before losing a unique
event from the list. You should be sure to set the value of
HISTSIZE to a larger number than SAVEHIST in order to give you
some room for the duplicated events, otherwise this option will
behave just like HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS once the history fills up
with unique events.
HIST_FCNTL_LOCK
When writing out the history file, by default zsh uses ad-hoc
file locking to avoid known problems with locking on some operat-
ing systems. With this option locking is done by means of the
system's fcntl call, where this method is available. On recent
operating systems this may provide better performance, in partic-
ular avoiding history corruption when files are stored on NFS.
HIST_FIND_NO_DUPS
When searching for history entries in the line editor, do not
display duplicates of a line previously found, even if the dupli-
cates are not contiguous.
HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS
If a new command line being added to the history list duplicates
an older one, the older command is removed from the list (even if
it is not the previous event).
HIST_IGNORE_DUPS (-h)
Do not enter command lines into the history list if they are du-
plicates of the previous event.
HIST_IGNORE_SPACE (-g)
Remove command lines from the history list when the first charac-
ter on the line is a space, or when one of the expanded aliases
contains a leading space. Only normal aliases (not global or
suffix aliases) have this behaviour. Note that the command
lingers in the internal history until the next command is entered
before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse or edit the
line. If you want to make it vanish right away without entering
another command, type a space and press return.
HIST_LEX_WORDS
By default, shell history that is read in from files is split
into words on all white space. This means that arguments with
quoted whitespace are not correctly handled, with the consequence
that references to words in history lines that have been read
from a file may be inaccurate. When this option is set, words
read in from a history file are divided up in a similar fashion
to normal shell command line handling. Although this produces
more accurately delimited words, if the size of the history file
is large this can be slow. Trial and error is necessary to de-
cide.
HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS
Remove function definitions from the history list. Note that the
function lingers in the internal history until the next command
is entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse or
edit the definition.
HIST_NO_STORE
Remove the history (fc -l) command from the history list when in-
voked. Note that the command lingers in the internal history un-
til the next command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you
to briefly reuse or edit the line.
HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS
Remove superfluous blanks from each command line being added to
the history list.
HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY <D>
When the history file is re-written, we normally write out a copy
of the file named $HISTFILE.new and then rename it over the old
one. However, if this option is unset, we instead truncate the
old history file and write out the new version in-place. If one
of the history-appending options is enabled, this option only has
an effect when the enlarged history file needs to be re-written
to trim it down to size. Disable this only if you have special
needs, as doing so makes it possible to lose history entries if
zsh gets interrupted during the save.
When writing out a copy of the history file, zsh preserves the
old file's permissions and group information, but will refuse to
write out a new file if it would change the history file's owner.
HIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS
When writing out the history file, older commands that duplicate
newer ones are omitted.
HIST_VERIFY
Whenever the user enters a line with history expansion, don't ex-
ecute the line directly; instead, perform history expansion and
reload the line into the editing buffer.
INC_APPEND_HISTORY
This option works like APPEND_HISTORY except that new history
lines are added to the $HISTFILE incrementally (as soon as they
are entered), rather than waiting until the shell exits. The
file will still be periodically re-written to trim it when the
number of lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by $SAVEHIST
(see also the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option).
INC_APPEND_HISTORY_TIME
This option is a variant of INC_APPEND_HISTORY in which, where
possible, the history entry is written out to the file after the
command is finished, so that the time taken by the command is
recorded correctly in the history file in EXTENDED_HISTORY for-
mat. This means that the history entry will not be available im-
mediately from other instances of the shell that are using the
same history file.
This option is only useful if INC_APPEND_HISTORY and SHARE_HIS-
TORY are turned off. The three options should be considered mu-
tually exclusive.
SHARE_HISTORY <K>
This option both imports new commands from the history file, and
also causes your typed commands to be appended to the history
file (the latter is like specifying INC_APPEND_HISTORY, which
should be turned off if this option is in effect). The history
lines are also output with timestamps ala EXTENDED_HISTORY (which
makes it easier to find the spot where we left off reading the
file after it gets re-written).
By default, history movement commands visit the imported lines as
well as the local lines, but you can toggle this on and off with
the set-local-history zle binding. It is also possible to create
a zle widget that will make some commands ignore imported com-
mands, and some include them.
If you find that you want more control over when commands get im-
ported, you may wish to turn SHARE_HISTORY off, INC_APPEND_HIS-
TORY or INC_APPEND_HISTORY_TIME (see above) on, and then manually
import commands whenever you need them using `fc -RI'.
Initialisation
ALL_EXPORT (-a, ksh: -a)
All parameters subsequently defined are automatically exported.
GLOBAL_EXPORT <Z>
If this option is set, passing the -x flag to the builtins de-
clare, float, integer, readonly and typeset (but not local) will
also set the -g flag; hence parameters exported to the environ-
ment will not be made local to the enclosing function, unless
they were already or the flag +g is given explicitly. If the op-
tion is unset, exported parameters will be made local in just the
same way as any other parameter.
This option is set by default for backward compatibility; it is
not recommended that its behaviour be relied upon. Note that the
builtin export always sets both the -x and -g flags, and hence
its effect extends beyond the scope of the enclosing function;
this is the most portable way to achieve this behaviour.
GLOBAL_RCS (+d) <D>
If this option is unset, the startup files /etc/zsh/zprofile,
/etc/zsh/zshrc, /etc/zsh/zlogin and /etc/zsh/zlogout will not be
run. It can be disabled and re-enabled at any time, including
inside local startup files (.zshrc, etc.).
RCS (+f) <D>
After /etc/zsh/zshenv is sourced on startup, source the .zshenv,
/etc/zsh/zprofile, .zprofile, /etc/zsh/zshrc, .zshrc,
/etc/zsh/zlogin, .zlogin, and .zlogout files, as described in the
section `Files'. If this option is unset, the /etc/zsh/zshenv
file is still sourced, but any of the others will not be; it can
be set at any time to prevent the remaining startup files after
the currently executing one from being sourced.
Input/Output
ALIASES <D>
Expand aliases.
CLOBBER (+C, ksh: +C) <D>
Allows `>' redirection to truncate existing files. Otherwise
`>!' or `>|' must be used to truncate a file.
If the option is not set, and the option APPEND_CREATE is also
not set, `>>!' or `>>|' must be used to create a file. If either
option is set, `>>' may be used.
CLOBBER_EMPTY
This option is only used if the option CLOBBER is not set: note
that it is set by default.
If this option is set, then regular files of zero length may be
ovewritten (`clobbered'). Note that it is possible another
process has written to the file between this test and use of the
file by the current process. This option should therefore not be
used in cases where files to be clobbered may be written to asyn-
chronously.
CORRECT (-0)
Try to correct the spelling of commands. Note that, when the
HASH_LIST_ALL option is not set or when some directories in the
path are not readable, this may falsely report spelling errors
the first time some commands are used.
The shell variable CORRECT_IGNORE may be set to a pattern to
match words that will never be offered as corrections.
CORRECT_ALL (-O)
Try to correct the spelling of all arguments in a line.
The shell variable CORRECT_IGNORE_FILE may be set to a pattern to
match file names that will never be offered as corrections.
DVORAK Use the Dvorak keyboard instead of the standard qwerty keyboard
as a basis for examining spelling mistakes for the CORRECT and
CORRECT_ALL options and the spell-word editor command.
FLOW_CONTROL <D>
If this option is unset, output flow control via start/stop char-
acters (usually assigned to ^S/^Q) is disabled in the shell's ed-
itor.
IGNORE_EOF (-7)
Do not exit on end-of-file. Require the use of exit or logout
instead. However, ten consecutive EOFs will cause the shell to
exit anyway, to avoid the shell hanging if its tty goes away.
Also, if this option is set and the Zsh Line Editor is used, wid-
gets implemented by shell functions can be bound to EOF (normally
Control-D) without printing the normal warning message. This
works only for normal widgets, not for completion widgets.
INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS (-k) <K> <S>
Allow comments even in interactive shells.
HASH_CMDS <D>
Note the location of each command the first time it is executed.
Subsequent invocations of the same command will use the saved lo-
cation, avoiding a path search. If this option is unset, no path
hashing is done at all. However, when CORRECT is set, commands
whose names do not appear in the functions or aliases hash tables
are hashed in order to avoid reporting them as spelling errors.
HASH_DIRS <D>
Whenever a command name is hashed, hash the directory containing
it, as well as all directories that occur earlier in the path.
Has no effect if neither HASH_CMDS nor CORRECT is set.
HASH_EXECUTABLES_ONLY
When hashing commands because of HASH_CMDS, check that the file
to be hashed is actually an executable. This option is unset by
default as if the path contains a large number of commands, or
consists of many remote files, the additional tests can take a
long time. Trial and error is needed to show if this option is
beneficial.
MAIL_WARNING (-U)
Print a warning message if a mail file has been accessed since
the shell last checked.
PATH_DIRS (-Q)
Perform a path search even on command names with slashes in them.
Thus if `/usr/local/bin' is in the user's path, and he or she
types `X11/xinit', the command `/usr/local/bin/X11/xinit' will be
executed (assuming it exists). Commands explicitly beginning
with `/', `./' or `../' are not subject to the path search. This
also applies to the `.' and source builtins.
Note that subdirectories of the current directory are always
searched for executables specified in this form. This takes
place before any search indicated by this option, and regardless
of whether `.' or the current directory appear in the command
search path.
PATH_SCRIPT <K> <S>
If this option is not set, a script passed as the first non-op-
tion argument to the shell must contain the name of the file to
open. If this option is set, and the script does not specify a
directory path, the script is looked for first in the current di-
rectory, then in the command path. See the section INVOCATION in
zsh(1).
PRINT_EIGHT_BIT
Print eight bit characters literally in completion lists, etc.
This option is not necessary if your system correctly returns the
printability of eight bit characters (see ctype(3)).
PRINT_EXIT_VALUE (-1)
Print the exit value of programs with non-zero exit status. This
is only available at the command line in interactive shells.
RC_QUOTES
Allow the character sequence `''' to signify a single quote
within singly quoted strings. Note this does not apply in quoted
strings using the format $'...', where a backslashed single quote
can be used.
RM_STAR_SILENT (-H) <K> <S>
Do not query the user before executing `rm *' or `rm path/*'.
RM_STAR_WAIT
If querying the user before executing `rm *' or `rm path/*',
first wait ten seconds and ignore anything typed in that time.
This avoids the problem of reflexively answering `yes' to the
query when one didn't really mean it. The wait and query can al-
ways be avoided by expanding the `*' in ZLE (with tab).
SHORT_LOOPS <C> <Z>
Allow the short forms of for, repeat, select, if, and function
constructs.
SHORT_REPEAT
Allow the short form repeat as SHORT_LOOPS but without enabling
it for the other constructs.
SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK (-L)
If a line ends with a backquote, and there are an odd number of
backquotes on the line, ignore the trailing backquote. This is
useful on some keyboards where the return key is too small, and
the backquote key lies annoyingly close to it. As an alternative
the variable KEYBOARD_HACK lets you choose the character to be
removed.
Job Control
AUTO_CONTINUE
With this option set, stopped jobs that are removed from the job
table with the disown builtin command are automatically sent a
CONT signal to make them running.
AUTO_RESUME (-W)
Treat single word simple commands without redirection as candi-
dates for resumption of an existing job.
BG_NICE (-6) <C> <Z>
Run all background jobs at a lower priority. This option is set
by default.
CHECK_JOBS <Z>
Report the status of background and suspended jobs before exiting
a shell with job control; a second attempt to exit the shell will
succeed. NO_CHECK_JOBS is best used only in combination with
NO_HUP, else such jobs will be killed automatically.
The check is omitted if the commands run from the previous com-
mand line included a `jobs' command, since it is assumed the user
is aware that there are background or suspended jobs. A `jobs'
command run from one of the hook functions defined in the section
SPECIAL FUNCTIONS in zshmisc(1) is not counted for this purpose.
CHECK_RUNNING_JOBS <Z>
Check for both running and suspended jobs when CHECK_JOBS is en-
abled. When this option is disabled, zsh checks only for sus-
pended jobs, which matches the default behavior of bash.
This option has no effect unless CHECK_JOBS is set.
HUP <Z>
Send the HUP signal to running jobs when the shell exits.
LONG_LIST_JOBS (-R)
Print job notifications in the long format by default.
MONITOR (-m, ksh: -m)
Allow job control. Set by default in interactive shells.
NOTIFY (-5, ksh: -b) <Z>
Report the status of background jobs immediately, rather than
waiting until just before printing a prompt.
POSIX_JOBS <K> <S>
This option makes job control more compliant with the POSIX stan-
dard.
When the option is not set, the MONITOR option is unset on entry
to subshells, so that job control is no longer active. When the
option is set, the MONITOR option and job control remain active
in the subshell, but note that the subshell has no access to jobs
in the parent shell.
When the option is not set, jobs put in the background or fore-
ground with bg or fg are displayed with the same information that
would be reported by jobs. When the option is set, only the text
is printed. The output from jobs itself is not affected by the
option.
When the option is not set, job information from the parent shell
is saved for output within a subshell (for example, within a
pipeline). When the option is set, the output of jobs is empty
until a job is started within the subshell.
In previous versions of the shell, it was necessary to enable
POSIX_JOBS in order for the builtin command wait to return the
status of background jobs that had already exited. This is no
longer the case.
Prompting
PROMPT_BANG <K>
If set, `!' is treated specially in prompt expansion. See EXPAN-
SION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1).
PROMPT_CR (+V) <D>
Print a carriage return just before printing a prompt in the line
editor. This is on by default as multi-line editing is only pos-
sible if the editor knows where the start of the line appears.
PROMPT_SP <D>
Attempt to preserve a partial line (i.e. a line that did not end
with a newline) that would otherwise be covered up by the command
prompt due to the PROMPT_CR option. This works by outputting
some cursor-control characters, including a series of spaces,
that should make the terminal wrap to the next line when a par-
tial line is present (note that this is only successful if your
terminal has automatic margins, which is typical).
When a partial line is preserved, by default you will see an in-
verse+bold character at the end of the partial line: a `%' for a
normal user or a `#' for root. If set, the shell parameter
PROMPT_EOL_MARK can be used to customize how the end of partial
lines are shown.
NOTE: if the PROMPT_CR option is not set, enabling this option
will have no effect. This option is on by default.
PROMPT_PERCENT <C> <Z>
If set, `%' is treated specially in prompt expansion. See EXPAN-
SION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1).
PROMPT_SUBST <K> <S>
If set, parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic
expansion are performed in prompts. Substitutions within prompts
do not affect the command status.
TRANSIENT_RPROMPT
Remove any right prompt from display when accepting a command
line. This may be useful with terminals with other cut/paste
methods.
Scripts and Functions
ALIAS_FUNC_DEF <S>
By default, zsh does not allow the definition of functions using
the `name ()' syntax if name was expanded as an alias: this
causes an error. This is usually the desired behaviour, as oth-
erwise the combination of an alias and a function based on the
same definition can easily cause problems.
When this option is set, aliases can be used for defining func-
tions.
For example, consider the following definitions as they might oc-
cur in a startup file.
alias foo=bar
foo() {
print This probably does not do what you expect.
}
Here, foo is expanded as an alias to bar before the () is encoun-
tered, so the function defined would be named bar. By default
this is instead an error in native mode. Note that quoting any
part of the function name, or using the keyword function, avoids
the problem, so is recommended when the function name can also be
an alias.
C_BASES
Output hexadecimal numbers in the standard C format, for example
`0xFF' instead of the usual `16#FF'. If the option OCTAL_ZEROES
is also set (it is not by default), octal numbers will be treated
similarly and hence appear as `077' instead of `8#77'. This op-
tion has no effect on the choice of the output base, nor on the
output of bases other than hexadecimal and octal. Note that
these formats will be understood on input irrespective of the
setting of C_BASES.
C_PRECEDENCES
This alters the precedence of arithmetic operators to be more
like C and other programming languages; the section ARITHMETIC
EVALUATION in zshmisc(1) has an explicit list.
DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD <D>
Run the DEBUG trap before each command; otherwise it is run after
each command. Setting this option mimics the behaviour of ksh
93; with the option unset the behaviour is that of ksh 88.
ERR_EXIT (-e, ksh: -e)
If a command has a non-zero exit status, execute the ZERR trap,
if set, and exit. This is disabled while running initialization
scripts.
The behaviour is also disabled inside DEBUG traps. In this case
the option is handled specially: it is unset on entry to the
trap. If the option DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set, as it is by de-
fault, and the option ERR_EXIT is found to have been set on exit,
then the command for which the DEBUG trap is being executed is
skipped. The option is restored after the trap exits.
Non-zero status in a command list containing && or || is ignored
for commands not at the end of the list. Hence
false && true
does not trigger exit.
Exiting due to ERR_EXIT has certain interactions with asynchro-
nous jobs noted in the section JOBS in zshmisc(1).
ERR_RETURN
If a command has a non-zero exit status, return immediately from
the enclosing function. The logic is similar to that for
ERR_EXIT, except that an implicit return statement is executed
instead of an exit. This will trigger an exit at the outermost
level of a non-interactive script.
Normally this option inherits the behaviour of ERR_EXIT that code
followed by `&&' `||' does not trigger a return. Hence in the
following:
summit || true
no return is forced as the combined effect always has a zero re-
turn status.
Note. however, that if summit in the above example is itself a
function, code inside it is considered separately: it may force a
return from summit (assuming the option remains set within sum-
mit), but not from the enclosing context. This behaviour is dif-
ferent from ERR_EXIT which is unaffected by function scope.
EVAL_LINENO <Z>
If set, line numbers of expressions evaluated using the builtin
eval are tracked separately of the enclosing environment. This
applies both to the parameter LINENO and the line number output
by the prompt escape %i. If the option is set, the prompt escape
%N will output the string `(eval)' instead of the script or func-
tion name as an indication. (The two prompt escapes are typi-
cally used in the parameter PS4 to be output when the option
XTRACE is set.) If EVAL_LINENO is unset, the line number of the
surrounding script or function is retained during the evaluation.
EXEC (+n, ksh: +n) <D>
Do execute commands. Without this option, commands are read and
checked for syntax errors, but not executed. This option cannot
be turned off in an interactive shell, except when `-n' is sup-
plied to the shell at startup.
FUNCTION_ARGZERO <C> <Z>
When executing a shell function or sourcing a script, set $0 tem-
porarily to the name of the function/script. Note that toggling
FUNCTION_ARGZERO from on to off (or off to on) does not change
the current value of $0. Only the state upon entry to the func-
tion or script has an effect. Compare POSIX_ARGZERO.
LOCAL_LOOPS
When this option is not set, the effect of break and continue
commands may propagate outside function scope, affecting loops in
calling functions. When the option is set in a calling function,
a break or a continue that is not caught within a called function
(regardless of the setting of the option within that function)
produces a warning and the effect is cancelled.
LOCAL_OPTIONS <K>
If this option is set at the point of return from a shell func-
tion, most options (including this one) which were in force upon
entry to the function are restored; options that are not restored
are PRIVILEGED and RESTRICTED. Otherwise, only this option, and
the LOCAL_LOOPS, XTRACE and PRINT_EXIT_VALUE options are re-
stored. Hence if this is explicitly unset by a shell function
the other options in force at the point of return will remain so.
A shell function can also guarantee itself a known shell configu-
ration with a formulation like `emulate -L zsh'; the -L activates
LOCAL_OPTIONS.
LOCAL_PATTERNS
If this option is set at the point of return from a shell func-
tion, the state of pattern disables, as set with the builtin com-
mand `disable -p', is restored to what it was when the function
was entered. The behaviour of this option is similar to the ef-
fect of LOCAL_OPTIONS on options; hence `emulate -L sh' (or in-
deed any other emulation with the -L option) activates LOCAL_PAT-
TERNS.
LOCAL_TRAPS <K>
If this option is set when a signal trap is set inside a func-
tion, then the previous status of the trap for that signal will
be restored when the function exits. Note that this option must
be set prior to altering the trap behaviour in a function; unlike
LOCAL_OPTIONS, the value on exit from the function is irrelevant.
However, it does not need to be set before any global trap for
that to be correctly restored by a function. For example,
unsetopt localtraps
trap - INT
fn() { setopt localtraps; trap '' INT; sleep 3; }
will restore normal handling of SIGINT after the function exits.
MULTI_FUNC_DEF <Z>
Allow definitions of multiple functions at once in the form `fn1
fn2...()'; if the option is not set, this causes a parse error.
Definition of multiple functions with the function keyword is al-
ways allowed. Multiple function definitions are not often used
and can cause obscure errors.
MULTIOS <Z>
Perform implicit tees or cats when multiple redirections are at-
tempted (see the section `Redirection').
OCTAL_ZEROES <S>
Interpret any integer constant beginning with a 0 as octal, per
IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (ISO 9945-2:1993). This is not enabled by
default as it causes problems with parsing of, for example, date
and time strings with leading zeroes.
Sequences of digits indicating a numeric base such as the `08'
component in `08#77' are always interpreted as decimal, regard-
less of leading zeroes.
PIPE_FAIL
By default, when a pipeline exits the exit status recorded by the
shell and returned by the shell variable $? reflects that of the
rightmost element of a pipeline. If this option is set, the exit
status instead reflects the status of the rightmost element of
the pipeline that was non-zero, or zero if all elements exited
with zero status.
SOURCE_TRACE
If set, zsh will print an informational message announcing the
name of each file it loads. The format of the output is similar
to that for the XTRACE option, with the message <sourcetrace>. A
file may be loaded by the shell itself when it starts up and
shuts down (Startup/Shutdown Files) or by the use of the `source'
and `dot' builtin commands.
TYPESET_SILENT
If this is unset, executing any of the `typeset' family of com-
mands with no options and a list of parameters that have no val-
ues to be assigned but already exist will display the value of
the parameter. If the option is set, they will only be shown
when parameters are selected with the `-m' option. The option
`-p' is available whether or not the option is set.
TYPESET_TO_UNSET <K> <S>
When declaring a new parameter with any of the `typeset' family
of related commands, the parameter remains unset unless and until
a value is explicitly assigned to it, either in the `typeset'
command itself or as a later assignment statement.
VERBOSE (-v, ksh: -v)
Print shell input lines as they are read.
XTRACE (-x, ksh: -x)
Print commands and their arguments as they are executed. The
output is preceded by the value of $PS4, formatted as described
in the section EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1).
Shell Emulation
APPEND_CREATE <K> <S>
This option only applies when NO_CLOBBER (-C) is in effect.
If this option is not set, the shell will report an error when a
append redirection (>>) is used on a file that does not already
exists (the traditional zsh behaviour of NO_CLOBBER). If the op-
tion is set, no error is reported (POSIX behaviour).
BASH_REMATCH
When set, matches performed with the =~ operator will set the
BASH_REMATCH array variable, instead of the default MATCH and
match variables. The first element of the BASH_REMATCH array
will contain the entire matched text and subsequent elements will
contain extracted substrings. This option makes more sense when
KSH_ARRAYS is also set, so that the entire matched portion is
stored at index 0 and the first substring is at index 1. Without
this option, the MATCH variable contains the entire matched text
and the match array variable contains substrings.
BSD_ECHO <S>
Make the echo builtin compatible with the BSD echo(1) command.
This disables backslashed escape sequences in echo strings unless
the -e option is specified.
CONTINUE_ON_ERROR
If a fatal error is encountered (see the section ERRORS in zsh-
misc(1)), and the code is running in a script, the shell will re-
sume execution at the next statement in the script at the top
level, in other words outside all functions or shell constructs
such as loops and conditions. This mimics the behaviour of in-
teractive shells, where the shell returns to the line editor to
read a new command; it was the normal behaviour in versions of
zsh before 5.0.1.
CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY <C>
A history reference without an event specifier will always refer
to the previous command. Without this option, such a history
reference refers to the same event as the previous history refer-
ence on the current command line, defaulting to the previous com-
mand.
CSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS <C>
Allow loop bodies to take the form `list; end' instead of `do
list; done'.
CSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES <C>
Changes the rules for single- and double-quoted text to match
that of csh. These require that embedded newlines be preceded by
a backslash; unescaped newlines will cause an error message. In
double-quoted strings, it is made impossible to escape `$', ``'
or `"' (and `\' itself no longer needs escaping). Command sub-
stitutions are only expanded once, and cannot be nested.
CSH_NULLCMD <C>
Do not use the values of NULLCMD and READNULLCMD when running
redirections with no command. This make such redirections fail
(see the section `Redirection').
KSH_ARRAYS <K> <S>
Emulate ksh array handling as closely as possible. If this op-
tion is set, array elements are numbered from zero, an array pa-
rameter without subscript refers to the first element instead of
the whole array, and braces are required to delimit a subscript
(`${path[2]}' rather than just `$path[2]') or to apply modifiers
to any parameter (`${PWD:h}' rather than `$PWD:h').
KSH_AUTOLOAD <K> <S>
Emulate ksh function autoloading. This means that when a func-
tion is autoloaded, the corresponding file is merely executed,
and must define the function itself. (By default, the function
is defined to the contents of the file. However, the most common
ksh-style case - of the file containing only a simple definition
of the function - is always handled in the ksh-compatible man-
ner.)
KSH_OPTION_PRINT <K>
Alters the way options settings are printed: instead of separate
lists of set and unset options, all options are shown, marked
`on' if they are in the non-default state, `off' otherwise.
KSH_TYPESET
This option is now obsolete: a better appropximation to the be-
haviour of other shells is obtained with the reserved word inter-
face to declare, export, float, integer, local, readonly and
typeset. Note that the option is only applied when the reserved
word interface is not in use.
Alters the way arguments to the typeset family of commands, in-
cluding declare, export, float, integer, local and readonly, are
processed. Without this option, zsh will perform normal word
splitting after command and parameter expansion in arguments of
an assignment; with it, word splitting does not take place in
those cases.
KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT
Treat use of a subscript of value zero in array or string expres-
sions as a reference to the first element, i.e. the element that
usually has the subscript 1. Ignored if KSH_ARRAYS is also set.
If neither this option nor KSH_ARRAYS is set, accesses to an ele-
ment of an array or string with subscript zero return an empty
element or string, while attempts to set element zero of an array
or string are treated as an error. However, attempts to set an
otherwise valid subscript range that includes zero will succeed.
For example, if KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT is not set,
array[0]=(element)
is an error, while
array[0,1]=(element)
is not and will replace the first element of the array.
This option is for compatibility with older versions of the shell
and is not recommended in new code.
POSIX_ALIASES <K> <S>
When this option is set, reserved words are not candidates for
alias expansion: it is still possible to declare any of them as
an alias, but the alias will never be expanded. Reserved words
are described in the section RESERVED WORDS in zshmisc(1).
Alias expansion takes place while text is being read; hence when
this option is set it does not take effect until the end of any
function or other piece of shell code parsed as one unit. Note
this may cause differences from other shells even when the option
is in effect. For example, when running a command with `zsh -c',
or even `zsh -o posixaliases -c', the entire command argument is
parsed as one unit, so aliases defined within the argument are
not available even in later lines. If in doubt, avoid use of
aliases in non-interactive code.
POSIX_ARGZERO
This option may be used to temporarily disable FUNCTION_ARGZERO
and thereby restore the value of $0 to the name used to invoke
the shell (or as set by the -c command line option). For compat-
ibility with previous versions of the shell, emulations use
NO_FUNCTION_ARGZERO instead of POSIX_ARGZERO, which may result in
unexpected scoping of $0 if the emulation mode is changed inside
a function or script. To avoid this, explicitly enable
POSIX_ARGZERO in the emulate command:
emulate sh -o POSIX_ARGZERO
Note that NO_POSIX_ARGZERO has no effect unless FUNCTION_ARGZERO
was already enabled upon entry to the function or script.
POSIX_BUILTINS <K> <S>
When this option is set the command builtin can be used to exe-
cute shell builtin commands. Parameter assignments specified be-
fore shell functions and special builtins are kept after the com-
mand completes unless the special builtin is prefixed with the
command builtin. Special builtins are ., :, break, continue, de-
clare, eval, exit, export, integer, local, readonly, return, set,
shift, source, times, trap and unset.
In addition, various error conditions associated with the above
builtins or exec cause a non-interactive shell to exit and an in-
teractive shell to return to its top-level processing.
Furthermore, functions and shell builtins are not executed after
an exec prefix; the command to be executed must be an external
command found in the path.
Furthermore, the getopts builtin behaves in a POSIX-compatible
fashion in that the associated variable OPTIND is not made local
to functions, and its value is calculated differently to match
other shells.
Moreover, the warning and special exit code from [[ -o non_exis-
tent_option ]] are suppressed.
POSIX_IDENTIFIERS <K> <S>
When this option is set, only the ASCII characters a to z, A to
Z, 0 to 9 and _ may be used in identifiers (names of shell para-
meters and modules).
In addition, setting this option limits the effect of parameter
substitution with no braces, so that the expression $# is treated
as the parameter $# even if followed by a valid parameter name.
When it is unset, zsh allows expressions of the form $#name to
refer to the length of $name, even for special variables, for ex-
ample in expressions such as $#- and $#*.
Another difference is that with the option set assignment to an
unset variable in arithmetic context causes the variable to be
created as a scalar rather than a numeric type. So after `unset
t; (( t = 3 ))'. without POSIX_IDENTIFIERS set t has integer
type, while with it set it has scalar type.
When the option is unset and multibyte character support is en-
abled (i.e. it is compiled in and the option MULTIBYTE is set),
then additionally any alphanumeric characters in the local char-
acter set may be used in identifiers. Note that scripts and
functions written with this feature are not portable, and also
that both options must be set before the script or function is
parsed; setting them during execution is not sufficient as the
syntax variable=value has already been parsed as a command rather
than an assignment.
If multibyte character support is not compiled into the shell
this option is ignored; all octets with the top bit set may be
used in identifiers. This is non-standard but is the traditional
zsh behaviour.
POSIX_STRINGS <K> <S>
This option affects processing of quoted strings. Currently it
only affects the behaviour of null characters, i.e. character 0
in the portable character set corresponding to US ASCII.
When this option is not set, null characters embedded within
strings of the form $'...' are treated as ordinary characters.
The entire string is maintained within the shell and output to
files where necessary, although owing to restrictions of the li-
brary interface the string is truncated at the null character in
file names, environment variables, or in arguments to external
programs.
When this option is set, the $'...' expression is truncated at
the null character. Note that remaining parts of the same string
beyond the termination of the quotes are not truncated.
For example, the command line argument a$'b\0c'd is treated with
the option off as the characters a, b, null, c, d, and with the
option on as the characters a, b, d.
POSIX_TRAPS <K> <S>
When this option is set, the usual zsh behaviour of executing
traps for EXIT on exit from shell functions is suppressed. In
that case, manipulating EXIT traps always alters the global trap
for exiting the shell; the LOCAL_TRAPS option is ignored for the
EXIT trap.
Also, a return statement executed in a trap with no argument
passes back from the function the value from the surrounding con-
text, not from code executed within the trap.
Furthermore, if a trap is set to be ignored, this state persists
when a subshell is entered. Without the option, the trap would
be reset to its default state at this point.
SH_FILE_EXPANSION <K> <S>
Perform filename expansion (e.g., ~ expansion) before parameter
expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion and brace
expansion. If this option is unset, it is performed after brace
expansion, so things like `~$USERNAME' and `~{pfalstad,rc}' will
work.
SH_NULLCMD <K> <S>
Do not use the values of NULLCMD and READNULLCMD when doing redi-
rections, use `:' instead (see the section `Redirection').
SH_OPTION_LETTERS <K> <S>
If this option is set the shell tries to interpret single letter
options (which are used with set and setopt) like ksh does. This
also affects the value of the - special parameter.
SH_WORD_SPLIT (-y) <K> <S>
Causes field splitting to be performed on unquoted parameter ex-
pansions. Note that this option has nothing to do with word
splitting. (See zshexpn(1).)
TRAPS_ASYNC
While waiting for a program to exit, handle signals and run traps
immediately. Otherwise the trap is run after a child process has
exited. Note this does not affect the point at which traps are
run for any case other than when the shell is waiting for a child
process.
Shell State
INTERACTIVE (-i, ksh: -i)
This is an interactive shell. This option is set upon initiali-
sation if the standard input is a tty and commands are being read
from standard input. (See the discussion of SHIN_STDIN.) This
heuristic may be overridden by specifying a state for this option
on the command line. The value of this option can only be
changed via flags supplied at invocation of the shell. It cannot
be changed once zsh is running.
LOGIN (-l, ksh: -l)
This is a login shell. If this option is not explicitly set, the
shell becomes a login shell if the first character of the argv[0]
passed to the shell is a `-'.
PRIVILEGED (-p, ksh: -p)
Turn on privileged mode. Typically this is used when script is to
be run with elevated privileges. This should be done as follows
directly with the -p option to zsh so that it takes effect during
startup.
#!/bin/zsh -p
The option is enabled automatically on startup if the effective
user (group) ID is not equal to the real user (group) ID. In this
case, turning the option off causes the effective user and group
IDs to be set to the real user and group IDs. Be aware that if
that fails the shell may be running with different IDs than was
intended so a script should check for failure and act accord-
ingly, for example:
unsetopt privileged || exit
The PRIVILEGED option disables sourcing user startup files. If
zsh is invoked as `sh' or `ksh' with this option set,
/etc/suid_profile is sourced (after /etc/profile on interactive
shells). Sourcing ~/.profile is disabled and the contents of the
ENV variable is ignored. This option cannot be changed using the
-m option of setopt and unsetopt, and changing it inside a func-
tion always changes it globally regardless of the LOCAL_OPTIONS
option.
RESTRICTED (-r)
Enables restricted mode. This option cannot be changed using un-
setopt, and setting it inside a function always changes it glob-
ally regardless of the LOCAL_OPTIONS option. See the section
`Restricted Shell'.
SHIN_STDIN (-s, ksh: -s)
Commands are being read from the standard input. Commands are
read from standard input if no command is specified with -c and
no file of commands is specified. If SHIN_STDIN is set explic-
itly on the command line, any argument that would otherwise have
been taken as a file to run will instead be treated as a normal
positional parameter. Note that setting or unsetting this option
on the command line does not necessarily affect the state the op-
tion will have while the shell is running - that is purely an in-
dicator of whether or not commands are actually being read from
standard input. The value of this option can only be changed via
flags supplied at invocation of the shell. It cannot be changed
once zsh is running.
SINGLE_COMMAND (-t, ksh: -t)
If the shell is reading from standard input, it exits after a
single command has been executed. This also makes the shell
non-interactive, unless the INTERACTIVE option is explicitly set
on the command line. The value of this option can only be
changed via flags supplied at invocation of the shell. It cannot
be changed once zsh is running.
Zle
BEEP (+B) <D>
Beep on error in ZLE.
COMBINING_CHARS
Assume that the terminal displays combining characters correctly.
Specifically, if a base alphanumeric character is followed by one
or more zero-width punctuation characters, assume that the
zero-width characters will be displayed as modifications to the
base character within the same width. Not all terminals handle
this. If this option is not set, zero-width characters are dis-
played separately with special mark-up.
If this option is set, the pattern test [[:WORD:]] matches a
zero-width punctuation character on the assumption that it will
be used as part of a word in combination with a word character.
Otherwise the base shell does not handle combining characters
specially.
EMACS If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent ef-
fect of `bindkey -e'. In addition, the VI option is unset.
Turning it off has no effect. The option setting is not guaran-
teed to reflect the current keymap. This option is provided for
compatibility; bindkey is the recommended interface.
OVERSTRIKE
Start up the line editor in overstrike mode.
SINGLE_LINE_ZLE (-M) <K>
Use single-line command line editing instead of multi-line.
Note that although this is on by default in ksh emulation it only
provides superficial compatibility with the ksh line editor and
reduces the effectiveness of the zsh line editor. As it has no
effect on shell syntax, many users may wish to disable this op-
tion when using ksh emulation interactively.
VI If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent ef-
fect of `bindkey -v'. In addition, the EMACS option is unset.
Turning it off has no effect. The option setting is not guaran-
teed to reflect the current keymap. This option is provided for
compatibility; bindkey is the recommended interface.
ZLE (-Z)
Use the zsh line editor. Set by default in interactive shells
connected to a terminal.
OPTION ALIASES
Some options have alternative names. These aliases are never used for
output, but can be used just like normal option names when specifying
options to the shell.
BRACE_EXPAND
NO_IGNORE_BRACES (ksh and bash compatibility)
DOT_GLOB
GLOB_DOTS (bash compatibility)
HASH_ALL
HASH_CMDS (bash compatibility)
HIST_APPEND
APPEND_HISTORY (bash compatibility)
HIST_EXPAND
BANG_HIST (bash compatibility)
LOG NO_HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS (ksh compatibility)
MAIL_WARN
MAIL_WARNING (bash compatibility)
ONE_CMD
SINGLE_COMMAND (bash compatibility)
PHYSICAL
CHASE_LINKS (ksh and bash compatibility)
PROMPT_VARS
PROMPT_SUBST (bash compatibility)
STDIN SHIN_STDIN (ksh compatibility)
TRACK_ALL
HASH_CMDS (ksh compatibility)
SINGLE LETTER OPTIONS
Default set
-0 CORRECT
-1 PRINT_EXIT_VALUE
-2 NO_BAD_PATTERN
-3 NO_NOMATCH
-4 GLOB_DOTS
-5 NOTIFY
-6 BG_NICE
-7 IGNORE_EOF
-8 MARK_DIRS
-9 AUTO_LIST
-B NO_BEEP
-C NO_CLOBBER
-D PUSHD_TO_HOME
-E PUSHD_SILENT
-F NO_GLOB
-G NULL_GLOB
-H RM_STAR_SILENT
-I IGNORE_BRACES
-J AUTO_CD
-K NO_BANG_HIST
-L SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK
-M SINGLE_LINE_ZLE
-N AUTO_PUSHD
-O CORRECT_ALL
-P RC_EXPAND_PARAM
-Q PATH_DIRS
-R LONG_LIST_JOBS
-S REC_EXACT
-T CDABLE_VARS
-U MAIL_WARNING
-V NO_PROMPT_CR
-W AUTO_RESUME
-X LIST_TYPES
-Y MENU_COMPLETE
-Z ZLE
-a ALL_EXPORT
-e ERR_EXIT
-f NO_RCS
-g HIST_IGNORE_SPACE
-h HIST_IGNORE_DUPS
-i INTERACTIVE
-k INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS
-l LOGIN
-m MONITOR
-n NO_EXEC
-p PRIVILEGED
-r RESTRICTED
-s SHIN_STDIN
-t SINGLE_COMMAND
-u NO_UNSET
-v VERBOSE
-w CHASE_LINKS
-x XTRACE
-y SH_WORD_SPLIT
sh/ksh emulation set
-C NO_CLOBBER
-T TRAPS_ASYNC
-X MARK_DIRS
-a ALL_EXPORT
-b NOTIFY
-e ERR_EXIT
-f NO_GLOB
-i INTERACTIVE
-l LOGIN
-m MONITOR
-n NO_EXEC
-p PRIVILEGED
-r RESTRICTED
-s SHIN_STDIN
-t SINGLE_COMMAND
-u NO_UNSET
-v VERBOSE
-x XTRACE
Also note
-A Used by set for setting arrays
-b Used on the command line to specify end of option processing
-c Used on the command line to specify a single command
-m Used by setopt for pattern-matching option setting
-o Used in all places to allow use of long option names
-s Used by set to sort positional parameters
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHOPTIONS(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHBUILTINS(1) General Commands Manual ZSHBUILTINS(1)
NAME
zshbuiltins - zsh built-in commands
SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
Some shell builtin commands take options as described in individual en-
tries; these are often referred to in the list below as `flags' to avoid
confusion with shell options, which may also have an effect on the be-
haviour of builtin commands. In this introductory section, `option' al-
ways has the meaning of an option to a command that should be familiar
to most command line users.
Typically, options are single letters preceded by a hyphen (-). Options
that take an argument accept it either immediately following the option
letter or after white space, for example `print -C3 {1..9}' or `print -C
3 {1..9}' are equivalent. Arguments to options are not the same as ar-
guments to the command; the documentation indicates which is which. Op-
tions that do not take an argument may be combined in a single word, for
example `print -rca -- *' and `print -r -c -a -- *' are equivalent.
Some shell builtin commands also take options that begin with `+' in-
stead of `-'. The list below makes clear which commands these are.
Options (together with their individual arguments, if any) must appear
in a group before any non-option arguments; once the first non-option
argument has been found, option processing is terminated.
All builtin commands other than `echo' and precommand modifiers, even
those that have no options, can be given the argument `--' to terminate
option processing. This indicates that the following words are non-op-
tion arguments, but is otherwise ignored. This is useful in cases where
arguments to the command may begin with `-'. For historical reasons,
most builtin commands (including `echo') also recognize a single `-' in
a separate word for this purpose; note that this is less standard and
use of `--' is recommended.
- simple command
See the section `Precommand Modifiers' in zshmisc(1).
. file [ arg ... ]
Read commands from file and execute them in the current shell en-
vironment.
If file does not contain a slash, or if PATH_DIRS is set, the
shell looks in the components of $path to find the directory con-
taining file. Files in the current directory are not read unless
`.' appears somewhere in $path. If a file named `file.zwc' is
found, is newer than file, and is the compiled form (created with
the zcompile builtin) of file, then commands are read from that
file instead of file.
If any arguments arg are given, they become the positional para-
meters; the old positional parameters are restored when the file
is done executing. However, if no arguments are given, the posi-
tional parameters remain those of the calling context, and no
restoring is done.
If file was not found the return status is 127; if file was found
but contained a syntax error the return status is 126; else the
return status is the exit status of the last command executed.
: [ arg ... ]
This command does nothing, although normal argument expansions is
performed which may have effects on shell parameters. A zero
exit status is returned.
alias [ {+|-}gmrsL ] [ name[=value] ... ]
For each name with a corresponding value, define an alias with
that value. A trailing space in value causes the next word to be
checked for alias expansion. If the -g flag is present, define a
global alias; global aliases are expanded even if they do not oc-
cur in command position:
% perldoc --help 2>&1 | grep 'built-in functions'
-f Search Perl built-in functions
% alias -g HG='--help 2>&1 | grep'
% perldoc HG 'built-in functions'
-f Search Perl built-in functions
If the -s flag is present, define a suffix alias: if the command
word on a command line is in the form `text.name', where text is
any non-empty string, it is replaced by the text `value
text.name'. Note that name is treated as a literal string, not a
pattern. A trailing space in value is not special in this case.
For example,
alias -s ps='gv --'
will cause the command `*.ps' to be expanded to `gv -- *.ps'. As
alias expansion is carried out earlier than globbing, the `*.ps'
will then be expanded. Suffix aliases constitute a different
name space from other aliases (so in the above example it is
still possible to create an alias for the command ps) and the two
sets are never listed together.
For each name with no value, print the value of name, if any.
With no arguments, print all currently defined aliases other than
suffix aliases. If the -m flag is given the arguments are taken
as patterns (they should be quoted to preserve them from being
interpreted as glob patterns), and the aliases matching these
patterns are printed. When printing aliases and one of the -g,
-r or -s flags is present, restrict the printing to global, regu-
lar or suffix aliases, respectively; a regular alias is one which
is neither a global nor a suffix alias. Using `+' instead of
`-', or ending the option list with a single `+', prevents the
values of the aliases from being printed.
If the -L flag is present, then print each alias in a manner
suitable for putting in a startup script. The exit status is
nonzero if a name (with no value) is given for which no alias has
been defined.
For more on aliases, include common problems, see the section
ALIASING in zshmisc(1).
autoload [ {+|-}RTUXdkmrtWz ] [ -w ] [ name ... ]
See the section `Autoloading Functions' in zshmisc(1) for full
details. The fpath parameter will be searched to find the func-
tion definition when the function is first referenced.
If name consists of an absolute path, the function is defined to
load from the file given (searching as usual for dump files in
the given location). The name of the function is the basename
(non-directory part) of the file. It is normally an error if the
function is not found in the given location; however, if the op-
tion -d is given, searching for the function defaults to $fpath.
If a function is loaded by absolute path, any functions loaded
from it that are marked for autoload without an absolute path
have the load path of the parent function temporarily prepended
to $fpath.
If the option -r or -R is given, the function is searched for im-
mediately and the location is recorded internally for use when
the function is executed; a relative path is expanded using the
value of $PWD. This protects against a change to $fpath after
the call to autoload. With -r, if the function is not found, it
is silently left unresolved until execution; with -R, an error
message is printed and command processing aborted immediately the
search fails, i.e. at the autoload command rather than at func-
tion execution..
The flag -X may be used only inside a shell function. It causes
the calling function to be marked for autoloading and then imme-
diately loaded and executed, with the current array of positional
parameters as arguments. This replaces the previous definition
of the function. If no function definition is found, an error is
printed and the function remains undefined and marked for au-
toloading. If an argument is given, it is used as a directory
(i.e. it does not include the name of the function) in which the
function is to be found; this may be combined with the -d option
to allow the function search to default to $fpath if it is not in
the given location.
The flag +X attempts to load each name as an autoloaded function,
but does not execute it. The exit status is zero (success) if
the function was not previously defined and a definition for it
was found. This does not replace any existing definition of the
function. The exit status is nonzero (failure) if the function
was already defined or when no definition was found. In the lat-
ter case the function remains undefined and marked for autoload-
ing. If ksh-style autoloading is enabled, the function created
will contain the contents of the file plus a call to the function
itself appended to it, thus giving normal ksh autoloading behav-
iour on the first call to the function. If the -m flag is also
given each name is treated as a pattern and all functions already
marked for autoload that match the pattern are loaded.
With the -t flag, turn on execution tracing; with -T, turn on ex-
ecution tracing only for the current function, turning it off on
entry to any called functions that do not also have tracing en-
abled.
With the -U flag, alias expansion is suppressed when the function
is loaded.
With the -w flag, the names are taken as names of files compiled
with the zcompile builtin, and all functions defined in them are
marked for autoloading.
The flags -z and -k mark the function to be autoloaded using the
zsh or ksh style, as if the option KSH_AUTOLOAD were unset or
were set, respectively. The flags override the setting of the
option at the time the function is loaded.
Note that the autoload command makes no attempt to ensure the
shell options set during the loading or execution of the file
have any particular value. For this, the emulate command can be
used:
emulate zsh -c 'autoload -Uz func'
arranges that when func is loaded the shell is in native zsh emu-
lation, and this emulation is also applied when func is run.
Some of the functions of autoload are also provided by functions
-u or functions -U, but autoload is a more comprehensive inter-
face.
bg [ job ... ]
job ... &
Put each specified job in the background, or the current job if
none is specified.
bindkey
See the section `Zle Builtins' in zshzle(1).
break [ n ]
Exit from an enclosing for, while, until, select or repeat loop.
If an arithmetic expression n is specified, then break n levels
instead of just one.
builtin name [ args ... ]
Executes the builtin name, with the given args.
bye Same as exit.
cap See the section `The zsh/cap Module' in zshmodules(1).
cd [ -qsLP ] [ arg ]
cd [ -qsLP ] old new
cd [ -qsLP ] {+|-}n
Change the current directory. In the first form, change the cur-
rent directory to arg, or to the value of $HOME if arg is not
specified. If arg is `-', change to the previous directory.
Otherwise, if arg begins with a slash, attempt to change to the
directory given by arg.
If arg does not begin with a slash, the behaviour depends on
whether the current directory `.' occurs in the list of directo-
ries contained in the shell parameter cdpath. If it does not,
first attempt to change to the directory arg under the current
directory, and if that fails but cdpath is set and contains at
least one element attempt to change to the directory arg under
each component of cdpath in turn until successful. If `.' occurs
in cdpath, then cdpath is searched strictly in order so that `.'
is only tried at the appropriate point.
The order of testing cdpath is modified if the option POSIX_CD is
set, as described in the documentation for the option.
If no directory is found, the option CDABLE_VARS is set, and a
parameter named arg exists whose value begins with a slash, treat
its value as the directory. In that case, the parameter is added
to the named directory hash table.
The second form of cd substitutes the string new for the string
old in the name of the current directory, and tries to change to
this new directory.
The third form of cd extracts an entry from the directory stack,
and changes to that directory. An argument of the form `+n'
identifies a stack entry by counting from the left of the list
shown by the dirs command, starting with zero. An argument of
the form `-n' counts from the right. If the PUSHD_MINUS option
is set, the meanings of `+' and `-' in this context are swapped.
If the POSIX_CD option is set, this form of cd is not recognised
and will be interpreted as the first form.
If the -q (quiet) option is specified, the hook function chpwd
and the functions in the array chpwd_functions are not called.
This is useful for calls to cd that do not change the environment
seen by an interactive user.
If the -s option is specified, cd refuses to change the current
directory if the given pathname contains symlinks. If the -P op-
tion is given or the CHASE_LINKS option is set, symbolic links
are resolved to their true values. If the -L option is given
symbolic links are retained in the directory (and not resolved)
regardless of the state of the CHASE_LINKS option.
chdir Same as cd.
clone See the section `The zsh/clone Module' in zshmodules(1).
command [ -pvV ] simple command
The simple command argument is taken as an external command in-
stead of a function or builtin and is executed. If the
POSIX_BUILTINS option is set, builtins will also be executed but
certain special properties of them are suppressed. The -p flag
causes a default path to be searched instead of that in $path.
With the -v flag, command is similar to whence and with -V, it is
equivalent to whence -v.
See also the section `Precommand Modifiers' in zshmisc(1).
comparguments
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
compcall
See the section `The zsh/compctl Module' in zshmodules(1).
compctl
See the section `The zsh/compctl Module' in zshmodules(1).
compdescribe
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
compfiles
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
compgroups
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
compquote
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
comptags
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
comptry
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
compvalues
See the section `The zsh/computil Module' in zshmodules(1).
continue [ n ]
Resume the next iteration of the enclosing for, while, until, se-
lect or repeat loop. If an arithmetic expression n is specified,
break out of n-1 loops and resume at the nth enclosing loop.
declare
Same as typeset.
dirs [ -c ] [ arg ... ]
dirs [ -lpv ]
With no arguments, print the contents of the directory stack.
Directories are added to this stack with the pushd command, and
removed with the cd or popd commands. If arguments are speci-
fied, load them onto the directory stack, replacing anything that
was there, and push the current directory onto the stack.
-c clear the directory stack.
-l print directory names in full instead of using of using ~
expressions (see Dynamic and Static named directories in
zshexpn(1)).
-p print directory entries one per line.
-v number the directories in the stack when printing.
disable [ -afmprs ] name ...
Temporarily disable the named hash table elements or patterns.
The default is to disable builtin commands. This allows you to
use an external command with the same name as a builtin command.
The -a option causes disable to act on regular or global aliases.
The -s option causes disable to act on suffix aliases. The -f
option causes disable to act on shell functions. The -r options
causes disable to act on reserved words. Without arguments all
disabled hash table elements from the corresponding hash table
are printed. With the -m flag the arguments are taken as pat-
terns (which should be quoted to prevent them from undergoing
filename expansion), and all hash table elements from the corre-
sponding hash table matching these patterns are disabled. Dis-
abled objects can be enabled with the enable command.
With the option -p, name ... refer to elements of the shell's
pattern syntax as described in the section `Filename Generation'.
Certain elements can be disabled separately, as given below.
Note that patterns not allowed by the current settings for the
options EXTENDED_GLOB, KSH_GLOB and SH_GLOB are never enabled,
regardless of the setting here. For example, if EXTENDED_GLOB is
not active, the pattern ^ is ineffective even if `disable -p "^"'
has not been issued. The list below indicates any option set-
tings that restrict the use of the pattern. It should be noted
that setting SH_GLOB has a wider effect than merely disabling
patterns as certain expressions, in particular those involving
parentheses, are parsed differently.
The following patterns may be disabled; all the strings need
quoting on the command line to prevent them from being inter-
preted immediately as patterns and the patterns are shown below
in single quotes as a reminder.
'?' The pattern character ? wherever it occurs, including when
preceding a parenthesis with KSH_GLOB.
'*' The pattern character * wherever it occurs, including re-
cursive globbing and when preceding a parenthesis with
KSH_GLOB.
'[' Character classes.
'<' (NO_SH_GLOB)
Numeric ranges.
'|' (NO_SH_GLOB)
Alternation in grouped patterns, case statements, or
KSH_GLOB parenthesised expressions.
'(' (NO_SH_GLOB)
Grouping using single parentheses. Disabling this does
not disable the use of parentheses for KSH_GLOB where they
are introduced by a special character, nor for glob quali-
fiers (use `setopt NO_BARE_GLOB_QUAL' to disable glob
qualifiers that use parentheses only).
'~' (EXTENDED_GLOB)
Exclusion in the form A~B.
'^' (EXTENDED_GLOB)
Exclusion in the form A^B.
'#' (EXTENDED_GLOB)
The pattern character # wherever it occurs, both for repe-
tition of a previous pattern and for indicating globbing
flags.
'?(' (KSH_GLOB)
The grouping form ?(...). Note this is also disabled if
'?' is disabled.
'*(' (KSH_GLOB)
The grouping form *(...). Note this is also disabled if
'*' is disabled.
'+(' (KSH_GLOB)
The grouping form +(...).
'!(' (KSH_GLOB)
The grouping form !(...).
'@(' (KSH_GLOB)
The grouping form @(...).
disown [ job ... ]
job ... &|
job ... &!
Remove the specified jobs from the job table; the shell will no
longer report their status, and will not complain if you try to
exit an interactive shell with them running or stopped. If no
job is specified, disown the current job.
If the jobs are currently stopped and the AUTO_CONTINUE option is
not set, a warning is printed containing information about how to
make them running after they have been disowned. If one of the
latter two forms is used, the jobs will automatically be made
running, independent of the setting of the AUTO_CONTINUE option.
echo [ -neE ] [ arg ... ]
Write each arg on the standard output, with a space separating
each one. If the -n flag is not present, print a newline at the
end. echo recognizes the following escape sequences:
\a bell character
\b backspace
\c suppress subsequent characters and final newline
\e escape
\f form feed
\n linefeed (newline)
\r carriage return
\t horizontal tab
\v vertical tab
\\ backslash
\0NNN character code in octal
\xNN character code in hexadecimal
\uNNNN unicode character code in hexadecimal
\UNNNNNNNN
unicode character code in hexadecimal
The -E flag, or the BSD_ECHO option, can be used to disable these
escape sequences. In the latter case, -e flag can be used to en-
able them.
Note that for standards compliance a double dash does not termi-
nate option processing; instead, it is printed directly. How-
ever, a single dash does terminate option processing, so the
first dash, possibly following options, is not printed, but
everything following it is printed as an argument. The single
dash behaviour is different from other shells. For a more
portable way of printing text, see printf, and for a more con-
trollable way of printing text within zsh, see print.
echotc See the section `The zsh/termcap Module' in zshmodules(1).
echoti See the section `The zsh/terminfo Module' in zshmodules(1).
emulate [ -lLR ] [ {zsh|sh|ksh|csh} [ flags ... ] ]
Without any argument print current emulation mode.
With single argument set up zsh options to emulate the specified
shell as much as possible. csh will never be fully emulated. If
the argument is not one of the shells listed above, zsh will be
used as a default; more precisely, the tests performed on the ar-
gument are the same as those used to determine the emulation at
startup based on the shell name, see the section COMPATIBILITY in
zsh(1) . In addition to setting shell options, the command also
restores the pristine state of pattern enables, as if all pat-
terns had been enabled using enable -p.
If the emulate command occurs inside a function that has been
marked for execution tracing with functions -t then the xtrace
option will be turned on regardless of emulation mode or other
options. Note that code executed inside the function by the .,
source, or eval commands is not considered to be running directly
from the function, hence does not provoke this behaviour.
If the -R switch is given, all settable options are reset to
their default value corresponding to the specified emulation
mode, except for certain options describing the interactive envi-
ronment; otherwise, only those options likely to cause portabil-
ity problems in scripts and functions are altered. If the -L
switch is given, the options LOCAL_OPTIONS, LOCAL_PATTERNS and
LOCAL_TRAPS will be set as well, causing the effects of the emu-
late command and any setopt, disable -p or enable -p, and trap
commands to be local to the immediately surrounding shell func-
tion, if any; normally these options are turned off in all emula-
tion modes except ksh. The -L switch is mutually exclusive with
the use of -c in flags.
If there is a single argument and the -l switch is given, the op-
tions that would be set or unset (the latter indicated with the
prefix `no') are listed. -l can be combined with -L or -R and
the list will be modified in the appropriate way. Note the list
does not depend on the current setting of options, i.e. it in-
cludes all options that may in principle change, not just those
that would actually change.
The flags may be any of the invocation-time flags described in
the section INVOCATION in zsh(1), except that `-o EMACS' and `-o
VI' may not be used. Flags such as `+r'/`+o RESTRICTED' may be
prohibited in some circumstances.
If -c arg appears in flags, arg is evaluated while the requested
emulation is temporarily in effect. In this case the emulation
mode and all options are restored to their previous values before
emulate returns. The -R switch may precede the name of the shell
to emulate; note this has a meaning distinct from including -R in
flags.
Use of -c enables `sticky' emulation mode for functions defined
within the evaluated expression: the emulation mode is associ-
ated thereafter with the function so that whenever the function
is executed the emulation (respecting the -R switch, if present)
and all options are set (and pattern disables cleared) before en-
try to the function, and the state is restored after exit. If
the function is called when the sticky emulation is already in
effect, either within an `emulate shell -c' expression or within
another function with the same sticky emulation, entry and exit
from the function do not cause options to be altered (except due
to standard processing such as the LOCAL_OPTIONS option). This
also applies to functions marked for autoload within the sticky
emulation; the appropriate set of options will be applied at the
point the function is loaded as well as when it is run.
For example:
emulate sh -c 'fni() { setopt cshnullglob; }
fno() { fni; }'
fno
The two functions fni and fno are defined with sticky sh emula-
tion. fno is then executed, causing options associated with emu-
lations to be set to their values in sh. fno then calls fni; be-
cause fni is also marked for sticky sh emulation, no option
changes take place on entry to or exit from it. Hence the option
cshnullglob, turned off by sh emulation, will be turned on within
fni and remain on return to fno. On exit from fno, the emulation
mode and all options will be restored to the state they were in
before entry to the temporary emulation.
The documentation above is typically sufficient for the intended
purpose of executing code designed for other shells in a suitable
environment. More detailed rules follow.
1. The sticky emulation environment provided by `emulate
shell -c' is identical to that provided by entry to a
function marked for sticky emulation as a consequence of
being defined in such an environment. Hence, for example,
the sticky emulation is inherited by subfunctions defined
within functions with sticky emulation.
2. No change of options takes place on entry to or exit from
functions that are not marked for sticky emulation, other
than those that would normally take place, even if those
functions are called within sticky emulation.
3. No special handling is provided for functions marked for
autoload nor for functions present in wordcode created by
the zcompile command.
4. The presence or absence of the -R switch to emulate corre-
sponds to different sticky emulation modes, so for example
`emulate sh -c', `emulate -R sh -c' and `emulate csh -c'
are treated as three distinct sticky emulations.
5. Difference in shell options supplied in addition to the
basic emulation also mean the sticky emulations are dif-
ferent, so for example `emulate zsh -c' and `emulate zsh
-o cbases -c' are treated as distinct sticky emulations.
enable [ -afmprs ] name ...
Enable the named hash table elements, presumably disabled earlier
with disable. The default is to enable builtin commands. The -a
option causes enable to act on regular or global aliases. The -s
option causes enable to act on suffix aliases. The -f option
causes enable to act on shell functions. The -r option causes
enable to act on reserved words. Without arguments all enabled
hash table elements from the corresponding hash table are
printed. With the -m flag the arguments are taken as patterns
(should be quoted) and all hash table elements from the corre-
sponding hash table matching these patterns are enabled. Enabled
objects can be disabled with the disable builtin command.
enable -p reenables patterns disabled with disable -p. Note that
it does not override globbing options; for example, `enable -p
"~"' does not cause the pattern character ~ to be active unless
the EXTENDED_GLOB option is also set. To enable all possible
patterns (so that they may be individually disabled with disable
-p), use `setopt EXTENDED_GLOB KSH_GLOB NO_SH_GLOB'.
eval [ arg ... ]
Read the arguments as input to the shell and execute the result-
ing command(s) in the current shell process. The return status
is the same as if the commands had been executed directly by the
shell; if there are no args or they contain no commands (i.e. are
an empty string or whitespace) the return status is zero.
exec [ -cl ] [ -a argv0 ] [ command [ arg ... ] ]
Replace the current shell with command rather than forking. If
command is a shell builtin command or a shell function, the shell
executes it, and exits when the command is complete.
With -c clear the environment; with -l prepend - to the argv[0]
string of the command executed (to simulate a login shell); with
-a argv0 set the argv[0] string of the command executed. See the
section `Precommand Modifiers' in zshmisc(1).
If the option POSIX_BUILTINS is set, command is never interpreted
as a shell builtin command or shell function. This means further
precommand modifiers such as builtin and noglob are also not in-
terpreted within the shell. Hence command is always found by
searching the command path.
If command is omitted but any redirections are specified, then
the redirections will take effect in the current shell.
exit [ n ]
Exit the shell with the exit status specified by an arithmetic
expression n; if none is specified, use the exit status from the
last command executed. An EOF condition will also cause the
shell to exit, unless the IGNORE_EOF option is set.
See notes at the end of the section JOBS in zshmisc(1) for some
possibly unexpected interactions of the exit command with jobs.
export [ name[=value] ... ]
The specified names are marked for automatic export to the envi-
ronment of subsequently executed commands. Equivalent to typeset
-gx. If a parameter specified does not already exist, it is cre-
ated in the global scope.
false [ arg ... ]
Do nothing and return an exit status of 1.
fc [ -e ename ] [ -s ] [ -LI ] [ -m match ] [ old=new ... ] [ first [
last ] ]
fc -l [ -LI ] [ -nrdfEiD ] [ -t timefmt ] [ -m match ]
[ old=new ... ] [ first [ last ] ]
fc -p [ -a ] [ filename [ histsize [ savehistsize ] ] ]
fc -P
fc -ARWI [ filename ]
The fc command controls the interactive history mechanism. Note
that reading and writing of history options is only performed if
the shell is interactive. Usually this is detected automati-
cally, but it can be forced by setting the interactive option
when starting the shell.
The first two forms of this command select a range of events from
first to last from the history list. The arguments first and
last may be specified as a number or as a string. A negative
number is used as an offset to the current history event number.
A string specifies the most recent event beginning with the given
string. All substitutions old=new, if any, are then performed on
the text of the events.
The range of events selected by numbers can be narrowed further
by the following flags.
-I restricts to only internal events (not from $HISTFILE)
-L restricts to only local events (not from other shells, see
SHARE_HISTORY in zshoptions(1) -- note that $HISTFILE is
considered local when read at startup)
-m takes the first argument as a pattern (which should be
quoted) and only the history events matching this pattern
are considered
If first is not specified, it will be set to -1 (the most recent
event), or to -16 if the -l flag is given. If last is not speci-
fied, it will be set to first, or to -1 if the -l flag is given.
However, if the current event has added entries to the history
with `print -s' or `fc -R', then the default last for -l includes
all new history entries since the current event began.
When the -l flag is given, the resulting events are listed on
standard output. Otherwise the editor program specified by -e
ename is invoked on a file containing these history events. If
-e is not given, the value of the parameter FCEDIT is used; if
that is not set the value of the parameter EDITOR is used; if
that is not set a builtin default, usually `vi' is used. If
ename is `-', no editor is invoked. When editing is complete,
the edited command is executed.
The flag `-s' is equivalent to `-e -'. The flag -r reverses the
order of the events and the flag -n suppresses event numbers when
listing.
Also when listing,
-d prints timestamps for each event
-f prints full time-date stamps in the US `MM/DD/YY hh:mm'
format
-E prints full time-date stamps in the European `dd.mm.yyyy
hh:mm' format
-i prints full time-date stamps in ISO8601 `yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm'
format
-t fmt prints time and date stamps in the given format; fmt is
formatted with the strftime function with the zsh exten-
sions described for the %D{string} prompt format in the
section EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1). The
resulting formatted string must be no more than 256 char-
acters or will not be printed
-D prints elapsed times; may be combined with one of the op-
tions above
`fc -p' pushes the current history list onto a stack and switches
to a new history list. If the -a option is also specified, this
history list will be automatically popped when the current func-
tion scope is exited, which is a much better solution than creat-
ing a trap function to call `fc -P' manually. If no arguments
are specified, the history list is left empty, $HISTFILE is un-
set, and $HISTSIZE & $SAVEHIST are set to their default values.
If one argument is given, $HISTFILE is set to that filename,
$HISTSIZE & $SAVEHIST are left unchanged, and the history file is
read in (if it exists) to initialize the new list. If a second
argument is specified, $HISTSIZE & $SAVEHIST are instead set to
the single specified numeric value. Finally, if a third argument
is specified, $SAVEHIST is set to a separate value from $HIST-
SIZE. You are free to change these environment values for the
new history list however you desire in order to manipulate the
new history list.
`fc -P' pops the history list back to an older list saved by `fc
-p'. The current list is saved to its $HISTFILE before it is de-
stroyed (assuming that $HISTFILE and $SAVEHIST are set appropri-
ately, of course). The values of $HISTFILE, $HISTSIZE, and
$SAVEHIST are restored to the values they had when `fc -p' was
called. Note that this restoration can conflict with making
these variables "local", so your best bet is to avoid local dec-
larations for these variables in functions that use `fc -p'. The
one other guaranteed-safe combination is declaring these vari-
ables to be local at the top of your function and using the auto-
matic option (-a) with `fc -p'. Finally, note that it is legal
to manually pop a push marked for automatic popping if you need
to do so before the function exits.
`fc -R' reads the history from the given file, `fc -W' writes the
history out to the given file, and `fc -A' appends the history
out to the given file. If no filename is specified, the $HIST-
FILE is assumed. If the -I option is added to -R, only those
events that are not already contained within the internal history
list are added. If the -I option is added to -A or -W, only
those events that are new since last incremental append/write to
the history file are appended/written. In any case, the created
file will have no more than $SAVEHIST entries.
fg [ job ... ]
job ...
Bring each specified job in turn to the foreground. If no job is
specified, resume the current job.
float [ {+|-}Hghlprtux ] [ {+|-}EFLRZ [ n ] ] [ name[=value] ... ]
Equivalent to typeset -E, except that options irrelevant to
floating point numbers are not permitted.
functions [ {+|-}UkmtTuWz ] [ -x num ] [ name ... ]
functions -c oldfn newfn
functions -M [-s] mathfn [ min [ max [ shellfn ] ] ]
functions -M [ -m pattern ... ]
functions +M [ -m ] mathfn ...
Equivalent to typeset -f, with the exception of the -c, -x, -M
and -W options. For functions -u and functions -U, see autoload,
which provides additional options. For functions -t and func-
tions -T, see typeset -f.
The -x option indicates that any functions output will have each
leading tab for indentation, added by the shell to show syntactic
structure, expanded to the given number num of spaces. num can
also be 0 to suppress all indentation.
The -W option turns on the option WARN_NESTED_VAR for the named
function or functions only. The option is turned off at the
start of nested functions (apart from anonoymous functions) un-
less the called function also has the -W attribute.
The -c option causes oldfn to be copied to newfn. The copy is
efficiently handled internally by reference counting. If oldfn
was marked for autoload it is first loaded and if this fails the
copy fails. Either function may subsequently be redefined with-
out affecting the other. A typical idiom is that oldfn is the
name of a library shell function which is then redefined to call
newfn, thereby installing a modified version of the function.
The -M and +M flags
Use of the -M option may not be combined with any of the options
handled by typeset -f.
functions -M mathfn defines mathfn as the name of a mathematical
function recognised in all forms of arithmetical expressions; see
the section `Arithmetic Evaluation' in zshmisc(1). By default
mathfn may take any number of comma-separated arguments. If min
is given, it must have exactly min args; if min and max are both
given, it must have at least min and at most max args. max may
be -1 to indicate that there is no upper limit.
By default the function is implemented by a shell function of the
same name; if shellfn is specified it gives the name of the cor-
responding shell function while mathfn remains the name used in
arithmetical expressions. The name of the function in $0 is
mathfn (not shellfn as would usually be the case), provided the
option FUNCTION_ARGZERO is in effect. The positional parameters
in the shell function correspond to the arguments of the mathe-
matical function call.
The result of the last arithmetical expression evaluated inside
the shell function gives the result of the mathematical function.
This is not limited to arithmetic substitutions of the form
$((...)), but also includes arithmetical expressions evaluated in
any other way, including by the let builtin, by ((...)) state-
ments, and even by the return builtin and by array subscripts.
Therefore, care must be taken not to use syntactical constructs
that perform arithmetic evaluation after evaluating what is to be
the result of the function. For example:
# WRONG
zmath_cube() {
(( $1 * $1 * $1 ))
return 0
}
functions -M cube 1 1 zmath_cube
print $(( cube(3) ))
This will print `0' because of the return.
Commenting the return out would lead to a different problem: the
((...)) statement would become the last statement in the func-
tion, so the return status ($?) of the function would be non-zero
(indicating failure) whenever the arithmetic result of the func-
tion would happen to be zero (numerically):
# WRONG
zmath_cube() {
(( $1 * $1 * $1 ))
}
functions -M cube 1 1 zmath_cube
print $(( cube(0) ))
Instead, the true builtin can be used:
# RIGHT
zmath_cube() {
(( $1 * $1 * $1 ))
true
}
functions -M cube 1 1 zmath_cube
print $(( cube(3) ))
If the additional option -s is given to functions -M, the argu-
ment to the function is a single string: anything between the
opening and matching closing parenthesis is passed to the func-
tion as a single argument, even if it includes commas or white
space. The minimum and maximum argument specifiers must there-
fore be 1 if given. An empty argument list is passed as a
zero-length string. Thus, the following string function takes a
single argument, including the commas, and prints 11:
stringfn() { (( $#1 )); true }
functions -Ms stringfn
print $(( stringfn(foo,bar,rod) ))
functions -M with no arguments lists all such user-defined func-
tions in the same form as a definition. With the additional op-
tion -m and a list of arguments, all functions whose mathfn
matches one of the pattern arguments are listed.
function +M removes the list of mathematical functions; with the
additional option -m the arguments are treated as patterns and
all functions whose mathfn matches the pattern are removed. Note
that the shell function implementing the behaviour is not removed
(regardless of whether its name coincides with mathfn).
getcap See the section `The zsh/cap Module' in zshmodules(1).
getln [ -AclneE ] name ...
Read the top value from the buffer stack and put it in the shell
parameter name. Equivalent to read -zr.
getopts optstring name [ arg ... ]
Checks the args for legal options. If the args are omitted, use
the positional parameters. A valid option argument begins with a
`+' or a `-'. An argument not beginning with a `+' or a `-', or
the argument `--', ends the options. Note that a single `-' is
not considered a valid option argument. optstring contains the
letters that getopts recognizes. If a letter is followed by a
`:', that option requires an argument. The options can be sepa-
rated from the argument by blanks.
Each time it is invoked, getopts places the option letter it
finds in the shell parameter name, prepended with a `+' when arg
begins with a `+'. The index of the next arg is stored in
OPTIND. The option argument, if any, is stored in OPTARG.
The first option to be examined may be changed by explicitly as-
signing to OPTIND. OPTIND has an initial value of 1, and is nor-
mally set to 1 upon entry to a shell function and restored upon
exit. (The POSIX_BUILTINS option disables this, and also changes
the way the value is calculated to match other shells.) OPTARG
is not reset and retains its value from the most recent call to
getopts. If either of OPTIND or OPTARG is explicitly unset, it
remains unset, and the index or option argument is not stored.
The option itself is still stored in name in this case.
A leading `:' in optstring causes getopts to store the letter of
any invalid option in OPTARG, and to set name to `?' for an un-
known option and to `:' when a required argument is missing.
Otherwise, getopts sets name to `?' and prints an error message
when an option is invalid. The exit status is nonzero when there
are no more options.
hash [ -Ldfmrv ] [ name[=value] ] ...
hash can be used to directly modify the contents of the command
hash table, and the named directory hash table. Normally one
would modify these tables by modifying one's PATH (for the com-
mand hash table) or by creating appropriate shell parameters (for
the named directory hash table). The choice of hash table to
work on is determined by the -d option; without the option the
command hash table is used, and with the option the named direc-
tory hash table is used.
A command name starting with a / is never hashed, whether by ex-
plicit use of the hash command or otherwise. Such a command is
always found by direct look up in the file system.
Given no arguments, and neither the -r or -f options, the se-
lected hash table will be listed in full.
The -r option causes the selected hash table to be emptied. It
will be subsequently rebuilt in the normal fashion. The -f op-
tion causes the selected hash table to be fully rebuilt immedi-
ately. For the command hash table this hashes all the absolute
directories in the PATH, and for the named directory hash table
this adds all users' home directories. These two options cannot
be used with any arguments.
The -m option causes the arguments to be taken as patterns (which
should be quoted) and the elements of the hash table matching
those patterns are printed. This is the only way to display a
limited selection of hash table elements.
For each name with a corresponding value, put `name' in the se-
lected hash table, associating it with the pathname `value'. In
the command hash table, this means that whenever `name' is used
as a command argument, the shell will try to execute the file
given by `value'. In the named directory hash table, this means
that `value' may be referred to as `~name'.
For each name with no corresponding value, attempt to add name to
the hash table, checking what the appropriate value is in the
normal manner for that hash table. If an appropriate value can't
be found, then the hash table will be unchanged.
The -v option causes hash table entries to be listed as they are
added by explicit specification. If has no effect if used with
-f.
If the -L flag is present, then each hash table entry is printed
in the form of a call to hash.
history
Same as fc -l.
integer [ {+|-}Hghlprtux ] [ {+|-}LRZi [ n ] ] [ name[=value] ... ]
Equivalent to typeset -i, except that options irrelevant to inte-
gers are not permitted.
jobs [ -dlprs ] [ job ... ]
jobs -Z string
Lists information about each given job, or all jobs if job is
omitted. The -l flag lists process IDs, and the -p flag lists
process groups. If the -r flag is specified only running jobs
will be listed and if the -s flag is given only stopped jobs are
shown. If the -d flag is given, the directory from which the job
was started (which may not be the current directory of the job)
will also be shown.
The -Z option replaces the shell's argument and environment space
with the given string, truncated if necessary to fit. This will
normally be visible in ps (ps(1)) listings. This feature is typ-
ically used by daemons, to indicate their state.
Full job control is only available in the top-level interactive
shell, not in commands run in the left hand side of pipelines or
within the (...) construct. However, a snapshot of the job state
at that point is taken, so it is still possible to use the jobs
builtin, or any parameter providing job information. This gives
information about the state of jobs at the point the subshell was
created. If background processes are created within the sub-
shell, then instead information about those processes is pro-
vided.
For example,
sleep 10 & # Job in background
( # Shell forks
jobs # Shows information about "sleep 10 &"
sleep 5 & # Process in background (no job control)
jobs # Shows information about "sleep 5 &"
)
kill [ -s signal_name | -n signal_number | -sig ] job ...
kill -l [ sig ... ]
Sends either SIGTERM or the specified signal to the given jobs or
processes. Signals are given by number or by names, with or
without the `SIG' prefix. If the signal being sent is not `KILL'
or `CONT', then the job will be sent a `CONT' signal if it is
stopped. The argument job can be the process ID of a job not in
the job list. In the second form, kill -l, if sig is not speci-
fied the signal names are listed. Otherwise, for each sig that
is a name, the corresponding signal number is listed. For each
sig that is a signal number or a number representing the exit
status of a process which was terminated or stopped by a signal
the name of the signal is printed.
On some systems, alternative signal names are allowed for a few
signals. Typical examples are SIGCHLD and SIGCLD or SIGPOLL and
SIGIO, assuming they correspond to the same signal number. kill
-l will only list the preferred form, however kill -l alt will
show if the alternative form corresponds to a signal number. For
example, under Linux kill -l IO and kill -l POLL both output 29,
hence kill -IO and kill -POLL have the same effect.
Many systems will allow process IDs to be negative to kill a
process group or zero to kill the current process group.
let arg ...
Evaluate each arg as an arithmetic expression. See the section
`Arithmetic Evaluation' in zshmisc(1) for a description of arith-
metic expressions. The exit status is 0 if the value of the last
expression is nonzero, 1 if it is zero, and 2 if an error oc-
curred.
limit [ -hs ] [ resource [ limit ] ] ...
Set or display resource limits. Unless the -s flag is given, the
limit applies only the children of the shell. If -s is given
without other arguments, the resource limits of the current shell
is set to the previously set resource limits of the children.
If limit is not specified, print the current limit placed on re-
source, otherwise set the limit to the specified value. If the
-h flag is given, use hard limits instead of soft limits. If no
resource is given, print all limits.
When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort imme-
diately if it detects a badly formed argument. However, if it
fails to set a limit for some other reason it will continue try-
ing to set the remaining limits.
resource can be one of:
addressspace
Maximum amount of address space used.
aiomemorylocked
Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM for AIO operations.
aiooperations
Maximum number of AIO operations.
cachedthreads
Maximum number of cached threads.
coredumpsize
Maximum size of a core dump.
cputime
Maximum CPU seconds per process.
datasize
Maximum data size (including stack) for each process.
descriptors
Maximum value for a file descriptor.
filesize
Largest single file allowed.
kqueues
Maximum number of kqueues allocated.
maxproc
Maximum number of processes.
maxpthreads
Maximum number of threads per process.
memorylocked
Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM.
memoryuse
Maximum resident set size.
msgqueue
Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues.
posixlocks
Maximum number of POSIX locks per user.
pseudoterminals
Maximum number of pseudo-terminals.
resident
Maximum resident set size.
sigpending
Maximum number of pending signals.
sockbufsize
Maximum size of all socket buffers.
stacksize
Maximum stack size for each process.
swapsize
Maximum amount of swap used.
vmemorysize
Maximum amount of virtual memory.
Which of these resource limits are available depends on the sys-
tem. resource can be abbreviated to any unambiguous prefix. It
can also be an integer, which corresponds to the integer defined
for the resource by the operating system.
If argument corresponds to a number which is out of the range of
the resources configured into the shell, the shell will try to
read or write the limit anyway, and will report an error if this
fails. As the shell does not store such resources internally, an
attempt to set the limit will fail unless the -s option is
present.
limit is a number, with an optional scaling factor, as follows:
nh hours
nk kilobytes (default)
nm megabytes or minutes
ng gigabytes
[mm:]ss
minutes and seconds
The limit command is not made available by default when the shell
starts in a mode emulating another shell. It can be made avail-
able with the command `zmodload -F zsh/rlimits b:limit'.
local [ {+|-}AHUahlprtux ] [ {+|-}EFLRZi [ n ] ] [ name[=value] ... ]
Same as typeset, except that the options -g, and -f are not per-
mitted. In this case the -x option does not force the use of -g,
i.e. exported variables will be local to functions.
logout [ n ]
Same as exit, except that it only works in a login shell.
noglob simple command
See the section `Precommand Modifiers' in zshmisc(1).
popd [ -q ] [ {+|-}n ]
Remove an entry from the directory stack, and perform a cd to the
new top directory. With no argument, the current top entry is
removed. An argument of the form `+n' identifies a stack entry
by counting from the left of the list shown by the dirs command,
starting with zero. An argument of the form -n counts from the
right. If the PUSHD_MINUS option is set, the meanings of `+' and
`-' in this context are swapped.
If the -q (quiet) option is specified, the hook function chpwd
and the functions in the array $chpwd_functions are not called,
and the new directory stack is not printed. This is useful for
calls to popd that do not change the environment seen by an in-
teractive user.
print [ -abcDilmnNoOpPrsSz ] [ -u n ] [ -f format ] [ -C cols ]
[ -v name ] [ -xX tabstop ] [ -R [ -en ]] [ arg ... ]
With the `-f' option the arguments are printed as described by
printf. With no flags or with the flag `-', the arguments are
printed on the standard output as described by echo, with the
following differences: the escape sequence `\M-x' (or `\Mx')
metafies the character x (sets the highest bit), `\C-x' (or
`\Cx') produces a control character (`\C-@' and `\C-?' give the
characters NULL and delete), a character code in octal is repre-
sented by `\NNN' (instead of `\0NNN'), and `\E' is a synonym for
`\e'. Finally, if not in an escape sequence, `\' escapes the
following character and is not printed.
-a Print arguments with the column incrementing first. Only
useful with the -c and -C options.
-b Recognize all the escape sequences defined for the bindkey
command, see the section `Zle Builtins' in zshzle(1).
-c Print the arguments in columns. Unless -a is also given,
arguments are printed with the row incrementing first.
-C cols
Print the arguments in cols columns. Unless -a is also
given, arguments are printed with the row incrementing
first.
-D Treat the arguments as paths, replacing directory prefixes
with ~ expressions corresponding to directory names, as
appropriate.
-i If given together with -o or -O, sorting is performed
case-independently.
-l Print the arguments separated by newlines instead of
spaces. Note: if the list of arguments is empty, print -l
will still output one empty line. To print a possi-
bly-empty list of arguments one per line, use print -C1,
as in `print -rC1 -- "$list[@]"'.
-m Take the first argument as a pattern (should be quoted),
and remove it from the argument list together with subse-
quent arguments that do not match this pattern.
-n Do not add a newline to the output.
-N Print the arguments separated and terminated by nulls.
Again, print -rNC1 -- "$list[@]" is a canonical way to
print an arbitrary list as null-delimited records.
-o Print the arguments sorted in ascending order.
-O Print the arguments sorted in descending order.
-p Print the arguments to the input of the coprocess.
-P Perform prompt expansion (see EXPANSION OF PROMPT SE-
QUENCES in zshmisc(1)). In combination with `-f', prompt
escape sequences are parsed only within interpolated argu-
ments, not within the format string.
-r Ignore the escape conventions of echo.
-R Emulate the BSD echo command, which does not process es-
cape sequences unless the -e flag is given. The -n flag
suppresses the trailing newline. Only the -e and -n flags
are recognized after -R; all other arguments and options
are printed.
-s Place the results in the history list instead of on the
standard output. Each argument to the print command is
treated as a single word in the history, regardless of its
content.
-S Place the results in the history list instead of on the
standard output. In this case only a single argument is
allowed; it will be split into words as if it were a full
shell command line. The effect is similar to reading the
line from a history file with the HIST_LEX_WORDS option
active.
-u n Print the arguments to file descriptor n.
-v name
Store the printed arguments as the value of the parameter
name.
-x tab-stop
Expand leading tabs on each line of output in the printed
string assuming a tab stop every tab-stop characters.
This is appropriate for formatting code that may be in-
dented with tabs. Note that leading tabs of any argument
to print, not just the first, are expanded, even if print
is using spaces to separate arguments (the column count is
maintained across arguments but may be incorrect on output
owing to previous unexpanded tabs).
The start of the output of each print command is assumed
to be aligned with a tab stop. Widths of multibyte char-
acters are handled if the option MULTIBYTE is in effect.
This option is ignored if other formatting options are in
effect, namely column alignment or printf style, or if
output is to a special location such as shell history or
the command line editor.
-X tab-stop
This is similar to -x, except that all tabs in the printed
string are expanded. This is appropriate if tabs in the
arguments are being used to produce a table format.
-z Push the arguments onto the editing buffer stack, sepa-
rated by spaces.
If any of `-m', `-o' or `-O' are used in combination with `-f'
and there are no arguments (after the removal process in the case
of `-m') then nothing is printed.
printf [ -v name ] format [ arg ... ]
Print the arguments according to the format specification. For-
matting rules are the same as used in C. The same escape se-
quences as for echo are recognised in the format. All C conver-
sion specifications ending in one of csdiouxXeEfgGn are handled.
In addition to this, `%b' can be used instead of `%s' to cause
escape sequences in the argument to be recognised and `%q' can be
used to quote the argument in such a way that allows it to be
reused as shell input. With the numeric format specifiers, if the
corresponding argument starts with a quote character, the numeric
value of the following character is used as the number to print;
otherwise the argument is evaluated as an arithmetic expression.
See the section `Arithmetic Evaluation' in zshmisc(1) for a de-
scription of arithmetic expressions. With `%n', the corresponding
argument is taken as an identifier which is created as an integer
parameter.
Normally, conversion specifications are applied to each argument
in order but they can explicitly specify the nth argument is to
be used by replacing `%' by `%n$' and `*' by `*n$'. It is recom-
mended that you do not mix references of this explicit style with
the normal style and the handling of such mixed styles may be
subject to future change.
If arguments remain unused after formatting, the format string is
reused until all arguments have been consumed. With the print
builtin, this can be suppressed by using the -r option. If more
arguments are required by the format than have been specified,
the behaviour is as if zero or an empty string had been specified
as the argument.
The -v option causes the output to be stored as the value of the
parameter name, instead of printed. If name is an array and the
format string is reused when consuming arguments then one array
element will be used for each use of the format string.
pushd [ -qsLP ] [ arg ]
pushd [ -qsLP ] old new
pushd [ -qsLP ] {+|-}n
Change the current directory, and push the old current directory
onto the directory stack. In the first form, change the current
directory to arg. If arg is not specified, change to the second
directory on the stack (that is, exchange the top two entries),
or change to $HOME if the PUSHD_TO_HOME option is set or if there
is only one entry on the stack. Otherwise, arg is interpreted as
it would be by cd. The meaning of old and new in the second form
is also the same as for cd.
The third form of pushd changes directory by rotating the direc-
tory list. An argument of the form `+n' identifies a stack entry
by counting from the left of the list shown by the dirs command,
starting with zero. An argument of the form `-n' counts from the
right. If the PUSHD_MINUS option is set, the meanings of `+' and
`-' in this context are swapped.
If the -q (quiet) option is specified, the hook function chpwd
and the functions in the array $chpwd_functions are not called,
and the new directory stack is not printed. This is useful for
calls to pushd that do not change the environment seen by an in-
teractive user.
If the option -q is not specified and the shell option
PUSHD_SILENT is not set, the directory stack will be printed af-
ter a pushd is performed.
The options -s, -L and -P have the same meanings as for the cd
builtin.
pushln [ arg ... ]
Equivalent to print -nz.
pwd [ -rLP ]
Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory. If
the -r or the -P flag is specified, or the CHASE_LINKS option is
set and the -L flag is not given, the printed path will not con-
tain symbolic links.
r Same as fc -e -.
read [ -rszpqAclneE ] [ -t [ num ] ] [ -k [ num ] ] [ -d delim ]
[ -u n ] [ [name][?prompt] ] [ name ... ]
Read one line and break it into fields using the characters in
$IFS as separators, except as noted below. The first field is
assigned to the first name, the second field to the second name,
etc., with leftover fields assigned to the last name. If name is
omitted then REPLY is used for scalars and reply for arrays.
-r Raw mode: a `\' at the end of a line does not signify line
continuation and backslashes in the line don't quote the
following character and are not removed.
-s Don't echo back characters if reading from the terminal.
-q Read only one character from the terminal and set name to
`y' if this character was `y' or `Y' and to `n' otherwise.
With this flag set the return status is zero only if the
character was `y' or `Y'. This option may be used with a
timeout (see -t); if the read times out, or encounters end
of file, status 2 is returned. Input is read from the
terminal unless one of -u or -p is present. This option
may also be used within zle widgets.
-k [ num ]
Read only one (or num) characters. All are assigned to
the first name, without word splitting. This flag is ig-
nored when -q is present. Input is read from the terminal
unless one of -u or -p is present. This option may also
be used within zle widgets.
Note that despite the mnemonic `key' this option does read
full characters, which may consist of multiple bytes if
the option MULTIBYTE is set.
-z Read one entry from the editor buffer stack and assign it
to the first name, without word splitting. Text is pushed
onto the stack with `print -z' or with push-line from the
line editor (see zshzle(1)). This flag is ignored when
the -k or -q flags are present.
-e
-E The input read is printed (echoed) to the standard output.
If the -e flag is used, no input is assigned to the para-
meters.
-A The first name is taken as the name of an array and all
words are assigned to it.
-c
-l These flags are allowed only if called inside a function
used for completion (specified with the -K flag to com-
pctl). If the -c flag is given, the words of the current
command are read. If the -l flag is given, the whole line
is assigned as a scalar. If both flags are present, -l is
used and -c is ignored.
-n Together with -c, the number of the word the cursor is on
is read. With -l, the index of the character the cursor
is on is read. Note that the command name is word number
1, not word 0, and that when the cursor is at the end of
the line, its character index is the length of the line
plus one.
-u n Input is read from file descriptor n.
-p Input is read from the coprocess.
-d delim
Input is terminated by the first character of delim in-
stead of by newline.
-t [ num ]
Test if input is available before attempting to read. If
num is present, it must begin with a digit and will be
evaluated to give a number of seconds, which may be a
floating point number; in this case the read times out if
input is not available within this time. If num is not
present, it is taken to be zero, so that read returns im-
mediately if no input is available. If no input is avail-
able, return status 1 and do not set any variables.
This option is not available when reading from the editor
buffer with -z, when called from within completion with -c
or -l, with -q which clears the input queue before read-
ing, or within zle where other mechanisms should be used
to test for input.
Note that read does not attempt to alter the input pro-
cessing mode. The default mode is canonical input, in
which an entire line is read at a time, so usually `read
-t' will not read anything until an entire line has been
typed. However, when reading from the terminal with -k
input is processed one key at a time; in this case, only
availability of the first character is tested, so that
e.g. `read -t -k 2' can still block on the second charac-
ter. Use two instances of `read -t -k' if this is not
what is wanted.
If the first argument contains a `?', the remainder of this word
is used as a prompt on standard error when the shell is interac-
tive.
The value (exit status) of read is 1 when an end-of-file is en-
countered, or when -c or -l is present and the command is not
called from a compctl function, or as described for -q. Other-
wise the value is 0.
The behavior of some combinations of the -k, -p, -q, -u and -z
flags is undefined. Presently -q cancels all the others, -p can-
cels -u, -k cancels -z, and otherwise -z cancels both -p and -u.
The -c or -l flags cancel any and all of -kpquz.
readonly
Same as typeset -r. With the POSIX_BUILTINS option set, same as
typeset -gr.
rehash Same as hash -r.
return [ n ]
Causes a shell function or `.' script to return to the invoking
script with the return status specified by an arithmetic expres-
sion n. For example, the following prints `42':
() { integer foo=40; return "foo + 2" }
echo $?
If n is omitted, the return status is that of the last command
executed.
If return was executed from a trap in a TRAPNAL function, the ef-
fect is different for zero and non-zero return status. With zero
status (or after an implicit return at the end of the trap), the
shell will return to whatever it was previously processing; with
a non-zero status, the shell will behave as interrupted except
that the return status of the trap is retained. Note that the
numeric value of the signal which caused the trap is passed as
the first argument, so the statement `return "128+$1"' will re-
turn the same status as if the signal had not been trapped.
sched See the section `The zsh/sched Module' in zshmodules(1).
set [ {+|-}options | {+|-}o [ option_name ] ] ... [ {+|-}A [ name ] ]
[ arg ... ]
Set the options for the shell and/or set the positional parame-
ters, or declare and set an array. If the -s option is given, it
causes the specified arguments to be sorted before assigning them
to the positional parameters (or to the array name if -A is
used). With +s sort arguments in descending order. For the
meaning of the other flags, see zshoptions(1). Flags may be
specified by name using the -o option. If no option name is sup-
plied with -o, the current option states are printed: see the
description of setopt below for more information on the format.
With +o they are printed in a form that can be used as input to
the shell.
If the -A flag is specified, name is set to an array containing
the given args; if no name is specified, all arrays are printed
together with their values.
If +A is used and name is an array, the given arguments will re-
place the initial elements of that array; if no name is speci-
fied, all arrays are printed without their values.
The behaviour of arguments after -A name or +A name depends on
whether the option KSH_ARRAYS is set. If it is not set, all ar-
guments following name are treated as values for the array, re-
gardless of their form. If the option is set, normal option pro-
cessing continues at that point; only regular arguments are
treated as values for the array. This means that
set -A array -x -- foo
sets array to `-x -- foo' if KSH_ARRAYS is not set, but sets the
array to foo and turns on the option `-x' if it is set.
If the -A flag is not present, but there are arguments beyond the
options, the positional parameters are set. If the option list
(if any) is terminated by `--', and there are no further argu-
ments, the positional parameters will be unset.
If no arguments and no `--' are given, then the names and values
of all parameters are printed on the standard output. If the
only argument is `+', the names of all parameters are printed.
For historical reasons, `set -' is treated as `set +xv' and `set
- args' as `set +xv -- args' when in any other emulation mode
than zsh's native mode.
setcap See the section `The zsh/cap Module' in zshmodules(1).
setopt [ {+|-}options | {+|-}o option_name ] [ -m ] [ name ... ]
Set the options for the shell. All options specified either with
flags or by name are set.
If no arguments are supplied, the names of all options currently
set are printed. The form is chosen so as to minimize the dif-
ferences from the default options for the current emulation (the
default emulation being native zsh, shown as <Z> in zshop-
tions(1)). Options that are on by default for the emulation are
shown with the prefix no only if they are off, while other op-
tions are shown without the prefix no and only if they are on.
In addition to options changed from the default state by the
user, any options activated automatically by the shell (for exam-
ple, SHIN_STDIN or INTERACTIVE) will be shown in the list. The
format is further modified by the option KSH_OPTION_PRINT, how-
ever the rationale for choosing options with or without the no
prefix remains the same in this case.
If the -m flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns
(which should be quoted to protect them from filename expansion),
and all options with names matching these patterns are set.
Note that a bad option name does not cause execution of subse-
quent shell code to be aborted; this is behaviour is different
from that of `set -o'. This is because set is regarded as a spe-
cial builtin by the POSIX standard, but setopt is not.
shift [ -p ] [ n ] [ name ... ]
The positional parameters ${n+1} ... are renamed to $1 ..., where
n is an arithmetic expression that defaults to 1. If any names
are given then the arrays with these names are shifted instead of
the positional parameters.
If the option -p is given arguments are instead removed (popped)
from the end rather than the start of the array.
source file [ arg ... ]
Same as `.', except that the current directory is always searched
and is always searched first, before directories in $path.
stat See the section `The zsh/stat Module' in zshmodules(1).
suspend [ -f ]
Suspend the execution of the shell (send it a SIGTSTP) until it
receives a SIGCONT. Unless the -f option is given, this will
refuse to suspend a login shell.
test [ arg ... ]
[ [ arg ... ] ]
Like the system version of test. Added for compatibility; use
conditional expressions instead (see the section `Conditional Ex-
pressions'). The main differences between the conditional ex-
pression syntax and the test and [ builtins are: these commands
are not handled syntactically, so for example an empty variable
expansion may cause an argument to be omitted; syntax errors
cause status 2 to be returned instead of a shell error; and
arithmetic operators expect integer arguments rather than arith-
metic expressions.
The command attempts to implement POSIX and its extensions where
these are specified. Unfortunately there are intrinsic ambigui-
ties in the syntax; in particular there is no distinction between
test operators and strings that resemble them. The standard at-
tempts to resolve these for small numbers of arguments (up to
four); for five or more arguments compatibility cannot be relied
on. Users are urged wherever possible to use the `[[' test syn-
tax which does not have these ambiguities.
times Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and for
processes run from the shell.
trap [ arg ] [ sig ... ]
arg is a series of commands (usually quoted to protect it from
immediate evaluation by the shell) to be read and executed when
the shell receives any of the signals specified by one or more
sig args. Each sig can be given as a number, or as the name of a
signal either with or without the string SIG in front (e.g. 1,
HUP, and SIGHUP are all the same signal).
If arg is `-', then the specified signals are reset to their de-
faults, or, if no sig args are present, all traps are reset.
If arg is an empty string, then the specified signals are ignored
by the shell (and by the commands it invokes).
If arg is omitted but one or more sig args are provided (i.e.
the first argument is a valid signal number or name), the effect
is the same as if arg had been specified as `-'.
The trap command with no arguments prints a list of commands as-
sociated with each signal.
If sig is ZERR then arg will be executed after each command with
a nonzero exit status. ERR is an alias for ZERR on systems that
have no SIGERR signal (this is the usual case).
If sig is DEBUG then arg will be executed before each command if
the option DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set (as it is by default), else
after each command. Here, a `command' is what is described as a
`sublist' in the shell grammar, see the section SIMPLE COMMANDS &
PIPELINES in zshmisc(1). If DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set various ad-
ditional features are available. First, it is possible to skip
the next command by setting the option ERR_EXIT; see the descrip-
tion of the ERR_EXIT option in zshoptions(1). Also, the shell
parameter ZSH_DEBUG_CMD is set to the string corresponding to the
command to be executed following the trap. Note that this string
is reconstructed from the internal format and may not be format-
ted the same way as the original text. The parameter is unset
after the trap is executed.
If sig is 0 or EXIT and the trap statement is executed inside the
body of a function, then the command arg is executed after the
function completes. The value of $? at the start of execution is
the exit status of the shell or the return status of the function
exiting. If sig is 0 or EXIT and the trap statement is not exe-
cuted inside the body of a function, then the command arg is exe-
cuted when the shell terminates; the trap runs before any zshexit
hook functions.
ZERR, DEBUG, and EXIT traps are not executed inside other traps.
ZERR and DEBUG traps are kept within subshells, while other traps
are reset.
Note that traps defined with the trap builtin are slightly dif-
ferent from those defined as `TRAPNAL () { ... }', as the latter
have their own function environment (line numbers, local vari-
ables, etc.) while the former use the environment of the command
in which they were called. For example,
trap 'print $LINENO' DEBUG
will print the line number of a command executed after it has
run, while
TRAPDEBUG() { print $LINENO; }
will always print the number zero.
Alternative signal names are allowed as described under kill
above. Defining a trap under either name causes any trap under
an alternative name to be removed. However, it is recommended
that for consistency users stick exclusively to one name or an-
other.
true [ arg ... ]
Do nothing and return an exit status of 0.
ttyctl [ -fu ]
The -f option freezes the tty (i.e. terminal or terminal emula-
tor), and -u unfreezes it. When the tty is frozen, no changes
made to the tty settings by external programs will be honored by
the shell, except for changes in the size of the screen; the
shell will simply reset the settings to their previous values as
soon as each command exits or is suspended. Thus, stty and simi-
lar programs have no effect when the tty is frozen. Freezing the
tty does not cause the current state to be remembered: instead,
it causes future changes to the state to be blocked.
Without options it reports whether the terminal is frozen or not.
Note that, regardless of whether the tty is frozen or not, the
shell needs to change the settings when the line editor starts,
so unfreezing the tty does not guarantee settings made on the
command line are preserved. Strings of commands run between
editing the command line will see a consistent tty state. See
also the shell variable STTY for a means of initialising the tty
before running external commands and/or freezing the tty around a
single command.
type [ -wfpamsS ] name ...
Equivalent to whence -v.
typeset [ {+|-}AHUaghlmrtux ] [ {+|-}EFLRZip [ n ] ]
[ + ] [ name[=value] ... ]
typeset -T [ {+|-}Uglrux ] [ {+|-}LRZp [ n ] ]
[ + | SCALAR[=value] array[=(value ...)] [ sep ] ]
typeset -f [ {+|-}TUkmtuz ] [ + ] [ name ... ]
Set or display attributes and values for shell parameters.
Except as noted below for control flags that change the behavior,
a parameter is created for each name that does not already refer
to one. When inside a function, a new parameter is created for
every name (even those that already exist), and is unset again
when the function completes. See `Local Parameters' in zsh-
param(1). The same rules apply to special shell parameters,
which retain their special attributes when made local.
For each name=value assignment, the parameter name is set to
value. If the assignment is omitted and name does not refer to
an existing parameter, a new parameter is initialized to empty
string, zero, or empty array (as appropriate), unless the shell
option TYPESET_TO_UNSET is set. When that option is set, the pa-
rameter attributes are recorded but the parameter remains unset.
If the shell option TYPESET_SILENT is not set, for each remaining
name that refers to a parameter that is already set, the name and
value of the parameter are printed in the form of an assignment.
Nothing is printed for newly-created parameters, or when any at-
tribute flags listed below are given along with the name. Using
`+' instead of minus to introduce an attribute turns it off.
If no name is present, the names and values of all parameters are
printed. In this case the attribute flags restrict the display
to only those parameters that have the specified attributes, and
using `+' rather than `-' to introduce the flag suppresses print-
ing of the values of parameters when there is no parameter name.
All forms of the command handle scalar assignment. Array assign-
ment is possible if any of the reserved words declare, export,
float, integer, local, readonly or typeset is matched when the
line is parsed (N.B. not when it is executed). In this case the
arguments are parsed as assignments, except that the `+=' syntax
and the GLOB_ASSIGN option are not supported, and scalar values
after = are not split further into words, even if expanded (re-
gardless of the setting of the KSH_TYPESET option; this option is
obsolete).
Examples of the differences between command and reserved word
parsing:
# Reserved word parsing
typeset svar=$(echo one word) avar=(several words)
The above creates a scalar parameter svar and an array parameter
avar as if the assignments had been
svar="one word"
avar=(several words)
On the other hand:
# Normal builtin interface
builtin typeset svar=$(echo two words)
The builtin keyword causes the above to use the standard builtin
interface to typeset in which argument parsing is performed in
the same way as for other commands. This example creates a
scalar svar containing the value two and another scalar parameter
words with no value. An array value in this case would either
cause an error or be treated as an obscure set of glob quali-
fiers.
Arbitrary arguments are allowed if they take the form of assign-
ments after command line expansion; however, these only perform
scalar assignment:
var='svar=val'
typeset $var
The above sets the scalar parameter svar to the value val.
Parentheses around the value within var would not cause array as-
signment as they will be treated as ordinary characters when $var
is substituted. Any non-trivial expansion in the name part of
the assignment causes the argument to be treated in this fashion:
typeset {var1,var2,var3}=name
The above syntax is valid, and has the expected effect of setting
the three parameters to the same value, but the command line is
parsed as a set of three normal command line arguments to typeset
after expansion. Hence it is not possible to assign to multiple
arrays by this means.
Note that each interface to any of the commands may be disabled
separately. For example, `disable -r typeset' disables the re-
served word interface to typeset, exposing the builtin interface,
while `disable typeset' disables the builtin. Note that dis-
abling the reserved word interface for typeset may cause problems
with the output of `typeset -p', which assumes the reserved word
interface is available in order to restore array and associative
array values.
Unlike parameter assignment statements, typeset's exit status on
an assignment that involves a command substitution does not re-
flect the exit status of the command substitution. Therefore, to
test for an error in a command substitution, separate the decla-
ration of the parameter from its initialization:
# WRONG
typeset var1=$(exit 1) || echo "Trouble with var1"
# RIGHT
typeset var1 && var1=$(exit 1) || echo "Trouble with var1"
To initialize a parameter param to a command output and mark it
readonly, use typeset -r param or readonly param after the para-
meter assignment statement.
If no attribute flags are given, and either no name arguments are
present or the flag +m is used, then each parameter name printed
is preceded by a list of the attributes of that parameter (array,
association, exported, float, integer, readonly, or undefined for
autoloaded parameters not yet loaded). If +m is used with at-
tribute flags, and all those flags are introduced with +, the
matching parameter names are printed but their values are not.
The following control flags change the behavior of typeset:
+ If `+' appears by itself in a separate word as the last
option, then the names of all parameters (functions with
-f) are printed, but the values (function bodies) are not.
No name arguments may appear, and it is an error for any
other options to follow `+'. The effect of `+' is as if
all attribute flags which precede it were given with a `+'
prefix. For example, `typeset -U +' is equivalent to
`typeset +U' and displays the names of all arrays having
the uniqueness attribute, whereas `typeset -f -U +' dis-
plays the names of all autoloadable functions. If + is
the only option, then type information (array, readonly,
etc.) is also printed for each parameter, in the same man-
ner as `typeset +m "*"'.
-g The -g (global) means that any resulting parameter will
not be restricted to local scope. Note that this does not
necessarily mean that the parameter will be global, as the
flag will apply to any existing parameter (even if unset)
from an enclosing function. This flag does not affect the
parameter after creation, hence it has no effect when
listing existing parameters, nor does the flag +g have any
effect except in combination with -m (see below).
-m If the -m flag is given the name arguments are taken as
patterns (use quoting to prevent these from being inter-
preted as file patterns). With no attribute flags, all
parameters (or functions with the -f flag) with matching
names are printed (the shell option TYPESET_SILENT is not
used in this case).
If the +g flag is combined with -m, a new local parameter
is created for every matching parameter that is not al-
ready local. Otherwise -m applies all other flags or as-
signments to the existing parameters.
Except when assignments are made with name=value, using +m
forces the matching parameters and their attributes to be
printed, even inside a function. Note that -m is ignored
if no patterns are given, so `typeset -m' displays attrib-
utes but `typeset -a +m' does not.
-p [ n ]
If the -p option is given, parameters and values are
printed in the form of a typeset command with an assign-
ment, regardless of other flags and options. Note that
the -H flag on parameters is respected; no value will be
shown for these parameters.
-p may be followed by an optional integer argument. Cur-
rently only the value 1 is supported. In this case arrays
and associative arrays are printed with newlines between
indented elements for readability.
-T [ scalar[=value] array[=(value ...)] [ sep ] ]
This flag has a different meaning when used with -f; see
below. Otherwise the -T option requires zero, two, or
three arguments to be present. With no arguments, the
list of parameters created in this fashion is shown. With
two or three arguments, the first two are the name of a
scalar and of an array parameter (in that order) that will
be tied together in the manner of $PATH and $path. The
optional third argument is a single-character separator
which will be used to join the elements of the array to
form the scalar; if absent, a colon is used, as with
$PATH. Only the first character of the separator is sig-
nificant; any remaining characters are ignored. Multibyte
characters are not yet supported.
Only one of the scalar and array parameters may be as-
signed an initial value (the restrictions on assignment
forms described above also apply).
Both the scalar and the array may be manipulated as nor-
mal. If one is unset, the other will automatically be un-
set too. There is no way of untying the variables without
unsetting them, nor of converting the type of one of them
with another typeset command; +T does not work, assigning
an array to scalar is an error, and assigning a scalar to
array sets it to be a single-element array.
Note that both `typeset -xT ...' and `export -T ...'
work, but only the scalar will be marked for export. Set-
ting the value using the scalar version causes a split on
all separators (which cannot be quoted). It is possible
to apply -T to two previously tied variables but with a
different separator character, in which case the variables
remain joined as before but the separator is changed.
When an existing scalar is tied to a new array, the value
of the scalar is preserved but no attribute other than ex-
port will be preserved.
Attribute flags that transform the final value (-L, -R, -Z, -l,
-u) are only applied to the expanded value at the point of a pa-
rameter expansion expression using `$'. They are not applied
when a parameter is retrieved internally by the shell for any
purpose.
The following attribute flags may be specified:
-A The names refer to associative array parameters; see `Ar-
ray Parameters' in zshparam(1).
-L [ n ]
Left justify and remove leading blanks from the value when
the parameter is expanded. If n is nonzero, it defines
the width of the field. If n is zero, the width is deter-
mined by the width of the value of the first assignment.
In the case of numeric parameters, the length of the com-
plete value assigned to the parameter is used to determine
the width, not the value that would be output.
The width is the count of characters, which may be multi-
byte characters if the MULTIBYTE option is in effect.
Note that the screen width of the character is not taken
into account; if this is required, use padding with para-
meter expansion flags ${(ml...)...} as described in `Para-
meter Expansion Flags' in zshexpn(1).
When the parameter is expanded, it is filled on the right
with blanks or truncated if necessary to fit the field.
Note truncation can lead to unexpected results with nu-
meric parameters. Leading zeros are removed if the -Z
flag is also set.
-R [ n ]
Similar to -L, except that right justification is used;
when the parameter is expanded, the field is left filled
with blanks or truncated from the end. May not be com-
bined with the -Z flag.
-U For arrays (but not for associative arrays), keep only the
first occurrence of each duplicated value. This may also
be set for tied parameters (see -T) or colon-separated
special parameters like PATH or FIGNORE, etc. Note the
flag takes effect on assignment, and the type of the vari-
able being assigned to is determinative; for variables
with shared values it is therefore recommended to set the
flag for all interfaces, e.g. `typeset -U PATH path'.
This flag has a different meaning when used with -f; see
below.
-Z [ n ]
Specially handled if set along with the -L flag. Other-
wise, similar to -R, except that leading zeros are used
for padding instead of blanks if the first non-blank char-
acter is a digit. Numeric parameters are specially han-
dled: they are always eligible for padding with zeroes,
and the zeroes are inserted at an appropriate place in the
output.
-a The names refer to array parameters. An array parameter
may be created this way, but it may be assigned to in the
typeset statement only if the reserved word form of type-
set is enabled (as it is by default). When displaying,
both normal and associative arrays are shown.
-f The names refer to functions rather than parameters. No
assignments can be made, and the only other valid flags
are -t, -T, -k, -u, -U and -z. The flag -t turns on exe-
cution tracing for this function; the flag -T does the
same, but turns off tracing for any named (not anonymous)
function called from the present one, unless that function
also has the -t or -T flag. The -u and -U flags cause the
function to be marked for autoloading; -U also causes
alias expansion to be suppressed when the function is
loaded. See the description of the `autoload' builtin for
details.
Note that the builtin functions provides the same basic
capabilities as typeset -f but gives access to a few extra
options; autoload gives further additional options for the
case typeset -fu and typeset -fU.
-h Hide: only useful for special parameters (those marked
`<S>' in the table in zshparam(1)), and for local parame-
ters with the same name as a special parameter, though
harmless for others. A special parameter with this at-
tribute will not retain its special effect when made lo-
cal. Thus after `typeset -h PATH', a function containing
`typeset PATH' will create an ordinary local parameter
without the usual behaviour of PATH. Alternatively, the
local parameter may itself be given this attribute; hence
inside a function `typeset -h PATH' creates an ordinary
local parameter and the special PATH parameter is not al-
tered in any way. It is also possible to create a local
parameter using `typeset +h special', where the local copy
of special will retain its special properties regardless
of having the -h attribute. Global special parameters
loaded from shell modules (currently those in zsh/mapfile
and zsh/parameter) are automatically given the -h at-
tribute to avoid name clashes.
-H Hide value: specifies that typeset will not display the
value of the parameter when listing parameters; the dis-
play for such parameters is always as if the `+' flag had
been given. Use of the parameter is in other respects
normal, and the option does not apply if the parameter is
specified by name, or by pattern with the -m option. This
is on by default for the parameters in the zsh/parameter
and zsh/mapfile modules. Note, however, that unlike the
-h flag this is also useful for non-special parameters.
-i [ n ]
Use an internal integer representation. If n is nonzero
it defines the output arithmetic base, otherwise it is de-
termined by the first assignment. Bases from 2 to 36 in-
clusive are allowed.
-E [ n ]
Use an internal double-precision floating point represen-
tation. On output the variable will be converted to sci-
entific notation. If n is nonzero it defines the number
of significant figures to display; the default is ten.
-F [ n ]
Use an internal double-precision floating point represen-
tation. On output the variable will be converted to
fixed-point decimal notation. If n is nonzero it defines
the number of digits to display after the decimal point;
the default is ten.
-l Convert the result to lower case whenever the parameter is
expanded. The value is not converted when assigned.
-r The given names are marked readonly. Note that if name is
a special parameter, the readonly attribute can be turned
on, but cannot then be turned off.
If the POSIX_BUILTINS option is set, the readonly at-
tribute is more restrictive: unset variables can be marked
readonly and cannot then be set; furthermore, the readonly
attribute cannot be removed from any variable.
It is still possible to change other attributes of the
variable though, some of which like -U or -Z would affect
the value. More generally, the readonly attribute should
not be relied on as a security mechanism.
Note that in zsh (like in pdksh but unlike most other
shells) it is still possible to create a local variable of
the same name as this is considered a different variable
(though this variable, too, can be marked readonly). Spe-
cial variables that have been made readonly retain their
value and readonly attribute when made local.
-t Tags the named parameters. Tags have no special meaning
to the shell. This flag has a different meaning when used
with -f; see above.
-u Convert the result to upper case whenever the parameter is
expanded. The value is not converted when assigned. This
flag has a different meaning when used with -f; see above.
-x Mark for automatic export to the environment of subse-
quently executed commands. If the option GLOBAL_EXPORT is
set, this implies the option -g, unless +g is also explic-
itly given; in other words the parameter is not made local
to the enclosing function. This is for compatibility with
previous versions of zsh.
ulimit [ -HSa ] [ { -bcdfiklmnpqrsTtvwx | -N resource } [ limit ] ... ]
Set or display resource limits of the shell and the processes
started by the shell. The value of limit can be a number in the
unit specified below or one of the values `unlimited', which re-
moves the limit on the resource, or `hard', which uses the cur-
rent value of the hard limit on the resource.
By default, only soft limits are manipulated. If the -H flag is
given use hard limits instead of soft limits. If the -S flag is
given together with the -H flag set both hard and soft limits.
If no options are used, the file size limit (-f) is assumed.
If limit is omitted the current value of the specified resources
are printed. When more than one resource value is printed, the
limit name and unit is printed before each value.
When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort imme-
diately if it detects a badly formed argument. However, if it
fails to set a limit for some other reason it will continue try-
ing to set the remaining limits.
Not all the following resources are supported on all systems.
Running ulimit -a will show which are supported.
-a Lists all of the current resource limits.
-b Socket buffer size in bytes (N.B. not kilobytes)
-c 512-byte blocks on the size of core dumps.
-d Kilobytes on the size of the data segment.
-f 512-byte blocks on the size of files written.
-i The number of pending signals.
-k The number of kqueues allocated.
-l Kilobytes on the size of locked-in memory.
-m Kilobytes on the size of physical memory.
-n open file descriptors.
-p The number of pseudo-terminals.
-q Bytes in POSIX message queues.
-r Maximum real time priority. On some systems where this is
not available, such as NetBSD, this has the same effect as
-T for compatibility with sh.
-s Kilobytes on the size of the stack.
-T The number of simultaneous threads available to the user.
-t CPU seconds to be used.
-u The number of processes available to the user.
-v Kilobytes on the size of virtual memory. On some systems
this refers to the limit called `address space'.
-w Kilobytes on the size of swapped out memory.
-x The number of locks on files.
A resource may also be specified by integer in the form `-N re-
source', where resource corresponds to the integer defined for
the resource by the operating system. This may be used to set
the limits for resources known to the shell which do not corre-
spond to option letters. Such limits will be shown by number in
the output of `ulimit -a'.
The number may alternatively be out of the range of limits com-
piled into the shell. The shell will try to read or write the
limit anyway, and will report an error if this fails.
umask [ -S ] [ mask ]
The umask is set to mask. mask can be either an octal number or
a symbolic value as described in the chmod(1) man page. If mask
is omitted, the current value is printed. The -S option causes
the mask to be printed as a symbolic value. Otherwise, the mask
is printed as an octal number. Note that in the symbolic form
the permissions you specify are those which are to be allowed
(not denied) to the users specified.
unalias [ -ams ] name ...
Removes aliases. This command works the same as unhash -a, ex-
cept that the -a option removes all regular or global aliases, or
with -s all suffix aliases: in this case no name arguments may
appear. The options -m (remove by pattern) and -s without -a
(remove listed suffix aliases) behave as for unhash -a. Note
that the meaning of -a is different between unalias and unhash.
unfunction
Same as unhash -f.
unhash [ -adfms ] name ...
Remove the element named name from an internal hash table. The
default is remove elements from the command hash table. The -a
option causes unhash to remove regular or global aliases; note
when removing a global aliases that the argument must be quoted
to prevent it from being expanded before being passed to the com-
mand. The -s option causes unhash to remove suffix aliases. The
-f option causes unhash to remove shell functions. The -d op-
tions causes unhash to remove named directories. If the -m flag
is given the arguments are taken as patterns (should be quoted)
and all elements of the corresponding hash table with matching
names will be removed.
unlimit [ -hs ] resource ...
The resource limit for each resource is set to the hard limit.
If the -h flag is given and the shell has appropriate privileges,
the hard resource limit for each resource is removed. The re-
sources of the shell process are only changed if the -s flag is
given.
The unlimit command is not made available by default when the
shell starts in a mode emulating another shell. It can be made
available with the command `zmodload -F zsh/rlimits b:unlimit'.
unset [ -fmv ] name ...
Each named parameter is unset. Local parameters remain local
even if unset; they appear unset within scope, but the previous
value will still reappear when the scope ends.
Individual elements of associative array parameters may be unset
by using subscript syntax on name, which should be quoted (or the
entire command prefixed with noglob) to protect the subscript
from filename generation.
If the -m flag is specified the arguments are taken as patterns
(should be quoted) and all parameters with matching names are un-
set. Note that this cannot be used when unsetting associative
array elements, as the subscript will be treated as part of the
pattern.
The -v flag specifies that name refers to parameters. This is the
default behaviour.
unset -f is equivalent to unfunction.
unsetopt [ {+|-}options | {+|-}o option_name ] [ name ... ]
Unset the options for the shell. All options specified either
with flags or by name are unset. If no arguments are supplied,
the names of all options currently unset are printed. If the -m
flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns (which should
be quoted to preserve them from being interpreted as glob pat-
terns), and all options with names matching these patterns are
unset.
vared See the section `Zle Builtins' in zshzle(1).
wait [ job ... ]
Wait for the specified jobs or processes. If job is not given
then all currently active child processes are waited for. Each
job can be either a job specification or the process ID of a job
in the job table. The exit status from this command is that of
the job waited for. If job represents an unknown job or process
ID, a warning is printed (unless the POSIX_BUILTINS option is
set) and the exit status is 127.
It is possible to wait for recent processes (specified by process
ID, not by job) that were running in the background even if the
process has exited. Typically the process ID will be recorded by
capturing the value of the variable $! immediately after the
process has been started. There is a limit on the number of
process IDs remembered by the shell; this is given by the value
of the system configuration parameter CHILD_MAX. When this limit
is reached, older process IDs are discarded, least recently
started processes first.
Note there is no protection against the process ID wrapping, i.e.
if the wait is not executed soon enough there is a chance the
process waited for is the wrong one. A conflict implies both
process IDs have been generated by the shell, as other processes
are not recorded, and that the user is potentially interested in
both, so this problem is intrinsic to process IDs.
whence [ -vcwfpamsS ] [ -x num ] name ...
For each name, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a
command name.
If name is not an alias, built-in command, external command,
shell function, hashed command, or a reserved word, the exit sta-
tus shall be non-zero, and -- if -v, -c, or -w was passed -- a
message will be written to standard output. (This is different
from other shells that write that message to standard error.)
whence is most useful when name is only the last path component
of a command, i.e. does not include a `/'; in particular, pattern
matching only succeeds if just the non-directory component of the
command is passed.
-v Produce a more verbose report.
-c Print the results in a csh-like format. This takes prece-
dence over -v.
-w For each name, print `name: word' where word is one of
alias, builtin, command, function, hashed, reserved or
none, according as name corresponds to an alias, a
built-in command, an external command, a shell function, a
command defined with the hash builtin, a reserved word, or
is not recognised. This takes precedence over -v and -c.
-f Causes the contents of a shell function to be displayed,
which would otherwise not happen unless the -c flag were
used.
-p Do a path search for name even if it is an alias, reserved
word, shell function or builtin.
-a Do a search for all occurrences of name throughout the
command path. Normally only the first occurrence is
printed.
-m The arguments are taken as patterns (pattern characters
should be quoted), and the information is displayed for
each command matching one of these patterns.
-s If a pathname contains symlinks, print the symlink-free
pathname as well.
-S As -s, but if the pathname had to be resolved by following
multiple symlinks, the intermediate steps are printed,
too. The symlink resolved at each step might be anywhere
in the path.
-x num Expand tabs when outputting shell functions using the -c
option. This has the same effect as the -x option to the
functions builtin.
where [ -wpmsS ] [ -x num ] name ...
Equivalent to whence -ca.
which [ -wpamsS ] [ -x num ] name ...
Equivalent to whence -c.
zcompile [ -U ] [ -z | -k ] [ -R | -M ] file [ name ... ]
zcompile -ca [ -m ] [ -R | -M ] file [ name ... ]
zcompile -t file [ name ... ]
This builtin command can be used to compile functions or scripts,
storing the compiled form in a file, and to examine files con-
taining the compiled form. This allows faster autoloading of
functions and sourcing of scripts by avoiding parsing of the text
when the files are read.
The first form (without the -c, -a or -t options) creates a com-
piled file. If only the file argument is given, the output file
has the name `file.zwc' and will be placed in the same directory
as the file. The shell will load the compiled file instead of
the normal function file when the function is autoloaded; see the
section `Autoloading Functions' in zshmisc(1) for a description
of how autoloaded functions are searched. The extension .zwc
stands for `zsh word code'.
If there is at least one name argument, all the named files are
compiled into the output file given as the first argument. If
file does not end in .zwc, this extension is automatically ap-
pended. Files containing multiple compiled functions are called
`digest' files, and are intended to be used as elements of the
FPATH/fpath special array.
The second form, with the -c or -a options, writes the compiled
definitions for all the named functions into file. For -c, the
names must be functions currently defined in the shell, not those
marked for autoloading. Undefined functions that are marked for
autoloading may be written by using the -a option, in which case
the fpath is searched and the contents of the definition files
for those functions, if found, are compiled into file. If both
-c and -a are given, names of both defined functions and func-
tions marked for autoloading may be given. In either case, the
functions in files written with the -c or -a option will be au-
toloaded as if the KSH_AUTOLOAD option were unset.
The reason for handling loaded and not-yet-loaded functions with
different options is that some definition files for autoloading
define multiple functions, including the function with the same
name as the file, and, at the end, call that function. In such
cases the output of `zcompile -c' does not include the additional
functions defined in the file, and any other initialization code
in the file is lost. Using `zcompile -a' captures all this extra
information.
If the -m option is combined with -c or -a, the names are used as
patterns and all functions whose names match one of these pat-
terns will be written. If no name is given, the definitions of
all functions currently defined or marked as autoloaded will be
written.
Note the second form cannot be used for compiling functions that
include redirections as part of the definition rather than within
the body of the function; for example
fn1() { { ... } >~/logfile }
can be compiled but
fn1() { ... } >~/logfile
cannot. It is possible to use the first form of zcompile to com-
pile autoloadable functions that include the full function defin-
ition instead of just the body of the function.
The third form, with the -t option, examines an existing compiled
file. Without further arguments, the names of the original files
compiled into it are listed. The first line of output shows the
version of the shell which compiled the file and how the file
will be used (i.e. by reading it directly or by mapping it into
memory). With arguments, nothing is output and the return status
is set to zero if definitions for all names were found in the
compiled file, and non-zero if the definition for at least one
name was not found.
Other options:
-U Aliases are not expanded when compiling the named files.
-R When the compiled file is read, its contents are copied
into the shell's memory, rather than memory-mapped (see
-M). This happens automatically on systems that do not
support memory mapping.
When compiling scripts instead of autoloadable functions,
it is often desirable to use this option; otherwise the
whole file, including the code to define functions which
have already been defined, will remain mapped, conse-
quently wasting memory.
-M The compiled file is mapped into the shell's memory when
read. This is done in such a way that multiple instances
of the shell running on the same host will share this
mapped file. If neither -R nor -M is given, the zcompile
builtin decides what to do based on the size of the com-
piled file.
-k
-z These options are used when the compiled file contains
functions which are to be autoloaded. If -z is given, the
function will be autoloaded as if the KSH_AUTOLOAD option
is not set, even if it is set at the time the compiled
file is read, while if the -k is given, the function will
be loaded as if KSH_AUTOLOAD is set. These options also
take precedence over any -k or -z options specified to the
autoload builtin. If neither of these options is given,
the function will be loaded as determined by the setting
of the KSH_AUTOLOAD option at the time the compiled file
is read.
These options may also appear as many times as necessary
between the listed names to specify the loading style of
all following functions, up to the next -k or -z.
The created file always contains two versions of the com-
piled format, one for big-endian machines and one for
small-endian machines. The upshot of this is that the
compiled file is machine independent and if it is read or
mapped, only one half of the file is actually used (and
mapped).
zformat
See the section `The zsh/zutil Module' in zshmodules(1).
zftp See the section `The zsh/zftp Module' in zshmodules(1).
zle See the section `Zle Builtins' in zshzle(1).
zmodload [ -dL ] [ -s ] [ ... ]
zmodload -F [ -alLme -P param ] module [ [+-]feature ... ]
zmodload -e [ -A ] [ ... ]
zmodload [ -a [ -bcpf [ -I ] ] ] [ -iL ] ...
zmodload -u [ -abcdpf [ -I ] ] [ -iL ] ...
zmodload -A [ -L ] [ modalias[=module] ... ]
zmodload -R modalias ...
Performs operations relating to zsh's loadable modules. Loading
of modules while the shell is running (`dynamical loading') is
not available on all operating systems, or on all installations
on a particular operating system, although the zmodload command
itself is always available and can be used to manipulate modules
built into versions of the shell executable without dynamical
loading.
Without arguments the names of all currently loaded binary mod-
ules are printed. The -L option causes this list to be in the
form of a series of zmodload commands. Forms with arguments are:
zmodload [ -is ] name ...
zmodload -u [ -i ] name ...
In the simplest case, zmodload loads a binary module. The
module must be in a file with a name consisting of the
specified name followed by a standard suffix, usually
`.so' (`.sl' on HPUX). If the module to be loaded is al-
ready loaded the duplicate module is ignored. If zmodload
detects an inconsistency, such as an invalid module name
or circular dependency list, the current code block is
aborted. If it is available, the module is loaded if nec-
essary, while if it is not available, non-zero status is
silently returned. The option -i is accepted for compati-
bility but has no effect.
The named module is searched for in the same way a command
is, using $module_path instead of $path. However, the
path search is performed even when the module name con-
tains a `/', which it usually does. There is no way to
prevent the path search.
If the module supports features (see below), zmodload
tries to enable all features when loading a module. If
the module was successfully loaded but not all features
could be enabled, zmodload returns status 2.
If the option -s is given, no error is printed if the mod-
ule was not available (though other errors indicating a
problem with the module are printed). The return status
indicates if the module was loaded. This is appropriate
if the caller considers the module optional.
With -u, zmodload unloads modules. The same name must be
given that was given when the module was loaded, but it is
not necessary for the module to exist in the file system.
The -i option suppresses the error if the module is al-
ready unloaded (or was never loaded).
Each module has a boot and a cleanup function. The module
will not be loaded if its boot function fails. Similarly
a module can only be unloaded if its cleanup function runs
successfully.
zmodload -F [ -almLe -P param ] module [ [+-]feature ... ]
zmodload -F allows more selective control over the fea-
tures provided by modules. With no options apart from -F,
the module named module is loaded, if it was not already
loaded, and the list of features is set to the required
state. If no features are specified, the module is
loaded, if it was not already loaded, but the state of
features is unchanged. Each feature may be preceded by a
+ to turn the feature on, or - to turn it off; the + is
assumed if neither character is present. Any feature not
explicitly mentioned is left in its current state; if the
module was not previously loaded this means any such fea-
tures will remain disabled. The return status is zero if
all features were set, 1 if the module failed to load, and
2 if some features could not be set (for example, a para-
meter couldn't be added because there was a different pa-
rameter of the same name) but the module was loaded.
The standard features are builtins, conditions, parameters
and math functions; these are indicated by the prefix
`b:', `c:' (`C:' for an infix condition), `p:' and `f:',
respectively, followed by the name that the corresponding
feature would have in the shell. For example, `b:strf-
time' indicates a builtin named strftime and p:EPOCHSEC-
ONDS indicates a parameter named EPOCHSECONDS. The module
may provide other (`abstract') features of its own as in-
dicated by its documentation; these have no prefix.
With -l or -L, features provided by the module are listed.
With -l alone, a list of features together with their
states is shown, one feature per line. With -L alone, a
zmodload -F command that would cause enabled features of
the module to be turned on is shown. With -lL, a zmodload
-F command that would cause all the features to be set to
their current state is shown. If one of these combina-
tions is given with the option -P param then the parameter
param is set to an array of features, either features to-
gether with their state or (if -L alone is given) enabled
features.
With the option -L the module name may be omitted; then a
list of all enabled features for all modules providing
features is printed in the form of zmodload -F commands.
If -l is also given, the state of both enabled and dis-
abled features is output in that form.
A set of features may be provided together with -l or -L
and a module name; in that case only the state of those
features is considered. Each feature may be preceded by +
or - but the character has no effect. If no set of fea-
tures is provided, all features are considered.
With -e, the command first tests that the module is
loaded; if it is not, status 1 is returned. If the module
is loaded, the list of features given as an argument is
examined. Any feature given with no prefix is simply
tested to see if the module provides it; any feature given
with a prefix + or - is tested to see if is provided and
in the given state. If the tests on all features in the
list succeed, status 0 is returned, else status 1.
With -m, each entry in the given list of features is taken
as a pattern to be matched against the list of features
provided by the module. An initial + or - must be given
explicitly. This may not be combined with the -a option
as autoloads must be specified explicitly.
With -a, the given list of features is marked for autoload
from the specified module, which may not yet be loaded.
An optional + may appear before the feature name. If the
feature is prefixed with -, any existing autoload is re-
moved. The options -l and -L may be used to list au-
toloads. Autoloading is specific to individual features;
when the module is loaded only the requested feature is
enabled. Autoload requests are preserved if the module is
subsequently unloaded until an explicit `zmodload -Fa mod-
ule -feature' is issued. It is not an error to request an
autoload for a feature of a module that is already loaded.
When the module is loaded each autoload is checked against
the features actually provided by the module; if the fea-
ture is not provided the autoload request is deleted. A
warning message is output; if the module is being loaded
to provide a different feature, and that autoload is suc-
cessful, there is no effect on the status of the current
command. If the module is already loaded at the time when
zmodload -Fa is run, an error message is printed and sta-
tus 1 returned.
zmodload -Fa can be used with the -l, -L, -e and -P op-
tions for listing and testing the existence of autoload-
able features. In this case -l is ignored if -L is speci-
fied. zmodload -FaL with no module name lists autoloads
for all modules.
Note that only standard features as described above can be
autoloaded; other features require the module to be loaded
before enabling.
zmodload -d [ -L ] [ name ]
zmodload -d name dep ...
zmodload -ud name [ dep ... ]
The -d option can be used to specify module dependencies.
The modules named in the second and subsequent arguments
will be loaded before the module named in the first argu-
ment.
With -d and one argument, all dependencies for that module
are listed. With -d and no arguments, all module depen-
dencies are listed. This listing is by default in a Make-
file-like format. The -L option changes this format to a
list of zmodload -d commands.
If -d and -u are both used, dependencies are removed. If
only one argument is given, all dependencies for that mod-
ule are removed.
zmodload -ab [ -L ]
zmodload -ab [ -i ] name [ builtin ... ]
zmodload -ub [ -i ] builtin ...
The -ab option defines autoloaded builtins. It defines
the specified builtins. When any of those builtins is
called, the module specified in the first argument is
loaded and all its features are enabled (for selective
control of features use `zmodload -F -a' as described
above). If only the name is given, one builtin is de-
fined, with the same name as the module. -i suppresses
the error if the builtin is already defined or autoloaded,
but not if another builtin of the same name is already de-
fined.
With -ab and no arguments, all autoloaded builtins are
listed, with the module name (if different) shown in
parentheses after the builtin name. The -L option changes
this format to a list of zmodload -a commands.
If -b is used together with the -u option, it removes
builtins previously defined with -ab. This is only possi-
ble if the builtin is not yet loaded. -i suppresses the
error if the builtin is already removed (or never ex-
isted).
Autoload requests are retained if the module is subse-
quently unloaded until an explicit `zmodload -ub builtin'
is issued.
zmodload -ac [ -IL ]
zmodload -ac [ -iI ] name [ cond ... ]
zmodload -uc [ -iI ] cond ...
The -ac option is used to define autoloaded condition
codes. The cond strings give the names of the conditions
defined by the module. The optional -I option is used to
define infix condition names. Without this option prefix
condition names are defined.
If given no condition names, all defined names are listed
(as a series of zmodload commands if the -L option is
given).
The -uc option removes definitions for autoloaded condi-
tions.
zmodload -ap [ -L ]
zmodload -ap [ -i ] name [ parameter ... ]
zmodload -up [ -i ] parameter ...
The -p option is like the -b and -c options, but makes
zmodload work on autoloaded parameters instead.
zmodload -af [ -L ]
zmodload -af [ -i ] name [ function ... ]
zmodload -uf [ -i ] function ...
The -f option is like the -b, -p, and -c options, but
makes zmodload work on autoloaded math functions instead.
zmodload -a [ -L ]
zmodload -a [ -i ] name [ builtin ... ]
zmodload -ua [ -i ] builtin ...
Equivalent to -ab and -ub.
zmodload -e [ -A ] [ string ... ]
The -e option without arguments lists all loaded modules;
if the -A option is also given, module aliases correspond-
ing to loaded modules are also shown. If arguments are
provided, nothing is printed; the return status is set to
zero if all strings given as arguments are names of loaded
modules and to one if at least on string is not the name
of a loaded module. This can be used to test for the
availability of things implemented by modules. In this
case, any aliases are automatically resolved and the -A
flag is not used.
zmodload -A [ -L ] [ modalias[=module] ... ]
For each argument, if both modalias and module are given,
define modalias to be an alias for the module module. If
the module modalias is ever subsequently requested, either
via a call to zmodload or implicitly, the shell will at-
tempt to load module instead. If module is not given,
show the definition of modalias. If no arguments are
given, list all defined module aliases. When listing, if
the -L flag was also given, list the definition as a zmod-
load command to recreate the alias.
The existence of aliases for modules is completely inde-
pendent of whether the name resolved is actually loaded as
a module: while the alias exists, loading and unloading
the module under any alias has exactly the same effect as
using the resolved name, and does not affect the connec-
tion between the alias and the resolved name which can be
removed either by zmodload -R or by redefining the alias.
Chains of aliases (i.e. where the first resolved name is
itself an alias) are valid so long as these are not circu-
lar. As the aliases take the same format as module names,
they may include path separators: in this case, there is
no requirement for any part of the path named to exist as
the alias will be resolved first. For example,
`any/old/alias' is always a valid alias.
Dependencies added to aliased modules are actually added
to the resolved module; these remain if the alias is re-
moved. It is valid to create an alias whose name is one
of the standard shell modules and which resolves to a dif-
ferent module. However, if a module has dependencies, it
will not be possible to use the module name as an alias as
the module will already be marked as a loadable module in
its own right.
Apart from the above, aliases can be used in the zmodload
command anywhere module names are required. However,
aliases will not be shown in lists of loaded modules with
a bare `zmodload'.
zmodload -R modalias ...
For each modalias argument that was previously defined as
a module alias via zmodload -A, delete the alias. If any
was not defined, an error is caused and the remainder of
the line is ignored.
Note that zsh makes no distinction between modules that were
linked into the shell and modules that are loaded dynamically. In
both cases this builtin command has to be used to make available
the builtins and other things defined by modules (unless the mod-
ule is autoloaded on these definitions). This is true even for
systems that don't support dynamic loading of modules.
zparseopts
See the section `The zsh/zutil Module' in zshmodules(1).
zprof See the section `The zsh/zprof Module' in zshmodules(1).
zpty See the section `The zsh/zpty Module' in zshmodules(1).
zregexparse
See the section `The zsh/zutil Module' in zshmodules(1).
zsocket
See the section `The zsh/net/socket Module' in zshmodules(1).
zstyle See the section `The zsh/zutil Module' in zshmodules(1).
ztcp See the section `The zsh/net/tcp Module' in zshmodules(1).
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHBUILTINS(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHZLE(1) General Commands Manual ZSHZLE(1)
NAME
zshzle - zsh command line editor
DESCRIPTION
If the ZLE option is set (which it is by default in interactive shells)
and the shell input is attached to the terminal, the user is able to
edit command lines.
There are two display modes. The first, multiline mode, is the default.
It only works if the TERM parameter is set to a valid terminal type that
can move the cursor up. The second, single line mode, is used if TERM
is invalid or incapable of moving the cursor up, or if the SIN-
GLE_LINE_ZLE option is set. This mode is similar to ksh, and uses no
termcap sequences. If TERM is "emacs", the ZLE option will be unset by
default.
The parameters BAUD, COLUMNS, and LINES are also used by the line edi-
tor. See Parameters Used By The Shell in zshparam(1).
The parameter zle_highlight is also used by the line editor; see Charac-
ter Highlighting below. Highlighting of special characters and the re-
gion between the cursor and the mark (as set with set-mark-command in
Emacs mode, or by visual-mode in Vi mode) is enabled by default; consult
this reference for more information. Irascible conservatives will wish
to know that all highlighting may be disabled by the following setting:
zle_highlight=(none)
In many places, references are made to the numeric argument. This can
by default be entered in emacs mode by holding the alt key and typing a
number, or pressing escape before each digit, and in vi command mode by
typing the number before entering a command. Generally the numeric ar-
gument causes the next command entered to be repeated the specified num-
ber of times, unless otherwise noted below; this is implemented by the
digit-argument widget. See also the Arguments subsection of the Widgets
section for some other ways the numeric argument can be modified.
KEYMAPS
A keymap in ZLE contains a set of bindings between key sequences and ZLE
commands. The empty key sequence cannot be bound.
There can be any number of keymaps at any time, and each keymap has one
or more names. If all of a keymap's names are deleted, it disappears.
bindkey can be used to manipulate keymap names.
Initially, there are eight keymaps:
emacs EMACS emulation
viins vi emulation - insert mode
vicmd vi emulation - command mode
viopp vi emulation - operator pending
visual vi emulation - selection active
isearch
incremental search mode
command
read a command name
.safe fallback keymap
The `.safe' keymap is special. It can never be altered, and the name
can never be removed. However, it can be linked to other names, which
can be removed. In the future other special keymaps may be added; users
should avoid using names beginning with `.' for their own keymaps.
In addition to these names, either `emacs' or `viins' is also linked to
the name `main'. If one of the VISUAL or EDITOR environment variables
contain the string `vi' when the shell starts up then it will be `vi-
ins', otherwise it will be `emacs'. bindkey's -e and -v options provide
a convenient way to override this default choice.
When the editor starts up, it will select the `main' keymap. If that
keymap doesn't exist, it will use `.safe' instead.
In the `.safe' keymap, each single key is bound to self-insert, except
for ^J (line feed) and ^M (return) which are bound to accept-line. This
is deliberately not pleasant to use; if you are using it, it means you
deleted the main keymap, and you should put it back.
Reading Commands
When ZLE is reading a command from the terminal, it may read a sequence
that is bound to some command and is also a prefix of a longer bound
string. In this case ZLE will wait a certain time to see if more char-
acters are typed, and if not (or they don't match any longer string) it
will execute the binding. This timeout is defined by the KEYTIMEOUT pa-
rameter; its default is 0.4 sec. There is no timeout if the prefix
string is not itself bound to a command.
The key timeout is also applied when ZLE is reading the bytes from a
multibyte character string when it is in the appropriate mode. (This
requires that the shell was compiled with multibyte mode enabled; typi-
cally also the locale has characters with the UTF-8 encoding, although
any multibyte encoding known to the operating system is supported.) If
the second or a subsequent byte is not read within the timeout period,
the shell acts as if ? were typed and resets the input state.
As well as ZLE commands, key sequences can be bound to other strings, by
using `bindkey -s'. When such a sequence is read, the replacement
string is pushed back as input, and the command reading process starts
again using these fake keystrokes. This input can itself invoke further
replacement strings, but in order to detect loops the process will be
stopped if there are twenty such replacements without a real command be-
ing read.
A key sequence typed by the user can be turned into a command name for
use in user-defined widgets with the read-command widget, described in
the subsection `Miscellaneous' of the section `Standard Widgets' below.
Local Keymaps
While for normal editing a single keymap is used exclusively, in many
modes a local keymap allows for some keys to be customised. For example,
in an incremental search mode, a binding in the isearch keymap will
override a binding in the main keymap but all keys that are not overrid-
den can still be used.
If a key sequence is defined in a local keymap, it will hide a key se-
quence in the global keymap that is a prefix of that sequence. An exam-
ple of this occurs with the binding of iw in viopp as this hides the
binding of i in vicmd. However, a longer sequence in the global keymap
that shares the same prefix can still apply so for example the binding
of ^Xa in the global keymap will be unaffected by the binding of ^Xb in
the local keymap.
ZLE BUILTINS
The ZLE module contains three related builtin commands. The bindkey com-
mand manipulates keymaps and key bindings; the vared command invokes ZLE
on the value of a shell parameter; and the zle command manipulates edit-
ing widgets and allows command line access to ZLE commands from within
shell functions.
bindkey [ options ] -l [ -L ] [ keymap ... ]
bindkey [ options ] -d
bindkey [ options ] -D keymap ...
bindkey [ options ] -A old-keymap new-keymap
bindkey [ options ] -N new-keymap [ old-keymap ]
bindkey [ options ] -m
bindkey [ options ] -r in-string ...
bindkey [ options ] -s in-string out-string ...
bindkey [ options ] in-string command ...
bindkey [ options ] [ in-string ]
bindkey's options can be divided into three categories: keymap
selection for the current command, operation selection, and oth-
ers. The keymap selection options are:
-e Selects keymap `emacs' for any operations by the current
command, and also links `emacs' to `main' so that it is
selected by default the next time the editor starts.
-v Selects keymap `viins' for any operations by the current
command, and also links `viins' to `main' so that it is
selected by default the next time the editor starts.
-a Selects keymap `vicmd' for any operations by the current
command.
-M keymap
The keymap specifies a keymap name that is selected for
any operations by the current command.
If a keymap selection is required and none of the options above
are used, the `main' keymap is used. Some operations do not per-
mit a keymap to be selected, namely:
-l List all existing keymap names; if any arguments are
given, list just those keymaps.
If the -L option is also used, list in the form of bindkey
commands to create or link the keymaps. `bindkey -lL
main' shows which keymap is linked to `main', if any, and
hence if the standard emacs or vi emulation is in effect.
This option does not show the .safe keymap because it can-
not be created in that fashion; however, neither is `bind-
key -lL .safe' reported as an error, it simply outputs
nothing.
-d Delete all existing keymaps and reset to the default
state.
-D keymap ...
Delete the named keymaps.
-A old-keymap new-keymap
Make the new-keymap name an alias for old-keymap, so that
both names refer to the same keymap. The names have equal
standing; if either is deleted, the other remains. If
there is already a keymap with the new-keymap name, it is
deleted.
-N new-keymap [ old-keymap ]
Create a new keymap, named new-keymap. If a keymap al-
ready has that name, it is deleted. If an old-keymap name
is given, the new keymap is initialized to be a duplicate
of it, otherwise the new keymap will be empty.
To use a newly created keymap, it should be linked to main.
Hence the sequence of commands to create and use a new keymap
`mymap' initialized from the emacs keymap (which remains un-
changed) is:
bindkey -N mymap emacs
bindkey -A mymap main
Note that while `bindkey -A newmap main' will work when newmap is
emacs or viins, it will not work for vicmd, as switching from vi
insert to command mode becomes impossible.
The following operations act on the `main' keymap if no keymap
selection option was given:
-m Add the built-in set of meta-key bindings to the selected
keymap. Only keys that are unbound or bound to self-in-
sert are affected.
-r in-string ...
Unbind the specified in-strings in the selected keymap.
This is exactly equivalent to binding the strings to unde-
fined-key.
When -R is also used, interpret the in-strings as ranges.
When -p is also used, the in-strings specify prefixes.
Any binding that has the given in-string as a prefix, not
including the binding for the in-string itself, if any,
will be removed. For example,
bindkey -rpM viins '^['
will remove all bindings in the vi-insert keymap beginning
with an escape character (probably cursor keys), but leave
the binding for the escape character itself (probably
vi-cmd-mode). This is incompatible with the option -R.
-s in-string out-string ...
Bind each in-string to each out-string. When in-string is
typed, out-string will be pushed back and treated as input
to the line editor. When -R is also used, interpret the
in-strings as ranges.
Note that both in-string and out-string are subject to the
same form of interpretation, as described below.
in-string command ...
Bind each in-string to each command. When -R is used, in-
terpret the in-strings as ranges.
[ in-string ]
List key bindings. If an in-string is specified, the
binding of that string in the selected keymap is dis-
played. Otherwise, all key bindings in the selected
keymap are displayed. (As a special case, if the -e or -v
option is used alone, the keymap is not displayed - the
implicit linking of keymaps is the only thing that hap-
pens.)
When the option -p is used, the in-string must be present.
The listing shows all bindings which have the given key
sequence as a prefix, not including any bindings for the
key sequence itself.
When the -L option is used, the list is in the form of
bindkey commands to create the key bindings.
When the -R option is used as noted above, a valid range consists
of two characters, with an optional `-' between them. All char-
acters between the two specified, inclusive, are bound as speci-
fied.
For either in-string or out-string, the following escape se-
quences are recognised:
\a bell character
\b backspace
\e, \E escape
\f form feed
\n linefeed (newline)
\r carriage return
\t horizontal tab
\v vertical tab
\NNN character code in octal
\xNN character code in hexadecimal
\uNNNN unicode character code in hexadecimal
\UNNNNNNNN
unicode character code in hexadecimal
\M[-]X character with meta bit set
\C[-]X control character
^X control character
In all other cases, `\' escapes the following character. Delete
is written as `^?'. Note that `\M^?' and `^\M?' are not the
same, and that (unlike emacs), the bindings `\M-X' and `\eX' are
entirely distinct, although they are initialized to the same
bindings by `bindkey -m'.
vared [ -Aacghe ] [ -p prompt ] [ -r rprompt ]
[ -M main-keymap ] [ -m vicmd-keymap ]
[ -i init-widget ] [ -f finish-widget ]
[ -t tty ] name
The value of the parameter name is loaded into the edit buffer,
and the line editor is invoked. When the editor exits, name is
set to the string value returned by the editor. When the -c flag
is given, the parameter is created if it doesn't already exist.
The -a flag may be given with -c to create an array parameter, or
the -A flag to create an associative array. If the type of an
existing parameter does not match the type to be created, the pa-
rameter is unset and recreated. The -g flag may be given to sup-
press warnings from the WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL and WARN_NESTED_VAR
options.
If an array or array slice is being edited, separator characters
as defined in $IFS will be shown quoted with a backslash, as will
backslashes themselves. Conversely, when the edited text is
split into an array, a backslash quotes an immediately following
separator character or backslash; no other special handling of
backslashes, or any handling of quotes, is performed.
Individual elements of existing array or associative array para-
meters may be edited by using subscript syntax on name. New ele-
ments are created automatically, even without -c.
If the -p flag is given, the following string will be taken as
the prompt to display at the left. If the -r flag is given, the
following string gives the prompt to display at the right. If
the -h flag is specified, the history can be accessed from ZLE.
If the -e flag is given, typing ^D (Control-D) on an empty line
causes vared to exit immediately with a non-zero return value.
The -M option gives a keymap to link to the main keymap during
editing, and the -m option gives a keymap to link to the vicmd
keymap during editing. For vi-style editing, this allows a pair
of keymaps to override viins and vicmd. For emacs-style editing,
only -M is normally needed but the -m option may still be used.
On exit, the previous keymaps will be restored.
Vared calls the usual `zle-line-init' and `zle-line-finish' hooks
before and after it takes control. Using the -i and -f options,
it is possible to replace these with other custom widgets.
If `-t tty' is given, tty is the name of a terminal device to be
used instead of the default /dev/tty. If tty does not refer to a
terminal an error is reported.
zle
zle -l [ -L | -a ] [ string ... ]
zle -D widget ...
zle -A old-widget new-widget
zle -N widget [ function ]
zle -f flag [ flag... ]
zle -C widget completion-widget function
zle -R [ -c ] [ display-string ] [ string ... ]
zle -M string
zle -U string
zle -K keymap
zle -F [ -L | -w ] [ fd [ handler ] ]
zle -I
zle -T [ tc function | -r tc | -L ]
zle widget [ -n num ] [ -f flag ] [ -Nw ] [ -K keymap ] args ...
The zle builtin performs a number of different actions concerning
ZLE.
With no options and no arguments, only the return status will be
set. It is zero if ZLE is currently active and widgets could be
invoked using this builtin command and non-zero otherwise. Note
that even if non-zero status is returned, zle may still be active
as part of the completion system; this does not allow direct
calls to ZLE widgets.
Otherwise, which operation it performs depends on its options:
-l [ -L | -a ] [ string ]
List all existing user-defined widgets. If the -L option
is used, list in the form of zle commands to create the
widgets.
When combined with the -a option, all widget names are
listed, including the builtin ones. In this case the -L
option is ignored.
If at least one string is given, and -a is present or -L
is not used, nothing will be printed. The return status
will be zero if all strings are names of existing widgets
and non-zero if at least one string is not a name of a de-
fined widget. If -a is also present, all widget names are
used for the comparison including builtin widgets, else
only user-defined widgets are used.
If at least one string is present and the -L option is
used, user-defined widgets matching any string are listed
in the form of zle commands to create the widgets.
-D widget ...
Delete the named widgets.
-A old-widget new-widget
Make the new-widget name an alias for old-widget, so that
both names refer to the same widget. The names have equal
standing; if either is deleted, the other remains. If
there is already a widget with the new-widget name, it is
deleted.
-N widget [ function ]
Create a user-defined widget. If there is already a wid-
get with the specified name, it is overwritten. When the
new widget is invoked from within the editor, the speci-
fied shell function is called. If no function name is
specified, it defaults to the same name as the widget.
For further information, see the section `Widgets' below.
-f flag [ flag... ]
Set various flags on the running widget. Possible values
for flag are:
yank for indicating that the widget has yanked text into
the buffer. If the widget is wrapping an existing inter-
nal widget, no further action is necessary, but if it has
inserted the text manually, then it should also take care
to set YANK_START and YANK_END correctly. yankbefore does
the same but is used when the yanked text appears after
the cursor.
kill for indicating that text has been killed into the
cutbuffer. When repeatedly invoking a kill widget, text
is appended to the cutbuffer instead of replacing it, but
when wrapping such widgets, it is necessary to call `zle
-f kill' to retain this effect.
vichange for indicating that the widget represents a vi
change that can be repeated as a whole with `vi-re-
peat-change'. The flag should be set early in the function
before inspecting the value of NUMERIC or invoking other
widgets. This has no effect for a widget invoked from in-
sert mode. If insert mode is active when the widget fin-
ishes, the change extends until next returning to command
mode.
-C widget completion-widget function
Create a user-defined completion widget named widget. The
completion widget will behave like the built-in comple-
tion-widget whose name is given as completion-widget. To
generate the completions, the shell function function will
be called. For further information, see zshcompwid(1).
-R [ -c ] [ display-string ] [ string ... ]
Redisplay the command line. If a display-string is given
and not empty, this is shown in the status line (immedi-
ately below the line being edited).
If the optional strings are given they are listed below
the prompt in the same way as completion lists are
printed. If no strings are given but the -c option is used
such a list is cleared.
Note that immediately after returning from running wid-
gets, the command line will be redisplayed and the strings
displayed will be erased. Therefore, this option is only
useful for widgets that do not exit immediately after us-
ing it.
This command can safely be called outside user defined
widgets; if zle is active, the display will be refreshed,
while if zle is not active, the command has no effect. In
this case there will usually be no other arguments.
The status is zero if zle was active, else one.
-M string
As with the -R option, the string will be displayed below
the command line; unlike the -R option, the string will
not be put into the status line but will instead be
printed normally below the prompt. This means that the
string will still be displayed after the widget returns
(until it is overwritten by subsequent commands).
-U string
This pushes the characters in the string onto the input
stack of ZLE. After the widget currently executed fin-
ishes ZLE will behave as if the characters in the string
were typed by the user.
As ZLE uses a stack, if this option is used repeatedly the
last string pushed onto the stack will be processed first.
However, the characters in each string will be processed
in the order in which they appear in the string.
-K keymap
Selects the keymap named keymap. An error message will be
displayed if there is no such keymap.
This keymap selection affects the interpretation of fol-
lowing keystrokes within this invocation of ZLE. Any fol-
lowing invocation (e.g., the next command line) will start
as usual with the `main' keymap selected.
-F [ -L | -w ] [ fd [ handler ] ]
Only available if your system supports one of the `poll'
or `select' system calls; most modern systems do.
Installs handler (the name of a shell function) to handle
input from file descriptor fd. Installing a handler for
an fd which is already handled causes the existing handler
to be replaced. Any number of handlers for any number of
readable file descriptors may be installed. Note that zle
makes no attempt to check whether this fd is actually
readable when installing the handler. The user must make
their own arrangements for handling the file descriptor
when zle is not active.
When zle is attempting to read data, it will examine both
the terminal and the list of handled fd's. If data be-
comes available on a handled fd, zle calls handler with
the fd which is ready for reading as the first argument.
Under normal circumstances this is the only argument, but
if an error was detected, a second argument provides de-
tails: `hup' for a disconnect, `nval' for a closed or oth-
erwise invalid descriptor, or `err' for any other condi-
tion. Systems that support only the `select' system call
always use `err'.
If the option -w is also given, the handler is instead a
line editor widget, typically a shell function made into a
widget using `zle -N'. In that case handler can use all
the facilities of zle to update the current editing line.
Note, however, that as handling fd takes place at a low
level changes to the display will not automatically ap-
pear; the widget should call `zle -R' to force redisplay.
As of this writing, widget handlers only support a single
argument and thus are never passed a string for error
state, so widgets must be prepared to test the descriptor
themselves.
If either type of handler produces output to the terminal,
it should call `zle -I' before doing so (see below). Han-
dlers should not attempt to read from the terminal.
If no handler is given, but an fd is present, any handler
for that fd is removed. If there is none, an error mes-
sage is printed and status 1 is returned.
If no arguments are given, or the -L option is supplied, a
list of handlers is printed in a form which can be stored
for later execution.
An fd (but not a handler) may optionally be given with the
-L option; in this case, the function will list the han-
dler if any, else silently return status 1.
Note that this feature should be used with care. Activity
on one of the fd's which is not properly handled can cause
the terminal to become unusable. Removing an fd handler
from within a signal trap may cause unpredictable behav-
ior.
Here is a simple example of using this feature. A connec-
tion to a remote TCP port is created using the ztcp com-
mand; see the description of the zsh/net/tcp module in
zshmodules(1). Then a handler is installed which simply
prints out any data which arrives on this connection.
Note that `select' will indicate that the file descriptor
needs handling if the remote side has closed the connec-
tion; we handle that by testing for a failed read.
if ztcp pwspc 2811; then
tcpfd=$REPLY
handler() {
zle -I
local line
if ! read -r line <&$1; then
# select marks this fd if we reach EOF,
# so handle this specially.
print "[Read on fd $1 failed, removing.]" >&2
zle -F $1
return 1
fi
print -r - $line
}
zle -F $tcpfd handler
fi
-I Unusually, this option is most useful outside ordinary
widget functions, though it may be used within if normal
output to the terminal is required. It invalidates the
current zle display in preparation for output; typically
this will be from a trap function. It has no effect if
zle is not active. When a trap exits, the shell checks to
see if the display needs restoring, hence the following
will print output in such a way as not to disturb the line
being edited:
TRAPUSR1() {
# Invalidate zle display
[[ -o zle ]] && zle -I
# Show output
print Hello
}
In general, the trap function may need to test whether zle
is active before using this method (as shown in the exam-
ple), since the zsh/zle module may not even be loaded; if
it is not, the command can be skipped.
It is possible to call `zle -I' several times before con-
trol is returned to the editor; the display will only be
invalidated the first time to minimise disruption.
Note that there are normally better ways of manipulating
the display from within zle widgets; see, for example,
`zle -R' above.
The returned status is zero if zle was invalidated, even
though this may have been by a previous call to `zle -I'
or by a system notification. To test if a zle widget may
be called at this point, execute zle with no arguments and
examine the return status.
-T This is used to add, list or remove internal transforma-
tions on the processing performed by the line editor. It
is typically used only for debugging or testing and is
therefore of little interest to the general user.
`zle -T transformation func' specifies that the given
transformation (see below) is effected by shell function
func.
`zle -Tr transformation' removes the given transformation
if it was present (it is not an error if none was).
`zle -TL' can be used to list all transformations cur-
rently in operation.
Currently the only transformation is tc. This is used in-
stead of outputting termcap codes to the terminal. When
the transformation is in operation the shell function is
passed the termcap code that would be output as its first
argument; if the operation required a numeric argument,
that is passed as a second argument. The function should
set the shell variable REPLY to the transformed termcap
code. Typically this is used to produce some simply for-
matted version of the code and optional argument for de-
bugging or testing. Note that this transformation is not
applied to other non-printing characters such as carriage
returns and newlines.
widget [ -n num ] [ -f flag ] [ -Nw ] [ -K keymap ] args ...
Invoke the specified widget. This can only be done when
ZLE is active; normally this will be within a user-defined
widget.
With the options -n and -N, the current numeric argument
will be saved and then restored after the call to widget;
`-n num' sets the numeric argument temporarily to num,
while `-N' sets it to the default, i.e. as if there were
none.
With the option -K, keymap will be used as the current
keymap during the execution of the widget. The previous
keymap will be restored when the widget exits.
Normally, calling a widget in this way does not set the
special parameter WIDGET and related parameters, so that
the environment appears as if the top-level widget called
by the user were still active. With the option -w, WIDGET
and related parameters are set to reflect the widget being
executed by the zle call.
Normally, when widget returns the special parameter LAST-
WIDGET will point to it. This can be inhibited by passing
the option -f nolast.
Any further arguments will be passed to the widget; note
that as standard argument handling is performed, any gen-
eral argument list should be preceded by --. If it is a
shell function, these are passed down as positional para-
meters; for builtin widgets it is up to the widget in
question what it does with them. Currently arguments are
only handled by the incremental-search commands, the his-
tory-search-forward and -backward and the corresponding
functions prefixed by vi-, and by universal-argument. No
error is flagged if the command does not use the argu-
ments, or only uses some of them.
The return status reflects the success or failure of the
operation carried out by the widget, or if it is a
user-defined widget the return status of the shell func-
tion.
A non-zero return status causes the shell to beep when the
widget exits, unless the BEEP options was unset or the
widget was called via the zle command. Thus if a user de-
fined widget requires an immediate beep, it should call
the beep widget directly.
ZLE WIDGETS
All actions in the editor are performed by `widgets'. A widget's job is
simply to perform some small action. The ZLE commands that key se-
quences in keymaps are bound to are in fact widgets. Widgets can be
user-defined or built in.
The standard widgets built into ZLE are listed in the section `Standard
Widgets' below. Other built-in widgets can be defined by other modules
(see zshmodules(1)). Each built-in widget has two names: its normal
canonical name, and the same name preceded by a `.'. The `.' name is
special: it can't be rebound to a different widget. This makes the wid-
get available even when its usual name has been redefined.
User-defined widgets are defined using `zle -N', and implemented as
shell functions. When the widget is executed, the corresponding shell
function is executed, and can perform editing (or other) actions. It is
recommended that user-defined widgets should not have names starting
with `.'.
USER-DEFINED WIDGETS
User-defined widgets, being implemented as shell functions, can execute
any normal shell command. They can also run other widgets (whether
built-in or user-defined) using the zle builtin command. The standard
input of the function is redirected from /dev/null to prevent external
commands from unintentionally blocking ZLE by reading from the terminal,
but read -k or read -q can be used to read characters. Finally, they
can examine and edit the ZLE buffer being edited by reading and setting
the special parameters described below.
These special parameters are always available in widget functions, but
are not in any way special outside ZLE. If they have some normal value
outside ZLE, that value is temporarily inaccessible, but will return
when the widget function exits. These special parameters in fact have
local scope, like parameters created in a function using local.
Inside completion widgets and traps called while ZLE is active, these
parameters are available read-only.
Note that the parameters appear as local to any ZLE widget in which they
appear. Hence if it is desired to override them this needs to be done
within a nested function:
widget-function() {
# $WIDGET here refers to the special variable
# that is local inside widget-function
() {
# This anonymous nested function allows WIDGET
# to be used as a local variable. The -h
# removes the special status of the variable.
local -h WIDGET
}
}
BUFFER (scalar)
The entire contents of the edit buffer. If it is written to, the
cursor remains at the same offset, unless that would put it out-
side the buffer.
BUFFERLINES (integer)
The number of screen lines needed for the edit buffer currently
displayed on screen (i.e. without any changes to the preceding
parameters done after the last redisplay); read-only.
CONTEXT (scalar)
The context in which zle was called to read a line; read-only.
One of the values:
start The start of a command line (at prompt PS1).
cont A continuation to a command line (at prompt PS2).
select In a select loop (at prompt PS3).
vared Editing a variable in vared.
CURSOR (integer)
The offset of the cursor, within the edit buffer. This is in the
range 0 to $#BUFFER, and is by definition equal to $#LBUFFER.
Attempts to move the cursor outside the buffer will result in the
cursor being moved to the appropriate end of the buffer.
CUTBUFFER (scalar)
The last item cut using one of the `kill-' commands; the string
which the next yank would insert in the line. Later entries in
the kill ring are in the array killring. Note that the command
`zle copy-region-as-kill string' can be used to set the text of
the cut buffer from a shell function and cycle the kill ring in
the same way as interactively killing text.
HISTNO (integer)
The current history number. Setting this has the same effect as
moving up or down in the history to the corresponding history
line. An attempt to set it is ignored if the line is not stored
in the history. Note this is not the same as the parameter
HISTCMD, which always gives the number of the history line being
added to the main shell's history. HISTNO refers to the line be-
ing retrieved within zle.
ISEARCHMATCH_ACTIVE (integer)
ISEARCHMATCH_START (integer)
ISEARCHMATCH_END (integer)
ISEARCHMATCH_ACTIVE indicates whether a part of the BUFFER is
currently matched by an incremental search pattern. ISEARCH-
MATCH_START and ISEARCHMATCH_END give the location of the matched
part and are in the same units as CURSOR. They are only valid for
reading when ISEARCHMATCH_ACTIVE is non-zero.
All parameters are read-only.
KEYMAP (scalar)
The name of the currently selected keymap; read-only.
KEYS (scalar)
The keys typed to invoke this widget, as a literal string;
read-only.
KEYS_QUEUED_COUNT (integer)
The number of bytes pushed back to the input queue and therefore
available for reading immediately before any I/O is done;
read-only. See also PENDING; the two values are distinct.
killring (array)
The array of previously killed items, with the most recently
killed first. This gives the items that would be retrieved by a
yank-pop in the same order. Note, however, that the most re-
cently killed item is in $CUTBUFFER; $killring shows the array of
previous entries.
The default size for the kill ring is eight, however the length
may be changed by normal array operations. Any empty string in
the kill ring is ignored by the yank-pop command, hence the size
of the array effectively sets the maximum length of the kill
ring, while the number of non-zero strings gives the current
length, both as seen by the user at the command line.
LASTABORTEDSEARCH (scalar)
The last search string used by an interactive search that was
aborted by the user (status 3 returned by the search widget).
LASTSEARCH (scalar)
The last search string used by an interactive search; read-only.
This is set even if the search failed (status 0, 1 or 2 returned
by the search widget), but not if it was aborted by the user.
LASTWIDGET (scalar)
The name of the last widget that was executed; read-only.
LBUFFER (scalar)
The part of the buffer that lies to the left of the cursor posi-
tion. If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is re-
placed, and the cursor remains between the new $LBUFFER and the
old $RBUFFER.
MARK (integer)
Like CURSOR, but for the mark. With vi-mode operators that wait
for a movement command to select a region of text, setting MARK
allows the selection to extend in both directions from the ini-
tial cursor position.
NUMERIC (integer)
The numeric argument. If no numeric argument was given, this pa-
rameter is unset. When this is set inside a widget function,
builtin widgets called with the zle builtin command will use the
value assigned. If it is unset inside a widget function, builtin
widgets called behave as if no numeric argument was given.
PENDING (integer)
The number of bytes pending for input, i.e. the number of bytes
which have already been typed and can immediately be read. On
systems where the shell is not able to get this information, this
parameter will always have a value of zero. Read-only. See also
KEYS_QUEUED_COUNT; the two values are distinct.
PREBUFFER (scalar)
In a multi-line input at the secondary prompt, this read-only pa-
rameter contains the contents of the lines before the one the
cursor is currently in.
PREDISPLAY (scalar)
Text to be displayed before the start of the editable text
buffer. This does not have to be a complete line; to display a
complete line, a newline must be appended explicitly. The text
is reset on each new invocation (but not recursive invocation) of
zle.
POSTDISPLAY (scalar)
Text to be displayed after the end of the editable text buffer.
This does not have to be a complete line; to display a complete
line, a newline must be prepended explicitly. The text is reset
on each new invocation (but not recursive invocation) of zle.
RBUFFER (scalar)
The part of the buffer that lies to the right of the cursor posi-
tion. If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is re-
placed, and the cursor remains between the old $LBUFFER and the
new $RBUFFER.
REGION_ACTIVE (integer)
Indicates if the region is currently active. It can be assigned
0 or 1 to deactivate and activate the region respectively. A
value of 2 activates the region in line-wise mode with the high-
lighted text extending for whole lines only; see Character High-
lighting below.
region_highlight (array)
Each element of this array may be set to a string that describes
highlighting for an arbitrary region of the command line that
will take effect the next time the command line is redisplayed.
Highlighting of the non-editable parts of the command line in
PREDISPLAY and POSTDISPLAY are possible, but note that the P flag
is needed for character indexing to include PREDISPLAY.
Each string consists of the following whitespace-separated parts:
• Optionally, a `P' to signify that the start and end offset
that follow include any string set by the PREDISPLAY spe-
cial parameter; this is needed if the predisplay string
itself is to be highlighted. Whitespace between the `P'
and the start offset is optional.
• A start offset in the same units as CURSOR.
• An end offset in the same units as CURSOR.
• A highlight specification in the same format as used for
contexts in the parameter zle_highlight, see the section
`Character Highlighting' below; for example, standout or
fg=red,bold.
• Optionally, a string of the form `memo=token'. The token
consists of everything between the `=' and the next white-
space, comma, NUL, or the end of the string. The token is
preserved verbatim but not parsed in any way.
Plugins may use this to identify array elements they have
added: for example, a plugin might set token to its (the
plugin's) name and then use `region_highlight=( ${re-
gion_highlight:#*memo=token} )' in order to remove array
elements it have added.
(This example uses the `${name:#pattern}' array-grepping
syntax described in the section `Parameter Expansion' in
zshexpn(1).)
For example,
region_highlight=("P0 20 bold memo=foobar")
specifies that the first twenty characters of the text including
any predisplay string should be highlighted in bold.
Note that the effect of region_highlight is not saved and disap-
pears as soon as the line is accepted.
Note that zsh 5.8 and older do not support the `memo=token' field
and may misparse the third (highlight specification) field when a
memo is given.
The final highlighting on the command line depends on both re-
gion_highlight and zle_highlight; see the section CHARACTER HIGH-
LIGHTING below for details.
registers (associative array)
The contents of each of the vi register buffers. These are typi-
cally set using vi-set-buffer followed by a delete, change or
yank command.
SUFFIX_ACTIVE (integer)
SUFFIX_START (integer)
SUFFIX_END (integer)
SUFFIX_ACTIVE indicates whether an auto-removable completion suf-
fix is currently active. SUFFIX_START and SUFFIX_END give the lo-
cation of the suffix and are in the same units as CURSOR. They
are only valid for reading when SUFFIX_ACTIVE is non-zero.
All parameters are read-only.
UNDO_CHANGE_NO (integer)
A number representing the state of the undo history. The only
use of this is passing as an argument to the undo widget in order
to undo back to the recorded point. Read-only.
UNDO_LIMIT_NO (integer)
A number corresponding to an existing change in the undo history;
compare UNDO_CHANGE_NO. If this is set to a value greater than
zero, the undo command will not allow the line to be undone be-
yond the given change number. It is still possible to use `zle
undo change' in a widget to undo beyond that point; in that case,
it will not be possible to undo at all until UNDO_LIMIT_NO is re-
duced. Set to 0 to disable the limit.
A typical use of this variable in a widget function is as follows
(note the additional function scope is required):
() {
local UNDO_LIMIT_NO=$UNDO_CHANGE_NO
# Perform some form of recursive edit.
}
WIDGET (scalar)
The name of the widget currently being executed; read-only.
WIDGETFUNC (scalar)
The name of the shell function that implements a widget defined
with either zle -N or zle -C. In the former case, this is the
second argument to the zle -N command that defined the widget, or
the first argument if there was no second argument. In the lat-
ter case this is the third argument to the zle -C command that
defined the widget. Read-only.
WIDGETSTYLE (scalar)
Describes the implementation behind the completion widget cur-
rently being executed; the second argument that followed zle -C
when the widget was defined. This is the name of a builtin com-
pletion widget. For widgets defined with zle -N this is set to
the empty string. Read-only.
YANK_ACTIVE (integer)
YANK_START (integer)
YANK_END (integer)
YANK_ACTIVE indicates whether text has just been yanked (pasted)
into the buffer. YANK_START and YANK_END give the location of
the pasted text and are in the same units as CURSOR. They are
only valid for reading when YANK_ACTIVE is non-zero. They can
also be assigned by widgets that insert text in a yank-like fash-
ion, for example wrappers of bracketed-paste. See also zle -f.
YANK_ACTIVE is read-only.
ZLE_RECURSIVE (integer)
Usually zero, but incremented inside any instance of recur-
sive-edit. Hence indicates the current recursion level.
ZLE_RECURSIVE is read-only.
ZLE_STATE (scalar)
Contains a set of space-separated words that describe the current
zle state.
Currently, the states shown are the insert mode as set by the
overwrite-mode or vi-replace widgets and whether history commands
will visit imported entries as controlled by the set-local-his-
tory widget. The string contains `insert' if characters to be
inserted on the command line move existing characters to the
right or `overwrite' if characters to be inserted overwrite ex-
isting characters. It contains `localhistory' if only local his-
tory commands will be visited or `globalhistory' if imported his-
tory commands will also be visited.
The substrings are sorted in alphabetical order so that if you
want to test for two specific substrings in a future-proof way,
you can do match by doing:
if [[ $ZLE_STATE == *globalhistory*insert* ]]; then ...; fi
Special Widgets
There are a few user-defined widgets which are special to the shell. If
they do not exist, no special action is taken. The environment provided
is identical to that for any other editing widget.
zle-isearch-exit
Executed at the end of incremental search at the point where the
isearch prompt is removed from the display. See zle-isearch-up-
date for an example.
zle-isearch-update
Executed within incremental search when the display is about to
be redrawn. Additional output below the incremental search
prompt can be generated by using `zle -M' within the widget. For
example,
zle-isearch-update() { zle -M "Line $HISTNO"; }
zle -N zle-isearch-update
Note the line output by `zle -M' is not deleted on exit from in-
cremental search. This can be done from a zle-isearch-exit wid-
get:
zle-isearch-exit() { zle -M ""; }
zle -N zle-isearch-exit
zle-line-pre-redraw
Executed whenever the input line is about to be redrawn, provid-
ing an opportunity to update the region_highlight array.
zle-line-init
Executed every time the line editor is started to read a new line
of input. The following example puts the line editor into vi
command mode when it starts up.
zle-line-init() { zle -K vicmd; }
zle -N zle-line-init
(The command inside the function sets the keymap directly; it is
equivalent to zle vi-cmd-mode.)
zle-line-finish
This is similar to zle-line-init but is executed every time the
line editor has finished reading a line of input.
zle-history-line-set
Executed when the history line changes.
zle-keymap-select
Executed every time the keymap changes, i.e. the special parame-
ter KEYMAP is set to a different value, while the line editor is
active. Initialising the keymap when the line editor starts does
not cause the widget to be called.
The value $KEYMAP within the function reflects the new keymap.
The old keymap is passed as the sole argument.
This can be used for detecting switches between the vi command
(vicmd) and insert (usually main) keymaps.
STANDARD WIDGETS
The following is a list of all the standard widgets, and their default
bindings in emacs mode, vi command mode and vi insert mode (the `emacs',
`vicmd' and `viins' keymaps, respectively).
Note that cursor keys are bound to movement keys in all three keymaps;
the shell assumes that the cursor keys send the key sequences reported
by the terminal-handling library (termcap or terminfo). The key se-
quences shown in the list are those based on the VT100, common on many
modern terminals, but in fact these are not necessarily bound. In the
case of the viins keymap, the initial escape character of the sequences
serves also to return to the vicmd keymap: whether this happens is de-
termined by the KEYTIMEOUT parameter, see zshparam(1).
Movement
vi-backward-blank-word (unbound) (B) (unbound)
Move backward one word, where a word is defined as a series of
non-blank characters.
vi-backward-blank-word-end (unbound) (gE) (unbound)
Move to the end of the previous word, where a word is defined as
a series of non-blank characters.
backward-char (^B ESC-[D) (unbound) (unbound)
Move backward one character.
vi-backward-char (unbound) (^H h ^?) (ESC-[D)
Move backward one character, without changing lines.
backward-word (ESC-B ESC-b) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the previous word.
emacs-backward-word
Move to the beginning of the previous word.
vi-backward-word (unbound) (b) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the previous word, vi-style.
vi-backward-word-end (unbound) (ge) (unbound)
Move to the end of the previous word, vi-style.
beginning-of-line (^A) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the line. If already at the beginning
of the line, move to the beginning of the previous line, if any.
vi-beginning-of-line
Move to the beginning of the line, without changing lines.
down-line (unbound) (unbound) (unbound)
Move down a line in the buffer.
end-of-line (^E) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the end of the line. If already at the end of the line,
move to the end of the next line, if any.
vi-end-of-line (unbound) ($) (unbound)
Move to the end of the line. If an argument is given to this
command, the cursor will be moved to the end of the line (argu-
ment - 1) lines down.
vi-forward-blank-word (unbound) (W) (unbound)
Move forward one word, where a word is defined as a series of
non-blank characters.
vi-forward-blank-word-end (unbound) (E) (unbound)
Move to the end of the current word, or, if at the end of the
current word, to the end of the next word, where a word is de-
fined as a series of non-blank characters.
forward-char (^F ESC-[C) (unbound) (unbound)
Move forward one character.
vi-forward-char (unbound) (space l) (ESC-[C)
Move forward one character.
vi-find-next-char (^X^F) (f) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the next occur-
rence of it in the line.
vi-find-next-char-skip (unbound) (t) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the position just
before the next occurrence of it in the line.
vi-find-prev-char (unbound) (F) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the previous oc-
currence of it in the line.
vi-find-prev-char-skip (unbound) (T) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the position just
after the previous occurrence of it in the line.
vi-first-non-blank (unbound) (^) (unbound)
Move to the first non-blank character in the line.
vi-forward-word (unbound) (w) (unbound)
Move forward one word, vi-style.
forward-word (ESC-F ESC-f) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the next word. The editor's idea of a
word is specified with the WORDCHARS parameter.
emacs-forward-word
Move to the end of the next word.
vi-forward-word-end (unbound) (e) (unbound)
Move to the end of the next word.
vi-goto-column (ESC-|) (|) (unbound)
Move to the column specified by the numeric argument.
vi-goto-mark (unbound) (`) (unbound)
Move to the specified mark.
vi-goto-mark-line (unbound) (') (unbound)
Move to beginning of the line containing the specified mark.
vi-repeat-find (unbound) (;) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi-find command.
vi-rev-repeat-find (unbound) (,) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi-find command in the opposite direction.
up-line (unbound) (unbound) (unbound)
Move up a line in the buffer.
History Control
beginning-of-buffer-or-history (ESC-<) (gg) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the buffer, or if already there, move to
the first event in the history list.
beginning-of-line-hist
Move to the beginning of the line. If already at the beginning
of the buffer, move to the previous history line.
beginning-of-history
Move to the first event in the history list.
down-line-or-history (^N ESC-[B) (j) (ESC-[B)
Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line,
move to the next event in the history list.
vi-down-line-or-history (unbound) (+) (unbound)
Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line,
move to the next event in the history list. Then move to the
first non-blank character on the line.
down-line-or-search
Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line,
search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first
word in the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
down-history (unbound) (^N) (unbound)
Move to the next event in the history list.
history-beginning-search-backward
Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the cur-
rent line up to the cursor. This leaves the cursor in its origi-
nal position.
end-of-buffer-or-history (ESC->) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the end of the buffer, or if already there, move to the
last event in the history list.
end-of-line-hist
Move to the end of the line. If already at the end of the
buffer, move to the next history line.
end-of-history
Move to the last event in the history list.
vi-fetch-history (unbound) (G) (unbound)
Fetch the history line specified by the numeric argument. This
defaults to the current history line (i.e. the one that isn't
history yet).
history-incremental-search-backward (^R ^Xr) (unbound) (unbound)
Search backward incrementally for a specified string. The search
is case-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase
letters and no numeric argument was given. The string may begin
with `^' to anchor the search to the beginning of the line. When
called from a user-defined function returns the following sta-
tuses: 0, if the search succeeded; 1, if the search failed; 2, if
the search term was a bad pattern; 3, if the search was aborted
by the send-break command.
A restricted set of editing functions is available in the
mini-buffer. Keys are looked up in the special isearch keymap,
and if not found there in the main keymap (note that by default
the isearch keymap is empty). An interrupt signal, as defined by
the stty setting, will stop the search and go back to the origi-
nal line. An undefined key will have the same effect. Note that
the following always perform the same task within incremental
searches and cannot be replaced by user defined widgets, nor can
the set of functions be extended. The supported functions are:
accept-and-hold
accept-and-infer-next-history
accept-line
accept-line-and-down-history
Perform the usual function after exiting incremental
search. The command line displayed is executed.
backward-delete-char
vi-backward-delete-char
Back up one place in the search history. If the search
has been repeated this does not immediately erase a char-
acter in the minibuffer.
accept-search
Exit incremental search, retaining the command line but
performing no further action. Note that this function is
not bound by default and has no effect outside incremental
search.
backward-delete-word
backward-kill-word
vi-backward-kill-word
Back up one character in the minibuffer; if multiple
searches have been performed since the character was in-
serted the search history is rewound to the point just be-
fore the character was entered. Hence this has the effect
of repeating backward-delete-char.
clear-screen
Clear the screen, remaining in incremental search mode.
history-incremental-search-backward
Find the next occurrence of the contents of the
mini-buffer. If the mini-buffer is empty, the most recent
previously used search string is reinstated.
history-incremental-search-forward
Invert the sense of the search.
magic-space
Inserts a non-magical space.
quoted-insert
vi-quoted-insert
Quote the character to insert into the minibuffer.
redisplay
Redisplay the command line, remaining in incremental
search mode.
vi-cmd-mode
Select the `vicmd' keymap; the `main' keymap (insert mode)
will be selected initially.
In addition, the modifications that were made while in vi
insert mode are merged to form a single undo event.
vi-repeat-search
vi-rev-repeat-search
Repeat the search. The direction of the search is indi-
cated in the mini-buffer.
Any character that is not bound to one of the above functions, or
self-insert or self-insert-unmeta, will cause the mode to be ex-
ited. The character is then looked up and executed in the keymap
in effect at that point.
When called from a widget function by the zle command, the incre-
mental search commands can take a string argument. This will be
treated as a string of keys, as for arguments to the bindkey com-
mand, and used as initial input for the command. Any characters
in the string which are unused by the incremental search will be
silently ignored. For example,
zle history-incremental-search-backward forceps
will search backwards for forceps, leaving the minibuffer con-
taining the string `forceps'.
history-incremental-search-forward (^S ^Xs) (unbound) (unbound)
Search forward incrementally for a specified string. The search
is case-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase
letters and no numeric argument was given. The string may begin
with `^' to anchor the search to the beginning of the line. The
functions available in the mini-buffer are the same as for his-
tory-incremental-search-backward.
history-incremental-pattern-search-backward
history-incremental-pattern-search-forward
These widgets behave similarly to the corresponding widgets with
no -pattern, but the search string typed by the user is treated
as a pattern, respecting the current settings of the various op-
tions affecting pattern matching. See FILENAME GENERATION in
zshexpn(1) for a description of patterns. If no numeric argument
was given lowercase letters in the search string may match upper-
case letters in the history. The string may begin with `^' to
anchor the search to the beginning of the line.
The prompt changes to indicate an invalid pattern; this may sim-
ply indicate the pattern is not yet complete.
Note that only non-overlapping matches are reported, so an ex-
pression with wildcards may return fewer matches on a line than
are visible by inspection.
history-search-backward (ESC-P ESC-p) (unbound) (unbound)
Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the
first word in the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
vi-history-search-backward (unbound) (/) (unbound)
Search backward in the history for a specified string. The
string may begin with `^' to anchor the search to the beginning
of the line.
A restricted set of editing functions is available in the
mini-buffer. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty set-
ting, will stop the search. The functions available in the
mini-buffer are: accept-line, backward-delete-char, vi-back-
ward-delete-char, backward-kill-word, vi-backward-kill-word,
clear-screen, redisplay, quoted-insert and vi-quoted-insert.
vi-cmd-mode is treated the same as accept-line, and magic-space
is treated as a space. Any other character that is not bound to
self-insert or self-insert-unmeta will beep and be ignored. If
the function is called from vi command mode, the bindings of the
current insert mode will be used.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
history-search-forward (ESC-N ESC-n) (unbound) (unbound)
Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first
word in the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
vi-history-search-forward (unbound) (?) (unbound)
Search forward in the history for a specified string. The string
may begin with `^' to anchor the search to the beginning of the
line. The functions available in the mini-buffer are the same as
for vi-history-search-backward. Argument handling is also the
same as for that command.
infer-next-history (^X^N) (unbound) (unbound)
Search in the history list for a line matching the current one
and fetch the event following it.
insert-last-word (ESC-_ ESC-.) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert the last word from the previous history event at the cur-
sor position. If a positive numeric argument is given, insert
that word from the end of the previous history event. If the ar-
gument is zero or negative insert that word from the left (zero
inserts the previous command word). Repeating this command re-
places the word just inserted with the last word from the history
event prior to the one just used; numeric arguments can be used
in the same way to pick a word from that event.
When called from a shell function invoked from a user-defined
widget, the command can take one to three arguments. The first
argument specifies a history offset which applies to successive
calls to this widget: if it is -1, the default behaviour is used,
while if it is 1, successive calls will move forwards through the
history. The value 0 can be used to indicate that the history
line examined by the previous execution of the command will be
reexamined. Note that negative numbers should be preceded by a
`--' argument to avoid confusing them with options.
If two arguments are given, the second specifies the word on the
command line in normal array index notation (as a more natural
alternative to the numeric argument). Hence 1 is the first word,
and -1 (the default) is the last word.
If a third argument is given, its value is ignored, but it is
used to signify that the history offset is relative to the cur-
rent history line, rather than the one remembered after the pre-
vious invocations of insert-last-word.
For example, the default behaviour of the command corresponds to
zle insert-last-word -- -1 -1
while the command
zle insert-last-word -- -1 1 -
always copies the first word of the line in the history immedi-
ately before the line being edited. This has the side effect
that later invocations of the widget will be relative to that
line.
vi-repeat-search (unbound) (n) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi history search.
vi-rev-repeat-search (unbound) (N) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi history search, but in reverse.
up-line-or-history (^P ESC-[A) (k) (ESC-[A)
Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, move
to the previous event in the history list.
vi-up-line-or-history (unbound) (-) (unbound)
Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, move
to the previous event in the history list. Then move to the
first non-blank character on the line.
up-line-or-search
Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line,
search backward in the history for a line beginning with the
first word in the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
up-history (unbound) (^P) (unbound)
Move to the previous event in the history list.
history-beginning-search-forward
Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the cur-
rent line up to the cursor. This leaves the cursor in its origi-
nal position.
set-local-history
By default, history movement commands visit the imported lines as
well as the local lines. This widget lets you toggle this on and
off, or set it with the numeric argument. Zero for both local and
imported lines and nonzero for only local lines.
Modifying Text
vi-add-eol (unbound) (A) (unbound)
Move to the end of the line and enter insert mode.
vi-add-next (unbound) (a) (unbound)
Enter insert mode after the current cursor position, without
changing lines.
backward-delete-char (^H ^?) (unbound) (unbound)
Delete the character behind the cursor.
vi-backward-delete-char (unbound) (X) (^H)
Delete the character behind the cursor, without changing lines.
If in insert mode, this won't delete past the point where insert
mode was last entered.
backward-delete-word
Delete the word behind the cursor.
backward-kill-line
Kill from the beginning of the line to the cursor position.
backward-kill-word (^W ESC-^H ESC-^?) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the word behind the cursor.
vi-backward-kill-word (unbound) (unbound) (^W)
Kill the word behind the cursor, without going past the point
where insert mode was last entered.
capitalize-word (ESC-C ESC-c) (unbound) (unbound)
Capitalize the current word and move past it.
vi-change (unbound) (c) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill from the cur-
sor position to the endpoint of the movement. Then enter insert
mode. If the command is vi-change, change the current line.
For compatibility with vi, if the command is vi-forward-word or
vi-forward-blank-word, the whitespace after the word is not in-
cluded. If you prefer the more consistent behaviour with the
whitespace included use the following key binding:
bindkey -a -s cw dwi
vi-change-eol (unbound) (C) (unbound)
Kill to the end of the line and enter insert mode.
vi-change-whole-line (unbound) (S) (unbound)
Kill the current line and enter insert mode.
copy-region-as-kill (ESC-W ESC-w) (unbound) (unbound)
Copy the area from the cursor to the mark to the kill buffer.
If called from a ZLE widget function in the form `zle copy-re-
gion-as-kill string' then string will be taken as the text to
copy to the kill buffer. The cursor, the mark and the text on
the command line are not used in this case.
copy-prev-word (ESC-^_) (unbound) (unbound)
Duplicate the word to the left of the cursor.
copy-prev-shell-word
Like copy-prev-word, but the word is found by using shell pars-
ing, whereas copy-prev-word looks for blanks. This makes a dif-
ference when the word is quoted and contains spaces.
vi-delete (unbound) (d) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill from the cur-
sor position to the endpoint of the movement. If the command is
vi-delete, kill the current line.
delete-char
Delete the character under the cursor.
vi-delete-char (unbound) (x) (unbound)
Delete the character under the cursor, without going past the end
of the line.
delete-word
Delete the current word.
down-case-word (ESC-L ESC-l) (unbound) (unbound)
Convert the current word to all lowercase and move past it.
vi-down-case (unbound) (gu) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and convert all char-
acters from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement
to lowercase. If the movement command is vi-down-case, swap the
case of all characters on the current line.
kill-word (ESC-D ESC-d) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the current word.
gosmacs-transpose-chars
Exchange the two characters behind the cursor.
vi-indent (unbound) (>) (unbound)
Indent a number of lines.
vi-insert (unbound) (i) (unbound)
Enter insert mode.
vi-insert-bol (unbound) (I) (unbound)
Move to the first non-blank character on the line and enter in-
sert mode.
vi-join (^X^J) (J) (unbound)
Join the current line with the next one.
kill-line (^K) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill from the cursor to the end of the line. If already on the
end of the line, kill the newline character.
vi-kill-line (unbound) (unbound) (^U)
Kill from the cursor back to wherever insert mode was last en-
tered.
vi-kill-eol (unbound) (D) (unbound)
Kill from the cursor to the end of the line.
kill-region
Kill from the cursor to the mark.
kill-buffer (^X^K) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the entire buffer.
kill-whole-line (^U) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the current line.
vi-match-bracket (^X^B) (%) (unbound)
Move to the bracket character (one of {}, () or []) that matches
the one under the cursor. If the cursor is not on a bracket
character, move forward without going past the end of the line to
find one, and then go to the matching bracket.
vi-open-line-above (unbound) (O) (unbound)
Open a line above the cursor and enter insert mode.
vi-open-line-below (unbound) (o) (unbound)
Open a line below the cursor and enter insert mode.
vi-oper-swap-case (unbound) (g~) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and swap the case of
all characters from the cursor position to the endpoint of the
movement. If the movement command is vi-oper-swap-case, swap the
case of all characters on the current line.
overwrite-mode (^X^O) (unbound) (unbound)
Toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode.
vi-put-before (unbound) (P) (unbound)
Insert the contents of the kill buffer before the cursor. If the
kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to charac-
ters), paste it above the current line.
vi-put-after (unbound) (p) (unbound)
Insert the contents of the kill buffer after the cursor. If the
kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to charac-
ters), paste it below the current line.
put-replace-selection (unbound) (unbound) (unbound)
Replace the contents of the current region or selection with the
contents of the kill buffer. If the kill buffer contains a se-
quence of lines (as opposed to characters), the current line will
be split by the pasted lines.
quoted-insert (^V) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert the next character typed into the buffer literally. An
interrupt character will not be inserted.
vi-quoted-insert (unbound) (unbound) (^Q ^V)
Display a `^' at the cursor position, and insert the next charac-
ter typed into the buffer literally. An interrupt character will
not be inserted.
quote-line (ESC-') (unbound) (unbound)
Quote the current line; that is, put a `'' character at the be-
ginning and the end, and convert all `'' characters to `'\'''.
quote-region (ESC-") (unbound) (unbound)
Quote the region from the cursor to the mark.
vi-replace (unbound) (R) (unbound)
Enter overwrite mode.
vi-repeat-change (unbound) (.) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi mode text modification. If a count was used
with the modification, it is remembered. If a count is given to
this command, it overrides the remembered count, and is remem-
bered for future uses of this command. The cut buffer specifica-
tion is similarly remembered.
vi-replace-chars (unbound) (r) (unbound)
Replace the character under the cursor with a character read from
the keyboard.
self-insert (printable characters) (unbound) (printable characters and
some control characters)
Insert a character into the buffer at the cursor position.
self-insert-unmeta (ESC-^I ESC-^J ESC-^M) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert a character into the buffer after stripping the meta bit
and converting ^M to ^J.
vi-substitute (unbound) (s) (unbound)
Substitute the next character(s).
vi-swap-case (unbound) (~) (unbound)
Swap the case of the character under the cursor and move past it.
transpose-chars (^T) (unbound) (unbound)
Exchange the two characters to the left of the cursor if at end
of line, else exchange the character under the cursor with the
character to the left.
transpose-words (ESC-T ESC-t) (unbound) (unbound)
Exchange the current word with the one before it.
With a positive numeric argument N, the word around the cursor,
or following it if the cursor is between words, is transposed
with the preceding N words. The cursor is put at the end of the
resulting group of words.
With a negative numeric argument -N, the effect is the same as
using a positive argument N except that the original cursor posi-
tion is retained, regardless of how the words are rearranged.
vi-unindent (unbound) (<) (unbound)
Unindent a number of lines.
vi-up-case (unbound) (gU) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and convert all char-
acters from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement
to lowercase. If the movement command is vi-up-case, swap the
case of all characters on the current line.
up-case-word (ESC-U ESC-u) (unbound) (unbound)
Convert the current word to all caps and move past it.
yank (^Y) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert the contents of the kill buffer at the cursor position.
yank-pop (ESC-y) (unbound) (unbound)
Remove the text just yanked, rotate the kill-ring (the history of
previously killed text) and yank the new top. Only works follow-
ing yank, vi-put-before, vi-put-after or yank-pop.
vi-yank (unbound) (y) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and copy the region
from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement into the
kill buffer. If the command is vi-yank, copy the current line.
vi-yank-whole-line (unbound) (Y) (unbound)
Copy the current line into the kill buffer.
vi-yank-eol
Copy the region from the cursor position to the end of the line
into the kill buffer. Arguably, this is what Y should do in vi,
but it isn't what it actually does.
Arguments
digit-argument (ESC-0..ESC-9) (1-9) (unbound)
Start a new numeric argument, or add to the current one. See
also vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line. This only works if bound to
a key sequence ending in a decimal digit.
Inside a widget function, a call to this function treats the last
key of the key sequence which called the widget as the digit.
neg-argument (ESC--) (unbound) (unbound)
Changes the sign of the following argument.
universal-argument
Multiply the argument of the next command by 4. Alternatively,
if this command is followed by an integer (positive or negative),
use that as the argument for the next command. Thus digits can-
not be repeated using this command. For example, if this command
occurs twice, followed immediately by forward-char, move forward
sixteen spaces; if instead it is followed by -2, then for-
ward-char, move backward two spaces.
Inside a widget function, if passed an argument, i.e. `zle uni-
versal-argument num', the numeric argument will be set to num;
this is equivalent to `NUMERIC=num'.
argument-base
Use the existing numeric argument as a numeric base, which must
be in the range 2 to 36 inclusive. Subsequent use of digit-argu-
ment and universal-argument will input a new numeric argument in
the given base. The usual hexadecimal convention is used: the
letter a or A corresponds to 10, and so on. Arguments in bases
requiring digits from 10 upwards are more conveniently input with
universal-argument, since ESC-a etc. are not usually bound to
digit-argument.
The function can be used with a command argument inside a
user-defined widget. The following code sets the base to 16 and
lets the user input a hexadecimal argument until a key out of the
digit range is typed:
zle argument-base 16
zle universal-argument
Completion
accept-and-menu-complete
In a menu completion, insert the current completion into the
buffer, and advance to the next possible completion.
complete-word
Attempt completion on the current word.
delete-char-or-list (^D) (unbound) (unbound)
Delete the character under the cursor. If the cursor is at the
end of the line, list possible completions for the current word.
expand-cmd-path
Expand the current command to its full pathname.
expand-or-complete (TAB) (unbound) (TAB)
Attempt shell expansion on the current word. If that fails, at-
tempt completion.
expand-or-complete-prefix
Attempt shell expansion on the current word up to cursor.
expand-history (ESC-space ESC-!) (unbound) (unbound)
Perform history expansion on the edit buffer.
expand-word (^X*) (unbound) (unbound)
Attempt shell expansion on the current word.
list-choices (ESC-^D) (^D =) (^D)
List possible completions for the current word.
list-expand (^Xg ^XG) (^G) (^G)
List the expansion of the current word.
magic-space
Perform history expansion and insert a space into the buffer.
This is intended to be bound to space.
menu-complete
Like complete-word, except that menu completion is used. See the
MENU_COMPLETE option.
menu-expand-or-complete
Like expand-or-complete, except that menu completion is used.
reverse-menu-complete
Perform menu completion, like menu-complete, except that if a
menu completion is already in progress, move to the previous com-
pletion rather than the next.
end-of-list
When a previous completion displayed a list below the prompt,
this widget can be used to move the prompt below the list.
Miscellaneous
accept-and-hold (ESC-A ESC-a) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the contents of the buffer on the buffer stack and execute
it.
accept-and-infer-next-history
Execute the contents of the buffer. Then search the history list
for a line matching the current one and push the event following
onto the buffer stack.
accept-line (^J ^M) (^J ^M) (^J ^M)
Finish editing the buffer. Normally this causes the buffer to be
executed as a shell command.
accept-line-and-down-history (^O) (unbound) (unbound)
Execute the current line, and push the next history event on the
buffer stack.
auto-suffix-remove
If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc.) to the
word on the command line, remove it. Otherwise do nothing. Re-
moving the suffix ends any active menu completion or menu selec-
tion.
This widget is intended to be called from user-defined widgets to
enforce a desired suffix-removal behavior.
auto-suffix-retain
If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc.) to the
word on the command line, force it to be preserved. Otherwise do
nothing. Retaining the suffix ends any active menu completion or
menu selection.
This widget is intended to be called from user-defined widgets to
enforce a desired suffix-preservation behavior.
beep Beep, unless the BEEP option is unset.
bracketed-paste (^[[200~) (^[[200~) (^[[200~)
This widget is invoked when text is pasted to the terminal emula-
tor. It is not intended to be bound to actual keys but instead to
the special sequence generated by the terminal emulator when text
is pasted.
When invoked interactively, the pasted text is inserted to the
buffer and placed in the cutbuffer. If a numeric argument is
given, shell quoting will be applied to the pasted text before it
is inserted.
When a named buffer is specified with vi-set-buffer ("x), the
pasted text is stored in that named buffer but not inserted.
When called from a widget function as `bracketed-paste name`, the
pasted text is assigned to the variable name and no other pro-
cessing is done.
See also the zle_bracketed_paste parameter.
vi-cmd-mode (^X^V) (unbound) (^[)
Enter command mode; that is, select the `vicmd' keymap. Yes,
this is bound by default in emacs mode.
vi-caps-lock-panic
Hang until any lowercase key is pressed. This is for vi users
without the mental capacity to keep track of their caps lock key
(like the author).
clear-screen (^L ESC-^L) (^L) (^L)
Clear the screen and redraw the prompt.
deactivate-region
Make the current region inactive. This disables vim-style visual
selection mode if it is active.
describe-key-briefly
Reads a key sequence, then prints the function bound to that se-
quence.
exchange-point-and-mark (^X^X) (unbound) (unbound)
Exchange the cursor position (point) with the position of the
mark. Unless a negative numeric argument is given, the region
between point and mark is activated so that it can be high-
lighted. If a zero numeric argument is given, the region is ac-
tivated but point and mark are not swapped.
execute-named-cmd (ESC-x) (:) (unbound)
Read the name of an editor command and execute it. Aliasing this
widget with `zle -A' or replacing it with `zle -N' has no effect
when interpreting key bindings, but `zle execute-named-cmd' will
invoke such an alias or replacement.
A restricted set of editing functions is available in the
mini-buffer. Keys are looked up in the special command keymap,
and if not found there in the main keymap. An interrupt signal,
as defined by the stty setting, will abort the function. Note
that the following always perform the same task within the exe-
cuted-named-cmd environment and cannot be replaced by user de-
fined widgets, nor can the set of functions be extended. The al-
lowed functions are: backward-delete-char, vi-back-
ward-delete-char, clear-screen, redisplay, quoted-insert,
vi-quoted-insert, backward-kill-word, vi-backward-kill-word,
kill-whole-line, vi-kill-line, backward-kill-line, list-choices,
delete-char-or-list, complete-word, accept-line, expand-or-com-
plete and expand-or-complete-prefix.
kill-region kills the last word, and vi-cmd-mode is treated the
same as accept-line. The space and tab characters, if not bound
to one of these functions, will complete the name and then list
the possibilities if the AUTO_LIST option is set. Any other
character that is not bound to self-insert or self-insert-unmeta
will beep and be ignored. The bindings of the current insert
mode will be used.
Currently this command may not be redefined or called by name.
execute-last-named-cmd (ESC-z) (unbound) (unbound)
Redo the last function executed with execute-named-cmd.
Like execute-named-cmd, this command may not be redefined, but it
may be called by name.
get-line (ESC-G ESC-g) (unbound) (unbound)
Pop the top line off the buffer stack and insert it at the cursor
position.
pound-insert (unbound) (#) (unbound)
If there is no # character at the beginning of the buffer, add
one to the beginning of each line. If there is one, remove a #
from each line that has one. In either case, accept the current
line. The INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS option must be set for this to
have any usefulness.
vi-pound-insert
If there is no # character at the beginning of the current line,
add one. If there is one, remove it. The INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS
option must be set for this to have any usefulness.
push-input
Push the entire current multiline construct onto the buffer stack
and return to the top-level (PS1) prompt. If the current parser
construct is only a single line, this is exactly like push-line.
Next time the editor starts up or is popped with get-line, the
construct will be popped off the top of the buffer stack and
loaded into the editing buffer.
push-line (^Q ESC-Q ESC-q) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the current buffer onto the buffer stack and clear the
buffer. Next time the editor starts up, the buffer will be
popped off the top of the buffer stack and loaded into the edit-
ing buffer.
push-line-or-edit
At the top-level (PS1) prompt, equivalent to push-line. At a
secondary (PS2) prompt, move the entire current multiline con-
struct into the editor buffer. The latter is equivalent to
push-input followed by get-line.
read-command
Only useful from a user-defined widget. A keystroke is read just
as in normal operation, but instead of the command being executed
the name of the command that would be executed is stored in the
shell parameter REPLY. This can be used as the argument of a fu-
ture zle command. If the key sequence is not bound, status 1 is
returned; typically, however, REPLY is set to undefined-key to
indicate a useless key sequence.
recursive-edit
Only useful from a user-defined widget. At this point in the
function, the editor regains control until one of the standard
widgets which would normally cause zle to exit (typically an ac-
cept-line caused by hitting the return key) is executed. In-
stead, control returns to the user-defined widget. The status
returned is non-zero if the return was caused by an error, but
the function still continues executing and hence may tidy up.
This makes it safe for the user-defined widget to alter the com-
mand line or key bindings temporarily.
The following widget, caps-lock, serves as an example.
self-insert-ucase() {
LBUFFER+=${(U)KEYS[-1]}
}
integer stat
zle -N self-insert self-insert-ucase
zle -A caps-lock save-caps-lock
zle -A accept-line caps-lock
zle recursive-edit
stat=$?
zle -A .self-insert self-insert
zle -A save-caps-lock caps-lock
zle -D save-caps-lock
(( stat )) && zle send-break
return $stat
This causes typed letters to be inserted capitalised until either
accept-line (i.e. typically the return key) is typed or the
caps-lock widget is invoked again; the later is handled by saving
the old definition of caps-lock as save-caps-lock and then re-
binding it to invoke accept-line. Note that an error from the
recursive edit is detected as a non-zero return status and propa-
gated by using the send-break widget.
redisplay (unbound) (^R) (^R)
Redisplays the edit buffer.
reset-prompt (unbound) (unbound) (unbound)
Force the prompts on both the left and right of the screen to be
re-expanded, then redisplay the edit buffer. This reflects
changes both to the prompt variables themselves and changes in
the expansion of the values (for example, changes in time or di-
rectory, or changes to the value of variables referred to by the
prompt).
Otherwise, the prompt is only expanded each time zle starts, and
when the display has been interrupted by output from another part
of the shell (such as a job notification) which causes the com-
mand line to be reprinted.
reset-prompt doesn't alter the special parameter LASTWIDGET.
send-break (^G ESC-^G) (unbound) (unbound)
Abort the current editor function, e.g. execute-named-command, or
the editor itself, e.g. if you are in vared. Otherwise abort the
parsing of the current line; in this case the aborted line is
available in the shell variable ZLE_LINE_ABORTED. If the editor
is aborted from within vared, the variable ZLE_VARED_ABORTED is
set.
run-help (ESC-H ESC-h) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the command
`run-help cmd', where cmd is the current command. run-help is
normally aliased to man.
vi-set-buffer (unbound) (") (unbound)
Specify a buffer to be used in the following command. There are
37 buffers that can be specified: the 26 `named' buffers "a to
"z, the `yank' buffer "0, the nine `queued' buffers "1 to "9 and
the `black hole' buffer "_. The named buffers can also be speci-
fied as "A to "Z.
When a buffer is specified for a cut, change or yank command, the
text concerned replaces the previous contents of the specified
buffer. If a named buffer is specified using a capital, the newly
cut text is appended to the buffer instead of overwriting it.
When using the "_ buffer, nothing happens. This can be useful for
deleting text without affecting any buffers.
If no buffer is specified for a cut or change command, "1 is
used, and the contents of "1 to "8 are each shifted along one
buffer; the contents of "9 is lost. If no buffer is specified for
a yank command, "0 is used. Finally, a paste command without a
specified buffer will paste the text from the most recent command
regardless of any buffer that might have been used with that com-
mand.
When called from a widget function by the zle command, the buffer
can optionally be specified with an argument. For example,
zle vi-set-buffer A
vi-set-mark (unbound) (m) (unbound)
Set the specified mark at the cursor position.
set-mark-command (^@) (unbound) (unbound)
Set the mark at the cursor position. If called with a negative
numeric argument, do not set the mark but deactivate the region
so that it is no longer highlighted (it is still usable for other
purposes). Otherwise the region is marked as active.
spell-word (ESC-$ ESC-S ESC-s) (unbound) (unbound)
Attempt spelling correction on the current word.
split-undo
Breaks the undo sequence at the current change. This is useful
in vi mode as changes made in insert mode are coalesced on enter-
ing command mode. Similarly, undo will normally revert as one
all the changes made by a user-defined widget.
undefined-key
This command is executed when a key sequence that is not bound to
any command is typed. By default it beeps.
undo (^_ ^Xu ^X^U) (u) (unbound)
Incrementally undo the last text modification. When called from
a user-defined widget, takes an optional argument indicating a
previous state of the undo history as returned by the
UNDO_CHANGE_NO variable; modifications are undone until that
state is reached, subject to any limit imposed by the
UNDO_LIMIT_NO variable.
Note that when invoked from vi command mode, the full prior
change made in insert mode is reverted, the changes having been
merged when command mode was selected.
redo (unbound) (^R) (unbound)
Incrementally redo undone text modifications.
vi-undo-change (unbound) (unbound) (unbound)
Undo the last text modification. If repeated, redo the modifica-
tion.
visual-mode (unbound) (v) (unbound)
Toggle vim-style visual selection mode. If line-wise visual mode
is currently enabled then it is changed to being character-wise.
If used following an operator, it forces the subsequent movement
command to be treated as a character-wise movement.
visual-line-mode (unbound) (V) (unbound)
Toggle vim-style line-wise visual selection mode. If charac-
ter-wise visual mode is currently enabled then it is changed to
being line-wise. If used following an operator, it forces the
subsequent movement command to be treated as a line-wise move-
ment.
what-cursor-position (^X=) (ga) (unbound)
Print the character under the cursor, its code as an octal, deci-
mal and hexadecimal number, the current cursor position within
the buffer and the column of the cursor in the current line.
where-is
Read the name of an editor command and print the listing of key
sequences that invoke the specified command. A restricted set of
editing functions is available in the mini-buffer. Keys are
looked up in the special command keymap, and if not found there
in the main keymap.
which-command (ESC-?) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the command
`which-command cmd'. where cmd is the current command.
which-command is normally aliased to whence.
vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line (unbound) (0) (unbound)
If the last command executed was a digit as part of an argument,
continue the argument. Otherwise, execute vi-beginning-of-line.
Text Objects
Text objects are commands that can be used to select a block of text ac-
cording to some criteria. They are a feature of the vim text editor and
so are primarily intended for use with vi operators or from visual se-
lection mode. However, they can also be used from vi-insert or emacs
mode. Key bindings listed below apply to the viopp and visual keymaps.
select-a-blank-word (aW)
Select a word including adjacent blanks, where a word is defined
as a series of non-blank characters. With a numeric argument,
multiple words will be selected.
select-a-shell-word (aa)
Select the current command argument applying the normal rules for
quoting.
select-a-word (aw)
Select a word including adjacent blanks, using the normal
vi-style word definition. With a numeric argument, multiple words
will be selected.
select-in-blank-word (iW)
Select a word, where a word is defined as a series of non-blank
characters. With a numeric argument, multiple words will be se-
lected.
select-in-shell-word (ia)
Select the current command argument applying the normal rules for
quoting. If the argument begins and ends with matching quote
characters, these are not included in the selection.
select-in-word (iw)
Select a word, using the normal vi-style word definition. With a
numeric argument, multiple words will be selected.
CHARACTER HIGHLIGHTING
The line editor has the ability to highlight characters or regions of
the line that have a particular significance. This is controlled by the
array parameter zle_highlight, if it has been set by the user.
If the parameter contains the single entry none all highlighting is
turned off. Note the parameter is still expected to be an array.
Otherwise each entry of the array should consist of a word indicating a
context for highlighting, then a colon, then a comma-separated list of
the types of highlighting to apply in that context.
The contexts available for highlighting are the following:
default
Any text within the command line not affected by any other high-
lighting. Text outside the editable area of the command line is
not affected.
isearch
When one of the incremental history search widgets is active, the
area of the command line matched by the search string or pattern.
region The currently selected text. In emacs terminology, this is re-
ferred to as the region and is bounded by the cursor (point) and
the mark. The region is only highlighted if it is active, which
is the case after the mark is modified with set-mark-command or
exchange-point-and-mark. Note that whether or not the region is
active has no effect on its use within emacs style widgets, it
simply determines whether it is highlighted. In vi mode, the re-
gion corresponds to selected text in visual mode.
special
Individual characters that have no direct printable representa-
tion but are shown in a special manner by the line editor. These
characters are described below.
suffix This context is used in completion for characters that are marked
as suffixes that will be removed if the completion ends at that
point, the most obvious example being a slash (/) after a direc-
tory name. Note that suffix removal is configurable; the circum-
stances under which the suffix will be removed may differ for
different completions.
paste Following a command to paste text, the characters that were in-
serted.
When region_highlight is set, the contexts that describe a region --
isearch, region, suffix, and paste -- are applied first, then re-
gion_highlight is applied, then the remaining zle_highlight contexts are
applied. If a particular character is affected by multiple specifica-
tions, the last specification wins.
zle_highlight may contain additional fields for controlling how terminal
sequences to change colours are output. Each of the following is fol-
lowed by a colon and a string in the same form as for key bindings.
This will not be necessary for the vast majority of terminals as the de-
faults shown in parentheses are widely used.
fg_start_code (\e[3)
The start of the escape sequence for the foreground colour. This
is followed by one to three ASCII digits representing the colour.
Only used for palette colors, i.e. not 24-bit colors specified
via a color triplet.
fg_default_code (9)
The number to use instead of the colour to reset the default
foreground colour.
fg_end_code (m)
The end of the escape sequence for the foreground colour.
bg_start_code (\e[4)
The start of the escape sequence for the background colour. See
fg_start_code above.
bg_default_code (9)
The number to use instead of the colour to reset the default
background colour.
bg_end_code (m)
The end of the escape sequence for the background colour.
The available types of highlighting are the following. Note that not
all types of highlighting are available on all terminals:
none No highlighting is applied to the given context. It is not use-
ful for this to appear with other types of highlighting; it is
used to override a default.
fg=colour
The foreground colour should be set to colour, a decimal integer,
the name of one of the eight most widely-supported colours or as
a `#' followed by an RGB triplet in hexadecimal format.
Not all terminals support this and, of those that do, not all
provide facilities to test the support, hence the user should de-
cide based on the terminal type. Most terminals support the
colours black, red, green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan and white,
which can be set by name. In addition. default may be used to
set the terminal's default foreground colour. Abbreviations are
allowed; b or bl selects black. Some terminals may generate ad-
ditional colours if the bold attribute is also present.
On recent terminals and on systems with an up-to-date terminal
database the number of colours supported may be tested by the
command `echotc Co'; if this succeeds, it indicates a limit on
the number of colours which will be enforced by the line editor.
The number of colours is in any case limited to 256 (i.e. the
range 0 to 255).
Some modern terminal emulators have support for 24-bit true
colour (16 million colours). In this case, the hex triplet format
can be used. This consists of a `#' followed by either a three or
six digit hexadecimal number describing the red, green and blue
components of the colour. Hex triplets can also be used with 88
and 256 colour terminals via the zsh/nearcolor module (see zsh-
modules(1)).
Colour is also known as color.
bg=colour
The background colour should be set to colour. This works simi-
larly to the foreground colour, except the background is not usu-
ally affected by the bold attribute.
bold The characters in the given context are shown in a bold font.
Not all terminals distinguish bold fonts.
standout
The characters in the given context are shown in the terminal's
standout mode. The actual effect is specific to the terminal; on
many terminals it is inverse video. On some such terminals,
where the cursor does not blink it appears with standout mode
negated, making it less than clear where the cursor actually is.
On such terminals one of the other effects may be preferable for
highlighting the region and matched search string.
underline
The characters in the given context are shown underlined. Some
terminals show the foreground in a different colour instead; in
this case whitespace will not be highlighted.
The characters described above as `special' are as follows. The format-
ting described here is used irrespective of whether the characters are
highlighted:
ASCII control characters
Control characters in the ASCII range are shown as `^' followed
by the base character.
Unprintable multibyte characters
This item applies to control characters not in the ASCII range,
plus other characters as follows. If the MULTIBYTE option is in
effect, multibyte characters not in the ASCII character set that
are reported as having zero width are treated as combining char-
acters when the option COMBINING_CHARS is on. If the option is
off, or if a character appears where a combining character is not
valid, the character is treated as unprintable.
Unprintable multibyte characters are shown as a hexadecimal num-
ber between angle brackets. The number is the code point of the
character in the wide character set; this may or may not be Uni-
code, depending on the operating system.
Invalid multibyte characters
If the MULTIBYTE option is in effect, any sequence of one or more
bytes that does not form a valid character in the current charac-
ter set is treated as a series of bytes each shown as a special
character. This case can be distinguished from other unprintable
characters as the bytes are represented as two hexadecimal digits
between angle brackets, as distinct from the four or eight digits
that are used for unprintable characters that are nonetheless
valid in the current character set.
Not all systems support this: for it to work, the system's repre-
sentation of wide characters must be code values from the Univer-
sal Character Set, as defined by IS0 10646 (also known as Uni-
code).
Wrapped double-width characters
When a double-width character appears in the final column of a
line, it is instead shown on the next line. The empty space left
in the original position is highlighted as a special character.
If zle_highlight is not set or no value applies to a particular context,
the defaults applied are equivalent to
zle_highlight=(region:standout special:standout
suffix:bold isearch:underline paste:standout)
i.e. both the region and special characters are shown in standout mode.
Within widgets, arbitrary regions may be highlighted by setting the spe-
cial array parameter region_highlight; see above.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHZLE(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHCOMPWID(1) General Commands Manual ZSHCOMPWID(1)
NAME
zshcompwid - zsh completion widgets
DESCRIPTION
The shell's programmable completion mechanism can be manipulated in two
ways; here the low-level features supporting the newer, function-based
mechanism are defined. A complete set of shell functions based on these
features is described in zshcompsys(1), and users with no interest in
adding to that system (or, potentially, writing their own -- see dictio-
nary entry for `hubris') should skip the current section. The older
system based on the compctl builtin command is described in zshcom-
pctl(1).
Completion widgets are defined by the -C option to the zle builtin com-
mand provided by the zsh/zle module (see zshzle(1)). For example,
zle -C complete expand-or-complete completer
defines a widget named `complete'. The second argument is the name of
any of the builtin widgets that handle completions: complete-word, ex-
pand-or-complete, expand-or-complete-prefix, menu-complete, menu-ex-
pand-or-complete, reverse-menu-complete, list-choices, or
delete-char-or-list. Note that this will still work even if the widget
in question has been re-bound.
When this newly defined widget is bound to a key using the bindkey
builtin command defined in the zsh/zle module (see zshzle(1)), typing
that key will call the shell function `completer'. This function is re-
sponsible for generating completion matches using the builtins described
below. As with other ZLE widgets, the function is called with its stan-
dard input closed.
Once the function returns, the completion code takes over control again
and treats the matches in the same manner as the specified builtin wid-
get, in this case expand-or-complete.
COMPLETION SPECIAL PARAMETERS
The parameters ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS and ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS are
used by the completion mechanism, but are not special. See Parameters
Used By The Shell in zshparam(1).
Inside completion widgets, and any functions called from them, some pa-
rameters have special meaning; outside these functions they are not spe-
cial to the shell in any way. These parameters are used to pass infor-
mation between the completion code and the completion widget. Some of
the builtin commands and the condition codes use or change the current
values of these parameters. Any existing values will be hidden during
execution of completion widgets; except for compstate, the parameters
are reset on each function exit (including nested function calls from
within the completion widget) to the values they had when the function
was entered.
CURRENT
This is the number of the current word, i.e. the word the cursor
is currently on in the words array. Note that this value is only
correct if the ksharrays option is not set.
IPREFIX
Initially this will be set to the empty string. This parameter
functions like PREFIX; it contains a string which precedes the
one in PREFIX and is not considered part of the list of matches.
Typically, a string is transferred from the beginning of PREFIX
to the end of IPREFIX, for example:
IPREFIX=${PREFIX%%\=*}=
PREFIX=${PREFIX#*=}
causes the part of the prefix up to and including the first equal
sign not to be treated as part of a matched string. This can be
done automatically by the compset builtin, see below.
ISUFFIX
As IPREFIX, but for a suffix that should not be considered part
of the matches; note that the ISUFFIX string follows the SUFFIX
string.
PREFIX Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from
the beginning of the word up to the position of the cursor; it
may be altered to give a common prefix for all matches.
QIPREFIX
This parameter is read-only and contains the quoted string up to
the word being completed. E.g. when completing `"foo', this para-
meter contains the double quote. If the -q option of compset is
used (see below), and the original string was `"foo bar' with the
cursor on the `bar', this parameter contains `"foo '.
QISUFFIX
Like QIPREFIX, but containing the suffix.
SUFFIX Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from
the cursor position to the end; it may be altered to give a com-
mon suffix for all matches. It is most useful when the option
COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set, as otherwise the whole word on the com-
mand line is treated as a prefix.
compstate
This is an associative array with various keys and values that
the completion code uses to exchange information with the comple-
tion widget. The keys are:
all_quotes
The -q option of the compset builtin command (see below)
allows a quoted string to be broken into separate words;
if the cursor is on one of those words, that word will be
completed, possibly invoking `compset -q' recursively.
With this key it is possible to test the types of quoted
strings which are currently broken into parts in this
fashion. Its value contains one character for each quot-
ing level. The characters are a single quote or a double
quote for strings quoted with these characters, a dollars
sign for strings quoted with $'...' and a backslash for
strings not starting with a quote character. The first
character in the value always corresponds to the innermost
quoting level.
context
This will be set by the completion code to the overall
context in which completion is attempted. Possible values
are:
array_value
when completing inside the value of an array para-
meter assignment; in this case the words array con-
tains the words inside the parentheses.
brace_parameter
when completing the name of a parameter in a para-
meter expansion beginning with ${. This context
will also be set when completing parameter flags
following ${(; the full command line argument is
presented and the handler must test the value to be
completed to ascertain that this is the case.
assign_parameter
when completing the name of a parameter in a para-
meter assignment.
command
when completing for a normal command (either in
command position or for an argument of the com-
mand).
condition
when completing inside a `[[...]]' conditional ex-
pression; in this case the words array contains
only the words inside the conditional expression.
math when completing in a mathematical environment such
as a `((...))' construct.
parameter
when completing the name of a parameter in a para-
meter expansion beginning with $ but not ${.
redirect
when completing after a redirection operator.
subscript
when completing inside a parameter subscript.
value when completing the value of a parameter assign-
ment.
exact Controls the behaviour when the REC_EXACT option is set.
It will be set to accept if an exact match would be ac-
cepted, and will be unset otherwise.
If it was set when at least one match equal to the string
on the line was generated, the match is accepted.
exact_string
The string of an exact match if one was found, otherwise
unset.
ignored
The number of completions that were ignored because they
matched one of the patterns given with the -F option to
the compadd builtin command.
insert This controls the manner in which a match is inserted into
the command line. On entry to the widget function, if it
is unset the command line is not to be changed; if set to
unambiguous, any prefix common to all matches is to be in-
serted; if set to automenu-unambiguous, the common prefix
is to be inserted and the next invocation of the comple-
tion code may start menu completion (due to the AUTO_MENU
option being set); if set to menu or automenu menu comple-
tion will be started for the matches currently generated
(in the latter case this will happen because the AUTO_MENU
is set). The value may also contain the string `tab' when
the completion code would normally not really do comple-
tion, but only insert the TAB character.
On exit it may be set to any of the values above (where
setting it to the empty string is the same as unsetting
it), or to a number, in which case the match whose number
is given will be inserted into the command line. Negative
numbers count backward from the last match (with `-1' se-
lecting the last match) and out-of-range values are
wrapped around, so that a value of zero selects the last
match and a value one more than the maximum selects the
first. Unless the value of this key ends in a space, the
match is inserted as in a menu completion, i.e. without
automatically appending a space.
Both menu and automenu may also specify the number of the
match to insert, given after a colon. For example,
`menu:2' says to start menu completion, beginning with the
second match.
Note that a value containing the substring `tab' makes the
matches generated be ignored and only the TAB be inserted.
Finally, it may also be set to all, which makes all
matches generated be inserted into the line.
insert_positions
When the completion system inserts an unambiguous string
into the line, there may be multiple places where charac-
ters are missing or where the character inserted differs
from at least one match. The value of this key contains a
colon separated list of all these positions, as indexes
into the command line.
last_prompt
If this is set to a non-empty string for every match
added, the completion code will move the cursor back to
the previous prompt after the list of completions has been
displayed. Initially this is set or unset according to
the ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option.
list This controls whether or how the list of matches will be
displayed. If it is unset or empty they will never be
listed; if its value begins with list, they will always be
listed; if it begins with autolist or ambiguous, they will
be listed when the AUTO_LIST or LIST_AMBIGUOUS options re-
spectively would normally cause them to be.
If the substring force appears in the value, this makes
the list be shown even if there is only one match. Nor-
mally, the list would be shown only if there are at least
two matches.
The value contains the substring packed if the LIST_PACKED
option is set. If this substring is given for all matches
added to a group, this group will show the LIST_PACKED be-
havior. The same is done for the LIST_ROWS_FIRST option
with the substring rows.
Finally, if the value contains the string explanations,
only the explanation strings, if any, will be listed and
if it contains messages, only the messages (added with the
-x option of compadd) will be listed. If it contains both
explanations and messages both kinds of explanation
strings will be listed. It will be set appropriately on
entry to a completion widget and may be changed there.
list_lines
This gives the number of lines that are needed to display
the full list of completions. Note that to calculate the
total number of lines to display you need to add the num-
ber of lines needed for the command line to this value,
this is available as the value of the BUFFERLINES special
parameter.
list_max
Initially this is set to the value of the LISTMAX parame-
ter. It may be set to any other value; when the widget
exits this value will be used in the same way as the value
of LISTMAX.
nmatches
The number of matches added by the completion code so far.
old_insert
On entry to the widget this will be set to the number of
the match of an old list of completions that is currently
inserted into the command line. If no match has been in-
serted, this is unset.
As with old_list, the value of this key will only be used
if it is the string keep. If it was set to this value by
the widget and there was an old match inserted into the
command line, this match will be kept and if the value of
the insert key specifies that another match should be in-
serted, this will be inserted after the old one.
old_list
This is set to yes if there is still a valid list of com-
pletions from a previous completion at the time the widget
is invoked. This will usually be the case if and only if
the previous editing operation was a completion widget or
one of the builtin completion functions. If there is a
valid list and it is also currently shown on the screen,
the value of this key is shown.
After the widget has exited the value of this key is only
used if it was set to keep. In this case the completion
code will continue to use this old list. If the widget
generated new matches, they will not be used.
parameter
The name of the parameter when completing in a subscript
or in the value of a parameter assignment.
pattern_insert
Normally this is set to menu, which specifies that menu
completion will be used whenever a set of matches was gen-
erated using pattern_match (see below). If it is set to
any other non-empty string by the user and menu completion
is not selected by other option settings, the code will
instead insert any common prefix for the generated matches
as with normal completion.
pattern_match
Locally controls the behaviour given by the GLOB_COMPLETE
option. Initially it is set to `*' if and only if the op-
tion is set. The completion widget may set it to this
value, to an empty string (which has the same effect as
unsetting it), or to any other non-empty string. If it is
non-empty, unquoted metacharacters on the command line
will be treated as patterns; if it is `*', then addition-
ally a wildcard `*' is assumed at the cursor position; if
it is empty or unset, metacharacters will be treated lit-
erally.
Note that the match specifications given to the compadd
builtin command are not used if this is set to a non-empty
string.
quote When completing inside quotes, this contains the quotation
character (i.e. either a single quote, a double quote, or
a backtick). Otherwise it is unset.
quoting
When completing inside single quotes, this is set to the
string single; inside double quotes, the string double;
inside backticks, the string backtick. Otherwise it is
unset.
redirect
The redirection operator when completing in a redirection
position, i.e. one of <, >, etc.
restore
This is set to auto before a function is entered, which
forces the special parameters mentioned above (words, CUR-
RENT, PREFIX, IPREFIX, SUFFIX, and ISUFFIX) to be restored
to their previous values when the function exits. If a
function unsets it or sets it to any other string, they
will not be restored.
to_end Specifies the occasions on which the cursor is moved to
the end of a string when a match is inserted. On entry to
a widget function, it may be single if this will happen
when a single unambiguous match was inserted or match if
it will happen any time a match is inserted (for example,
by menu completion; this is likely to be the effect of the
ALWAYS_TO_END option).
On exit, it may be set to single as above. It may also be
set to always, or to the empty string or unset; in those
cases the cursor will be moved to the end of the string
always or never respectively. Any other string is treated
as match.
unambiguous
This key is read-only and will always be set to the common
(unambiguous) prefix the completion code has generated for
all matches added so far.
unambiguous_cursor
This gives the position the cursor would be placed at if
the common prefix in the unambiguous key were inserted,
relative to the value of that key. The cursor would be
placed before the character whose index is given by this
key.
unambiguous_positions
This contains all positions where characters in the unam-
biguous string are missing or where the character inserted
differs from at least one of the matches. The positions
are given as indexes into the string given by the value of
the unambiguous key.
vared If completion is called while editing a line using the
vared builtin, the value of this key is set to the name of
the parameter given as an argument to vared. This key is
only set while a vared command is active.
words This array contains the words present on the command line cur-
rently being edited.
COMPLETION BUILTIN COMMANDS
compadd [ -akqQfenUl12C ] [ -F array ]
[-P prefix ] [ -S suffix ]
[-p hidden-prefix ] [ -s hidden-suffix ]
[-i ignored-prefix ] [ -I ignored-suffix ]
[-W file-prefix ] [ -d array ]
[-J group-name ] [ -X explanation ] [ -x message ]
[-V group-name ] [ -o [ order ] ]
[-r remove-chars ] [ -R remove-func ]
[-D array ] [ -O array ] [ -A array ]
[-E number ]
[-M match-spec ] [ -- ] [ completions ... ]
This builtin command can be used to add matches directly and con-
trol all the information the completion code stores with each
possible completion. The return status is zero if at least one
match was added and non-zero if no matches were added.
The completion code breaks each match into seven fields in the
order:
<ipre><apre><hpre><body><hsuf><asuf><isuf>
The first field is an ignored prefix taken from the command line,
the contents of the IPREFIX parameter plus the string given with
the -i option. With the -U option, only the string from the -i
option is used. The field <apre> is an optional prefix string
given with the -P option. The <hpre> field is a string that is
considered part of the match but that should not be shown when
listing completions, given with the -p option; for example, func-
tions that do filename generation might specify a common path
prefix this way. <body> is the part of the match that should ap-
pear in the list of matches shown to the user. The suffixes
<hsuf>, <asuf> and <isuf> correspond to the prefixes <hpre>,
<apre> and <ipre> and are given by the options -s, -S and -I, re-
spectively.
The supported flags are:
-P prefix
This gives a string to be inserted before each match. The
string given is not considered as part of the match and
any shell metacharacters in it will not be quoted when the
string is inserted.
-S suffix
Like -P, but gives a string to be inserted after each
match.
-p hidden-prefix
This gives a string that should be inserted before each
match but that should not appear in the list of matches.
Unless the -U option is given, this string must be matched
as part of the string on the command line.
-s hidden-suffix
Like `-p', but gives a string to insert after each match.
-i ignored-prefix
This gives a string to insert just before any string given
with the `-P' option. Without `-P' the string is inserted
before the string given with `-p' or directly before each
match.
-I ignored-suffix
Like -i, but gives an ignored suffix.
-a With this flag the completions are taken as names of ar-
rays and the actual completions are their values. If only
some elements of the arrays are needed, the completions
may also contain subscripts, as in `foo[2,-1]'.
-k With this flag the completions are taken as names of asso-
ciative arrays and the actual completions are their keys.
As for -a, the words may also contain subscripts, as in
`foo[(R)*bar*]'.
-d array
This adds per-completion display strings. The array should
contain one element per completion given. The completion
code will then display the first element instead of the
first completion, and so on. The array may be given as the
name of an array parameter or directly as a space-sepa-
rated list of words in parentheses.
If there are fewer display strings than completions, the
leftover completions will be displayed unchanged and if
there are more display strings than completions, the left-
over display strings will be silently ignored.
-l This option only has an effect if used together with the
-d option. If it is given, the display strings are listed
one per line, not arrayed in columns.
-o [ order ]
This controls the order in which matches are sorted. order
is a comma-separated list comprising the following possi-
ble values. These values can be abbreviated to their ini-
tial two or three characters. Note that the order forms
part of the group name space so matches with different or-
derings will not be in the same group.
match If given, the order of the output is determined by
the match strings; otherwise it is determined by
the display strings (i.e. the strings given by the
-d option). This is the default if `-o' is speci-
fied but the order argument is omitted.
nosort This specifies that the completions are pre-sorted
and their order should be preserved. This value
only makes sense alone and cannot be combined with
any others.
numeric
If the matches include numbers, sort them numeri-
cally rather than lexicographically.
reverse
Arrange the matches backwards by reversing the sort
ordering.
-J group-name
Gives the name of the group that the matches should be
stored in.
-V group-name
Like -J but naming an unsorted group. This option is iden-
tical to the combination of -J and -o nosort.
-1 If given together with the -V option, makes only consecu-
tive duplicates in the group be removed. If combined with
the -J option, this has no visible effect. Note that
groups with and without this flag are in different name
spaces.
-2 If given together with the -J or -V option, makes all du-
plicates be kept. Again, groups with and without this flag
are in different name spaces.
-X explanation
The explanation string will be printed with the list of
matches, above the group currently selected.
Within the explanation, the following sequences may be
used to specify output attributes as described in the sec-
tion EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1): `%B',
`%S', `%U', `%F', `%K' and their lower case counterparts,
as well as `%{...%}'. `%F', `%K' and `%{...%}' take argu-
ments in the same form as prompt expansion. (Note that
the sequence `%G' is not available; an argument to `%{'
should be used instead.) The sequence `%%' produces a
literal `%'.
These sequences are most often employed by users when cus-
tomising the format style (see zshcompsys(1)), but they
must also be taken into account when writing completion
functions, as passing descriptions with unescaped `%'
characters to utility functions such as _arguments and
_message may produce unexpected results. If arbitrary text
is to be passed in a description, it can be escaped using
e.g. ${my_str//\%/%%}.
-x message
Like -X, but the message will be printed even if there are
no matches in the group.
-q The suffix given with -S will be automatically removed if
the next character typed is a blank or does not insert
anything, or if the suffix consists of only one character
and the next character typed is the same character.
-r remove-chars
This is a more versatile form of the -q option. The suf-
fix given with -S or the slash automatically added after
completing directories will be automatically removed if
the next character typed inserts one of the characters
given in the remove-chars. This string is parsed as a
characters class and understands the backslash sequences
used by the print command. For example, `-r "a-z\t"' re-
moves the suffix if the next character typed inserts a
lower case character or a TAB, and `-r "^0-9"' removes the
suffix if the next character typed inserts anything but a
digit. One extra backslash sequence is understood in this
string: `\-' stands for all characters that insert noth-
ing. Thus `-S "=" -q' is the same as `-S "=" -r "=
\t\n\-"'.
This option may also be used without the -S option; then
any automatically added space will be removed when one of
the characters in the list is typed.
-R remove-func
This is another form of the -r option. When a match has
been accepted and a suffix has been inserted, the function
remove-func will be called after the next character typed.
It is passed the length of the suffix as an argument and
can use the special parameters available in ordinary
(non-completion) zle widgets (see zshzle(1)) to analyse
and modify the command line.
-f If this flag is given, all of the matches built from the
completions are marked as being the names of files. They
are not required to be actual filenames, but if they are,
and the option LIST_TYPES is set, the characters describ-
ing the types of the files in the completion lists will be
shown. This also forces a slash to be added when the name
of a directory is completed.
-e This flag can be used to tell the completion code that the
matches added are parameter names for a parameter expan-
sion. This will make the AUTO_PARAM_SLASH and
AUTO_PARAM_KEYS options be used for the matches.
-W file-prefix
This string is a pathname that will be prepended to each
match together with any prefix specified by the -p option
to form a complete filename for testing. Hence it is only
useful if combined with the -f flag, as the tests will not
otherwise be performed.
-F array
Specifies an array containing patterns. completions that
match one of these patterns are ignored, that is, not con-
sidered to be matches.
The array may be the name of an array parameter or a list
of literal patterns enclosed in parentheses and quoted, as
in `-F "(*?.o *?.h)"'. If the name of an array is given,
the elements of the array are taken as the patterns.
-Q This flag instructs the completion code not to quote any
metacharacters in the matches when inserting them into the
command line.
-M match-spec
This gives local match specifications as described below
in the section `Completion Matching Control'. This option
may be given more than once. In this case all match-specs
given are concatenated with spaces between them to form
the specification string to use. Note that they will only
be used if the -U option is not given.
-n Specifies that matching completions are to be added to the
set of matches, but are not to be listed to the user.
-U If this flag is given, all completions are added to the
set of matches and no matching will be done by the comple-
tion code. Normally this is used in functions that do the
matching themselves.
-O array
If this option is given, the completions are not added to
the set of matches. Instead, matching is done as usual
and all of the completions that match will be stored in
the array parameter whose name is given as array.
-A array
As the -O option, except that instead of those of the com-
pletions which match being stored in array, the strings
generated internally by the completion code are stored.
For example, with a match specification of `-M "L:|no="',
a current word of `nof' and completions of `foo', this op-
tion stores the string `nofoo' in the array, whereas the
-O option stores the `foo' originally given.
-D array
As with -O, the completions are not added to the set of
matches. Instead, whenever the nth completion does not
match, the nth element of the array is removed. Elements
for which the corresponding completion matches are re-
tained. This option can be used more than once to remove
elements from multiple arrays.
-C This option adds a special match which expands to all
other matches when inserted into the line, even those that
are added after this option is used. Together with the -d
option it is possible to specify a string that should be
displayed in the list for this special match. If no
string is given, it will be shown as a string containing
the strings that would be inserted for the other matches,
truncated to the width of the screen.
-E number
This option adds number empty matches after matching com-
pletions have been added. An empty match takes up space
in completion listings but will never be inserted in the
line and can't be selected with menu completion or menu
selection. This makes empty matches only useful to format
completion lists and to make explanatory string be shown
in completion lists (since empty matches can be given dis-
play strings with the -d option). And because all but one
empty string would otherwise be removed, this option im-
plies the -V and -2 options (even if an explicit -J option
is given). This can be important to note as it affects
the name space into which matches are added.
-
-- This flag ends the list of flags and options. All argu-
ments after it will be taken as the completions even if
they begin with hyphens.
Except for the -M flag, if any of these flags is given more than
once, the first one (and its argument) will be used.
compset -p number
compset -P [ number ] pattern
compset -s number
compset -S [ number ] pattern
compset -n begin [ end ]
compset -N beg-pat [ end-pat ]
compset -q
This command simplifies modification of the special parameters,
while its return status allows tests on them to be carried out.
The options are:
-p number
If the value of the PREFIX parameter is at least number
characters long, the first number characters are removed
from it and appended to the contents of the IPREFIX para-
meter.
-P [ number ] pattern
If the value of the PREFIX parameter begins with anything
that matches the pattern, the matched portion is removed
from PREFIX and appended to IPREFIX.
Without the optional number, the longest match is taken,
but if number is given, anything up to the numberth match
is moved. If the number is negative, the numberth longest
match is moved. For example, if PREFIX contains the string
`a=b=c', then compset -P '*\=' will move the string `a=b='
into the IPREFIX parameter, but compset -P 1 '*\=' will
move only the string `a='.
-s number
As -p, but transfer the last number characters from the
value of SUFFIX to the front of the value of ISUFFIX.
-S [ number ] pattern
As -P, but match the last portion of SUFFIX and transfer
the matched portion to the front of the value of ISUFFIX.
-n begin [ end ]
If the current word position as specified by the parameter
CURRENT is greater than or equal to begin, anything up to
the beginth word is removed from the words array and the
value of the parameter CURRENT is decremented by begin.
If the optional end is given, the modification is done
only if the current word position is also less than or
equal to end. In this case, the words from position end
onwards are also removed from the words array.
Both begin and end may be negative to count backwards from
the last element of the words array.
-N beg-pat [ end-pat ]
If one of the elements of the words array before the one
at the index given by the value of the parameter CURRENT
matches the pattern beg-pat, all elements up to and in-
cluding the matching one are removed from the words array
and the value of CURRENT is changed to point to the same
word in the changed array.
If the optional pattern end-pat is also given, and there
is an element in the words array matching this pattern,
the parameters are modified only if the index of this word
is higher than the one given by the CURRENT parameter (so
that the matching word has to be after the cursor). In
this case, the words starting with the one matching
end-pat are also removed from the words array. If words
contains no word matching end-pat, the testing and modifi-
cation is performed as if it were not given.
-q The word currently being completed is split on spaces into
separate words, respecting the usual shell quoting conven-
tions. The resulting words are stored in the words array,
and CURRENT, PREFIX, SUFFIX, QIPREFIX, and QISUFFIX are
modified to reflect the word part that is completed.
In all the above cases the return status is zero if the test suc-
ceeded and the parameters were modified and non-zero otherwise.
This allows one to use this builtin in tests such as:
if compset -P '*\='; then ...
This forces anything up to and including the last equal sign to
be ignored by the completion code.
compcall [ -TD ]
This allows the use of completions defined with the compctl
builtin from within completion widgets. The list of matches will
be generated as if one of the non-widget completion functions
(complete-word, etc.) had been called, except that only compctls
given for specific commands are used. To force the code to try
completions defined with the -T option of compctl and/or the de-
fault completion (whether defined by compctl -D or the builtin
default) in the appropriate places, the -T and/or -D flags can be
passed to compcall.
The return status can be used to test if a matching compctl defi-
nition was found. It is non-zero if a compctl was found and zero
otherwise.
Note that this builtin is defined by the zsh/compctl module.
COMPLETION CONDITION CODES
The following additional condition codes for use within the [[ ... ]]
construct are available in completion widgets. These work on the spe-
cial parameters. All of these tests can also be performed by the
compset builtin, but in the case of the condition codes the contents of
the special parameters are not modified.
-prefix [ number ] pattern
true if the test for the -P option of compset would succeed.
-suffix [ number ] pattern
true if the test for the -S option of compset would succeed.
-after beg-pat
true if the test of the -N option with only the beg-pat given
would succeed.
-between beg-pat end-pat
true if the test for the -N option with both patterns would suc-
ceed.
COMPLETION MATCHING CONTROL
When the user invokes completion, the current word on the command line
(that is, the word the cursor is currently on) is used to generate a
match pattern. Only those completions that match the pattern are of-
fered to the user as matches.
The default match pattern is generated from the current word by either
• appending a `*' (matching any number of characters in a comple-
tion) or,
• if the shell option COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set, inserting a `*' at
the cursor position.
This narrow pattern can be broadened selectively by passing a match
specification to the compadd builtin command through its -M option (see
`Completion Builtin Commands' above). A match specification consists of
one or more matchers separated by whitespace. Matchers in a match spec-
ification are applied one at a time, from left to right. Once all
matchers have been applied, completions are compared to the final match
pattern and non-matching ones are discarded.
• Note that the -M option is ignored if the current word contains a
glob pattern and the shell option GLOB_COMPLETE is set or if the
pattern_match key of the special associative array compstate is
set to a non-empty value (see `Completion Special Parameters'
above).
• Users of the completion system (see zshcompsys(1)) should gener-
ally not use the -M option directly, but rather use the
matcher-list and matcher styles (see the subsection Standard
Styles in the documentation for COMPLETION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
in zshcompsys(1)).
Each matcher consists of
• a case-sensitive letter
• a `:',
• one or more patterns separated by pipes (`|'),
• an equals sign (`='), and
• another pattern.
The patterns before the `=' are used to match substrings of the current
word. For each matched substring, the corresponding part of the match
pattern is broadened with the pattern after the `=', by means of a logi-
cal OR.
Each pattern in a matcher cosists of either
• the empty string or
• a sequence of
• literal characters (which may be quoted with a `\'),
• question marks (`?'),
• bracket expressions (`[...]'; see the subsection Glob Op-
erators in the documentation for GLOB OPERATORS in zsh-
expn(1)), and/or
• brace expressions (see below).
Other shell patterns are not allowed.
A brace expression, like a bracket expression, consists of a list of
• literal characters,
• ranges (`0-9'), and/or
• character classes (`[:name:]').
However, they differ from each other as follows:
• A brace expression is delimited by a pair of braces (`{...}').
• Brace expressions do not support negations. That is, an initial
`!' or `^' has no special meaning and will be interpreted as a
literal character.
• When a character in the current word matches the nth pattern in a
brace expression, the corresponding part of the match pattern is
broadened only with the nth pattern of the brace expression on
the other side of the `=', if there is one; if there is no brace
expression on the other side, then this pattern is the empty
string. However, if either brace expression has more elements
than the other, then the excess entries are simply ignored. When
comparing indexes, each literal character or character class
counts as one element, but each range is instead expanded to the
full list of literal characters it represents. Additionally, if
on both sides of the `=', the nth pattern is `[:upper:]' or
`[:lower:]', then these are expanded as ranges, too.
Note that, although the matching system does not yet handle multibyte
characters, this is likely to be a future extension. Hence, using
`[:upper:]' and `[:lower:]' is recommended over `A-Z' and `a-z'.
Below are the different forms of matchers supported. Each uppercase
form behaves exactly like its lowercase counterpart, but adds an addi-
tional step after the match pattern has filtered out non-matching com-
pletions: Each of a match's substrings that was matched by a subpattern
from an uppercase matcher is replaced with the corresponding substring
of the current word. However, patterns from lowercase matchers have
higher weight: If a substring of the current word was matched by pat-
terns from both a lowercase and an uppercase matcher, then the lowercase
matcher's pattern wins and the corresponding part of the match is not
modified.
Unless indicated otherwise, each example listed assumes COMPLETE_IN_WORD
to be unset (as it is by default).
m:word-pat=match-pat
M:word-pat=match-pat
For each substring of the current word that matches word-pat,
broaden the corresponding part of the match pattern to addition-
ally match match-pat.
Examples:
m:{[:lower:]}={[:upper:]} lets any lower case character in
the current word be completed to itself or its uppercase
counterpart. So, the completions `foo', `FOO' and `Foo'
will are be considered matches for the word `fo'.
M:_= inserts every underscore from the current word into
each match, in the same relative position, determined by
matching the substrings around it. So, given a completion
`foo', the word `f_o' will be completed to the match
`f_oo', even though the latter was not present as a com-
pletion.
b:word-pat=match-pat
B:word-pat=match-pat
e:word-pat=match-pat
E:word-pat=match-pat
For each consecutive substring at the b:eginning or e:nd of the
current word that matches word-pat, broaden the corresponding
part of the match pattern to additionally match match-pat.
Examples:
`b:-=+' lets any number of minuses at the start of the
current word be completed to a minus or a plus.
`B:0=' adds all zeroes at the beginning of the current
word to the beginning of each match.
l:|word-pat=match-pat
L:|word-pat=match-pat
R:word-pat|=match-pat
r:word-pat|=match-pat
If there is a substring at the l:eft or r:ight edge of the cur-
rent word that matches word-pat, then broaden the corresponding
part of the match pattern to additionally match match-pat.
For each l:, L:, r: and R: matcher (including the ones below),
the pattern match-pat may also be a `*'. This matches any number
of characters in a completion.
Examples:
`r:|=*' appends a `*' to the match pattern, even when COM-
PLETE_IN_WORD is set and the cursor is not at the end of
the current word.
If the current word starts with a minus, then `L:|-=' will
prepend it to each match.
l:anchor|word-pat=match-pat
L:anchor|word-pat=match-pat
r:word-pat|anchor=match-pat
R:word-pat|anchor=match-pat
For each substring of the current word that matches word-pat and
has on its l:eft or r:ight another substring matching anchor,
broaden the corresponding part of the match pattern to addition-
ally match match-pat.
Note that these matchers (and the ones below) modify only what is
matched by word-pat; they do not change the matching behavior of
what is matched by anchor (or coanchor; see the matchers below).
Thus, unless its corresponding part of the match pattern has been
modified, the anchor in the current word has to match literally
in each completion, just like any other substring of the current
word.
If a matcher includes at least one anchor (which includes the
matchers with two anchors, below), then match-pat may also be `*'
or `**'. `*' can match any part of a completion that does not
contain any substrings matching anchor, whereas a `**' can match
any part of a completion, period. (Note that this is different
from the behavior of `*' in the anchorless forms of `l:' and `r:'
and and also different from `*' and `**' in glob expressions.)
Examples:
`r:|.=*' makes the completion `comp.sources.unix' a match
for the word `..u' -- but not for the word `.u'.
Given a completion `--foo', the matcher `L:--|no-=' will
complete the word `--no-' to the match `--no-foo'.
l:anchor||coanchor=match-pat
L:anchor||coanchor=match-pat
r:coanchor||anchor=match-pat
R:coanchor||anchor=match-pat
For any two consecutive substrings of the current word that match
anchor and coanchor, in the order given, insert the pattern
match-pat between their corresponding parts in the match pattern.
Note that, unlike anchor, the pattern coanchor does not change
what `*' can match.
Examples:
`r:?||[[:upper:]]=*' will complete the current word `fB'
to `fooBar', but it will not complete it to `fooHooBar'
(because `*' here cannot match anything that includes a
match for `[[:upper:]]), nor will it complete `B' to `foo-
Bar' (because there is no character in the current word to
match coanchor).
Given the current word `pass.n' and a completion `pass.by-
name', the matcher `L:.||[[:alpha:]]=by' will produce the
match `pass.name'.
x:
Ignore this matcher and all matchers to its right.
This matcher is used to mark the end of a match specification.
In a single standalone list of matchers, this has no use, but
where match specifications are concatenated, as is often the case
when using the completion system (see zshcompsys(1)), it can al-
low one match specification to override another.
COMPLETION WIDGET EXAMPLE
The first step is to define the widget:
zle -C complete complete-word complete-files
Then the widget can be bound to a key using the bindkey builtin command:
bindkey '^X\t' complete
After that the shell function complete-files will be invoked after typ-
ing control-X and TAB. The function should then generate the matches,
e.g.:
complete-files () { compadd - * }
This function will complete files in the current directory matching the
current word.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHCOMPWID(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHCOMPSYS(1) General Commands Manual ZSHCOMPSYS(1)
NAME
zshcompsys - zsh completion system
DESCRIPTION
This describes the shell code for the `new' completion system, referred
to as compsys. It is written in shell functions based on the features
described in zshcompwid(1).
The features are contextual, sensitive to the point at which completion
is started. Many completions are already provided. For this reason, a
user can perform a great many tasks without knowing any details beyond
how to initialize the system, which is described below in INITIALIZA-
TION.
The context that decides what completion is to be performed may be
• an argument or option position: these describe the position on
the command line at which completion is requested. For example
`first argument to rmdir, the word being completed names a direc-
tory';
• a special context, denoting an element in the shell's syntax.
For example `a word in command position' or `an array subscript'.
A full context specification contains other elements, as we shall de-
scribe.
Besides commands names and contexts, the system employs two more con-
cepts, styles and tags. These provide ways for the user to configure
the system's behaviour.
Tags play a dual role. They serve as a classification system for the
matches, typically indicating a class of object that the user may need
to distinguish. For example, when completing arguments of the ls com-
mand the user may prefer to try files before directories, so both of
these are tags. They also appear as the rightmost element in a context
specification.
Styles modify various operations of the completion system, such as out-
put formatting, but also what kinds of completers are used (and in what
order), or which tags are examined. Styles may accept arguments and are
manipulated using the zstyle command described in zshmodules(1).
In summary, tags describe what the completion objects are, and style how
they are to be completed. At various points of execution, the comple-
tion system checks what styles and/or tags are defined for the current
context, and uses that to modify its behavior. The full description of
context handling, which determines how tags and other elements of the
context influence the behaviour of styles, is described below in COMPLE-
TION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION.
When a completion is requested, a dispatcher function is called; see the
description of _main_complete in the list of control functions below.
This dispatcher decides which function should be called to produce the
completions, and calls it. The result is passed to one or more com-
pleters, functions that implement individual completion strategies: sim-
ple completion, error correction, completion with error correction, menu
selection, etc.
More generally, the shell functions contained in the completion system
are of two types:
• those beginning `comp' are to be called directly; there are only
a few of these;
• those beginning `_' are called by the completion code. The shell
functions of this set, which implement completion behaviour and
may be bound to keystrokes, are referred to as `widgets'. These
proliferate as new completions are required.
INITIALIZATION
If the system was installed completely, it should be enough to call the
shell function compinit from your initialization file; see the next sec-
tion. However, the function compinstall can be run by a user to config-
ure various aspects of the completion system.
Usually, compinstall will insert code into .zshrc, although if that is
not writable it will save it in another file and tell you that file's
location. Note that it is up to you to make sure that the lines added
to .zshrc are actually run; you may, for example, need to move them to
an earlier place in the file if .zshrc usually returns early. So long
as you keep them all together (including the comment lines at the start
and finish), you can rerun compinstall and it will correctly locate and
modify these lines. Note, however, that any code you add to this sec-
tion by hand is likely to be lost if you rerun compinstall, although
lines using the command `zstyle' should be gracefully handled.
The new code will take effect next time you start the shell, or run
.zshrc by hand; there is also an option to make them take effect immedi-
ately. However, if compinstall has removed definitions, you will need
to restart the shell to see the changes.
To run compinstall you will need to make sure it is in a directory men-
tioned in your fpath parameter, which should already be the case if zsh
was properly configured as long as your startup files do not remove the
appropriate directories from fpath. Then it must be autoloaded (`au-
toload -U compinstall' is recommended). You can abort the installation
any time you are being prompted for information, and your .zshrc will
not be altered at all; changes only take place right at the end, where
you are specifically asked for confirmation.
Use of compinit
This section describes the use of compinit to initialize completion for
the current session when called directly; if you have run compinstall it
will be called automatically from your .zshrc.
To initialize the system, the function compinit should be in a directory
mentioned in the fpath parameter, and should be autoloaded (`autoload -U
compinit' is recommended), and then run simply as `compinit'. This will
define a few utility functions, arrange for all the necessary shell
functions to be autoloaded, and will then re-define all widgets that do
completion to use the new system. If you use the menu-select widget,
which is part of the zsh/complist module, you should make sure that that
module is loaded before the call to compinit so that that widget is also
re-defined. If completion styles (see below) are set up to perform ex-
pansion as well as completion by default, and the TAB key is bound to
expand-or-complete, compinit will rebind it to complete-word; this is
necessary to use the correct form of expansion.
Should you need to use the original completion commands, you can still
bind keys to the old widgets by putting a `.' in front of the widget
name, e.g. `.expand-or-complete'.
To speed up the running of compinit, it can be made to produce a dumped
configuration that will be read in on future invocations; this is the
default, but can be turned off by calling compinit with the option -D.
The dumped file is .zcompdump in the same directory as the startup files
(i.e. $ZDOTDIR or $HOME); alternatively, an explicit file name can be
given by `compinit -d dumpfile'. The next invocation of compinit will
read the dumped file instead of performing a full initialization.
If the number of completion files changes, compinit will recognise this
and produce a new dump file. However, if the name of a function or the
arguments in the first line of a #compdef function (as described below)
change, it is easiest to delete the dump file by hand so that compinit
will re-create it the next time it is run. The check performed to see
if there are new functions can be omitted by giving the option -C. In
this case the dump file will only be created if there isn't one already.
The dumping is actually done by another function, compdump, but you will
only need to run this yourself if you change the configuration (e.g. us-
ing compdef) and then want to dump the new one. The name of the old
dumped file will be remembered for this purpose.
If the parameter _compdir is set, compinit uses it as a directory where
completion functions can be found; this is only necessary if they are
not already in the function search path.
For security reasons compinit also checks if the completion system would
use files not owned by root or by the current user, or files in directo-
ries that are world- or group-writable or that are not owned by root or
by the current user. If such files or directories are found, compinit
will ask if the completion system should really be used. To avoid these
tests and make all files found be used without asking, use the option
-u, and to make compinit silently ignore all insecure files and directo-
ries use the option -i. This security check is skipped entirely when
the -C option is given, provided the dumpfile exists.
The security check can be retried at any time by running the function
compaudit. This is the same check used by compinit, but when it is exe-
cuted directly any changes to fpath are made local to the function so
they do not persist. The directories to be checked may be passed as ar-
guments; if none are given, compaudit uses fpath and _compdir to find
completion system directories, adding missing ones to fpath as neces-
sary. To force a check of exactly the directories currently named in
fpath, set _compdir to an empty string before calling compaudit or
compinit.
The function bashcompinit provides compatibility with bash's programma-
ble completion system. When run it will define the functions, compgen
and complete which correspond to the bash builtins with the same names.
It will then be possible to use completion specifications and functions
written for bash.
Autoloaded files
The convention for autoloaded functions used in completion is that they
start with an underscore; as already mentioned, the fpath/FPATH parame-
ter must contain the directory in which they are stored. If zsh was
properly installed on your system, then fpath/FPATH automatically con-
tains the required directories for the standard functions.
For incomplete installations, if compinit does not find enough files be-
ginning with an underscore (fewer than twenty) in the search path, it
will try to find more by adding the directory _compdir to the search
path. If that directory has a subdirectory named Base, all subdirecto-
ries will be added to the path. Furthermore, if the subdirectory Base
has a subdirectory named Core, compinit will add all subdirectories of
the subdirectories to the path: this allows the functions to be in the
same format as in the zsh source distribution.
When compinit is run, it searches all such files accessible via
fpath/FPATH and reads the first line of each of them. This line should
contain one of the tags described below. Files whose first line does
not start with one of these tags are not considered to be part of the
completion system and will not be treated specially.
The tags are:
#compdef name ... [ -{p|P} pattern ... [ -N name ... ] ]
The file will be made autoloadable and the function defined in it
will be called when completing names, each of which is either the
name of a command whose arguments are to be completed or one of a
number of special contexts in the form -context- described below.
Each name may also be of the form `cmd=service'. When completing
the command cmd, the function typically behaves as if the command
(or special context) service was being completed instead. This
provides a way of altering the behaviour of functions that can
perform many different completions. It is implemented by setting
the parameter $service when calling the function; the function
may choose to interpret this how it wishes, and simpler functions
will probably ignore it.
If the #compdef line contains one of the options -p or -P, the
words following are taken to be patterns. The function will be
called when completion is attempted for a command or context that
matches one of the patterns. The options -p and -P are used to
specify patterns to be tried before or after other completions
respectively. Hence -P may be used to specify default actions.
The option -N is used after a list following -p or -P; it speci-
fies that remaining words no longer define patterns. It is pos-
sible to toggle between the three options as many times as neces-
sary.
#compdef -k style key-sequence ...
This option creates a widget behaving like the builtin widget
style and binds it to the given key-sequences, if any. The style
must be one of the builtin widgets that perform completion,
namely complete-word, delete-char-or-list, expand-or-complete,
expand-or-complete-prefix, list-choices, menu-complete, menu-ex-
pand-or-complete, or reverse-menu-complete. If the zsh/complist
module is loaded (see zshmodules(1)) the widget menu-select is
also available.
When one of the key-sequences is typed, the function in the file
will be invoked to generate the matches. Note that a key will
not be re-bound if it already was (that is, was bound to some-
thing other than undefined-key). The widget created has the same
name as the file and can be bound to any other keys using bindkey
as usual.
#compdef -K widget-name style key-sequence [ name style seq ... ]
This is similar to -k except that only one key-sequence argument
may be given for each widget-name style pair. However, the en-
tire set of three arguments may be repeated with a different set
of arguments. Note in particular that the widget-name must be
distinct in each set. If it does not begin with `_' this will be
added. The widget-name should not clash with the name of any ex-
isting widget: names based on the name of the function are most
useful. For example,
#compdef -K _foo_complete complete-word "^X^C" \
_foo_list list-choices "^X^D"
(all on one line) defines a widget _foo_complete for completion,
bound to `^X^C', and a widget _foo_list for listing, bound to
`^X^D'.
#autoload [ options ]
Functions with the #autoload tag are marked for autoloading but
are not otherwise treated specially. Typically they are to be
called from within one of the completion functions. Any options
supplied will be passed to the autoload builtin; a typical use is
+X to force the function to be loaded immediately. Note that the
-U and -z flags are always added implicitly.
The # is part of the tag name and no white space is allowed after it.
The #compdef tags use the compdef function described below; the main
difference is that the name of the function is supplied implicitly.
The special contexts for which completion functions can be defined are:
-array-value-
The right hand side of an array-assignment (`name=(...)')
-assign-parameter-
The name of a parameter in an assignment, i.e. on the left hand
side of an `='
-brace-parameter-
The name of a parameter expansion within braces (`${...}')
-command-
A word in command position
-condition-
A word inside a condition (`[[...]]')
-default-
Any word for which no other completion is defined
-equal-
A word beginning with an equals sign
-first-
This is tried before any other completion function. The function
called may set the _compskip parameter to one of various values:
all: no further completion is attempted; a string containing the
substring patterns: no pattern completion functions will be
called; a string containing default: the function for the `-de-
fault-' context will not be called, but functions defined for
commands will be.
-math- Inside mathematical contexts, such as `((...))'
-parameter-
The name of a parameter expansion (`$...')
-redirect-
The word after a redirection operator.
-subscript-
The contents of a parameter subscript.
-tilde-
After an initial tilde (`~'), but before the first slash in the
word.
-value-
On the right hand side of an assignment.
Default implementations are supplied for each of these contexts. In
most cases the context -context- is implemented by a corresponding func-
tion _context, for example the context `-tilde-' and the function
`_tilde').
The contexts -redirect- and -value- allow extra context-specific infor-
mation. (Internally, this is handled by the functions for each context
calling the function _dispatch.) The extra information is added sepa-
rated by commas.
For the -redirect- context, the extra information is in the form `-redi-
rect-,op,command', where op is the redirection operator and command is
the name of the command on the line. If there is no command on the line
yet, the command field will be empty.
For the -value- context, the form is `-value-,name,command', where name
is the name of the parameter on the left hand side of the assignment.
In the case of elements of an associative array, for example `assoc=(key
<TAB>', name is expanded to `name-key'. In certain special contexts,
such as completing after `make CFLAGS=', the command part gives the name
of the command, here make; otherwise it is empty.
It is not necessary to define fully specific completions as the func-
tions provided will try to generate completions by progressively replac-
ing the elements with `-default-'. For example, when completing after
`foo=<TAB>', _value will try the names `-value-,foo,' (note the empty
command part), `-value-,foo,-default-' and`-value-,-default-,-default-',
in that order, until it finds a function to handle the context.
As an example:
compdef '_files -g "*.log"' '-redirect-,2>,-default-'
completes files matching `*.log' after `2> <TAB>' for any command with
no more specific handler defined.
Also:
compdef _foo -value-,-default-,-default-
specifies that _foo provides completions for the values of parameters
for which no special function has been defined. This is usually handled
by the function _value itself.
The same lookup rules are used when looking up styles (as described be-
low); for example
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-redirect-,2>,*:*' file-patterns '*.log'
is another way to make completion after `2> <TAB>' complete files match-
ing `*.log'.
Functions
The following function is defined by compinit and may be called di-
rectly.
compdef [ -ane ] function name ... [ -{p|P} pattern ... [ -N name ...]]
compdef -d name ...
compdef -k [ -an ] function style key-sequence [ key-sequence ... ]
compdef -K [ -an ] function name style key-seq [ name style seq ... ]
The first form defines the function to call for completion in the
given contexts as described for the #compdef tag above.
Alternatively, all the arguments may have the form `cmd=service'.
Here service should already have been defined by `cmd1=service'
lines in #compdef files, as described above. The argument for
cmd will be completed in the same way as service.
The function argument may alternatively be a string containing
almost any shell code. If the string contains an equal sign, the
above will take precedence. The option -e may be used to specify
the first argument is to be evaluated as shell code even if it
contains an equal sign. The string will be executed using the
eval builtin command to generate completions. This provides a
way of avoiding having to define a new completion function. For
example, to complete files ending in `.h' as arguments to the
command foo:
compdef '_files -g "*.h"' foo
The option -n prevents any completions already defined for the
command or context from being overwritten.
The option -d deletes any completion defined for the command or
contexts listed.
The names may also contain -p, -P and -N options as described for
the #compdef tag. The effect on the argument list is identical,
switching between definitions of patterns tried initially, pat-
terns tried finally, and normal commands and contexts.
The parameter $_compskip may be set by any function defined for a
pattern context. If it is set to a value containing the sub-
string `patterns' none of the pattern-functions will be called;
if it is set to a value containing the substring `all', no other
function will be called. Setting $_compskip in this manner is of
particular utility when using the -p option, as otherwise the
dispatcher will move on to additional functions (likely the de-
fault one) after calling the pattern-context one, which can man-
gle the display of completion possibilities if not handled prop-
erly.
The form with -k defines a widget with the same name as the func-
tion that will be called for each of the key-sequences; this is
like the #compdef -k tag. The function should generate the com-
pletions needed and will otherwise behave like the builtin widget
whose name is given as the style argument. The widgets usable
for this are: complete-word, delete-char-or-list, expand-or-com-
plete, expand-or-complete-prefix, list-choices, menu-complete,
menu-expand-or-complete, and reverse-menu-complete, as well as
menu-select if the zsh/complist module is loaded. The option -n
prevents the key being bound if it is already to bound to some-
thing other than undefined-key.
The form with -K is similar and defines multiple widgets based on
the same function, each of which requires the set of three argu-
ments name, style and key-sequence, where the latter two are as
for -k and the first must be a unique widget name beginning with
an underscore.
Wherever applicable, the -a option makes the function autoload-
able, equivalent to autoload -U function.
The function compdef can be used to associate existing completion func-
tions with new commands. For example,
compdef _pids foo
uses the function _pids to complete process IDs for the command foo.
Note also the _gnu_generic function described below, which can be used
to complete options for commands that understand the `--help' option.
COMPLETION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
This section gives a short overview of how the completion system works,
and then more detail on how users can configure how and when matches are
generated.
Overview
When completion is attempted somewhere on the command line the comple-
tion system begins building the context. The context represents every-
thing that the shell knows about the meaning of the command line and the
significance of the cursor position. This takes account of a number of
things including the command word (such as `grep' or `zsh') and options
to which the current word may be an argument (such as the `-o' option to
zsh which takes a shell option as an argument).
The context starts out very generic ("we are beginning a completion")
and becomes more specific as more is learned ("the current word is in a
position that is usually a command name" or "the current word might be a
variable name" and so on). Therefore the context will vary during the
same call to the completion system.
This context information is condensed into a string consisting of multi-
ple fields separated by colons, referred to simply as `the context' in
the remainder of the documentation. Note that a user of the completion
system rarely needs to compose a context string, unless for example a
new function is being written to perform completion for a new command.
What a user may need to do is compose a style pattern, which is matched
against a context when needed to look up context-sensitive options that
configure the completion system.
The next few paragraphs explain how a context is composed within the
completion function suite. Following that is discussion of how styles
are defined. Styles determine such things as how the matches are gener-
ated, similarly to shell options but with much more control. They are
defined with the zstyle builtin command (see zshmodules(1)).
The context string always consists of a fixed set of fields, separated
by colons and with a leading colon before the first. Fields which are
not yet known are left empty, but the surrounding colons appear anyway.
The fields are always in the order :completion:function:completer:com-
mand:argument:tag. These have the following meaning:
• The literal string completion, saying that this style is used by
the completion system. This distinguishes the context from those
used by, for example, zle widgets and ZFTP functions.
• The function, if completion is called from a named widget rather
than through the normal completion system. Typically this is
blank, but it is set by special widgets such as predict-on and
the various functions in the Widget directory of the distribution
to the name of that function, often in an abbreviated form.
• The completer currently active, the name of the function without
the leading underscore and with other underscores converted to
hyphens. A `completer' is in overall control of how completion
is to be performed; `complete' is the simplest, but other com-
pleters exist to perform related tasks such as correction, or to
modify the behaviour of a later completer. See the section `Con-
trol Functions' below for more information.
• The command or a special -context-, just at it appears following
the #compdef tag or the compdef function. Completion functions
for commands that have sub-commands usually modify this field to
contain the name of the command followed by a minus sign and the
sub-command. For example, the completion function for the cvs
command sets this field to cvs-add when completing arguments to
the add subcommand.
• The argument; this indicates which command line or option argu-
ment we are completing. For command arguments this generally
takes the form argument-n, where n is the number of the argument,
and for arguments to options the form option-opt-n where n is the
number of the argument to option opt. However, this is only the
case if the command line is parsed with standard UNIX-style op-
tions and arguments, so many completions do not set this.
• The tag. As described previously, tags are used to discriminate
between the types of matches a completion function can generate
in a certain context. Any completion function may use any tag
name it likes, but a list of the more common ones is given below.
The context is gradually put together as the functions are executed,
starting with the main entry point, which adds :completion: and the
function element if necessary. The completer then adds the completer
element. The contextual completion adds the command and argument op-
tions. Finally, the tag is added when the types of completion are
known. For example, the context name
:completion::complete:dvips:option-o-1:files
says that normal completion was attempted as the first argument to the
option -o of the command dvips:
dvips -o ...
and the completion function will generate filenames.
Usually completion will be tried for all possible tags in an order given
by the completion function. However, this can be altered by using the
tag-order style. Completion is then restricted to the list of given
tags in the given order.
The _complete_help bindable command shows all the contexts and tags
available for completion at a particular point. This provides an easy
way of finding information for tag-order and other styles. It is de-
scribed in the section `Bindable Commands' below.
When looking up styles the completion system uses full context names,
including the tag. Looking up the value of a style therefore consists
of two things: the context, which is matched to the most specific (best
fitting) pattern, and the name of the style itself, which must be
matched exactly. The following examples demonstrate that patterns may
be loosely defined for styles that apply broadly, or as tightly defined
as desired for styles that apply in narrower circumstances.
For example, many completion functions can generate matches in a simple
and a verbose form and use the verbose style to decide which form should
be used. To make all such functions use the verbose form, put
zstyle ':completion:*' verbose yes
in a startup file (probably .zshrc). This gives the verbose style the
value yes in every context inside the completion system, unless that
context has a more specific definition. It is best to avoid giving the
pattern as `*' in case the style has some meaning outside the completion
system.
Many such general purpose styles can be configured simply by using the
compinstall function.
A more specific example of the use of the verbose style is by the com-
pletion for the kill builtin. If the style is set, the builtin lists
full job texts and process command lines; otherwise it shows the bare
job numbers and PIDs. To turn the style off for this use only:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:kill:*:*' verbose no
For even more control, the style can use one of the tags `jobs' or
`processes'. To turn off verbose display only for jobs:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:kill:*:jobs' verbose no
The -e option to zstyle even allows completion function code to appear
as the argument to a style; this requires some understanding of the in-
ternals of completion functions (see see zshcompwid(1))). For example,
zstyle -e ':completion:*' hosts 'reply=($myhosts)'
This forces the value of the hosts style to be read from the variable
myhosts each time a host name is needed; this is useful if the value of
myhosts can change dynamically. For another useful example, see the ex-
ample in the description of the file-list style below. This form can be
slow and should be avoided for commonly examined styles such as menu and
list-rows-first.
Note that the order in which styles are defined does not matter; the
style mechanism uses the most specific possible match for a particular
style to determine the set of values. Strings are preferred over pat-
terns (for example, `:completion::complete:::foo' is more specific than
`:completion::complete:::*'), and longer patterns are preferred over the
pattern `*'. See zmodules(1) for details.
Context patterns that use something other than a wildcard (*) to match
the middle parts of the context -- the completer, command, and argument
in :completion:function:completer:command:argument:tag -- should include
all six colons (:) explicitly. Without this, a pattern such as :comple-
tion:*:foo:* could match foo against a component other than the intended
one (for example, against completer when a match against command was in-
tended).
Style names like those of tags are arbitrary and depend on the comple-
tion function. However, the following two sections list some of the
most common tags and styles.
Standard Tags
Some of the following are only used when looking up particular styles
and do not refer to a type of match.
accounts
used to look up the users-hosts style
all-expansions
used by the _expand completer when adding the single string con-
taining all possible expansions
all-files
for the names of all files (as distinct from a particular subset,
see the globbed-files tag).
arguments
for arguments to a command
arrays for names of array parameters
association-keys
for keys of associative arrays; used when completing inside a
subscript to a parameter of this type
bookmarks
when completing bookmarks (e.g. for URLs and the zftp function
suite)
builtins
for names of builtin commands
characters
for single characters in arguments of commands such as stty.
Also used when completing character classes after an opening
bracket
colormapids
for X colormap ids
colors for color names
commands
for names of external commands. Also used by complex commands
such as cvs when completing names subcommands.
contexts
for contexts in arguments to the zstyle builtin command
corrections
used by the _approximate and _correct completers for possible
corrections
cursors
for cursor names used by X programs
default
used in some contexts to provide a way of supplying a default
when more specific tags are also valid. Note that this tag is
used when only the function field of the context name is set
descriptions
used when looking up the value of the format style to generate
descriptions for types of matches
devices
for names of device special files
directories
for names of directories -- local-directories is used instead
when completing arguments of cd and related builtin commands when
the cdpath array is set
directory-stack
for entries in the directory stack
displays
for X display names
domains
for network domains
email-plugin
for email addresses from the `_email-plugin' backend of
_email_addresses
expansions
used by the _expand completer for individual words (as opposed to
the complete set of expansions) resulting from the expansion of a
word on the command line
extensions
for X server extensions
file-descriptors
for numbers of open file descriptors
files the generic file-matching tag used by functions completing file-
names
fonts for X font names
fstypes
for file system types (e.g. for the mount command)
functions
names of functions -- normally shell functions, although certain
commands may understand other kinds of function
globbed-files
for filenames when the name has been generated by pattern match-
ing
groups for names of user groups
history-words
for words from the history
hosts for hostnames
indexes
for array indexes
interfaces
for network interfaces
jobs for jobs (as listed by the `jobs' builtin)
keymaps
for names of zsh keymaps
keysyms
for names of X keysyms
libraries
for names of system libraries
limits for system limits
local-directories
for names of directories that are subdirectories of the current
working directory when completing arguments of cd and related
builtin commands (compare path-directories) -- when the cdpath
array is unset, directories is used instead
mailboxes
for e-mail folders
manuals
for names of manual pages
maps for map names (e.g. NIS maps)
messages
used to look up the format style for messages
modifiers
for names of X modifiers
modules
for modules (e.g. zsh modules)
my-accounts
used to look up the users-hosts style
named-directories
for named directories (you wouldn't have guessed that, would
you?)
names for all kinds of names
newsgroups
for USENET groups
nicknames
for nicknames of NIS maps
options
for command options
original
used by the _approximate, _correct and _expand completers when
offering the original string as a match
other-accounts
used to look up the users-hosts style
packages
for packages (e.g. rpm or installed Debian packages)
parameters
for names of parameters
path-directories
for names of directories found by searching the cdpath array when
completing arguments of cd and related builtin commands (compare
local-directories)
paths used to look up the values of the expand, ambiguous and spe-
cial-dirs styles
pods for perl pods (documentation files)
ports for communication ports
prefixes
for prefixes (like those of a URL)
printers
for print queue names
processes
for process identifiers
processes-names
used to look up the command style when generating the names of
processes for killall
sequences
for sequences (e.g. mh sequences)
sessions
for sessions in the zftp function suite
signals
for signal names
strings
for strings (e.g. the replacement strings for the cd builtin com-
mand)
styles for styles used by the zstyle builtin command
suffixes
for filename extensions
tags for tags (e.g. rpm tags)
targets
for makefile targets
time-zones
for time zones (e.g. when setting the TZ parameter)
types for types of whatever (e.g. address types for the xhost command)
urls used to look up the urls and local styles when completing URLs
users for usernames
values for one of a set of values in certain lists
variant
used by _pick_variant to look up the command to run when deter-
mining what program is installed for a particular command name.
visuals
for X visuals
warnings
used to look up the format style for warnings
widgets
for zsh widget names
windows
for IDs of X windows
zsh-options
for shell options
Standard Styles
Note that the values of several of these styles represent boolean val-
ues. Any of the strings `true', `on', `yes', and `1' can be used for
the value `true' and any of the strings `false', `off', `no', and `0'
for the value `false'. The behavior for any other value is undefined
except where explicitly mentioned. The default value may be either
`true' or `false' if the style is not set.
Some of these styles are tested first for every possible tag correspond-
ing to a type of match, and if no style was found, for the default tag.
The most notable styles of this type are menu, list-colors and styles
controlling completion listing such as list-packed and last-prompt.
When tested for the default tag, only the function field of the context
will be set so that a style using the default tag will normally be de-
fined along the lines of:
zstyle ':completion:*:default' menu ...
accept-exact
This is tested for the default tag in addition to the tags valid
for the current context. If it is set to `true' and any of the
trial matches is the same as the string on the command line, this
match will immediately be accepted (even if it would otherwise be
considered ambiguous).
When completing pathnames (where the tag used is `paths') this
style accepts any number of patterns as the value in addition to
the boolean values. Pathnames matching one of these patterns
will be accepted immediately even if the command line contains
some more partially typed pathname components and these match no
file under the directory accepted.
This style is also used by the _expand completer to decide if
words beginning with a tilde or parameter expansion should be ex-
panded. For example, if there are parameters foo and foobar, the
string `$foo' will only be expanded if accept-exact is set to
`true'; otherwise the completion system will be allowed to com-
plete $foo to $foobar. If the style is set to `continue', _expand
will add the expansion as a match and the completion system will
also be allowed to continue.
accept-exact-dirs
This is used by filename completion. Unlike accept-exact it is a
boolean. By default, filename completion examines all components
of a path to see if there are completions of that component, even
if the component matches an existing directory. For example,
when completion after /usr/bin/, the function examines possible
completions to /usr.
When this style is `true', any prefix of a path that matches an
existing directory is accepted without any attempt to complete it
further. Hence, in the given example, the path /usr/bin/ is ac-
cepted immediately and completion tried in that directory.
This style is also useful when completing after directories that
magically appear when referenced, such as ZFS .zfs directories or
NetApp .snapshot directories. When the style is set the shell
does not check for the existence of the directory within the par-
ent directory.
If you wish to inhibit this behaviour entirely, set the path-com-
pletion style (see below) to `false'.
add-space
This style is used by the _expand completer. If it is `true'
(the default), a space will be inserted after all words resulting
from the expansion, or a slash in the case of directory names.
If the value is `file', the completer will only add a space to
names of existing files. Either a boolean `true' or the value
`file' may be combined with `subst', in which case the completer
will not add a space to words generated from the expansion of a
substitution of the form `$(...)' or `${...}'.
The _prefix completer uses this style as a simple boolean value
to decide if a space should be inserted before the suffix.
ambiguous
This applies when completing non-final components of filename
paths, in other words those with a trailing slash. If it is set,
the cursor is left after the first ambiguous component, even if
menu completion is in use. The style is always tested with the
paths tag.
assign-list
When completing after an equals sign that is being treated as an
assignment, the completion system normally completes only one
filename. In some cases the value may be a list of filenames
separated by colons, as with PATH and similar parameters. This
style can be set to a list of patterns matching the names of such
parameters.
The default is to complete lists when the word on the line al-
ready contains a colon.
auto-description
If set, this style's value will be used as the description for
options that are not described by the completion functions, but
that have exactly one argument. The sequence `%d' in the value
will be replaced by the description for this argument. Depending
on personal preferences, it may be useful to set this style to
something like `specify: %d'. Note that this may not work for
some commands.
avoid-completer
This is used by the _all_matches completer to decide if the
string consisting of all matches should be added to the list cur-
rently being generated. Its value is a list of names of com-
pleters. If any of these is the name of the completer that gen-
erated the matches in this completion, the string will not be
added.
The default value for this style is `_expand _old_list _correct
_approximate', i.e. it contains the completers for which a string
with all matches will almost never be wanted.
cache-path
This style defines the path where any cache files containing
dumped completion data are stored. It defaults to `$ZDOT-
DIR/.zcompcache', or `$HOME/.zcompcache' if $ZDOTDIR is not de-
fined. The completion cache will not be used unless the
use-cache style is set.
cache-policy
This style defines the function that will be used to determine
whether a cache needs rebuilding. See the section on the
_cache_invalid function below.
call-command
This style is used in the function for commands such as make and
ant where calling the command directly to generate matches suf-
fers problems such as being slow or, as in the case of make can
potentially cause actions in the makefile to be executed. If it
is set to `true' the command is called to generate matches. The
default value of this style is `false'.
command
In many places, completion functions need to call external com-
mands to generate the list of completions. This style can be
used to override the command that is called in some such cases.
The elements of the value are joined with spaces to form a com-
mand line to execute. The value can also start with a hyphen, in
which case the usual command will be added to the end; this is
most useful for putting `builtin' or `command' in front to make
sure the appropriate version of a command is called, for example
to avoid calling a shell function with the same name as an exter-
nal command.
As an example, the completion function for process IDs uses this
style with the processes tag to generate the IDs to complete and
the list of processes to display (if the verbose style is
`true'). The list produced by the command should look like the
output of the ps command. The first line is not displayed, but
is searched for the string `PID' (or `pid') to find the position
of the process IDs in the following lines. If the line does not
contain `PID', the first numbers in each of the other lines are
taken as the process IDs to complete.
Note that the completion function generally has to call the spec-
ified command for each attempt to generate the completion list.
Hence care should be taken to specify only commands that take a
short time to run, and in particular to avoid any that may never
terminate.
command-path
This is a list of directories to search for commands to complete.
The default for this style is the value of the special parameter
path.
commands
This is used by the function completing sub-commands for the sys-
tem initialisation scripts (residing in /etc/init.d or somewhere
not too far away from that). Its values give the default com-
mands to complete for those commands for which the completion
function isn't able to find them out automatically. The default
for this style are the two strings `start' and `stop'.
complete
This is used by the _expand_alias function when invoked as a
bindable command. If set to `true' and the word on the command
line is not the name of an alias, matching alias names will be
completed.
complete-options
This is used by the completer for cd, chdir and pushd. For these
commands a - is used to introduce a directory stack entry and
completion of these is far more common than completing options.
Hence unless the value of this style is `true' options will not
be completed, even after an initial -. If it is `true', options
will be completed after an initial - unless there is a preceding
-- on the command line.
completer
The strings given as the value of this style provide the names of
the completer functions to use. The available completer functions
are described in the section `Control Functions' below.
Each string may be either the name of a completer function or a
string of the form `function:name'. In the first case the com-
pleter field of the context will contain the name of the com-
pleter without the leading underscore and with all other under-
scores replaced by hyphens. In the second case the function is
the name of the completer to call, but the context will contain
the user-defined name in the completer field of the context. If
the name starts with a hyphen, the string for the context will be
build from the name of the completer function as in the first
case with the name appended to it. For example:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _complete:-foo
Here, completion will call the _complete completer twice, once
using `complete' and once using `complete-foo' in the completer
field of the context. Normally, using the same completer more
than once only makes sense when used with the `functions:name'
form, because otherwise the context name will be the same in all
calls to the completer; possible exceptions to this rule are the
_ignored and _prefix completers.
The default value for this style is `_complete _ignored': only
completion will be done, first using the ignored-patterns style
and the $fignore array and then without ignoring matches.
condition
This style is used by the _list completer function to decide if
insertion of matches should be delayed unconditionally. The de-
fault is `true'.
delimiters
This style is used when adding a delimiter for use with history
modifiers or glob qualifiers that have delimited arguments. It
is an array of preferred delimiters to add. Non-special charac-
ters are preferred as the completion system may otherwise become
confused. The default list is :, +, /, -, %. The list may be
empty to force a delimiter to be typed.
disabled
If this is set to `true', the _expand_alias completer and bind-
able command will try to expand disabled aliases, too. The de-
fault is `false'.
domains
A list of names of network domains for completion. If this is
not set, domain names will be taken from the file /etc/re-
solv.conf.
environ
The environ style is used when completing for `sudo'. It is set
to an array of `VAR=value' assignments to be exported into the
local environment before the completion for the target command is
invoked.
zstyle ':completion:*:sudo::' environ \
PATH="/sbin:/usr/sbin:$PATH" HOME="/root"
expand This style is used when completing strings consisting of multiple
parts, such as path names.
If one of its values is the string `prefix', the partially typed
word from the line will be expanded as far as possible even if
trailing parts cannot be completed.
If one of its values is the string `suffix', matching names for
components after the first ambiguous one will also be added.
This means that the resulting string is the longest unambiguous
string possible. However, menu completion can be used to cycle
through all matches.
extra-verbose
If set, the completion listing is more verbose at the cost of a
probable decrease in completion speed. Completion performance
will suffer if this style is set to `true'.
fake This style may be set for any completion context. It specifies
additional strings that will always be completed in that context.
The form of each string is `value:description'; the colon and de-
scription may be omitted, but any literal colons in value must be
quoted with a backslash. Any description provided is shown
alongside the value in completion listings.
It is important to use a sufficiently restrictive context when
specifying fake strings. Note that the styles fake-files and
fake-parameters provide additional features when completing files
or parameters.
fake-always
This works identically to the fake style except that the ig-
nored-patterns style is not applied to it. This makes it possi-
ble to override a set of matches completely by setting the ig-
nored patterns to `*'.
The following shows a way of supplementing any tag with arbitrary
data, but having it behave for display purposes like a separate
tag. In this example we use the features of the tag-order style
to divide the named-directories tag into two when performing com-
pletion with the standard completer complete for arguments of cd.
The tag named-directories-normal behaves as normal, but the tag
named-directories-mine contains a fixed set of directories. This
has the effect of adding the match group `extra directories' with
the given completions.
zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*' tag-order \
'named-directories:-mine:extra\ directories
named-directories:-normal:named\ directories *'
zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*:named-directories-mine' \
fake-always mydir1 mydir2
zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*:named-directories-mine' \
ignored-patterns '*'
fake-files
This style is used when completing files and looked up without a
tag. Its values are of the form `dir:names...'. This will add
the names (strings separated by spaces) as possible matches when
completing in the directory dir, even if no such files really ex-
ist. The dir may be a pattern; pattern characters or colons in
dir should be quoted with a backslash to be treated literally.
This can be useful on systems that support special file systems
whose top-level pathnames can not be listed or generated with
glob patterns (but see accept-exact-dirs for a more general way
of dealing with this problem). It can also be used for directo-
ries for which one does not have read permission.
The pattern form can be used to add a certain `magic' entry to
all directories on a particular file system.
fake-parameters
This is used by the completion function for parameter names. Its
values are names of parameters that might not yet be set but
should be completed nonetheless. Each name may also be followed
by a colon and a string specifying the type of the parameter
(like `scalar', `array' or `integer'). If the type is given, the
name will only be completed if parameters of that type are re-
quired in the particular context. Names for which no type is
specified will always be completed.
file-list
This style controls whether files completed using the standard
builtin mechanism are to be listed with a long list similar to ls
-l. Note that this feature uses the shell module zsh/stat for
file information; this loads the builtin stat which will replace
any external stat executable. To avoid this the following code
can be included in an initialization file:
zmodload -i zsh/stat
disable stat
The style may either be set to a `true' value (or `all'), or one
of the values `insert' or `list', indicating that files are to be
listed in long format in all circumstances, or when attempting to
insert a file name, or when listing file names without attempting
to insert one.
More generally, the value may be an array of any of the above
values, optionally followed by =num. If num is present it gives
the maximum number of matches for which long listing style will
be used. For example,
zstyle ':completion:*' file-list list=20 insert=10
specifies that long format will be used when listing up to 20
files or inserting a file with up to 10 matches (assuming a list-
ing is to be shown at all, for example on an ambiguous comple-
tion), else short format will be used.
zstyle -e ':completion:*' file-list \
'(( ${+NUMERIC} )) && reply=(true)'
specifies that long format will be used any time a numeric argu-
ment is supplied, else short format.
file-patterns
This is used by the standard function for completing filenames,
_files. If the style is unset up to three tags are offered,
`globbed-files',`directories' and `all-files', depending on the
types of files expected by the caller of _files. The first two
(`globbed-files' and `directories') are normally offered together
to make it easier to complete files in sub-directories.
The file-patterns style provides alternatives to the default
tags, which are not used. Its value consists of elements of the
form `pattern:tag'; each string may contain any number of such
specifications separated by spaces.
The pattern is a pattern that is to be used to generate file-
names. Any occurrence of the sequence `%p' is replaced by any
pattern(s) passed by the function calling _files. Colons in the
pattern must be preceded by a backslash to make them distinguish-
able from the colon before the tag. If more than one pattern is
needed, the patterns can be given inside braces, separated by
commas.
The tags of all strings in the value will be offered by _files
and used when looking up other styles. Any tags in the same word
will be offered at the same time and before later words. If no
`:tag' is given the `files' tag will be used.
The tag may also be followed by an optional second colon and a
description, which will be used for the `%d' in the value of the
format style (if that is set) instead of the default description
supplied by the completion function. The inclusion of a descrip-
tion also gives precedence to associated options such as for com-
pletion grouping so it can be used where files should be sepa-
rated.
For example, to make the rm command first complete only names of
object files and then the names of all files if there is no
matching object file:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:rm:*:*' file-patterns \
'*.o:object-files' '%p:all-files'
To alter the default behaviour of file completion -- offer files
matching a pattern and directories on the first attempt, then all
files -- to offer only matching files on the first attempt, then
directories, and finally all files:
zstyle ':completion:*' file-patterns \
'%p:globbed-files' '*(-/):directories' '*:all-files'
This works even where there is no special pattern: _files matches
all files using the pattern `*' at the first step and stops when
it sees this pattern. Note also it will never try a pattern more
than once for a single completion attempt.
To separate directories into a separate group from the files but
still complete them at the first attempt, a description needs to
be given. Note that directories need to be explicitly excluded
from the globbed-files because `*' will match directories. For
grouping, it is also necessary to set the group-name style.
zstyle ':completion:*' file-patterns \
'%p(^-/):globbed-files *(-/):directories:location'
During the execution of completion functions, the EXTENDED_GLOB
option is in effect, so the characters `#', `~' and `^' have spe-
cial meanings in the patterns.
file-sort
The standard filename completion function uses this style without
a tag to determine in which order the names should be listed;
menu completion will cycle through them in the same order. The
possible values are: `size' to sort by the size of the file;
`links' to sort by the number of links to the file; `modifica-
tion' (or `time' or `date') to sort by the last modification
time; `access' to sort by the last access time; and `inode' (or
`change') to sort by the last inode change time. If the style is
set to any other value, or is unset, files will be sorted alpha-
betically by name. If the value contains the string `reverse',
sorting is done in the opposite order. If the value contains the
string `follow', timestamps are associated with the targets of
symbolic links; the default is to use the timestamps of the links
themselves.
file-split-chars
A set of characters that will cause all file completions for the
given context to be split at the point where any of the charac-
ters occurs. A typical use is to set the style to :; then every-
thing up to and including the last : in the string so far is ig-
nored when completing files. As this is quite heavy-handed, it
is usually preferable to update completion functions for contexts
where this behaviour is useful.
filter The ldap plugin of email address completion (see _email_ad-
dresses) uses this style to specify the attributes to match
against when filtering entries. So for example, if the style is
set to `sn', matching is done against surnames. Standard LDAP
filtering is used so normal completion matching is bypassed. If
this style is not set, the LDAP plugin is skipped. You may also
need to set the command style to specify how to connect to your
LDAP server.
force-list
This forces a list of completions to be shown at any point where
listing is done, even in cases where the list would usually be
suppressed. For example, normally the list is only shown if
there are at least two different matches. By setting this style
to `always', the list will always be shown, even if there is only
a single match that will immediately be accepted. The style may
also be set to a number. In this case the list will be shown if
there are at least that many matches, even if they would all in-
sert the same string.
This style is tested for the default tag as well as for each tag
valid for the current completion. Hence the listing can be
forced only for certain types of match.
format If this is set for the descriptions tag, its value is used as a
string to display above matches in completion lists. The se-
quence `%d' in this string will be replaced with a short descrip-
tion of what these matches are. This string may also contain the
output attribute sequences understood by compadd -X (see zshcomp-
wid(1)).
The style is tested with each tag valid for the current comple-
tion before it is tested for the descriptions tag. Hence differ-
ent format strings can be defined for different types of match.
Note also that some completer functions define additional `%'-se-
quences. These are described for the completer functions that
make use of them.
Some completion functions display messages that may be customised
by setting this style for the messages tag. Here, the `%d' is
replaced with a message given by the completion function.
Finally, the format string is looked up with the warnings tag,
for use when no matches could be generated at all. In this case
the `%d' is replaced with the descriptions for the matches that
were expected separated by spaces. The sequence `%D' is replaced
with the same descriptions separated by newlines.
It is possible to use printf-style field width specifiers with
`%d' and similar escape sequences. This is handled by the zfor-
mat builtin command from the zsh/zutil module, see zshmodules(1).
gain-privileges
If set to true, this style enables the use of commands like sudo
or doas to gain extra privileges when retrieving information for
completion. This is only done when a command such as sudo appears
on the command-line. To force the use of, e.g. sudo or to over-
ride any prefix that might be added due to gain-privileges, the
command style can be used with a value that begins with a hyphen.
glob This is used by the _expand completer. If it is set to `true'
(the default), globbing will be attempted on the words resulting
from a previous substitution (see the substitute style) or else
the original string from the line.
global If this is set to `true' (the default), the _expand_alias com-
pleter and bindable command will try to expand global aliases.
group-name
The completion system can group different types of matches, which
appear in separate lists. This style can be used to give the
names of groups for particular tags. For example, in command po-
sition the completion system generates names of builtin and ex-
ternal commands, names of aliases, shell functions and parameters
and reserved words as possible completions. To have the external
commands and shell functions listed separately:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:commands' \
group-name commands
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:functions' \
group-name functions
As a consequence, any match with the same tag will be displayed
in the same group.
If the name given is the empty string the name of the tag for the
matches will be used as the name of the group. So, to have all
different types of matches displayed separately, one can just
set:
zstyle ':completion:*' group-name ''
All matches for which no group name is defined will be put in a
group named -default-.
To display the group name in the output, see the format style
(q.v.) under the descriptions tag.
group-order
This style is additional to the group-name style to specify the
order for display of the groups defined by that style (compare
tag-order, which determines which completions appear at all).
The groups named are shown in the given order; any other groups
are shown in the order defined by the completion function.
For example, to have names of builtin commands, shell functions
and external commands appear in that order when completing in
command position:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:*' group-order \
builtins functions commands
groups A list of names of UNIX groups. If this is not set, group names
are taken from the YP database or the file `/etc/group'.
hidden If this is set to `true', matches for the given context will not
be listed, although any description for the matches set with the
format style will be shown. If it is set to `all', not even the
description will be displayed.
Note that the matches will still be completed; they are just not
shown in the list. To avoid having matches considered as possi-
ble completions at all, the tag-order style can be modified as
described below.
hosts A list of names of hosts that should be completed. If this is
not set, hostnames are taken from the file `/etc/hosts'.
hosts-ports
This style is used by commands that need or accept hostnames and
network ports. The strings in the value should be of the form
`host:port'. Valid ports are determined by the presence of host-
names; multiple ports for the same host may appear.
ignore-line
This is tested for each tag valid for the current completion. If
it is set to `true', none of the words that are already on the
line will be considered as possible completions. If it is set to
`current', the word the cursor is on will not be considered as a
possible completion. The value `current-shown' is similar but
only applies if the list of completions is currently shown on the
screen. Finally, if the style is set to `other', all words on
the line except for the current one will be excluded from the
possible completions.
The values `current' and `current-shown' are a bit like the oppo-
site of the accept-exact style: only strings with missing char-
acters will be completed.
Note that you almost certainly don't want to set this to `true'
or `other' for a general context such as `:completion:*'. This
is because it would disallow completion of, for example, options
multiple times even if the command in question accepts the option
more than once.
ignore-parents
The style is tested without a tag by the function completing
pathnames in order to determine whether to ignore the names of
directories already mentioned in the current word, or the name of
the current working directory. The value must include one or
both of the following strings:
parent The name of any directory whose path is already contained
in the word on the line is ignored. For example, when
completing after foo/../, the directory foo will not be
considered a valid completion.
pwd The name of the current working directory will not be com-
pleted; hence, for example, completion after ../ will not
use the name of the current directory.
In addition, the value may include one or both of:
.. Ignore the specified directories only when the word on the
line contains the substring `../'.
directory
Ignore the specified directories only when names of direc-
tories are completed, not when completing names of files.
Excluded values act in a similar fashion to values of the ig-
nored-patterns style, so they can be restored to consideration by
the _ignored completer.
ignored-patterns
A list of patterns; any trial completion matching one of the pat-
terns will be excluded from consideration. The _ignored com-
pleter can appear in the list of completers to restore the ig-
nored matches. This is a more configurable version of the shell
parameter $fignore.
Note that the EXTENDED_GLOB option is set during the execution of
completion functions, so the characters `#', `~' and `^' have
special meanings in the patterns.
insert This style is used by the _all_matches completer to decide
whether to insert the list of all matches unconditionally instead
of adding the list as another match.
insert-ids
When completing process IDs, for example as arguments to the kill
and wait builtins the name of a command may be converted to the
appropriate process ID. A problem arises when the process name
typed is not unique. By default (or if this style is set explic-
itly to `menu') the name will be converted immediately to a set
of possible IDs, and menu completion will be started to cycle
through them.
If the value of the style is `single', the shell will wait until
the user has typed enough to make the command unique before con-
verting the name to an ID; attempts at completion will be unsuc-
cessful until that point. If the value is any other string, menu
completion will be started when the string typed by the user is
longer than the common prefix to the corresponding IDs.
insert-sections
This style is used with tags of the form `manuals.X' when com-
pleting names of manual pages. If set and the X in the tag name
matches the section number of the page being completed, the sec-
tion number is inserted along with the page name. For example,
given
zstyle ':completion:*:manuals.*' insert-sections true
man ssh_<TAB> may be completed to man 5 ssh_config.
The value may also be set to one of `prepend', or `suffix'.
`prepend' behaves the same as `true' as in the above example,
while `suffix' would complete man ssh_<TAB> as man ssh_config.5.
This is especially useful in conjunction with separate-sections,
as it ensures that the page requested of man corresponds to the
one displayed in the completion listing when there are multiple
pages with the same name (e.g., printf(1) and printf(3)).
The default for this style is `false'.
insert-tab
If this is set to `true', the completion system will insert a TAB
character (assuming that was used to start completion) instead of
performing completion when there is no non-blank character to the
left of the cursor. If it is set to `false', completion will be
done even there.
The value may also contain the substrings `pending' or `pend-
ing=val'. In this case, the typed character will be inserted in-
stead of starting completion when there is unprocessed input
pending. If a val is given, completion will not be done if there
are at least that many characters of unprocessed input. This is
often useful when pasting characters into a terminal. Note how-
ever, that it relies on the $PENDING special parameter from the
zsh/zle module being set properly which is not guaranteed on all
platforms.
The default value of this style is `true' except for completion
within vared builtin command where it is `false'.
insert-unambiguous
This is used by the _match and _approximate completers. These
completers are often used with menu completion since the word
typed may bear little resemblance to the final completion. How-
ever, if this style is `true', the completer will start menu com-
pletion only if it could find no unambiguous initial string at
least as long as the original string typed by the user.
In the case of the _approximate completer, the completer field in
the context will already have been set to one of correct-num or
approximate-num, where num is the number of errors that were ac-
cepted.
In the case of the _match completer, the style may also be set to
the string `pattern'. Then the pattern on the line is left un-
changed if it does not match unambiguously.
keep-prefix
This style is used by the _expand completer. If it is `true',
the completer will try to keep a prefix containing a tilde or pa-
rameter expansion. Hence, for example, the string `~/f*' would
be expanded to `~/foo' instead of `/home/user/foo'. If the style
is set to `changed' (the default), the prefix will only be left
unchanged if there were other changes between the expanded words
and the original word from the command line. Any other value
forces the prefix to be expanded unconditionally.
The behaviour of _expand when this style is `true' is to cause
_expand to give up when a single expansion with the restored pre-
fix is the same as the original; hence any remaining completers
may be called.
known-hosts-files
This style should contain a list of files to search for host
names and (if the use-ip style is set) IP addresses in a format
compatible with ssh known_hosts files. If it is not set, the
files /etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts and ~/.ssh/known_hosts are used.
last-prompt
This is a more flexible form of the ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option.
If it is `true', the completion system will try to return the
cursor to the previous command line after displaying a completion
list. It is tested for all tags valid for the current comple-
tion, then the default tag. The cursor will be moved back to the
previous line if this style is `true' for all types of match.
Note that unlike the ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option this is indepen-
dent of the numeric argument.
list This style is used by the _history_complete_word bindable com-
mand. If it is set to `true' it has no effect. If it is set to
`false' matches will not be listed. This overrides the setting
of the options controlling listing behaviour, in particular
AUTO_LIST. The context always starts with `:completion:his-
tory-words'.
list-colors
If the zsh/complist module is loaded, this style can be used to
set color specifications. This mechanism replaces the use of the
ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS parameters described in the section
`The zsh/complist Module' in zshmodules(1), but the syntax is the
same.
If this style is set for the default tag, the strings in the
value are taken as specifications that are to be used everywhere.
If it is set for other tags, the specifications are used only for
matches of the type described by the tag. For this to work best,
the group-name style must be set to an empty string.
In addition to setting styles for specific tags, it is also pos-
sible to use group names specified explicitly by the group-name
tag together with the `(group)' syntax allowed by the ZLS_COLORS
and ZLS_COLOURS parameters and simply using the default tag.
It is possible to use any color specifications already set up for
the GNU version of the ls command:
zstyle ':completion:*:default' list-colors \
${(s.:.)LS_COLORS}
The default colors are the same as for the GNU ls command and can
be obtained by setting the style to an empty string (i.e. '').
list-dirs-first
This is used by file completion and corresponds to a particular
setting of the file-patterns style. If set, the default directo-
ries to be completed are listed separately from and before com-
pletion for other files.
list-grouped
If this style is `true' (the default), the completion system will
try to make certain completion listings more compact by grouping
matches. For example, options for commands that have the same
description (shown when the verbose style is set to `true') will
appear as a single entry. However, menu selection can be used to
cycle through all the matches.
list-packed
This is tested for each tag valid in the current context as well
as the default tag. If it is set to `true', the corresponding
matches appear in listings as if the LIST_PACKED option were set.
If it is set to `false', they are listed normally.
list-prompt
If this style is set for the default tag, completion lists that
don't fit on the screen can be scrolled (see the description of
the zsh/complist module in zshmodules(1)). The value, if not the
empty string, will be displayed after every screenful and the
shell will prompt for a key press; if the style is set to the
empty string, a default prompt will be used.
The value may contain the escape sequences: `%l' or `%L', which
will be replaced by the number of the last line displayed and the
total number of lines; `%m' or `%M', the number of the last
match shown and the total number of matches; and `%p' and `%P',
`Top' when at the beginning of the list, `Bottom' when at the end
and the position shown as a percentage of the total length other-
wise. In each case the form with the uppercase letter will be
replaced by a string of fixed width, padded to the right with
spaces, while the lowercase form will be replaced by a variable
width string. As in other prompt strings, the escape sequences
`%S', `%s', `%B', `%b', `%U', `%u' for entering and leaving the
display modes standout, bold and underline, and `%F', `%f', `%K',
`%k' for changing the foreground background colour, are also
available, as is the form `%{...%}' for enclosing escape se-
quences which display with zero (or, with a numeric argument,
some other) width.
After deleting this prompt the variable LISTPROMPT should be un-
set for the removal to take effect.
list-rows-first
This style is tested in the same way as the list-packed style and
determines whether matches are to be listed in a rows-first fash-
ion as if the LIST_ROWS_FIRST option were set.
list-separator
The value of this style is used in completion listing to separate
the string to complete from a description when possible (e.g.
when completing options). It defaults to `--' (two hyphens).
list-suffixes
This style is used by the function that completes filenames. If
it is `true', and completion is attempted on a string containing
multiple partially typed pathname components, all ambiguous com-
ponents will be shown. Otherwise, completion stops at the first
ambiguous component.
local This is for use with functions that complete URLs for which the
corresponding files are available directly from the file system.
Its value should consist of three strings: a hostname, the path
to the default web pages for the server, and the directory name
used by a user placing web pages within their home area.
For example:
zstyle ':completion:*' local toast \
/var/http/public/toast public_html
Completion after `http://toast/stuff/' will look for files in the
directory /var/http/public/toast/stuff, while completion after
`http://toast/~yousir/' will look for files in the directory
~yousir/public_html.
mail-directory
If set, zsh will assume that mailbox files can be found in the
directory specified. It defaults to `~/Mail'.
match-original
This is used by the _match completer. If it is set to only,
_match will try to generate matches without inserting a `*' at
the cursor position. If set to any other non-empty value, it
will first try to generate matches without inserting the `*' and
if that yields no matches, it will try again with the `*' in-
serted. If it is unset or set to the empty string, matching will
only be performed with the `*' inserted.
matcher
This style is tested separately for each tag valid in the current
context. Its value is placed before any match specifications
given by the matcher-list style so can override them via the use
of an x: specification. The value should be in the form de-
scribed in the section `Completion Matching Control' in zshcomp-
wid(1). For examples of this, see the description of the tag-or-
der style.
For notes comparing the use of this and the matcher-list style,
see under the description of the tag-order style.
matcher-list
This style can be set to a list of match specifications that are
to be applied everywhere. Match specifications are described in
the section `Completion Matching Control' in zshcompwid(1). The
completion system will try them one after another for each com-
pleter selected. For example, to try first simple completion
and, if that generates no matches, case-insensitive completion:
zstyle ':completion:*' matcher-list '' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
By default each specification replaces the previous one; however,
if a specification is prefixed with +, it is added to the exist-
ing list. Hence it is possible to create increasingly general
specifications without repetition:
zstyle ':completion:*' matcher-list \
'' '+m:{a-z}={A-Z}' '+m:{A-Z}={a-z}'
It is possible to create match specifications valid for particu-
lar completers by using the third field of the context. This ap-
plies only to completers that override the global matcher-list,
which as of this writing includes only _prefix and _ignored. For
example, to use the completers _complete and _prefix but allow
case-insensitive completion only with _complete:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _prefix
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:*:*:*' matcher-list \
'' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
User-defined names, as explained for the completer style, are
available. This makes it possible to try the same completer more
than once with different match specifications each time. For ex-
ample, to try normal completion without a match specification,
then normal completion with case-insensitive matching, then cor-
rection, and finally partial-word completion:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer \
_complete _correct _complete:foo
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:*:*:*' matcher-list \
'' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
zstyle ':completion:*:foo:*:*:*' matcher-list \
'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z} r:|[-_./]=* r:|=*'
If the style is unset in any context no match specification is
applied. Note also that some completers such as _correct and
_approximate do not use the match specifications at all, though
these completers will only ever be called once even if the
matcher-list contains more than one element.
Where multiple specifications are useful, note that the entire
completion is done for each element of matcher-list, which can
quickly reduce the shell's performance. As a rough rule of
thumb, one to three strings will give acceptable performance. On
the other hand, putting multiple space-separated values into the
same string does not have an appreciable impact on performance.
If there is no current matcher or it is empty, and the option
NO_CASE_GLOB is in effect, the matching for files is performed
case-insensitively in any case. However, any matcher must ex-
plicitly specify case-insensitive matching if that is required.
For notes comparing the use of this and the matcher style, see
under the description of the tag-order style.
max-errors
This is used by the _approximate and _correct completer functions
to determine the maximum number of errors to allow. The com-
pleter will try to generate completions by first allowing one er-
ror, then two errors, and so on, until either a match or matches
were found or the maximum number of errors given by this style
has been reached.
If the value for this style contains the string `numeric', the
completer function will take any numeric argument as the maximum
number of errors allowed. For example, with
zstyle ':completion:*:approximate:::' max-errors 2 numeric
two errors are allowed if no numeric argument is given, but with
a numeric argument of six (as in `ESC-6 TAB'), up to six errors
are accepted. Hence with a value of `0 numeric', no correcting
completion will be attempted unless a numeric argument is given.
If the value contains the string `not-numeric', the completer
will not try to generate corrected completions when given a nu-
meric argument, so in this case the number given should be
greater than zero. For example, `2 not-numeric' specifies that
correcting completion with two errors will usually be performed,
but if a numeric argument is given, correcting completion will
not be performed.
The default value for this style is `2 numeric'.
max-matches-width
This style is used to determine the trade off between the width
of the display used for matches and the width used for their de-
scriptions when the verbose style is in effect. The value gives
the number of display columns to reserve for the matches. The
default is half the width of the screen.
This has the most impact when several matches have the same de-
scription and so will be grouped together. Increasing the style
will allow more matches to be grouped together; decreasing it
will allow more of the description to be visible.
menu If this is `true' in the context of any of the tags defined for
the current completion menu completion will be used. The value
for a specific tag will take precedence over that for the `de-
fault' tag.
If none of the values found in this way is `true' but at least
one is set to `auto', the shell behaves as if the AUTO_MENU op-
tion is set.
If one of the values is explicitly set to `false', menu comple-
tion will be explicitly turned off, overriding the MENU_COMPLETE
option and other settings.
In the form `yes=num', where `yes' may be any of the `true' val-
ues (`yes', `true', `on' and `1'), menu completion will be turned
on if there are at least num matches. In the form `yes=long',
menu completion will be turned on if the list does not fit on the
screen. This does not activate menu completion if the widget
normally only lists completions, but menu completion can be acti-
vated in that case with the value `yes=long-list' (Typically, the
value `select=long-list' described later is more useful as it
provides control over scrolling.)
Similarly, with any of the `false' values (as in `no=10'), menu
completion will not be used if there are num or more matches.
The value of this widget also controls menu selection, as imple-
mented by the zsh/complist module. The following values may ap-
pear either alongside or instead of the values above.
If the value contains the string `select', menu selection will be
started unconditionally.
In the form `select=num', menu selection will only be started if
there are at least num matches. If the values for more than one
tag provide a number, the smallest number is taken.
Menu selection can be turned off explicitly by defining a value
containing the string`no-select'.
It is also possible to start menu selection only if the list of
matches does not fit on the screen by using the value `se-
lect=long'. To start menu selection even if the current widget
only performs listing, use the value `select=long-list'.
To turn on menu completion or menu selection when there are a
certain number of matches or the list of matches does not fit on
the screen, both of `yes=' and `select=' may be given twice, once
with a number and once with `long' or `long-list'.
Finally, it is possible to activate two special modes of menu se-
lection. The word `interactive' in the value causes interactive
mode to be entered immediately when menu selection is started;
see the description of the zsh/complist module in zshmodules(1)
for a description of interactive mode. Including the string
`search' does the same for incremental search mode. To select
backward incremental search, include the string `search-back-
ward'.
muttrc If set, gives the location of the mutt configuration file. It
defaults to `~/.muttrc'.
numbers
This is used with the jobs tag. If it is `true', the shell will
complete job numbers instead of the shortest unambiguous prefix
of the job command text. If the value is a number, job numbers
will only be used if that many words from the job descriptions
are required to resolve ambiguities. For example, if the value
is `1', strings will only be used if all jobs differ in the first
word on their command lines.
old-list
This is used by the _oldlist completer. If it is set to `al-
ways', then standard widgets which perform listing will retain
the current list of matches, however they were generated; this
can be turned off explicitly with the value `never', giving the
behaviour without the _oldlist completer. If the style is unset,
or any other value, then the existing list of completions is dis-
played if it is not already; otherwise, the standard completion
list is generated; this is the default behaviour of _oldlist.
However, if there is an old list and this style contains the name
of the completer function that generated the list, then the old
list will be used even if it was generated by a widget which does
not do listing.
For example, suppose you type ^Xc to use the _correct_word wid-
get, which generates a list of corrections for the word under the
cursor. Usually, typing ^D would generate a standard list of
completions for the word on the command line, and show that.
With _oldlist, it will instead show the list of corrections al-
ready generated.
As another example consider the _match completer: with the in-
sert-unambiguous style set to `true' it inserts only a common
prefix string, if there is any. However, this may remove parts
of the original pattern, so that further completion could produce
more matches than on the first attempt. By using the _oldlist
completer and setting this style to _match, the list of matches
generated on the first attempt will be used again.
old-matches
This is used by the _all_matches completer to decide if an old
list of matches should be used if one exists. This is selected
by one of the `true' values or by the string `only'. If the
value is `only', _all_matches will only use an old list and won't
have any effect on the list of matches currently being generated.
If this style is set it is generally unwise to call the
_all_matches completer unconditionally. One possible use is for
either this style or the completer style to be defined with the
-e option to zstyle to make the style conditional.
old-menu
This is used by the _oldlist completer. It controls how menu
completion behaves when a completion has already been inserted
and the user types a standard completion key such as TAB. The
default behaviour of _oldlist is that menu completion always con-
tinues with the existing list of completions. If this style is
set to `false', however, a new completion is started if the old
list was generated by a different completion command; this is the
behaviour without the _oldlist completer.
For example, suppose you type ^Xc to generate a list of correc-
tions, and menu completion is started in one of the usual ways.
Usually, or with this style set to `false', typing TAB at this
point would start trying to complete the line as it now appears.
With _oldlist, it instead continues to cycle through the list of
corrections.
original
This is used by the _approximate and _correct completers to de-
cide if the original string should be added as a possible comple-
tion. Normally, this is done only if there are at least two pos-
sible corrections, but if this style is set to `true', it is al-
ways added. Note that the style will be examined with the com-
pleter field in the context name set to correct-num or approxi-
mate-num, where num is the number of errors that were accepted.
packageset
This style is used when completing arguments of the Debian `dpkg'
program. It contains an override for the default package set for
a given context. For example,
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:dpkg:option--status-1:*' \
packageset avail
causes available packages, rather than only installed packages,
to be completed for `dpkg --status'.
path The function that completes color names uses this style with the
colors tag. The value should be the pathname of a file contain-
ing color names in the format of an X11 rgb.txt file. If the
style is not set but this file is found in one of various stan-
dard locations it will be used as the default.
path-completion
This is used by filename completion. By default, filename com-
pletion examines all components of a path to see if there are
completions of that component. For example, /u/b/z can be com-
pleted to /usr/bin/zsh. Explicitly setting this style to `false'
inhibits this behaviour for path components up to the / before
the cursor; this overrides the setting of accept-exact-dirs.
Even with the style set to `false', it is still possible to com-
plete multiple paths by setting the option COMPLETE_IN_WORD and
moving the cursor back to the first component in the path to be
completed. For example, /u/b/z can be completed to /usr/bin/zsh
if the cursor is after the /u.
pine-directory
If set, specifies the directory containing PINE mailbox files.
There is no default, since recursively searching this directory
is inconvenient for anyone who doesn't use PINE.
ports A list of Internet service names (network ports) to complete. If
this is not set, service names are taken from the file `/etc/ser-
vices'.
prefix-hidden
This is used for certain completions which share a common prefix,
for example command options beginning with dashes. If it is
`true', the prefix will not be shown in the list of matches.
The default value for this style is `false'.
prefix-needed
This style is also relevant for matches with a common prefix. If
it is set to `true' this common prefix must be typed by the user
to generate the matches.
The style is applicable to the options, signals, jobs, functions,
and parameters completion tags.
For command options, this means that the initial `-', `+', or
`--' must be typed explicitly before option names will be com-
pleted.
For signals, an initial `-' is required before signal names will
be completed.
For jobs, an initial `%' is required before job names will be
completed.
For function and parameter names, an initial `_' or `.' is re-
quired before function or parameter names starting with those
characters will be completed.
The default value for this style is `false' for function and pa-
rameter completions, and `true' otherwise.
preserve-prefix
This style is used when completing path names. Its value should
be a pattern matching an initial prefix of the word to complete
that should be left unchanged under all circumstances. For exam-
ple, on some Unices an initial `//' (double slash) has a special
meaning; setting this style to the string `//' will preserve it.
As another example, setting this style to `?:/' under Cygwin
would allow completion after `a:/...' and so on.
range This is used by the _history completer and the _history_com-
plete_word bindable command to decide which words should be com-
pleted.
If it is a single number, only the last N words from the history
will be completed.
If it is a range of the form `max:slice', the last slice words
will be completed; then if that yields no matches, the slice
words before those will be tried and so on. This process stops
either when at least one match has been found, or max words have
been tried.
The default is to complete all words from the history at once.
recursive-files
If this style is set, its value is an array of patterns to be
tested against `$PWD/': note the trailing slash, which allows di-
rectories in the pattern to be delimited unambiguously by includ-
ing slashes on both sides. If an ordinary file completion fails
and the word on the command line does not yet have a directory
part to its name, the style is retrieved using the same tag as
for the completion just attempted, then the elements tested
against $PWD/ in turn. If one matches, then the shell reattempts
completion by prepending the word on the command line with each
directory in the expansion of **/*(/) in turn. Typically the el-
ements of the style will be set to restrict the number of direc-
tories beneath the current one to a manageable number, for exam-
ple `*/.git/*'.
For example,
zstyle ':completion:*' recursive-files '*/zsh/*'
If the current directory is /home/pws/zsh/Src, then zle_tr<TAB>
can be completed to Zle/zle_tricky.c.
regular
This style is used by the _expand_alias completer and bindable
command. If set to `true' (the default), regular aliases will be
expanded but only in command position. If it is set to `false',
regular aliases will never be expanded. If it is set to `al-
ways', regular aliases will be expanded even if not in command
position.
rehash If this is set when completing external commands, the internal
list (hash) of commands will be updated for each search by issu-
ing the rehash command. There is a speed penalty for this which
is only likely to be noticeable when directories in the path have
slow file access.
remote-access
If set to `false', certain commands will be prevented from making
Internet connections to retrieve remote information. This in-
cludes the completion for the CVS command.
It is not always possible to know if connections are in fact to a
remote site, so some may be prevented unnecessarily.
remove-all-dups
The _history_complete_word bindable command and the _history com-
pleter use this to decide if all duplicate matches should be re-
moved, rather than just consecutive duplicates.
select-prompt
If this is set for the default tag, its value will be displayed
during menu selection (see the menu style above) when the comple-
tion list does not fit on the screen as a whole. The same es-
capes as for the list-prompt style are understood, except that
the numbers refer to the match or line the mark is on. A default
prompt is used when the value is the empty string.
select-scroll
This style is tested for the default tag and determines how a
completion list is scrolled during a menu selection (see the menu
style above) when the completion list does not fit on the screen
as a whole. If the value is `0' (zero), the list is scrolled by
half-screenfuls; if it is a positive integer, the list is
scrolled by the given number of lines; if it is a negative num-
ber, the list is scrolled by a screenful minus the absolute value
of the given number of lines. The default is to scroll by single
lines.
separate-sections
This style is used with the manuals tag when completing names of
manual pages. If it is `true', entries for different sections
are added separately using tag names of the form `manuals.X',
where X is the section number. When the group-name style is also
in effect, pages from different sections will appear separately.
This style is also used similarly with the words style when com-
pleting words for the dict command. It allows words from differ-
ent dictionary databases to be added separately. See also in-
sert-sections.
The default for this style is `false'.
show-ambiguity
If the zsh/complist module is loaded, this style can be used to
highlight the first ambiguous character in completion lists. The
value is either a color indication such as those supported by the
list-colors style or, with a value of `true', a default of under-
lining is selected. The highlighting is only applied if the com-
pletion display strings correspond to the actual matches.
show-completer
Tested whenever a new completer is tried. If it is `true', the
completion system outputs a progress message in the listing area
showing what completer is being tried. The message will be over-
written by any output when completions are found and is removed
after completion is finished.
single-ignored
This is used by the _ignored completer when there is only one
match. If its value is `show', the single match will be dis-
played but not inserted. If the value is `menu', then the single
match and the original string are both added as matches and menu
completion is started, making it easy to select either of them.
sort This allows the standard ordering of matches to be overridden.
If its value is `true' or `false', sorting is enabled or dis-
abled. Additionally the values associated with the `-o' option
to compadd can also be listed: match, nosort, numeric, reverse.
If it is not set for the context, the standard behaviour of the
calling widget is used.
The style is tested first against the full context including the
tag, and if that fails to produce a value against the context
without the tag.
In many cases where a calling widget explicitly selects a partic-
ular ordering in lieu of the default, a value of `true' is not
honoured. An example of where this is not the case is for com-
mand history where the default of sorting matches chronologically
may be overridden by setting the style to `true'.
In the _expand completer, if it is set to `true', the expansions
generated will always be sorted. If it is set to `menu', then
the expansions are only sorted when they are offered as single
strings but not in the string containing all possible expansions.
special-dirs
Normally, the completion code will not produce the directory
names `.' and `..' as possible completions. If this style is set
to `true', it will add both `.' and `..' as possible completions;
if it is set to `..', only `..' will be added.
The following example sets special-dirs to `..' when the current
prefix is empty, is a single `.', or consists only of a path be-
ginning with `../'. Otherwise the value is `false'.
zstyle -e ':completion:*' special-dirs \
'[[ $PREFIX = (../)#(|.|..) ]] && reply=(..)'
squeeze-slashes
If set to `true', sequences of slashes in filename paths (for ex-
ample in `foo//bar') will be treated as a single slash. This is
the usual behaviour of UNIX paths. However, by default the file
completion function behaves as if there were a `*' between the
slashes.
stop If set to `true', the _history_complete_word bindable command
will stop once when reaching the beginning or end of the history.
Invoking _history_complete_word will then wrap around to the op-
posite end of the history. If this style is set to `false' (the
default), _history_complete_word will loop immediately as in a
menu completion.
strip-comments
If set to `true', this style causes non-essential comment text to
be removed from completion matches. Currently it is only used
when completing e-mail addresses where it removes any display
name from the addresses, cutting them down to plain user@host
form.
subst-globs-only
This is used by the _expand completer. If it is set to `true',
the expansion will only be used if it resulted from globbing;
hence, if expansions resulted from the use of the substitute
style described below, but these were not further changed by
globbing, the expansions will be rejected.
The default for this style is `false'.
substitute
This boolean style controls whether the _expand completer will
first try to expand all substitutions in the string (such as
`$(...)' and `${...}').
The default is `true'.
suffix This is used by the _expand completer if the word starts with a
tilde or contains a parameter expansion. If it is set to `true',
the word will only be expanded if it doesn't have a suffix, i.e.
if it is something like `~foo' or `$foo' rather than `~foo/' or
`$foo/bar', unless that suffix itself contains characters eligi-
ble for expansion. The default for this style is `true'.
tag-order
This provides a mechanism for sorting how the tags available in a
particular context will be used.
The values for the style are sets of space-separated lists of
tags. The tags in each value will be tried at the same time; if
no match is found, the next value is used. (See the file-pat-
terns style for an exception to this behavior.)
For example:
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:-command-:*:*' tag-order \
'commands functions'
specifies that completion in command position first offers exter-
nal commands and shell functions. Remaining tags will be tried
if no completions are found.
In addition to tag names, each string in the value may take one
of the following forms:
- If any value consists of only a hyphen, then only the tags
specified in the other values are generated. Normally all
tags not explicitly selected are tried last if the speci-
fied tags fail to generate any matches. This means that a
single value consisting only of a single hyphen turns off
completion.
! tags...
A string starting with an exclamation mark specifies names
of tags that are not to be used. The effect is the same
as if all other possible tags for the context had been
listed.
tag:label ...
Here, tag is one of the standard tags and label is an ar-
bitrary name. Matches are generated as normal but the
name label is used in contexts instead of tag. This is
not useful in words starting with !.
If the label starts with a hyphen, the tag is prepended to
the label to form the name used for lookup. This can be
used to make the completion system try a certain tag more
than once, supplying different style settings for each at-
tempt; see below for an example.
tag:label:description
As before, but description will replace the `%d' in the
value of the format style instead of the default descrip-
tion supplied by the completion function. Spaces in the
description must be quoted with a backslash. A `%d' ap-
pearing in description is replaced with the description
given by the completion function.
In any of the forms above the tag may be a pattern or several
patterns in the form `{pat1,pat2...}'. In this case all matching
tags will be used except for any given explicitly in the same
string.
One use of these features is to try one tag more than once, set-
ting other styles differently on each attempt, but still to use
all the other tags without having to repeat them all. For exam-
ple, to make completion of function names in command position ig-
nore all the completion functions starting with an underscore the
first time completion is tried:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:*' tag-order \
'functions:-non-comp *' functions
zstyle ':completion:*:functions-non-comp' \
ignored-patterns '_*'
On the first attempt, all tags will be offered but the functions
tag will be replaced by functions-non-comp. The ignored-patterns
style is set for this tag to exclude functions starting with an
underscore. If there are no matches, the second value of the
tag-order style is used which completes functions using the de-
fault tag, this time presumably including all function names.
The matches for one tag can be split into different groups. For
example:
zstyle ':completion:*' tag-order \
'options:-long:long\ options
options:-short:short\ options
options:-single-letter:single\ letter\ options'
zstyle ':completion:*:options-long' \
ignored-patterns '[-+](|-|[^-]*)'
zstyle ':completion:*:options-short' \
ignored-patterns '--*' '[-+]?'
zstyle ':completion:*:options-single-letter' \
ignored-patterns '???*'
With the group-names style set, options beginning with `--', op-
tions beginning with a single `-' or `+' but containing multiple
characters, and single-letter options will be displayed in sepa-
rate groups with different descriptions.
Another use of patterns is to try multiple match specifications
one after another. The matcher-list style offers something simi-
lar, but it is tested very early in the completion system and
hence can't be set for single commands nor for more specific con-
texts. Here is how to try normal completion without any match
specification and, if that generates no matches, try again with
case-insensitive matching, restricting the effect to arguments of
the command foo:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:foo:*:*' tag-order '*' '*:-case'
zstyle ':completion:*-case' matcher 'm:{a-z}={A-Z}'
First, all the tags offered when completing after foo are tried
using the normal tag name. If that generates no matches, the
second value of tag-order is used, which tries all tags again ex-
cept that this time each has -case appended to its name for
lookup of styles. Hence this time the value for the matcher
style from the second call to zstyle in the example is used to
make completion case-insensitive.
It is possible to use the -e option of the zstyle builtin command
to specify conditions for the use of particular tags. For exam-
ple:
zstyle -e '*:-command-:*' tag-order '
if [[ -n $PREFIX$SUFFIX ]]; then
reply=( )
else
reply=( - )
fi'
Completion in command position will be attempted only if the
string typed so far is not empty. This is tested using the PRE-
FIX special parameter; see zshcompwid for a description of para-
meters which are special inside completion widgets. Setting re-
ply to an empty array provides the default behaviour of trying
all tags at once; setting it to an array containing only a hyphen
disables the use of all tags and hence of all completions.
If no tag-order style has been defined for a context, the strings
`(|*-)argument-* (|*-)option-* values' and `options' plus all
tags offered by the completion function will be used to provide a
sensible default behavior that causes arguments (whether normal
command arguments or arguments of options) to be completed before
option names for most commands.
urls This is used together with the urls tag by functions completing
URLs.
If the value consists of more than one string, or if the only
string does not name a file or directory, the strings are used as
the URLs to complete.
If the value contains only one string which is the name of a nor-
mal file the URLs are taken from that file (where the URLs may be
separated by white space or newlines).
Finally, if the only string in the value names a directory, the
directory hierarchy rooted at this directory gives the comple-
tions. The top level directory should be the file access method,
such as `http', `ftp', `bookmark' and so on. In many cases the
next level of directories will be a filename. The directory hi-
erarchy can descend as deep as necessary.
For example,
zstyle ':completion:*' urls ~/.urls
mkdir -p ~/.urls/ftp/ftp.zsh.org/pub
allows completion of all the components of the URL
ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub after suitable commands such as `netscape'
or `lynx'. Note, however, that access methods and files are com-
pleted separately, so if the hosts style is set hosts can be com-
pleted without reference to the urls style.
See the description in the function _urls itself for more infor-
mation (e.g. `more $^fpath/_urls(N)').
use-cache
If this is set, the completion caching layer is activated for any
completions which use it (via the _store_cache, _retrieve_cache,
and _cache_invalid functions). The directory containing the
cache files can be changed with the cache-path style.
use-compctl
If this style is set to a string not equal to false, 0, no, and
off, the completion system may use any completion specifications
defined with the compctl builtin command. If the style is unset,
this is done only if the zsh/compctl module is loaded. The
string may also contain the substring `first' to use completions
defined with `compctl -T', and the substring `default' to use the
completion defined with `compctl -D'.
Note that this is only intended to smooth the transition from
compctl to the new completion system and may disappear in the fu-
ture.
Note also that the definitions from compctl will only be used if
there is no specific completion function for the command in ques-
tion. For example, if there is a function _foo to complete argu-
ments to the command foo, compctl will never be invoked for foo.
However, the compctl version will be tried if foo only uses de-
fault completion.
use-ip By default, the function _hosts that completes host names strips
IP addresses from entries read from host databases such as NIS
and ssh files. If this style is `true', the corresponding IP ad-
dresses can be completed as well. This style is not use in any
context where the hosts style is set; note also it must be set
before the cache of host names is generated (typically the first
completion attempt).
users This may be set to a list of usernames to be completed. If it is
not set all usernames will be completed. Note that if it is set
only that list of users will be completed; this is because on
some systems querying all users can take a prohibitive amount of
time.
users-hosts
The values of this style should be of the form `user@host' or
`user:host'. It is used for commands that need pairs of user- and
hostnames. These commands will complete usernames from this
style (only), and will restrict subsequent hostname completion to
hosts paired with that user in one of the values of the style.
It is possible to group values for sets of commands which allow a
remote login, such as rlogin and ssh, by using the my-accounts
tag. Similarly, values for sets of commands which usually refer
to the accounts of other people, such as talk and finger, can be
grouped by using the other-accounts tag. More ambivalent com-
mands may use the accounts tag.
users-hosts-ports
Like users-hosts but used for commands like telnet and containing
strings of the form `user@host:port'.
verbose
If set, as it is by default, the completion listing is more ver-
bose. In particular many commands show descriptions for options
if this style is `true'.
word This is used by the _list completer, which prevents the insertion
of completions until a second completion attempt when the line
has not changed. The normal way of finding out if the line has
changed is to compare its entire contents between the two occa-
sions. If this style is `true', the comparison is instead per-
formed only on the current word. Hence if completion is per-
formed on another word with the same contents, completion will
not be delayed.
CONTROL FUNCTIONS
The initialization script compinit redefines all the widgets which per-
form completion to call the supplied widget function _main_complete.
This function acts as a wrapper calling the so-called `completer' func-
tions that generate matches. If _main_complete is called with argu-
ments, these are taken as the names of completer functions to be called
in the order given. If no arguments are given, the set of functions to
try is taken from the completer style. For example, to use normal com-
pletion and correction if that doesn't generate any matches:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _correct
after calling compinit. The default value for this style is `_complete
_ignored', i.e. normally only ordinary completion is tried, first with
the effect of the ignored-patterns style and then without it. The
_main_complete function uses the return status of the completer func-
tions to decide if other completers should be called. If the return
status is zero, no other completers are tried and the _main_complete
function returns.
If the first argument to _main_complete is a single hyphen, the argu-
ments will not be taken as names of completers. Instead, the second ar-
gument gives a name to use in the completer field of the context and the
other arguments give a command name and arguments to call to generate
the matches.
The following completer functions are contained in the distribution, al-
though users may write their own. Note that in contexts the leading un-
derscore is stripped, for example basic completion is performed in the
context `:completion::complete:...'.
_all_matches
This completer can be used to add a string consisting of all
other matches. As it influences later completers it must appear
as the first completer in the list. The list of all matches is
affected by the avoid-completer and old-matches styles described
above.
It may be useful to use the _generic function described below to
bind _all_matches to its own keystroke, for example:
zle -C all-matches complete-word _generic
bindkey '^Xa' all-matches
zstyle ':completion:all-matches:*' old-matches only
zstyle ':completion:all-matches::::' completer _all_matches
Note that this does not generate completions by itself: first
use any of the standard ways of generating a list of completions,
then use ^Xa to show all matches. It is possible instead to add
a standard completer to the list and request that the list of all
matches should be directly inserted:
zstyle ':completion:all-matches::::' completer \
_all_matches _complete
zstyle ':completion:all-matches:*' insert true
In this case the old-matches style should not be set.
_approximate
This is similar to the basic _complete completer but allows the
completions to undergo corrections. The maximum number of errors
can be specified by the max-errors style; see the description of
approximate matching in zshexpn(1) for how errors are counted.
Normally this completer will only be tried after the normal _com-
plete completer:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _approximate
This will give correcting completion if and only if normal com-
pletion yields no possible completions. When corrected comple-
tions are found, the completer will normally start menu comple-
tion allowing you to cycle through these strings.
This completer uses the tags corrections and original when gener-
ating the possible corrections and the original string. The for-
mat style for the former may contain the additional sequences
`%e' and `%o' which will be replaced by the number of errors ac-
cepted to generate the corrections and the original string, re-
spectively.
The completer progressively increases the number of errors al-
lowed up to the limit by the max-errors style, hence if a comple-
tion is found with one error, no completions with two errors will
be shown, and so on. It modifies the completer name in the con-
text to indicate the number of errors being tried: on the first
try the completer field contains `approximate-1', on the second
try `approximate-2', and so on.
When _approximate is called from another function, the number of
errors to accept may be passed with the -a option. The argument
is in the same format as the max-errors style, all in one string.
Note that this completer (and the _correct completer mentioned
below) can be quite expensive to call, especially when a large
number of errors are allowed. One way to avoid this is to set up
the completer style using the -e option to zstyle so that some
completers are only used when completion is attempted a second
time on the same string, e.g.:
zstyle -e ':completion:*' completer '
if [[ $_last_try != "$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR" ]]; then
_last_try="$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR"
reply=(_complete _match _prefix)
else
reply=(_ignored _correct _approximate)
fi'
This uses the HISTNO parameter and the BUFFER and CURSOR special
parameters that are available inside zle and completion widgets
to find out if the command line hasn't changed since the last
time completion was tried. Only then are the _ignored, _correct
and _approximate completers called.
_canonical_paths [ -A var ] [ -N ] [ -MJV12nfX ] tag descr [ paths ... ]
This completion function completes all paths given to it, and
also tries to offer completions which point to the same file as
one of the paths given (relative path when an absolute path is
given, and vice versa; when ..'s are present in the word to be
completed; and some paths got from symlinks).
-A, if specified, takes the paths from the array variable speci-
fied. Paths can also be specified on the command line as shown
above. -N, if specified, prevents canonicalizing the paths given
before using them for completion, in case they are already so.
The options -M, -J, -V, -1, -2, -n, -F, -X are passed to compadd.
See _description for a description of tag and descr.
_cmdambivalent
Completes the remaining positional arguments as an external com-
mand. The external command and its arguments are completed as
separate arguments (in a manner appropriate for completing
/usr/bin/env) if there are two or more remaining positional argu-
ments on the command line, and as a quoted command string (in the
manner of system(...)) otherwise. See also _cmdstring and _pre-
command.
This function takes no arguments.
_cmdstring
Completes an external command as a single argument, as for sys-
tem(...).
_complete
This completer generates all possible completions in a con-
text-sensitive manner, i.e. using the settings defined with the
compdef function explained above and the current settings of all
special parameters. This gives the normal completion behaviour.
To complete arguments of commands, _complete uses the utility
function _normal, which is in turn responsible for finding the
particular function; it is described below. Various contexts of
the form -context- are handled specifically. These are all men-
tioned above as possible arguments to the #compdef tag.
Before trying to find a function for a specific context, _com-
plete checks if the parameter `compcontext' is set. Setting `com-
pcontext' allows the usual completion dispatching to be overrid-
den which is useful in places such as a function that uses vared
for input. If it is set to an array, the elements are taken to be
the possible matches which will be completed using the tag `val-
ues' and the description `value'. If it is set to an associative
array, the keys are used as the possible completions and the val-
ues (if non-empty) are used as descriptions for the matches. If
`compcontext' is set to a string containing colons, it should be
of the form `tag:descr:action'. In this case the tag and descr
give the tag and description to use and the action indicates what
should be completed in one of the forms accepted by the _argu-
ments utility function described below.
Finally, if `compcontext' is set to a string without colons, the
value is taken as the name of the context to use and the function
defined for that context will be called. For this purpose, there
is a special context named -command-line- that completes whole
command lines (commands and their arguments). This is not used
by the completion system itself but is nonetheless handled when
explicitly called.
_correct
Generate corrections, but not completions, for the current word;
this is similar to _approximate but will not allow any number of
extra characters at the cursor as that completer does. The ef-
fect is similar to spell-checking. It is based on _approximate,
but the completer field in the context name is correct.
For example, with:
zstyle ':completion:::::' completer \
_complete _correct _approximate
zstyle ':completion:*:correct:::' max-errors 2 not-numeric
zstyle ':completion:*:approximate:::' max-errors 3 numeric
correction will accept up to two errors. If a numeric argument
is given, correction will not be performed, but correcting com-
pletion will be, and will accept as many errors as given by the
numeric argument. Without a numeric argument, first correction
and then correcting completion will be tried, with the first one
accepting two errors and the second one accepting three errors.
When _correct is called as a function, the number of errors to
accept may be given following the -a option. The argument is in
the same form a values to the accept style, all in one string.
This completer function is intended to be used without the _ap-
proximate completer or, as in the example, just before it. Using
it after the _approximate completer is useless since _approximate
will at least generate the corrected strings generated by the
_correct completer -- and probably more.
_expand
This completer function does not really perform completion, but
instead checks if the word on the command line is eligible for
expansion and, if it is, gives detailed control over how this ex-
pansion is done. For this to happen, the completion system needs
to be invoked with complete-word, not expand-or-complete (the de-
fault binding for TAB), as otherwise the string will be expanded
by the shell's internal mechanism before the completion system is
started. Note also this completer should be called before the
_complete completer function.
The tags used when generating expansions are all-expansions for
the string containing all possible expansions, expansions when
adding the possible expansions as single matches and original
when adding the original string from the line. The order in
which these strings are generated, if at all, can be controlled
by the group-order and tag-order styles, as usual.
The format string for all-expansions and for expansions may con-
tain the sequence `%o' which will be replaced by the original
string from the line.
The kind of expansion to be tried is controlled by the substi-
tute, glob and subst-globs-only styles.
It is also possible to call _expand as a function, in which case
the different modes may be selected with options: -s for substi-
tute, -g for glob and -o for subst-globs-only.
_expand_alias
If the word the cursor is on is an alias, it is expanded and no
other completers are called. The types of aliases which are to
be expanded can be controlled with the styles regular, global and
disabled.
This function is also a bindable command, see the section `Bind-
able Commands' below.
_extensions
If the cursor follows the string `*.', filename extensions are
completed. The extensions are taken from files in current direc-
tory or a directory specified at the beginning of the current
word. For exact matches, completion continues to allow other com-
pleters such as _expand to expand the pattern. The standard
add-space and prefix-hidden styles are observed.
_external_pwds
Completes current directories of other zsh processes belonging to
the current user.
This is intended to be used via _generic, bound to a custom key
combination. Note that pattern matching is enabled so matching is
performed similar to how it works with the _match completer.
_history
Complete words from the shell's command history. This completer
can be controlled by the remove-all-dups, and sort styles as for
the _history_complete_word bindable command, see the section
`Bindable Commands' below and the section `Completion System Con-
figuration' above.
_ignored
The ignored-patterns style can be set to a list of patterns which
are compared against possible completions; matching ones are re-
moved. With this completer those matches can be reinstated, as
if no ignored-patterns style were set. The completer actually
generates its own list of matches; which completers are invoked
is determined in the same way as for the _prefix completer. The
single-ignored style is also available as described above.
_list This completer allows the insertion of matches to be delayed un-
til completion is attempted a second time without the word on the
line being changed. On the first attempt, only the list of
matches will be shown. It is affected by the styles condition
and word, see the section `Completion System Configuration'
above.
_match This completer is intended to be used after the _complete com-
pleter. It behaves similarly but the string on the command line
may be a pattern to match against trial completions. This gives
the effect of the GLOB_COMPLETE option.
Normally completion will be performed by taking the pattern from
the line, inserting a `*' at the cursor position and comparing
the resulting pattern with the possible completions generated.
This can be modified with the match-original style described
above.
The generated matches will be offered in a menu completion unless
the insert-unambiguous style is set to `true'; see the descrip-
tion above for other options for this style.
Note that matcher specifications defined globally or used by the
completion functions (the styles matcher-list and matcher) will
not be used.
_menu This completer was written as simple example function to show how
menu completion can be enabled in shell code. However, it has the
notable effect of disabling menu selection which can be useful
with _generic based widgets. It should be used as the first com-
pleter in the list. Note that this is independent of the setting
of the MENU_COMPLETE option and does not work with the other menu
completion widgets such as reverse-menu-complete, or ac-
cept-and-menu-complete.
_oldlist
This completer controls how the standard completion widgets be-
have when there is an existing list of completions which may have
been generated by a special completion (i.e. a separately-bound
completion command). It allows the ordinary completion keys to
continue to use the list of completions thus generated, instead
of producing a new list of ordinary contextual completions. It
should appear in the list of completers before any of the widgets
which generate matches. It uses two styles: old-list and
old-menu, see the section `Completion System Configuration'
above.
_precommand
Complete an external command in word-separated arguments, as for
exec and /usr/bin/env.
_prefix
This completer can be used to try completion with the suffix
(everything after the cursor) ignored. In other words, the suf-
fix will not be considered to be part of the word to complete.
The effect is similar to the expand-or-complete-prefix command.
The completer style is used to decide which other completers are
to be called to generate matches. If this style is unset, the
list of completers set for the current context is used -- except,
of course, the _prefix completer itself. Furthermore, if this
completer appears more than once in the list of completers only
those completers not already tried by the last invocation of
_prefix will be called.
For example, consider this global completer style:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer \
_complete _prefix _correct _prefix:foo
Here, the _prefix completer tries normal completion but ignoring
the suffix. If that doesn't generate any matches, and neither
does the call to the _correct completer after it, _prefix will be
called a second time and, now only trying correction with the
suffix ignored. On the second invocation the completer part of
the context appears as `foo'.
To use _prefix as the last resort and try only normal completion
when it is invoked:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete ... _prefix
zstyle ':completion::prefix:*' completer _complete
The add-space style is also respected. If it is set to `true'
then _prefix will insert a space between the matches generated
(if any) and the suffix.
Note that this completer is only useful if the COMPLETE_IN_WORD
option is set; otherwise, the cursor will be moved to the end of
the current word before the completion code is called and hence
there will be no suffix.
_user_expand
This completer behaves similarly to the _expand completer but in-
stead performs expansions defined by users. The styles add-space
and sort styles specific to the _expand completer are usable with
_user_expand in addition to other styles handled more generally
by the completion system. The tag all-expansions is also avail-
able.
The expansion depends on the array style user-expand being de-
fined for the current context; remember that the context for com-
pleters is less specific than that for contextual completion as
the full context has not yet been determined. Elements of the
array may have one of the following forms:
$hash
hash is the name of an associative array. Note this is
not a full parameter expression, merely a $, suitably
quoted to prevent immediate expansion, followed by the
name of an associative array. If the trial expansion word
matches a key in hash, the resulting expansion is the cor-
responding value.
_func
_func is the name of a shell function whose name must be-
gin with _ but is not otherwise special to the completion
system. The function is called with the trial word as an
argument. If the word is to be expanded, the function
should set the array reply to a list of expansions. Op-
tionally, it can set REPLY to a word that will be used as
a description for the set of expansions. The return sta-
tus of the function is irrelevant.
BINDABLE COMMANDS
In addition to the context-dependent completions provided, which are ex-
pected to work in an intuitively obvious way, there are a few widgets
implementing special behaviour which can be bound separately to keys.
The following is a list of these and their default bindings.
_bash_completions
This function is used by two widgets, _bash_complete-word and
_bash_list-choices. It exists to provide compatibility with com-
pletion bindings in bash. The last character of the binding de-
termines what is completed: `!', command names; `$', environment
variables; `@', host names; `/', file names; `~' user names. In
bash, the binding preceded by `\e' gives completion, and preceded
by `^X' lists options. As some of these bindings clash with
standard zsh bindings, only `\e~' and `^X~' are bound by default.
To add the rest, the following should be added to .zshrc after
compinit has been run:
for key in '!' '$' '@' '/' '~'; do
bindkey "\e$key" _bash_complete-word
bindkey "^X$key" _bash_list-choices
done
This includes the bindings for `~' in case they were already
bound to something else; the completion code does not override
user bindings.
_correct_filename (^XC)
Correct the filename path at the cursor position. Allows up to
six errors in the name. Can also be called with an argument to
correct a filename path, independently of zle; the correction is
printed on standard output.
_correct_word (^Xc)
Performs correction of the current argument using the usual con-
textual completions as possible choices. This stores the string
`correct-word' in the function field of the context name and then
calls the _correct completer.
_expand_alias (^Xa)
This function can be used as a completer and as a bindable com-
mand. It expands the word the cursor is on if it is an alias.
The types of alias expanded can be controlled with the styles
regular, global and disabled.
When used as a bindable command there is one additional feature
that can be selected by setting the complete style to `true'. In
this case, if the word is not the name of an alias, _expand_alias
tries to complete the word to a full alias name without expanding
it. It leaves the cursor directly after the completed word so
that invoking _expand_alias once more will expand the now-com-
plete alias name.
_expand_word (^Xe)
Performs expansion on the current word: equivalent to the stan-
dard expand-word command, but using the _expand completer. Be-
fore calling it, the function field of the context is set to `ex-
pand-word'.
_generic
This function is not defined as a widget and not bound by de-
fault. However, it can be used to define a widget and will then
store the name of the widget in the function field of the context
and call the completion system. This allows custom completion
widgets with their own set of style settings to be defined eas-
ily. For example, to define a widget that performs normal com-
pletion and starts menu selection:
zle -C foo complete-word _generic
bindkey '...' foo
zstyle ':completion:foo:*' menu yes select=1
Note in particular that the completer style may be set for the
context in order to change the set of functions used to generate
possible matches. If _generic is called with arguments, those
are passed through to _main_complete as the list of completers in
place of those defined by the completer style.
_history_complete_word (\e/)
Complete words from the shell's command history. This uses the
list, remove-all-dups, sort, and stop styles.
_most_recent_file (^Xm)
Complete the name of the most recently modified file matching the
pattern on the command line (which may be blank). If given a nu-
meric argument N, complete the Nth most recently modified file.
Note the completion, if any, is always unique.
_next_tags (^Xn)
This command alters the set of matches used to that for the next
tag, or set of tags, either as given by the tag-order style or as
set by default; these matches would otherwise not be available.
Successive invocations of the command cycle through all possible
sets of tags.
_read_comp (^X^R)
Prompt the user for a string, and use that to perform completion
on the current word. There are two possibilities for the string.
First, it can be a set of words beginning `_', for example
`_files -/', in which case the function with any arguments will
be called to generate the completions. Unambiguous parts of the
function name will be completed automatically (normal completion
is not available at this point) until a space is typed.
Second, any other string will be passed as a set of arguments to
compadd and should hence be an expression specifying what should
be completed.
A very restricted set of editing commands is available when read-
ing the string: `DEL' and `^H' delete the last character; `^U'
deletes the line, and `^C' and `^G' abort the function, while
`RET' accepts the completion. Note the string is used verbatim
as a command line, so arguments must be quoted in accordance with
standard shell rules.
Once a string has been read, the next call to _read_comp will use
the existing string instead of reading a new one. To force a new
string to be read, call _read_comp with a numeric argument.
_complete_debug (^X?)
This widget performs ordinary completion, but captures in a tem-
porary file a trace of the shell commands executed by the comple-
tion system. Each completion attempt gets its own file. A com-
mand to view each of these files is pushed onto the editor buffer
stack.
_complete_help (^Xh)
This widget displays information about the context names, the
tags, and the completion functions used when completing at the
current cursor position. If given a numeric argument other than 1
(as in `ESC-2 ^Xh'), then the styles used and the contexts for
which they are used will be shown, too.
Note that the information about styles may be incomplete; it de-
pends on the information available from the completion functions
called, which in turn is determined by the user's own styles and
other settings.
_complete_help_generic
Unlike other commands listed here, this must be created as a nor-
mal ZLE widget rather than a completion widget (i.e. with zle
-N). It is used for generating help with a widget bound to the
_generic widget that is described above.
If this widget is created using the name of the function, as it
is by default, then when executed it will read a key sequence.
This is expected to be bound to a call to a completion function
that uses the _generic widget. That widget will be executed, and
information provided in the same format that the _complete_help
widget displays for contextual completion.
If the widget's name contains debug, for example if it is created
as `zle -N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic', it
will read and execute the keystring for a generic widget as be-
fore, but then generate debugging information as done by _com-
plete_debug for contextual completion.
If the widget's name contains noread, it will not read a
keystring but instead arrange that the next use of a generic wid-
get run in the same shell will have the effect as described
above.
The widget works by setting the shell parameter
ZSH_TRACE_GENERIC_WIDGET which is read by _generic. Unsetting
the parameter cancels any pending effect of the noread form.
For example, after executing the following:
zle -N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic
bindkey '^x:' _complete_debug_generic
typing `C-x :' followed by the key sequence for a generic widget
will cause trace output for that widget to be saved to a file.
_complete_tag (^Xt)
This widget completes symbol tags created by the etags or ctags
programmes (note there is no connection with the completion sys-
tem's tags) stored in a file TAGS, in the format used by etags,
or tags, in the format created by ctags. It will look back up
the path hierarchy for the first occurrence of either file; if
both exist, the file TAGS is preferred. You can specify the full
path to a TAGS or tags file by setting the parameter $TAGSFILE or
$tagsfile respectively. The corresponding completion tags used
are etags and vtags, after emacs and vi respectively.
UTILITY FUNCTIONS
Descriptions follow for utility functions that may be useful when writ-
ing completion functions. If functions are installed in subdirectories,
most of these reside in the Base subdirectory. Like the example func-
tions for commands in the distribution, the utility functions generating
matches all follow the convention of returning status zero if they gen-
erated completions and non-zero if no matching completions could be
added.
_absolute_command_paths
This function completes external commands as absolute paths (un-
like _command_names -e which completes their basenames). It
takes no arguments.
_all_labels [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] tag name descr [ command arg ... ]
This is a convenient interface to the _next_label function below,
implementing the loop shown in the _next_label example. The com-
mand and its arguments are called to generate the matches. The
options stored in the parameter name will automatically be in-
serted into the args passed to the command. Normally, they are
put directly after the command, but if one of the args is a sin-
gle hyphen, they are inserted directly before that. If the hy-
phen is the last argument, it will be removed from the argument
list before the command is called. This allows _all_labels to be
used in almost all cases where the matches can be generated by a
single call to the compadd builtin command or by a call to one of
the utility functions.
For example:
local expl
...
if _requested foo; then
...
_all_labels foo expl '...' compadd ... - $matches
fi
Will complete the strings from the matches parameter, using com-
padd with additional options which will take precedence over
those generated by _all_labels.
_alternative [ -O name ] [ -C name ] spec ...
This function is useful in simple cases where multiple tags are
available. Essentially it implements a loop like the one de-
scribed for the _tags function below.
The tags to use and the action to perform if a tag is requested
are described using the specs which are of the form: `tag:de-
scr:action'. The tags are offered using _tags and if the tag is
requested, the action is executed with the given description de-
scr. The actions are those accepted by the _arguments function
(described below), with the following exceptions:
• The `->state' and `=...' forms are not supported.
• The `((a\:bar b\:baz))' form does not need the colon to be
escaped, since the specs have no colon-separated fields
after the action.
For example, the action may be a simple function call:
_alternative \
'users:user:_users' \
'hosts:host:_hosts'
offers usernames and hostnames as possible matches, generated by
the _users and _hosts functions respectively.
Like _arguments, this function uses _all_labels to execute the
actions, which will loop over all sets of tags. Special handling
is only required if there is an additional valid tag, for example
inside a function called from _alternative.
The option `-O name' is used in the same way as by the _arguments
function. In other words, the elements of the name array will be
passed to compadd when executing an action.
Like _tags this function supports the -C option to give a differ-
ent name for the argument context field.
_arguments [ -nswWCRS ] [ -A pat ] [ -O name ] [ -M matchspec ]
[ : ] spec ...
_arguments [ opt ... ] -- [ -l ] [ -i pats ] [ -s pair ]
[ helpspec ...]
This function can be used to give a complete specification for
completion for a command whose arguments follow standard UNIX op-
tion and argument conventions.
Options Overview
Options to _arguments itself must be in separate words, i.e. -s
-w, not -sw. The options are followed by specs that describe op-
tions and arguments of the analyzed command. To avoid ambiguity,
all options to _arguments itself may be separated from the spec
forms by a single colon.
The `--' form is used to intuit spec forms from the help output
of the command being analyzed, and is described in detail below.
The opts for the `--' form are otherwise the same options as the
first form. Note that `-s' following `--' has a distinct meaning
from `-s' preceding `--', and both may appear.
The option switches -s, -S, -A, -w, and -W affect how _arguments
parses the analyzed command line's options. These switches are
useful for commands with standard argument parsing.
The options of _arguments have the following meanings:
-n With this option, _arguments sets the parameter NORMARG to
the position of the first normal argument in the $words
array, i.e. the position after the end of the options. If
that argument has not been reached, NORMARG is set to -1.
The caller should declare `integer NORMARG' if the -n op-
tion is passed; otherwise the parameter is not used.
-s Enable option stacking for single-letter options, whereby
multiple single-letter options may be combined into a sin-
gle word. For example, the two options `-x' and `-y' may
be combined into a single word `-xy'. By default, every
word corresponds to a single option name (`-xy' is a sin-
gle option named `xy').
Options beginning with a single hyphen or plus sign are
eligible for stacking; words beginning with two hyphens
are not.
Note that -s after -- has a different meaning, which is
documented in the segment entitled `Deriving spec forms
from the help output'.
-w In combination with -s, allow option stacking even if one
or more of the options take arguments. For example, if -x
takes an argument, with no -s, `-xy' is considered as a
single (unhandled) option; with -s, -xy is an option with
the argument `y'; with both -s and -w, -xy is the option
-x and the option -y with arguments to -x (and to -y, if
it takes arguments) still to come in subsequent words.
-W This option takes -w a stage further: it is possible to
complete single-letter options even after an argument that
occurs in the same word. However, it depends on the ac-
tion performed whether options will really be completed at
this point. For more control, use a utility function like
_guard as part of the action.
-C Modify the curcontext parameter for an action of the form
`->state'. This is discussed in detail below.
-R Return status 300 instead of zero when a $state is to be
handled, in the `->string' syntax.
-S Do not complete options after a `--' appearing on the
line, and ignore the `--'. For example, with -S, in the
line
foobar -x -- -y
the `-x' is considered an option, the `-y' is considered
an argument, and the `--' is considered to be neither.
-A pat Do not complete options after the first non-option argu-
ment on the line. pat is a pattern matching all strings
which are not to be taken as arguments. For example, to
make _arguments stop completing options after the first
normal argument, but ignoring all strings starting with a
hyphen even if they are not described by one of the opt-
specs, the form is `-A "-*"'.
-O name
Pass the elements of the array name as arguments to func-
tions called to execute actions. This is discussed in de-
tail below.
-M matchspec
Use the match specification matchspec for completing op-
tion names and values. The default matchspec allows par-
tial word completion after `_' and `-', such as completing
`-f-b' to `-foo-bar'. The default matchspec is:
r:|[_-]=* r:|=*
-0 When populating values of the `opt_args' associative ar-
ray, don't backslash-escape colons and backslashes and use
NUL rather than colon for joining multiple values. This
option is described in more detail below, under the head-
ing specs: actions.
specs: overview
Each of the following forms is a spec describing individual sets
of options or arguments on the command line being analyzed.
n:message:action
n::message:action
This describes the n'th normal argument. The message will
be printed above the matches generated and the action in-
dicates what can be completed in this position (see be-
low). If there are two colons before the message the ar-
gument is optional. If the message contains only white
space, nothing will be printed above the matches unless
the action adds an explanation string itself.
:message:action
::message:action
Similar, but describes the next argument, whatever number
that happens to be. If all arguments are specified in
this form in the correct order the numbers are unneces-
sary.
*:message:action
*::message:action
*:::message:action
This describes how arguments (usually non-option argu-
ments, those not beginning with - or +) are to be com-
pleted when neither of the first two forms was provided.
Any number of arguments can be completed in this fashion.
With two colons before the message, the words special ar-
ray and the CURRENT special parameter are modified to re-
fer only to the normal arguments when the action is exe-
cuted or evaluated. With three colons before the message
they are modified to refer only to the normal arguments
covered by this description.
optspec
optspec:...
This describes an option. The colon indicates handling
for one or more arguments to the option; if it is not
present, the option is assumed to take no arguments.
The following forms are available for the initial optspec,
whether or not the option has arguments.
*optspec
Here optspec is one of the remaining forms below.
This indicates the following optspec may be re-
peated. Otherwise if the corresponding option is
already present on the command line to the left of
the cursor it will not be offered again.
-optname
+optname
In the simplest form the optspec is just the option
name beginning with a minus or a plus sign, such as
`-foo'. The first argument for the option (if any)
must follow as a separate word directly after the
option.
Either of `-+optname' and `+-optname' can be used
to specify that -optname and +optname are both
valid.
In all the remaining forms, the leading `-' may be
replaced by or paired with `+' in this way.
-optname-
The first argument of the option must come directly
after the option name in the same word. For exam-
ple, `-foo-:...' specifies that the completed op-
tion and argument will look like `-fooarg'.
-optname+
The first argument may appear immediately after
optname in the same word, or may appear as a sepa-
rate word after the option. For example,
`-foo+:...' specifies that the completed option and
argument will look like either `-fooarg' or `-foo
arg'.
-optname=
The argument may appear as the next word, or in
same word as the option name provided that it is
separated from it by an equals sign, for example
`-foo=arg' or `-foo arg'.
-optname=-
The argument to the option must appear after an
equals sign in the same word, and may not be given
in the next argument.
optspec[explanation]
An explanation string may be appended to any of the
preceding forms of optspec by enclosing it in
brackets, as in `-q[query operation]'.
The verbose style is used to decide whether the ex-
planation strings are displayed with the option in
a completion listing.
If no bracketed explanation string is given but the
auto-description style is set and only one argument
is described for this optspec, the value of the
style is displayed, with any appearance of the se-
quence `%d' in it replaced by the message of the
first optarg that follows the optspec; see below.
It is possible for options with a literal `+' or `=' to
appear, but that character must be quoted, for example
`-\+'.
Each optarg following an optspec must take one of the fol-
lowing forms:
:message:action
::message:action
An argument to the option; message and action are
treated as for ordinary arguments. In the first
form, the argument is mandatory, and in the second
form it is optional.
This group may be repeated for options which take
multiple arguments. In other words, :message1:ac-
tion1:message2:action2 specifies that the option
takes two arguments.
:*pattern:message:action
:*pattern::message:action
:*pattern:::message:action
This describes multiple arguments. Only the last
optarg for an option taking multiple arguments may
be given in this form. If the pattern is empty
(i.e. :*:), all the remaining words on the line are
to be completed as described by the action; other-
wise, all the words up to and including a word
matching the pattern are to be completed using the
action.
Multiple colons are treated as for the `*:...'
forms for ordinary arguments: when the message is
preceded by two colons, the words special array and
the CURRENT special parameter are modified during
the execution or evaluation of the action to refer
only to the words after the option. When preceded
by three colons, they are modified to refer only to
the words covered by this description.
Any literal colon in an optname, message, or action must be pre-
ceded by a backslash, `\:'.
Each of the forms above may be preceded by a list in parentheses
of option names and argument numbers. If the given option is on
the command line, the options and arguments indicated in paren-
theses will not be offered. For example, `(-two -three
1)-one:...' completes the option `-one'; if this appears on the
command line, the options -two and -three and the first ordinary
argument will not be completed after it. `(-foo):...' specifies
an ordinary argument completion; -foo will not be completed if
that argument is already present.
Other items may appear in the list of excluded options to indi-
cate various other items that should not be applied when the cur-
rent specification is matched: a single star (*) for the rest ar-
guments (i.e. a specification of the form `*:...'); a colon (:)
for all normal (non-option-) arguments; and a hyphen (-) for all
options. For example, if `(*)' appears before an option and the
option appears on the command line, the list of remaining argu-
ments (those shown in the above table beginning with `*:') will
not be completed.
To aid in reuse of specifications, it is possible to precede any
of the forms above with `!'; then the form will no longer be com-
pleted, although if the option or argument appears on the command
line they will be skipped as normal. The main use for this is
when the arguments are given by an array, and _arguments is
called repeatedly for more specific contexts: on the first call
`_arguments $global_options' is used, and on subsequent calls
`_arguments !$^global_options'.
specs: actions
In each of the forms above the action determines how completions
should be generated. Except for the `->string' form below, the
action will be executed by calling the _all_labels function to
process all tag labels. No special handling of tags is needed
unless a function call introduces a new one.
The functions called to execute actions will be called with the
elements of the array named by the `-O name' option as arguments.
This can be used, for example, to pass the same set of options
for the compadd builtin to all actions.
The forms for action are as follows.
(single unquoted space)
This is useful where an argument is required but it is not
possible or desirable to generate matches for it. The
message will be displayed but no completions listed. Note
that even in this case the colon at the end of the message
is needed; it may only be omitted when neither a message
nor an action is given.
(item1 item2 ...)
One of a list of possible matches, for example:
:foo:(foo bar baz)
((item1\:desc1 ...))
Similar to the above, but with descriptions for each pos-
sible match. Note the backslash before the colon. For
example,
:foo:((a\:bar b\:baz))
The matches will be listed together with their descrip-
tions if the description style is set with the values tag
in the context.
->string
In this form, _arguments processes the arguments and op-
tions and then returns control to the calling function
with parameters set to indicate the state of processing;
the calling function then makes its own arrangements for
generating completions. For example, functions that im-
plement a state machine can use this type of action.
Where _arguments encounters action in the `->string' for-
mat, it will strip all leading and trailing whitespace
from string and set the array state to the set of all
strings for which an action is to be performed. The ele-
ments of the array state_descr are assigned the corre-
sponding message field from each optarg containing such an
action.
By default and in common with all other well behaved com-
pletion functions, _arguments returns status zero if it
was able to add matches and non-zero otherwise. However,
if the -R option is given, _arguments will instead return
a status of 300 to indicate that $state is to be handled.
In addition to $state and $state_descr, _arguments also
sets the global parameters `context', `line' and
`opt_args' as described below, and does not reset any
changes made to the special parameters such as PREFIX and
words. This gives the calling function the choice of re-
setting these parameters or propagating changes in them.
A function calling _arguments with at least one action
containing a `->string' must therefore declare appropriate
local parameters:
local context state state_descr line
typeset -A opt_args
to prevent _arguments from altering the global environ-
ment.
{eval-string}
A string in braces is evaluated as shell code to generate
matches. If the eval-string itself does not begin with an
opening parenthesis or brace it is split into separate
words before execution.
= action
If the action starts with `= ' (an equals sign followed by
a space), _arguments will insert the contents of the argu-
ment field of the current context as the new first element
in the words special array and increment the value of the
CURRENT special parameter. This has the effect of insert-
ing a dummy word onto the completion command line while
not changing the point at which completion is taking
place.
This is most useful with one of the specifiers that re-
strict the words on the command line on which the action
is to operate (the two- and three-colon forms above). One
particular use is when an action itself causes _arguments
on a restricted range; it is necessary to use this trick
to insert an appropriate command name into the range for
the second call to _arguments to be able to parse the
line.
word...
word...
This covers all forms other than those above. If the ac-
tion starts with a space, the remaining list of words will
be invoked unchanged.
Otherwise it will be invoked with some extra strings
placed after the first word; these are to be passed down
as options to the compadd builtin. They ensure that the
state specified by _arguments, in particular the descrip-
tions of options and arguments, is correctly passed to the
completion command. These additional arguments are taken
from the array parameter `expl'; this will be set up be-
fore executing the action and hence may be referred to in-
side it, typically in an expansion of the form `$expl[@]'
which preserves empty elements of the array.
During the performance of the action the array `line' will be set
to the normal arguments from the command line, i.e. the words
from the command line after the command name excluding all op-
tions and their arguments. Options are stored in the associative
array `opt_args' with option names as keys and their arguments as
the values. By default, all colons and backslashes in the value
are escaped with backslashes, and if an option has multiple argu-
ments (for example, when using an optspec of the form `*opt-
spec'), they are joined with (unescaped) colons. However, if the
-0 option was passed, no backslash escaping is performed, and
multiple values are joined with NUL bytes. For example, after
`zsh -o foo:foo -o bar:bar -o <TAB>', the contents of `opt_args'
would be
typeset -A opt_args=( [-o]='foo\:foo:bar\:bar:' )
by default, and
typeset -A opt_args=( [-o]=$'foo:foo\x00bar:bar\x00' )
if _arguments had been called with the -0 option.
The parameter `context' is set when returning to the calling
function to perform an action of the form `->string'. It is set
to an array of elements corresponding to the elements of $state.
Each element is a suitable name for the argument field of the
context: either a string of the form `option-opt-n' for the n'th
argument of the option -opt, or a string of the form `argument-n'
for the n'th argument. For `rest' arguments, that is those in
the list at the end not handled by position, n is the string
`rest'. For example, when completing the argument of the -o op-
tion, the name is `option-o-1', while for the second normal
(non-option-) argument it is `argument-2'.
Furthermore, during the evaluation of the action the context name
in the curcontext parameter is altered to append the same string
that is stored in the context parameter.
The option -C tells _arguments to modify the curcontext parameter
for an action of the form `->state'. This is the standard para-
meter used to keep track of the current context. Here it (and
not the context array) should be made local to the calling func-
tion to avoid passing back the modified value and should be ini-
tialised to the current value at the start of the function:
local curcontext="$curcontext"
This is useful where it is not possible for multiple states to be
valid together.
Grouping Options
Options can be grouped to simplify exclusion lists. A group is
introduced with `+' followed by a name for the group in the sub-
sequent word. Whole groups can then be referenced in an exclusion
list or a group name can be used to disambiguate between two
forms of the same option. For example:
_arguments \
'(group2--x)-a' \
+ group1 \
-m \
'(group2)-n' \
+ group2 \
-x -y
If the name of a group is specified in the form `(name)' then
only one value from that group will ever be completed; more for-
mally, all specifications are mutually exclusive to all other
specifications in that group. This is useful for defining options
that are aliases for each other. For example:
_arguments \
-a -b \
+ '(operation)' \
{-c,--compress}'[compress]' \
{-d,--decompress}'[decompress]' \
{-l,--list}'[list]'
If an option in a group appears on the command line, it is stored
in the associative array `opt_args' with 'group-option' as a key.
In the example above, a key `operation--c' is used if the option
`-c' is present on the command line.
Specifying Multiple Sets of Arguments
It is possible to specify multiple sets of options and arguments
with the sets separated by single hyphens. This differs from
groups in that sets are considered to be mutually exclusive of
each other.
Specifications before the first set and from any group are common
to all sets. For example:
_arguments \
-a \
- set1 \
-c \
- set2 \
-d \
':arg:(x2 y2)'
This defines two sets. When the command line contains the option
`-c', the `-d' option and the argument will not be considered
possible completions. When it contains `-d' or an argument, the
option `-c' will not be considered. However, after `-a' both
sets will still be considered valid.
As for groups, the name of a set may appear in exclusion lists,
either alone or preceding a normal option or argument specifica-
tion.
The completion code has to parse the command line separately for
each set. This can be slow so sets should only be used when nec-
essary. A useful alternative is often an option specification
with rest-arguments (as in `-foo:*:...'); here the option -foo
swallows up all remaining arguments as described by the optarg
definitions.
Deriving spec forms from the help output
The option `--' allows _arguments to work out the names of long
options that support the `--help' option which is standard in
many GNU commands. The command word is called with the argument
`--help' and the output examined for option names. Clearly, it
can be dangerous to pass this to commands which may not support
this option as the behaviour of the command is unspecified.
In addition to options, `_arguments --' will try to deduce the
types of arguments available for options when the form
`--opt=val' is valid. It is also possible to provide hints by
examining the help text of the command and adding helpspec of the
form `pattern:message:action'; note that other _arguments spec
forms are not used. The pattern is matched against the help text
for an option, and if it matches the message and action are used
as for other argument specifiers. The special case of `*:' means
both message and action are empty, which has the effect of caus-
ing options having no description in the help output to be or-
dered in listings ahead of options that have a description.
For example:
_arguments -- '*\*:toggle:(yes no)' \
'*=FILE*:file:_files' \
'*=DIR*:directory:_files -/' \
'*=PATH*:directory:_files -/'
Here, `yes' and `no' will be completed as the argument of options
whose description ends in a star; file names will be completed
for options that contain the substring `=FILE' in the descrip-
tion; and directories will be completed for options whose de-
scription contains `=DIR' or `=PATH'. The last three are in fact
the default and so need not be given explicitly, although it is
possible to override the use of these patterns. A typical help
text which uses this feature is:
-C, --directory=DIR change to directory DIR
so that the above specifications will cause directories to be
completed after `--directory', though not after `-C'.
Note also that _arguments tries to find out automatically if the
argument for an option is optional. This can be specified ex-
plicitly by doubling the colon before the message.
If the pattern ends in `(-)', this will be removed from the pat-
tern and the action will be used only directly after the `=', not
in the next word. This is the behaviour of a normal specifica-
tion defined with the form `=-'.
By default, the command (with the option `--help') is run after
resetting all the locale categories (except for LC_CTYPE) to `C'.
If the localized help output is known to work, the option `-l'
can be specified after the `_arguments --' so that the command is
run in the current locale.
The `_arguments --' can be followed by the option `-i patterns'
to give patterns for options which are not to be completed. The
patterns can be given as the name of an array parameter or as a
literal list in parentheses. For example,
_arguments -- -i \
"(--(en|dis)able-FEATURE*)"
will cause completion to ignore the options `--enable-FEATURE'
and `--disable-FEATURE' (this example is useful with GNU config-
ure).
The `_arguments --' form can also be followed by the option `-s
pair' to describe option aliases. The pair consists of a list of
alternating patterns and corresponding replacements, enclosed in
parens and quoted so that it forms a single argument word in the
_arguments call.
For example, some configure-script help output describes options
only as `--enable-foo', but the script also accepts the negated
form `--disable-foo'. To allow completion of the second form:
_arguments -- -s "((#s)--enable- --disable-)"
Miscellaneous notes
Finally, note that _arguments generally expects to be the primary
function handling any completion for which it is used. It may
have side effects which change the treatment of any matches added
by other functions called after it. To combine _arguments with
other functions, those functions should be called either before
_arguments, as an action within a spec, or in handlers for
`->state' actions.
Here is a more general example of the use of _arguments:
_arguments '-l+:left border:' \
'-format:paper size:(letter A4)' \
'*-copy:output file:_files::resolution:(300 600)' \
':postscript file:_files -g \*.\(ps\|eps\)' \
'*:page number:'
This describes three options: `-l', `-format', and `-copy'. The
first takes one argument described as `left border' for which no
completion will be offered because of the empty action. Its ar-
gument may come directly after the `-l' or it may be given as the
next word on the line.
The `-format' option takes one argument in the next word, de-
scribed as `paper size' for which only the strings `letter' and
`A4' will be completed.
The `-copy' option may appear more than once on the command line
and takes two arguments. The first is mandatory and will be com-
pleted as a filename. The second is optional (because of the
second colon before the description `resolution') and will be
completed from the strings `300' and `600'.
The last two descriptions say what should be completed as argu-
ments. The first describes the first argument as a `postscript
file' and makes files ending in `ps' or `eps' be completed. The
last description gives all other arguments the description `page
number' but does not offer completions.
_cache_invalid cache_identifier
This function returns status zero if the completions cache corre-
sponding to the given cache identifier needs rebuilding. It de-
termines this by looking up the cache-policy style for the cur-
rent context. This should provide a function name which is run
with the full path to the relevant cache file as the only argu-
ment.
Example:
_example_caching_policy () {
# rebuild if cache is more than a week old
local -a oldp
oldp=( "$1"(Nm+7) )
(( $#oldp ))
}
_call_function return name [ arg ... ]
If a function name exists, it is called with the arguments args.
The return argument gives the name of a parameter in which the
return status from the function name should be stored; if return
is empty or a single hyphen it is ignored.
The return status of _call_function itself is zero if the func-
tion name exists and was called and non-zero otherwise.
_call_program [ -l ] [ -p ] tag string ...
This function provides a mechanism for the user to override the
use of an external command. It looks up the command style with
the supplied tag. If the style is set, its value is used as the
command to execute. The strings from the call to _call_program,
or from the style if set, are concatenated with spaces between
them and the resulting string is evaluated. The return status is
the return status of the command called.
By default, the command is run in an environment where all the
locale categories (except for LC_CTYPE) are reset to `C' by call-
ing the utility function _comp_locale (see below). If the option
`-l' is given, the command is run with the current locale.
If the option `-p' is supplied it indicates that the command out-
put is influenced by the permissions it is run with. If the
gain-privileges style is set to true, _call_program will make use
of commands such as sudo, if present on the command-line, to
match the permissions to whatever the final command is likely to
run under. When looking up the gain-privileges and command
styles, the command component of the zstyle context will end with
a slash (`/') followed by the command that would be used to gain
privileges.
_combination [ -s pattern ] tag style spec ... field opts ...
This function is used to complete combinations of values, for
example pairs of hostnames and usernames. The style argument
gives the style which defines the pairs; it is looked up in a
context with the tag specified.
The style name consists of field names separated by hyphens, for
example `users-hosts-ports'. For each field for a value is al-
ready known, a spec of the form `field=pattern' is given. For
example, if the command line so far specifies a user `pws', the
argument `users=pws' should appear.
The next argument with no equals sign is taken as the name of the
field for which completions should be generated (presumably not
one of the fields for which the value is known).
The matches generated will be taken from the value of the style.
These should contain the possible values for the combinations in
the appropriate order (users, hosts, ports in the example above).
The values for the different fields are separated by colons.
This can be altered with the option -s to _combination which
specifies a pattern. Typically this is a character class, as for
example `-s "[:@]"' in the case of the users-hosts style. Each
`field=pattern' specification restricts the completions which ap-
ply to elements of the style with appropriately matching fields.
If no style with the given name is defined for the given tag, or
if none of the strings in style's value match, but a function
name of the required field preceded by an underscore is defined,
that function will be called to generate the matches. For exam-
ple, if there is no `users-hosts-ports' or no matching hostname
when a host is required, the function `_hosts' will automatically
be called.
If the same name is used for more than one field, in both the
`field=pattern' and the argument that gives the name of the field
to be completed, the number of the field (starting with one) may
be given after the fieldname, separated from it by a colon.
All arguments after the required field name are passed to compadd
when generating matches from the style value, or to the functions
for the fields if they are called.
_command_names [ -e | - ]
This function completes words that are valid at command position:
names of aliases, builtins, hashed commands, functions, and so
on. With the -e flag, only hashed commands are completed. The -
flag is ignored.
_comp_locale
This function resets all the locale categories other than
LC_CTYPE to `C' so that the output from external commands can be
easily analyzed by the completion system. LC_CTYPE retains the
current value (taking LC_ALL and LANG into account), ensuring
that non-ASCII characters in file names are still handled prop-
erly.
This function should normally be run only in a subshell, because
the new locale is exported to the environment. Typical usage
would be `$(_comp_locale; command ...)'.
_completers [ -p ]
This function completes names of completers.
-p Include the leading underscore (`_') in the matches.
_default
This function corresponds to the -default- special context which
is applied where no completion is defined. It is useful to call
it under certain error conditions such as completion after an un-
recognised subcommand. This applies the concept of graceful
degradation to the completion system, allowing it to fallback on
basic completion of commonly useful things like filenames.
_describe [-12JVx] [ -oO | -t tag ] descr name1 [ name2 ] [ opt ... ]
[ -- name1 [ name2 ] [ opt ... ] ... ]
This function associates completions with descriptions. Multiple
groups separated by -- can be supplied, potentially with differ-
ent completion options opts.
The descr is taken as a string to display above the matches if
the format style for the descriptions tag is set. This is fol-
lowed by one or two names of arrays followed by options to pass
to compadd. The array name1 contains the possible completions
with their descriptions in the form `completion:description'.
Any literal colons in completion must be quoted with a backslash.
If a name2 is given, it should have the same number of elements
as name1; in this case the corresponding elements are added as
possible completions instead of the completion strings from
name1. The completion list will retain the descriptions from
name1. Finally, a set of completion options can appear.
If the option `-o' appears before the first argument, the matches
added will be treated as names of command options (N.B. not shell
options), typically following a `-', `--' or `+' on the command
line. In this case _describe uses the prefix-hidden, pre-
fix-needed and verbose styles to find out if the strings should
be added as completions and if the descriptions should be shown.
Without the `-o' option, only the verbose style is used to decide
how descriptions are shown. If `-O' is used instead of `-o',
command options are completed as above but _describe will not
handle the prefix-needed style.
With the -t option a tag can be specified. The default is `val-
ues' or, if the -o option is given, `options'.
The options -1, -2, -J, -V, -x are passed to _next_label.
If selected by the list-grouped style, strings with the same de-
scription will appear together in the list.
_describe uses the _all_labels function to generate the matches,
so it does not need to appear inside a loop over tag labels.
_description [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] tag name descr [ spec ... ]
This function is not to be confused with the previous one; it is
used as a helper function for creating options to compadd. It is
buried inside many of the higher level completion functions and
so often does not need to be called directly.
The styles listed below are tested in the current context using
the given tag. The resulting options for compadd are put into
the array named name (this is traditionally `expl', but this con-
vention is not enforced). The description for the corresponding
set of matches is passed to the function in descr.
The styles tested are: format, hidden, matcher, ignore-line, ig-
nored-patterns, group-name and sort. The format style is first
tested for the given tag and then for the descriptions tag if no
value was found, while the remainder are only tested for the tag
given as the first argument. The function also calls _setup
which tests some more styles.
The string returned by the format style (if any) will be modified
so that the sequence `%d' is replaced by the descr given as the
third argument without any leading or trailing white space. If,
after removing the white space, the descr is the empty string,
the format style will not be used and the options put into the
name array will not contain an explanation string to be displayed
above the matches.
If _description is called with more than three arguments, the ad-
ditional specs should be of the form `char:str'. These supply
escape sequence replacements for the format style: every appear-
ance of `%char' will be replaced by string. If no additional
specs are given but the description in descr conforms to a common
form then further escape sequences are set for elements of that
description. These elements correspond to a default value
(`%o'), the units (`%m') range of acceptable values (`%r') and
the remaining initial part of the description (`%h'). The form
the description takes consists of specifying the units and range
in parentheses and the default value in square brackets, for ex-
ample:
_description times expl 'timeout (seconds) (0-60) [20]'
It is possible to use zformat conditional expressions when
styling these elements. So, for example, to add `default:' as a
tag but only when there is a default value to show, the format
style might include `%(o.default: %o.)'.
If the -x option is given, the description will be passed to com-
padd using the -x option instead of the default -X. This means
that the description will be displayed even if there are no cor-
responding matches.
The options placed in the array name take account of the
group-name style, so matches are placed in a separate group where
necessary. The group normally has its elements sorted (by pass-
ing the option -J to compadd), but if an option starting with
`-V', `-J', `-1', or `-2' is passed to _description, that option
will be included in the array. Hence it is possible for the com-
pletion group to be unsorted by giving the option `-V', `-1V', or
`-2V'.
In most cases, the function will be used like this:
local expl
_description files expl file
compadd "$expl[@]" - "$files[@]"
Note the use of the parameter expl, the hyphen, and the list of
matches. Almost all calls to compadd within the completion sys-
tem use a similar format; this ensures that user-specified styles
are correctly passed down to the builtins which implement the in-
ternals of completion.
_dir_list [ -s sep ] [ -S ]
Complete a list of directory names separated by colons (the same
format as $PATH).
-s sep Use sep as separator between items. sep defaults to a
colon (`:').
-S Add sep instead of slash (`/') as an autoremoveable suf-
fix.
_dispatch context string ...
This sets the current context to context and looks for completion
functions to handle this context by hunting through the list of
command names or special contexts (as described above for com-
pdef) given as strings. The first completion function to be de-
fined for one of the contexts in the list is used to generate
matches. Typically, the last string is -default- to cause the
function for default completion to be used as a fallback.
The function sets the parameter $service to the string being
tried, and sets the context/command field (the fourth) of the
$curcontext parameter to the context given as the first argument.
_email_addresses [ -c ] [ -n plugin ]
Complete email addresses. Addresses are provided by plugins.
-c Complete bare localhost@domain.tld addresses, without a
name part or a comment. Without this option, RFC822
`Firstname Lastname <address>' strings are completed.
-n plugin
Complete aliases from plugin.
The following plugins are available by default: _email-ldap (see
the filter style), _email-local (completes user@hostname Unix ad-
dresses), _email-mail (completes aliases from ~/.mailrc),
_email-mush, _email-mutt, and _email-pine.
Addresses from the _email-foo plugin are added under the tag
`email-foo'.
Writing plugins
Plugins are written as separate functions with names starting
with `_email-'. They are invoked with the -c option and compadd
options. They should either do their own completion or set the
$reply array to a list of `alias:address' elements and return
300. New plugins will be picked up and run automatically.
_files The function _files is a wrapper around _path_files. It supports
all of the same functionality, with some enhancements -- notably,
it respects the list-dirs-first style, and it allows users to
override the behaviour of the -g and -/ options with the
file-patterns style. _files should therefore be preferred over
_path_files in most cases.
This function accepts the full set of options allowed by
_path_files, described below.
_gnu_generic
This function is a simple wrapper around the _arguments function
described above. It can be used to determine automatically the
long options understood by commands that produce a list when
passed the option `--help'. It is intended to be used as a
top-level completion function in its own right. For example, to
enable option completion for the commands foo and bar, use
compdef _gnu_generic foo bar
after the call to compinit.
The completion system as supplied is conservative in its use of
this function, since it is important to be sure the command un-
derstands the option `--help'.
_guard [ options ] pattern descr
This function displays descr if pattern matches the string to be
completed. It is intended to be used in the action for the spec-
ifications passed to _arguments and similar functions.
The return status is zero if the message was displayed and the
word to complete is not empty, and non-zero otherwise.
The pattern may be preceded by any of the options understood by
compadd that are passed down from _description, namely -M, -J,
-V, -1, -2, -n, -F and -X. All of these options will be ignored.
This fits in conveniently with the argument-passing conventions
of actions for _arguments.
As an example, consider a command taking the options -n and
-none, where -n must be followed by a numeric value in the same
word. By using:
_arguments '-n-: :_guard "[0-9]#" "numeric value"' '-none'
_arguments can be made to both display the message `numeric
value' and complete options after `-n<TAB>'. If the `-n' is al-
ready followed by one or more digits (the pattern passed to
_guard) only the message will be displayed; if the `-n' is fol-
lowed by another character, only options are completed.
_message [ -r12 ] [ -VJ group ] descr
_message -e [ tag ] descr
The descr is used in the same way as the third argument to the
_description function, except that the resulting string will al-
ways be shown whether or not matches were generated. This is
useful for displaying a help message in places where no comple-
tions can be generated.
The format style is examined with the messages tag to find a mes-
sage; the usual tag, descriptions, is used only if the style is
not set with the former.
If the -r option is given, no style is used; the descr is taken
literally as the string to display. This is most useful when the
descr comes from a pre-processed argument list which already con-
tains an expanded description. Note that this option does not
disable the `%'-sequence parsing done by compadd.
The -12VJ options and the group are passed to compadd and hence
determine the group the message string is added to.
The second -e form gives a description for completions with the
tag tag to be shown even if there are no matches for that tag.
This form is called by _arguments in the event that there is no
action for an option specification. The tag can be omitted and
if so the tag is taken from the parameter $curtag; this is main-
tained by the completion system and so is usually correct. Note
that if there are no matches at the time this function is called,
compstate[insert] is cleared, so additional matches generated
later are not inserted on the command line.
_multi_parts [ -i ] sep array
The argument sep is a separator character. The array may be ei-
ther the name of an array parameter or a literal array in the
form `(foo bar)', a parenthesised list of words separated by
whitespace. The possible completions are the strings from the
array. However, each chunk delimited by sep will be completed
separately. For example, the _tar function uses `_multi_parts /
patharray' to complete partial file paths from the given array of
complete file paths.
The -i option causes _multi_parts to insert a unique match even
if that requires multiple separators to be inserted. This is not
usually the expected behaviour with filenames, but certain other
types of completion, for example those with a fixed set of possi-
bilities, may be more suited to this form.
Like other utility functions, this function accepts the `-V',
`-J', `-1', `-2', `-n', `-f', `-X', `-M', `-P', `-S', `-r', `-R',
and `-q' options and passes them to the compadd builtin.
_next_label [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] tag name descr [ option ... ]
This function is used to implement the loop over different tag
labels for a particular tag as described above for the tag-order
style. On each call it checks to see if there are any more tag
labels; if there is it returns status zero, otherwise non-zero.
As this function requires a current tag to be set, it must always
follow a call to _tags or _requested.
The -x12VJ options and the first three arguments are passed to
the _description function. Where appropriate the tag will be re-
placed by a tag label in this call. Any description given in the
tag-order style is preferred to the descr passed to _next_label.
The options given after the descr are set in the parameter given
by name, and hence are to be passed to compadd or whatever func-
tion is called to add the matches.
Here is a typical use of this function for the tag foo. The call
to _requested determines if tag foo is required at all; the loop
over _next_label handles any labels defined for the tag in the
tag-order style.
local expl ret=1
...
if _requested foo; then
...
while _next_label foo expl '...'; do
compadd "$expl[@]" ... && ret=0
done
...
fi
return ret
_normal [ -P | -p precommand ]
This is the standard function called to handle completion outside
any special -context-. It is called both to complete the command
word and also the arguments for a command. In the second case,
_normal looks for a special completion for that command, and if
there is none it uses the completion for the -default- context.
A second use is to reexamine the command line specified by the
$words array and the $CURRENT parameter after those have been
modified. For example, the function _precommand, which completes
after precommand specifiers such as nohup, removes the first word
from the words array, decrements the CURRENT parameter, then
calls `_normal -p $service'. The effect is that `nohup cmd ...'
is treated in the same way as `cmd ...'.
-P Reset the list of precommands. This option should be used
if completing a command line which allows internal com-
mands (e.g. builtins and functions) regardless of prior
precommands (e.g. `zsh -c').
-p precommand
Append precommand to the list of precommands. This option
should be used in nearly all cases in which -P is not ap-
plicable.
If the command name matches one of the patterns given by one of
the options -p or -P to compdef, the corresponding completion
function is called and then the parameter _compskip is checked.
If it is set completion is terminated at that point even if no
matches have been found. This is the same effect as in the
-first- context.
_numbers [ option ... ] [ description ] [ suffix ... ]
This can be used where a number is followed by a suffix to indi-
cate the units. The unit suffixes are completed and can also be
included in the description used when completion is invoked for
the preceding number.
In addition to common compadd options, _numbers accepts the fol-
lowing options:
-t tag Specify a tag to use instead of the default of numbers.
-u units
Indicate the default units for the number, e.g. bytes.
-l min Specify the lowest possible value for the number.
-m max Specify the highest possible value for the number.
-d default
Specify the default value.
-N Allow negative numbers. This is implied if the range in-
cludes a negative.
-f Allow decimal numbers.
Where a particular suffix represents the default units for a num-
ber, it should be prefixed with a colon. Additionally, suffixes
can be followed by a colon and a description. So for example,
the following allows the age of something to be specified, either
in seconds or with an optional suffix with a longer unit of time:
_numbers -u seconds age :s:seconds m:minutes h:hours d:days
It is typically helpful for units to be presented in order of
magnitude when completed. To facilitate this, the order in which
they are given is preserved.
When the format style is looked up with the descriptions tag or
the tag specified with -t, the list of suffixes is available as a
`%x' escape sequence. This is in addition to the usual sequences
documented under the format style. The form this list takes can
also be configured. To this end, the format style is first looked
up with the tag unit-suffixes. The retrieved format is applied to
each suffix in turn and the results are then concatenated to form
the completed list. For the unit-suffixes format, `%x' expands to
the individual suffix and `%X' to its description. %d' indicates
a default suffix and can be used in a condition. The index and
reverse index are set in `%i' and `%r' respectively and are use-
ful for text included only with the first and last suffixes in
the list. So for example, the following joins the suffixes to-
gether as a comma-separated list:
zstyle ':completion:*:unit-suffixes' format '%x%(r::,)'
_options
This can be used to complete the names of shell options. It pro-
vides a matcher specification that ignores a leading `no', ig-
nores underscores and allows upper-case letters to match their
lower-case counterparts (for example, `glob', `noglob', `NO_GLOB'
are all completed). Any arguments are propagated to the compadd
builtin.
_options_set and _options_unset
These functions complete only set or unset options, with the same
matching specification used in the _options function.
Note that you need to uncomment a few lines in the _main_complete
function for these functions to work properly. The lines in
question are used to store the option settings in effect before
the completion widget locally sets the options it needs. Hence
these functions are not generally used by the completion system.
_parameters
This is used to complete the names of shell parameters.
The option `-g pattern' limits the completion to parameters whose
type matches the pattern. The type of a parameter is that shown
by `print ${(t)param}', hence judicious use of `*' in pattern is
probably necessary.
All other arguments are passed to the compadd builtin.
_path_files
This function is used throughout the completion system to com-
plete filenames. It allows completion of partial paths. For ex-
ample, the string `/u/i/s/sig' may be completed to `/usr/in-
clude/sys/signal.h'.
The options accepted by both _path_files and _files are:
-f Complete all filenames. This is the default.
-/ Specifies that only directories should be completed.
-g pattern
Specifies that only files matching the pattern should be
completed.
-W paths
Specifies path prefixes that are to be prepended to the
string from the command line to generate the filenames but
that should not be inserted as completions nor shown in
completion listings. Here, paths may be the name of an
array parameter, a literal list of paths enclosed in
parentheses or an absolute pathname.
-F ignored-files
This behaves as for the corresponding option to the com-
padd builtin. It gives direct control over which file-
names should be ignored. If the option is not present,
the ignored-patterns style is used.
Both _path_files and _files also accept the following options
which are passed to compadd: `-J', `-V', `-1', `-2', `-n', `-X',
`-M', `-P', `-S', `-q', `-r', and `-R'.
Finally, the _path_files function uses the styles expand, am-
biguous, special-dirs, list-suffixes and file-sort described
above.
_pick_variant [ -b builtin-label ] [ -c command ] [ -r name ]
label=pattern ... label [ arg ... ]
This function is used to resolve situations where a single com-
mand name requires more than one type of handling, either because
it has more than one variant or because there is a name clash be-
tween two different commands.
The command to run is taken from the first element of the array
words unless this is overridden by the option -c. This command
is run and its output is compared with a series of patterns. Ar-
guments to be passed to the command can be specified at the end
after all the other arguments. The patterns to try in order are
given by the arguments label=pattern; if the output of `command
arg ...' contains pattern, then label is selected as the label
for the command variant. If none of the patterns match, the fi-
nal command label is selected and status 1 is returned.
If the `-b builtin-label' is given, the command is tested to see
if it is provided as a shell builtin, possibly autoloaded; if so,
the label builtin-label is selected as the label for the variant.
If the `-r name' is given, the label picked is stored in the pa-
rameter named name.
The results are also cached in the _cmd_variant associative array
indexed by the name of the command run.
_regex_arguments name spec ...
This function generates a completion function name which matches
the specifications specs, a set of regular expressions as de-
scribed below. After running _regex_arguments, the function name
should be called as a normal completion function. The pattern to
be matched is given by the contents of the words array up to the
current cursor position joined together with null characters; no
quotation is applied.
The arguments are grouped as sets of alternatives separated by
`|', which are tried one after the other until one matches. Each
alternative consists of a one or more specifications which are
tried left to right, with each pattern matched being stripped in
turn from the command line being tested, until all of the group
succeeds or until one fails; in the latter case, the next alter-
native is tried. This structure can be repeated to arbitrary
depth by using parentheses; matching proceeds from inside to out-
side.
A special procedure is applied if no test succeeds but the re-
maining command line string contains no null character (implying
the remaining word is the one for which completions are to be
generated). The completion target is restricted to the remaining
word and any actions for the corresponding patterns are executed.
In this case, nothing is stripped from the command line string.
The order of evaluation of the actions can be determined by the
tag-order style; the various formats supported by _alternative
can be used in action. The descr is used for setting up the ar-
ray parameter expl.
Specification arguments take one of following forms, in which
metacharacters such as `(', `)', `#' and `|' should be quoted.
/pattern/ [%lookahead%] [-guard] [:tag:descr:action]
This is a single primitive component. The function tests
whether the combined pattern `(#b)((#B)pattern)lookahead*'
matches the command line string. If so, `guard' is evalu-
ated and its return status is examined to determine if the
test has succeeded. The pattern string `[]' is guaranteed
never to match. The lookahead is not stripped from the
command line before the next pattern is examined.
The argument starting with : is used in the same manner as
an argument to _alternative.
A component is used as follows: pattern is tested to see
if the component already exists on the command line. If
it does, any following specifications are examined to find
something to complete. If a component is reached but no
such pattern exists yet on the command line, the string
containing the action is used to generate matches to in-
sert at that point.
/pattern/+ [%lookahead%] [-guard] [:tag:descr:action]
This is similar to `/pattern/ ...' but the left part of
the command line string (i.e. the part already matched by
previous patterns) is also considered part of the comple-
tion target.
/pattern/- [%lookahead%] [-guard] [:tag:descr:action]
This is similar to `/pattern/ ...' but the actions of the
current and previously matched patterns are ignored even
if the following `pattern' matches the empty string.
( spec )
Parentheses may be used to groups specs; note each paren-
thesis is a single argument to _regex_arguments.
spec # This allows any number of repetitions of spec.
spec spec
The two specs are to be matched one after the other as de-
scribed above.
spec | spec
Either of the two specs can be matched.
The function _regex_words can be used as a helper function to
generate matches for a set of alternative words possibly with
their own arguments as a command line argument.
Examples:
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \
/$'[^\0]#\0'/ :'compadd aaa'
This generates a function _tst that completes aaa as its only ar-
gument. The tag and description for the action have been omitted
for brevity (this works but is not recommended in normal use).
The first component matches the command word, which is arbitrary;
the second matches any argument. As the argument is also arbi-
trary, any following component would not depend on aaa being
present.
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \
/$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa'
This is a more typical use; it is similar, but any following pat-
terns would only match if aaa was present as the first argument.
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \( \
/$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa' \
/$'bbb\0'/ :'compadd bbb' \) \#
In this example, an indefinite number of command arguments may be
completed. Odd arguments are completed as aaa and even arguments
as bbb. Completion fails unless the set of aaa and bbb arguments
before the current one is matched correctly.
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \
\( /$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa' \| \
/$'bbb\0'/ :'compadd bbb' \) \#
This is similar, but either aaa or bbb may be completed for any
argument. In this case _regex_words could be used to generate a
suitable expression for the arguments.
_regex_words tag description spec ...
This function can be used to generate arguments for the
_regex_arguments command which may be inserted at any point where
a set of rules is expected. The tag and description give a stan-
dard tag and description pertaining to the current context. Each
spec contains two or three arguments separated by a colon: note
that there is no leading colon in this case.
Each spec gives one of a set of words that may be completed at
this point, together with arguments. It is thus roughly equiva-
lent to the _arguments function when used in normal (non-regex)
completion.
The part of the spec before the first colon is the word to be
completed. This may contain a *; the entire word, before and af-
ter the * is completed, but only the text before the * is re-
quired for the context to be matched, so that further arguments
may be completed after the abbreviated form.
The second part of spec is a description for the word being com-
pleted.
The optional third part of the spec describes how words following
the one being completed are themselves to be completed. It will
be evaluated in order to avoid problems with quoting. This means
that typically it contains a reference to an array containing
previously generated regex arguments.
The option -t term specifies a terminator for the word instead of
the usual space. This is handled as an auto-removable suffix in
the manner of the option -s sep to _values.
The result of the processing by _regex_words is placed in the ar-
ray reply, which should be made local to the calling function.
If the set of words and arguments may be matched repeatedly, a #
should be appended to the generated array at that point.
For example:
local -a reply
_regex_words mydb-commands 'mydb commands' \
'add:add an entry to mydb:$mydb_add_cmds' \
'show:show entries in mydb'
_regex_arguments _mydb "$reply[@]"
_mydb "$@"
This shows a completion function for a command mydb which takes
two command arguments, add and show. show takes no arguments,
while the arguments for add have already been prepared in an ar-
ray mydb_add_cmds, quite possibly by a previous call to
_regex_words.
_requested [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] tag [ name descr [ command [ arg ... ] ]
This function is called to decide whether a tag already regis-
tered by a call to _tags (see below) has been requested by the
user and hence completion should be performed for it. It returns
status zero if the tag is requested and non-zero otherwise. The
function is typically used as part of a loop over different tags
as follows:
_tags foo bar baz
while _tags; do
if _requested foo; then
... # perform completion for foo
fi
... # test the tags bar and baz in the same way
... # exit loop if matches were generated
done
Note that the test for whether matches were generated is not per-
formed until the end of the _tags loop. This is so that the user
can set the tag-order style to specify a set of tags to be com-
pleted at the same time.
If name and descr are given, _requested calls the _description
function with these arguments together with the options passed to
_requested.
If command is given, the _all_labels function will be called im-
mediately with the same arguments. In simple cases this makes it
possible to perform the test for the tag and the matching in one
go. For example:
local expl ret=1
_tags foo bar baz
while _tags; do
_requested foo expl 'description' \
compadd foobar foobaz && ret=0
...
(( ret )) || break
done
If the command is not compadd, it must nevertheless be prepared
to handle the same options.
_retrieve_cache cache_identifier
This function retrieves completion information from the file
given by cache_identifier, stored in a directory specified by the
cache-path style which defaults to ~/.zcompcache. The return
status is zero if retrieval was successful. It will only attempt
retrieval if the use-cache style is set, so you can call this
function without worrying about whether the user wanted to use
the caching layer.
See _store_cache below for more details.
_sep_parts
This function is passed alternating arrays and separators as ar-
guments. The arrays specify completions for parts of strings to
be separated by the separators. The arrays may be the names of
array parameters or a quoted list of words in parentheses. For
example, with the array `hosts=(ftp news)' the call `_sep_parts
'(foo bar)' @ hosts' will complete the string `f' to `foo' and
the string `b@n' to `bar@news'.
This function accepts the compadd options `-V', `-J', `-1', `-2',
`-n', `-X', `-M', `-P', `-S', `-r', `-R', and `-q' and passes
them on to the compadd builtin used to add the matches.
_sequence [ -s sep ] [ -n max ] [ -d ] function [ - ] ...
This function is a wrapper to other functions for completing
items in a separated list. The same function is used to complete
each item in the list. The separator is specified with the -s op-
tion. If -s is omitted it will use `,'. Duplicate values are not
matched unless -d is specified. If there is a fixed or maximum
number of items in the list, this can be specified with the -n
option.
Common compadd options are passed on to the function. It is pos-
sible to use compadd directly with _sequence, though _values may
be more appropriate in this situation.
_setup tag [ group ]
This function sets up the special parameters used by the comple-
tion system appropriately for the tag given as the first argu-
ment. It uses the styles list-colors, list-packed,
list-rows-first, last-prompt, accept-exact, menu and force-list.
The optional group supplies the name of the group in which the
matches will be placed. If it is not given, the tag is used as
the group name.
This function is called automatically from _description and hence
is not normally called explicitly.
_store_cache cache_identifier param ...
This function, together with _retrieve_cache and _cache_invalid,
implements a caching layer which can be used in any completion
function. Data obtained by costly operations are stored in para-
meters; this function then dumps the values of those parameters
to a file. The data can then be retrieved quickly from that file
via _retrieve_cache, even in different instances of the shell.
The cache_identifier specifies the file which the data should be
dumped to. The file is stored in a directory specified by the
cache-path style which defaults to ~/.zcompcache. The remaining
params arguments are the parameters to dump to the file.
The return status is zero if storage was successful. The func-
tion will only attempt storage if the use-cache style is set, so
you can call this function without worrying about whether the
user wanted to use the caching layer.
The completion function may avoid calling _retrieve_cache when it
already has the completion data available as parameters. How-
ever, in that case it should call _cache_invalid to check whether
the data in the parameters and in the cache are still valid.
See the _perl_modules completion function for a simple example of
the usage of the caching layer.
_tags [ [ -C name ] tag ... ]
If called with arguments, these are taken to be the names of tags
valid for completions in the current context. These tags are
stored internally and sorted by using the tag-order style.
Next, _tags is called repeatedly without arguments from the same
completion function. This successively selects the first, sec-
ond, etc. set of tags requested by the user. The return status
is zero if at least one of the tags is requested and non-zero
otherwise. To test if a particular tag is to be tried, the _re-
quested function should be called (see above).
If `-C name' is given, name is temporarily stored in the argument
field (the fifth) of the context in the curcontext parameter dur-
ing the call to _tags; the field is restored on exit. This al-
lows _tags to use a more specific context without having to
change and reset the curcontext parameter (which has the same ef-
fect).
_tilde_files
Like _files, but resolve leading tildes according to the rules of
filename expansion, so the suggested completions don't start with
a `~' even if the filename on the command-line does.
_values [ -O name ] [ -s sep ] [ -S sep ] [ -wC ] desc spec ...
This is used to complete arbitrary keywords (values) and their
arguments, or lists of such combinations.
If the first argument is the option `-O name', it will be used in
the same way as by the _arguments function. In other words, the
elements of the name array will be passed to compadd when execut-
ing an action.
If the first argument (or the first argument after `-O name') is
`-s', the next argument is used as the character that separates
multiple values. This character is automatically added after
each value in an auto-removable fashion (see below); all values
completed by `_values -s' appear in the same word on the command
line, unlike completion using _arguments. If this option is not
present, only a single value will be completed per word.
Normally, _values will only use the current word to determine
which values are already present on the command line and hence
are not to be completed again. If the -w option is given, other
arguments are examined as well.
The first non-option argument, desc, is used as a string to print
as a description before listing the values.
All other arguments describe the possible values and their argu-
ments in the same format used for the description of options by
the _arguments function (see above). The only differences are
that no minus or plus sign is required at the beginning, values
can have only one argument, and the forms of action beginning
with an equal sign are not supported.
The character separating a value from its argument can be set us-
ing the option -S (like -s, followed by the character to use as
the separator in the next argument). By default the equals sign
will be used as the separator between values and arguments.
Example:
_values -s , 'description' \
'*foo[bar]' \
'(two)*one[number]:first count:' \
'two[another number]::second count:(1 2 3)'
This describes three possible values: `foo', `one', and `two'.
The first is described as `bar', takes no argument and may appear
more than once. The second is described as `number', may appear
more than once, and takes one mandatory argument described as
`first count'; no action is specified, so it will not be com-
pleted. The `(two)' at the beginning says that if the value
`one' is on the line, the value `two' will no longer be consid-
ered a possible completion. Finally, the last value (`two') is
described as `another number' and takes an optional argument de-
scribed as `second count' for which the completions (to appear
after an `=') are `1', `2', and `3'. The _values function will
complete lists of these values separated by commas.
Like _arguments, this function temporarily adds another context
name component to the arguments element (the fifth) of the cur-
rent context while executing the action. Here this name is just
the name of the value for which the argument is completed.
The style verbose is used to decide if the descriptions for the
values (but not those for the arguments) should be printed.
The associative array val_args is used to report values and their
arguments; this works similarly to the opt_args associative array
used by _arguments. Hence the function calling _values should
declare the local parameters state, state_descr, line, context
and val_args:
local context state state_descr line
typeset -A val_args
when using an action of the form `->string'. With this function
the context parameter will be set to the name of the value whose
argument is to be completed. Note that for _values, the state
and state_descr are scalars rather than arrays. Only a single
matching state is returned.
Note also that _values normally adds the character used as the
separator between values as an auto-removable suffix (similar to
a `/' after a directory). However, this is not possible for a
`->string' action as the matches for the argument are generated
by the calling function. To get the usual behaviour, the calling
function can add the separator x as a suffix by passing the op-
tions `-qS x' either directly or indirectly to compadd.
The option -C is treated in the same way as it is by _arguments.
In that case the parameter curcontext should be made local in-
stead of context (as described above).
_wanted [ -x ] [ -C name ] [ -12VJ ] tag name descr command [ arg ...]
In many contexts, completion can only generate one particular set
of matches, usually corresponding to a single tag. However, it
is still necessary to decide whether the user requires matches of
this type. This function is useful in such a case.
The arguments to _wanted are the same as those to _requested,
i.e. arguments to be passed to _description. However, in this
case the command is not optional; all the processing of tags,
including the loop over both tags and tag labels and the genera-
tion of matches, is carried out automatically by _wanted.
Hence to offer only one tag and immediately add the corresponding
matches with the given description:
local expl
_wanted tag expl 'description' \
compadd -- match1 match2...
See also the use of _wanted in the example function in the sub-
section `Dynamic named directories' in zshexpn(1).
Note that, as for _requested, the command must be able to accept
options to be passed down to compadd.
Like _tags this function supports the -C option to give a differ-
ent name for the argument context field. The -x option has the
same meaning as for _description.
_widgets [ -g pattern ]
This function completes names of zle widgets (see the section
`Widgets' in zshzle(1)). The pattern, if present, is matched
against values of the $widgets special parameter, documented in
the section `The zsh/zleparameter Module' in zshmodules(1).
COMPLETION SYSTEM VARIABLES
There are some standard variables, initialised by the _main_complete
function and then used from other functions.
The standard variables are:
_comp_caller_options
The completion system uses setopt to set a number of options.
This allows functions to be written without concern for compati-
bility with every possible combination of user options. However,
sometimes completion needs to know what the user's option prefer-
ences are. These are saved in the _comp_caller_options associa-
tive array. Option names, spelled in lowercase without under-
scores, are mapped to one or other of the strings `on' and `off'.
_comp_priv_prefix
Completion functions such as _sudo can set the _comp_priv_prefix
array to a command prefix that may then be used by _call_program
to match the privileges when calling programs to generate
matches.
Two more features are offered by the _main_complete function. The ar-
rays compprefuncs and comppostfuncs may contain names of functions that
are to be called immediately before or after completion has been tried.
A function will only be called once unless it explicitly reinserts it-
self into the array.
COMPLETION DIRECTORIES
In the source distribution, the files are contained in various subdirec-
tories of the Completion directory. They may have been installed in the
same structure, or into one single function directory. The following is
a description of the files found in the original directory structure.
If you wish to alter an installed file, you will need to copy it to some
directory which appears earlier in your fpath than the standard direc-
tory where it appears.
Base The core functions and special completion widgets automatically
bound to keys. You will certainly need most of these, though
will probably not need to alter them. Many of these are docu-
mented above.
Zsh Functions for completing arguments of shell builtin commands and
utility functions for this. Some of these are also used by func-
tions from the Unix directory.
Unix Functions for completing arguments of external commands and
suites of commands. They may need modifying for your system, al-
though in many cases some attempt is made to decide which version
of a command is present. For example, completion for the mount
command tries to determine the system it is running on, while
completion for many other utilities try to decide whether the GNU
version of the command is in use, and hence whether the --help
option is supported.
X, AIX, BSD, ...
Completion and utility function for commands available only on
some systems. These are not arranged hierarchically, so, for ex-
ample, both the Linux and Debian directories, as well as the X
directory, may be useful on your system.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHCOMPSYS(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHCOMPCTL(1) General Commands Manual ZSHCOMPCTL(1)
NAME
zshcompctl - zsh programmable completion
DESCRIPTION
This version of zsh has two ways of performing completion of words on
the command line. New users of the shell may prefer to use the newer
and more powerful system based on shell functions; this is described in
zshcompsys(1), and the basic shell mechanisms which support it are de-
scribed in zshcompwid(1). This manual entry describes the older compctl
command.
compctl [ -CDT ] options [ command ... ]
compctl [ -CDT ] options [ -x pattern options - ... -- ]
[ + options [ -x ... -- ] ... [+] ] [ command ... ]
compctl -M match-specs ...
compctl -L [ -CDTM ] [ command ... ]
compctl + command ...
Control the editor's completion behavior according to the supplied set
of options. Various editing commands, notably expand-or-complete-word,
usually bound to tab, will attempt to complete a word typed by the user,
while others, notably delete-char-or-list, usually bound to ^D in EMACS
editing mode, list the possibilities; compctl controls what those possi-
bilities are. They may for example be filenames (the most common case,
and hence the default), shell variables, or words from a user-specified
list.
COMMAND FLAGS
Completion of the arguments of a command may be different for each com-
mand or may use the default. The behavior when completing the command
word itself may also be separately specified. These correspond to the
following flags and arguments, all of which (except for -L) may be com-
bined with any combination of the options described subsequently in the
section `Option Flags':
command ...
controls completion for the named commands, which must be listed
last on the command line. If completion is attempted for a com-
mand with a pathname containing slashes and no completion defini-
tion is found, the search is retried with the last pathname com-
ponent. If the command starts with a =, completion is tried with
the pathname of the command.
Any of the command strings may be patterns of the form normally
used for filename generation. These should be quoted to protect
them from immediate expansion; for example the command string
'foo*' arranges for completion of the words of any command begin-
ning with foo. When completion is attempted, all pattern comple-
tions are tried in the reverse order of their definition until
one matches. By default, completion then proceeds as normal,
i.e. the shell will try to generate more matches for the specific
command on the command line; this can be overridden by including
-tn in the flags for the pattern completion.
Note that aliases are expanded before the command name is deter-
mined unless the COMPLETE_ALIASES option is set. Commands may
not be combined with the -C, -D or -T flags.
-C controls completion when the command word itself is being com-
pleted. If no compctl -C command has been issued, the names of
any executable command (whether in the path or specific to the
shell, such as aliases or functions) are completed.
-D controls default completion behavior for the arguments of com-
mands not assigned any special behavior. If no compctl -D com-
mand has been issued, filenames are completed.
-T supplies completion flags to be used before any other processing
is done, even before processing for compctls defined for specific
commands. This is especially useful when combined with extended
completion (the -x flag, see the section `Extended Completion'
below). Using this flag you can define default behavior which
will apply to all commands without exception, or you can alter
the standard behavior for all commands. For example, if your ac-
cess to the user database is too slow and/or it contains too many
users (so that completion after `~' is too slow to be usable),
you can use
compctl -T -x 's[~] C[0,[^/]#]' -k friends -S/ -tn
to complete the strings in the array friends after a `~'. The
C[...] argument is necessary so that this form of ~-completion is
not tried after the directory name is finished.
-L lists the existing completion behavior in a manner suitable for
putting into a start-up script; the existing behavior is not
changed. Any combination of the above forms, or the -M flag
(which must follow the -L flag), may be specified, otherwise all
defined completions are listed. Any other flags supplied are ig-
nored.
no argument
If no argument is given, compctl lists all defined completions in
an abbreviated form; with a list of options, all completions
with those flags set (not counting extended completion) are
listed.
If the + flag is alone and followed immediately by the command list, the
completion behavior for all the commands in the list is reset to the de-
fault. In other words, completion will subsequently use the options
specified by the -D flag.
The form with -M as the first and only option defines global matching
specifications (see zshcompwid). The match specifications given will be
used for every completion attempt (only when using compctl, not with the
new completion system) and are tried in the order in which they are de-
fined until one generates at least one match. E.g.:
compctl -M '' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
This will first try completion without any global match specifications
(the empty string) and, if that generates no matches, will try case in-
sensitive completion.
OPTION FLAGS
[ -fcFBdeaRGovNAIOPZEnbjrzu/12 ]
[ -k array ] [ -g globstring ] [ -s subststring ]
[ -K function ]
[ -Q ] [ -P prefix ] [ -S suffix ]
[ -W file-prefix ] [ -H num pattern ]
[ -q ] [ -X explanation ] [ -Y explanation ]
[ -y func-or-var ] [ -l cmd ] [ -h cmd ] [ -U ]
[ -t continue ] [ -J name ] [ -V name ]
[ -M match-spec ]
The remaining options specify the type of command arguments to look for
during completion. Any combination of these flags may be specified; the
result is a sorted list of all the possibilities. The options are as
follows.
Simple Flags
These produce completion lists made up by the shell itself:
-f Filenames and file system paths.
-/ Just file system paths.
-c Command names, including aliases, shell functions, builtins and
reserved words.
-F Function names.
-B Names of builtin commands.
-m Names of external commands.
-w Reserved words.
-a Alias names.
-R Names of regular (non-global) aliases.
-G Names of global aliases.
-d This can be combined with -F, -B, -w, -a, -R and -G to get names
of disabled functions, builtins, reserved words or aliases.
-e This option (to show enabled commands) is in effect by default,
but may be combined with -d; -de in combination with -F, -B, -w,
-a, -R and -G will complete names of functions, builtins, re-
served words or aliases whether or not they are disabled.
-o Names of shell options (see zshoptions(1)).
-v Names of any variable defined in the shell.
-N Names of scalar (non-array) parameters.
-A Array names.
-I Names of integer variables.
-O Names of read-only variables.
-p Names of parameters used by the shell (including special parame-
ters).
-Z Names of shell special parameters.
-E Names of environment variables.
-n Named directories.
-b Key binding names.
-j Job names: the first word of the job leader's command line.
This is useful with the kill builtin.
-r Names of running jobs.
-z Names of suspended jobs.
-u User names.
Flags with Arguments
These have user supplied arguments to determine how the list of comple-
tions is to be made up:
-k array
Names taken from the elements of $array (note that the `$' does
not appear on the command line). Alternatively, the argument ar-
ray itself may be a set of space- or comma-separated values in
parentheses, in which any delimiter may be escaped with a back-
slash; in this case the argument should be quoted. For example,
compctl -k "(cputime filesize datasize stacksize
coredumpsize resident descriptors)" limit
-g globstring
The globstring is expanded using filename globbing; it should be
quoted to protect it from immediate expansion. The resulting
filenames are taken as the possible completions. Use `*(/)' in-
stead of `*/' for directories. The fignore special parameter is
not applied to the resulting files. More than one pattern may be
given separated by blanks. (Note that brace expansion is not part
of globbing. Use the syntax `(either|or)' to match alterna-
tives.)
-s subststring
The subststring is split into words and these words are than ex-
panded using all shell expansion mechanisms (see zshexpn(1)).
The resulting words are taken as possible completions. The fig-
nore special parameter is not applied to the resulting files.
Note that -g is faster for filenames.
-K function
Call the given function to get the completions. Unless the name
starts with an underscore, the function is passed two arguments:
the prefix and the suffix of the word on which completion is to
be attempted, in other words those characters before the cursor
position, and those from the cursor position onwards. The whole
command line can be accessed with the -c and -l flags of the read
builtin. The function should set the variable reply to an array
containing the completions (one completion per element); note
that reply should not be made local to the function. From such a
function the command line can be accessed with the -c and -l
flags to the read builtin. For example,
function whoson { reply=(`users`); }
compctl -K whoson talk
completes only logged-on users after `talk'. Note that `whoson'
must return an array, so `reply=`users`' would be incorrect.
-H num pattern
The possible completions are taken from the last num history
lines. Only words matching pattern are taken. If num is zero or
negative the whole history is searched and if pattern is the
empty string all words are taken (as with `*'). A typical use is
compctl -D -f + -H 0 ''
which forces completion to look back in the history list for a
word if no filename matches.
Control Flags
These do not directly specify types of name to be completed, but manipu-
late the options that do:
-Q This instructs the shell not to quote any metacharacters in the
possible completions. Normally the results of a completion are
inserted into the command line with any metacharacters quoted so
that they are interpreted as normal characters. This is appro-
priate for filenames and ordinary strings. However, for special
effects, such as inserting a backquoted expression from a comple-
tion array (-k) so that the expression will not be evaluated un-
til the complete line is executed, this option must be used.
-P prefix
The prefix is inserted just before the completed string; any ini-
tial part already typed will be completed and the whole prefix
ignored for completion purposes. For example,
compctl -j -P "%" kill
inserts a `%' after the kill command and then completes job
names.
-S suffix
When a completion is found the suffix is inserted after the com-
pleted string. In the case of menu completion the suffix is in-
serted immediately, but it is still possible to cycle through the
list of completions by repeatedly hitting the same key.
-W file-prefix
With directory file-prefix: for command, file, directory and
globbing completion (options -c, -f, -/, -g), the file prefix is
implicitly added in front of the completion. For example,
compctl -/ -W ~/Mail maildirs
completes any subdirectories to any depth beneath the directory
~/Mail, although that prefix does not appear on the command line.
The file-prefix may also be of the form accepted by the -k flag,
i.e. the name of an array or a literal list in parenthesis. In
this case all the directories in the list will be searched for
possible completions.
-q If used with a suffix as specified by the -S option, this causes
the suffix to be removed if the next character typed is a blank
or does not insert anything or if the suffix consists of only one
character and the next character typed is the same character;
this the same rule used for the AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH option. The
option is most useful for list separators (comma, colon, etc.).
-l cmd This option restricts the range of command line words that are
considered to be arguments. If combined with one of the extended
completion patterns `p[...]', `r[...]', or `R[...]' (see the
section `Extended Completion' below) the range is restricted to
the range of arguments specified in the brackets. Completion is
then performed as if these had been given as arguments to the cmd
supplied with the option. If the cmd string is empty the first
word in the range is instead taken as the command name, and com-
mand name completion performed on the first word in the range.
For example,
compctl -x 'r[-exec,;]' -l '' -- find
completes arguments between `-exec' and the following `;' (or the
end of the command line if there is no such string) as if they
were a separate command line.
-h cmd Normally zsh completes quoted strings as a whole. With this op-
tion, completion can be done separately on different parts of
such strings. It works like the -l option but makes the comple-
tion code work on the parts of the current word that are sepa-
rated by spaces. These parts are completed as if they were argu-
ments to the given cmd. If cmd is the empty string, the first
part is completed as a command name, as with -l.
-U Use the whole list of possible completions, whether or not they
actually match the word on the command line. The word typed so
far will be deleted. This is most useful with a function (given
by the -K option) which can examine the word components passed to
it (or via the read builtin's -c and -l flags) and use its own
criteria to decide what matches. If there is no completion, the
original word is retained. Since the produced possible comple-
tions seldom have interesting common prefixes and suffixes, menu
completion is started immediately if AUTO_MENU is set and this
flag is used.
-y func-or-var
The list provided by func-or-var is displayed instead of the list
of completions whenever a listing is required; the actual comple-
tions to be inserted are not affected. It can be provided in two
ways. Firstly, if func-or-var begins with a $ it defines a vari-
able, or if it begins with a left parenthesis a literal array,
which contains the list. A variable may have been set by a call
to a function using the -K option. Otherwise it contains the
name of a function which will be executed to create the list.
The function will be passed as an argument list all matching com-
pletions, including prefixes and suffixes expanded in full, and
should set the array reply to the result. In both cases, the
display list will only be retrieved after a complete list of
matches has been created.
Note that the returned list does not have to correspond, even in
length, to the original set of matches, and may be passed as a
scalar instead of an array. No special formatting of characters
is performed on the output in this case; in particular, newlines
are printed literally and if they appear output in columns is
suppressed.
-X explanation
Print explanation when trying completion on the current set of
options. A `%n' in this string is replaced by the number of
matches that were added for this explanation string. The expla-
nation only appears if completion was tried and there was no
unique match, or when listing completions. Explanation strings
will be listed together with the matches of the group specified
together with the -X option (using the -J or -V option). If the
same explanation string is given to multiple -X options, the
string appears only once (for each group) and the number of
matches shown for the `%n' is the total number of all matches for
each of these uses. In any case, the explanation string will only
be shown if there was at least one match added for the explana-
tion string.
The sequences %B, %b, %S, %s, %U, and %u specify output attrib-
utes (bold, standout, and underline), %F, %f, %K, %k specify
foreground and background colours, and %{...%} can be used to in-
clude literal escape sequences as in prompts.
-Y explanation
Identical to -X, except that the explanation first undergoes ex-
pansion following the usual rules for strings in double quotes.
The expansion will be carried out after any functions are called
for the -K or -y options, allowing them to set variables.
-t continue
The continue-string contains a character that specifies which set
of completion flags should be used next. It is useful:
(i) With -T, or when trying a list of pattern completions, when
compctl would usually continue with ordinary processing after
finding matches; this can be suppressed with `-tn'.
(ii) With a list of alternatives separated by +, when compctl
would normally stop when one of the alternatives generates
matches. It can be forced to consider the next set of comple-
tions by adding `-t+' to the flags of the alternative before the
`+'.
(iii) In an extended completion list (see below), when compctl
would normally continue until a set of conditions succeeded, then
use only the immediately following flags. With `-t-', compctl
will continue trying extended completions after the next `-';
with `-tx' it will attempt completion with the default flags, in
other words those before the `-x'.
-J name
This gives the name of the group the matches should be placed in.
Groups are listed and sorted separately; likewise, menu comple-
tion will offer the matches in the groups in the order in which
the groups were defined. If no group name is explicitly given,
the matches are stored in a group named default. The first time a
group name is encountered, a group with that name is created. Af-
ter that all matches with the same group name are stored in that
group.
This can be useful with non-exclusive alternative completions.
For example, in
compctl -f -J files -t+ + -v -J variables foo
both files and variables are possible completions, as the -t+
forces both sets of alternatives before and after the + to be
considered at once. Because of the -J options, however, all
files are listed before all variables.
-V name
Like -J, but matches within the group will not be sorted in list-
ings nor in menu completion. These unsorted groups are in a dif-
ferent name space from the sorted ones, so groups defined as -J
files and -V files are distinct.
-1 If given together with the -V option, makes only consecutive du-
plicates in the group be removed. Note that groups with and with-
out this flag are in different name spaces.
-2 If given together with the -J or -V option, makes all duplicates
be kept. Again, groups with and without this flag are in differ-
ent name spaces.
-M match-spec
This defines additional matching control specifications that
should be used only when testing words for the list of flags this
flag appears in. The format of the match-spec string is described
in zshcompwid.
ALTERNATIVE COMPLETION
compctl [ -CDT ] options + options [ + ... ] [ + ] command ...
The form with `+' specifies alternative options. Completion is tried
with the options before the first `+'. If this produces no matches com-
pletion is tried with the flags after the `+' and so on. If there are no
flags after the last `+' and a match has not been found up to that
point, default completion is tried. If the list of flags contains a -t
with a + character, the next list of flags is used even if the current
list produced matches.
Additional options are available that restrict completion to some part
of the command line; this is referred to as `extended completion'.
EXTENDED COMPLETION
compctl [ -CDT ] options -x pattern options - ... --
[ command ... ]
compctl [ -CDT ] options [ -x pattern options - ... -- ]
[ + options [ -x ... -- ] ... [+] ] [ command ... ]
The form with `-x' specifies extended completion for the commands given;
as shown, it may be combined with alternative completion using `+'.
Each pattern is examined in turn; when a match is found, the correspond-
ing options, as described in the section `Option Flags' above, are used
to generate possible completions. If no pattern matches, the options
given before the -x are used.
Note that each pattern should be supplied as a single argument and
should be quoted to prevent expansion of metacharacters by the shell.
A pattern is built of sub-patterns separated by commas; it matches if at
least one of these sub-patterns matches (they are `or'ed). These
sub-patterns are in turn composed of other sub-patterns separated by
white spaces which match if all of the sub-patterns match (they are
`and'ed). An element of the sub-patterns is of the form `c[...][...]',
where the pairs of brackets may be repeated as often as necessary, and
matches if any of the sets of brackets match (an `or'). The example be-
low makes this clearer.
The elements may be any of the following:
s[string]...
Matches if the current word on the command line starts with one
of the strings given in brackets. The string is not removed and
is not part of the completion.
S[string]...
Like s[string] except that the string is part of the completion.
p[from,to]...
Matches if the number of the current word is between one of the
from and to pairs inclusive. The comma and to are optional; to
defaults to the same value as from. The numbers may be negative:
-n refers to the n'th last word on the line.
c[offset,string]...
Matches if the string matches the word offset by offset from the
current word position. Usually offset will be negative.
C[offset,pattern]...
Like c but using pattern matching instead.
w[index,string]...
Matches if the word in position index is equal to the correspond-
ing string. Note that the word count is made after any alias ex-
pansion.
W[index,pattern]...
Like w but using pattern matching instead.
n[index,string]...
Matches if the current word contains string. Anything up to and
including the indexth occurrence of this string will not be con-
sidered part of the completion, but the rest will. index may be
negative to count from the end: in most cases, index will be 1 or
-1. For example,
compctl -s '`users`' -x 'n[1,@]' -k hosts -- talk
will usually complete usernames, but if you insert an @ after the
name, names from the array hosts (assumed to contain hostnames,
though you must make the array yourself) will be completed.
Other commands such as rcp can be handled similarly.
N[index,string]...
Like n except that the string will be taken as a character class.
Anything up to and including the indexth occurrence of any of the
characters in string will not be considered part of the comple-
tion.
m[min,max]...
Matches if the total number of words lies between min and max in-
clusive.
r[str1,str2]...
Matches if the cursor is after a word with prefix str1. If there
is also a word with prefix str2 on the command line after the one
matched by str1 it matches only if the cursor is before this
word. If the comma and str2 are omitted, it matches if the cursor
is after a word with prefix str1.
R[str1,str2]...
Like r but using pattern matching instead.
q[str]...
Matches the word currently being completed is in single quotes
and the str begins with the letter `s', or if completion is done
in double quotes and str starts with the letter `d', or if com-
pletion is done in backticks and str starts with a `b'.
EXAMPLE
compctl -u -x 's[+] c[-1,-f],s[-f+]' \
-g '~/Mail/*(:t)' - 's[-f],c[-1,-f]' -f -- mail
This is to be interpreted as follows:
If the current command is mail, then
if ((the current word begins with + and the previous word is -f)
or (the current word begins with -f+)), then complete the
non-directory part (the `:t' glob modifier) of files in the directory
~/Mail; else
if the current word begins with -f or the previous word was -f, then
complete any file; else
complete user names.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHCOMPCTL(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHMODULES(1) General Commands Manual ZSHMODULES(1)
NAME
zshmodules - zsh loadable modules
DESCRIPTION
Some optional parts of zsh are in modules, separate from the core of the
shell. Each of these modules may be linked in to the shell at build
time, or can be dynamically linked while the shell is running if the in-
stallation supports this feature. Modules are linked at runtime with
the zmodload command, see zshbuiltins(1).
The modules that are bundled with the zsh distribution are:
zsh/attr
Builtins for manipulating extended attributes (xattr).
zsh/cap
Builtins for manipulating POSIX.1e (POSIX.6) capability (privi-
lege) sets.
zsh/clone
A builtin that can clone a running shell onto another terminal.
zsh/compctl
The compctl builtin for controlling completion.
zsh/complete
The basic completion code.
zsh/complist
Completion listing extensions.
zsh/computil
A module with utility builtins needed for the shell function
based completion system.
zsh/curses
curses windowing commands
zsh/datetime
Some date/time commands and parameters.
zsh/db/gdbm
Builtins for managing associative array parameters tied to GDBM
databases.
zsh/deltochar
A ZLE function duplicating EMACS' zap-to-char.
zsh/example
An example of how to write a module.
zsh/files
Some basic file manipulation commands as builtins.
zsh/langinfo
Interface to locale information.
zsh/mapfile
Access to external files via a special associative array.
zsh/mathfunc
Standard scientific functions for use in mathematical evalua-
tions.
zsh/nearcolor
Map colours to the nearest colour in the available palette.
zsh/newuser
Arrange for files for new users to be installed.
zsh/parameter
Access to internal hash tables via special associative arrays.
zsh/pcre
Interface to the PCRE library.
zsh/param/private
Builtins for managing private-scoped parameters in function con-
text.
zsh/regex
Interface to the POSIX regex library.
zsh/sched
A builtin that provides a timed execution facility within the
shell.
zsh/net/socket
Manipulation of Unix domain sockets
zsh/stat
A builtin command interface to the stat system call.
zsh/system
A builtin interface to various low-level system features.
zsh/net/tcp
Manipulation of TCP sockets
zsh/termcap
Interface to the termcap database.
zsh/terminfo
Interface to the terminfo database.
zsh/watch
Reporting of login and logout events.
zsh/zftp
A builtin FTP client.
zsh/zle
The Zsh Line Editor, including the bindkey and vared builtins.
zsh/zleparameter
Access to internals of the Zsh Line Editor via parameters.
zsh/zprof
A module allowing profiling for shell functions.
zsh/zpty
A builtin for starting a command in a pseudo-terminal.
zsh/zselect
Block and return when file descriptors are ready.
zsh/zutil
Some utility builtins, e.g. the one for supporting configuration
via styles.
THE ZSH/ATTR MODULE
The zsh/attr module is used for manipulating extended attributes. The
-h option causes all commands to operate on symbolic links instead of
their targets. The builtins in this module are:
zgetattr [ -h ] filename attribute [ parameter ]
Get the extended attribute attribute from the specified filename.
If the optional argument parameter is given, the attribute is set
on that parameter instead of being printed to stdout.
zsetattr [ -h ] filename attribute value
Set the extended attribute attribute on the specified filename to
value.
zdelattr [ -h ] filename attribute
Remove the extended attribute attribute from the specified file-
name.
zlistattr [ -h ] filename [ parameter ]
List the extended attributes currently set on the specified file-
name. If the optional argument parameter is given, the list of
attributes is set on that parameter instead of being printed to
stdout.
zgetattr and zlistattr allocate memory dynamically. If the attribute or
list of attributes grows between the allocation and the call to get
them, they return 2. On all other errors, 1 is returned. This allows
the calling function to check for this case and retry.
THE ZSH/CAP MODULE
The zsh/cap module is used for manipulating POSIX.1e (POSIX.6) capabil-
ity sets. If the operating system does not support this interface, the
builtins defined by this module will do nothing. The builtins in this
module are:
cap [ capabilities ]
Change the shell's process capability sets to the specified capa-
bilities, otherwise display the shell's current capabilities.
getcap filename ...
This is a built-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility.
It displays the capability sets on each specified filename.
setcap capabilities filename ...
This is a built-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility.
It sets the capability sets on each specified filename to the
specified capabilities.
THE ZSH/CLONE MODULE
The zsh/clone module makes available one builtin command:
clone tty
Creates a forked instance of the current shell, attached to the
specified tty. In the new shell, the PID, PPID and TTY special
parameters are changed appropriately. $! is set to zero in the
new shell, and to the new shell's PID in the original shell.
The return status of the builtin is zero in both shells if suc-
cessful, and non-zero on error.
The target of clone should be an unused terminal, such as an un-
used virtual console or a virtual terminal created by
xterm -e sh -c 'trap : INT QUIT TSTP; tty;
while :; do sleep 100000000; done'
Some words of explanation are warranted about this long xterm
command line: when doing clone on a pseudo-terminal, some other
session ("session" meant as a unix session group, or SID) is al-
ready owning the terminal. Hence the cloned zsh cannot acquire
the pseudo-terminal as a controlling tty. That means two things:
• the job control signals will go to the sh-started-by-xterm
process group (that's why we disable INT QUIT and TSTP
with trap; otherwise the while loop could get suspended or
killed)
• the cloned shell will have job control disabled, and the
job control keys (control-C, control-\ and control-Z) will
not work.
This does not apply when cloning to an unused vc.
Cloning to a used (and unprepared) terminal will result in two
processes reading simultaneously from the same terminal, with in-
put bytes going randomly to either process.
clone is mostly useful as a shell built-in replacement for
openvt.
THE ZSH/COMPCTL MODULE
The zsh/compctl module makes available two builtin commands. compctl, is
the old, deprecated way to control completions for ZLE. See zshcom-
pctl(1). The other builtin command, compcall can be used in user-de-
fined completion widgets, see zshcompwid(1).
THE ZSH/COMPLETE MODULE
The zsh/complete module makes available several builtin commands which
can be used in user-defined completion widgets, see zshcompwid(1).
THE ZSH/COMPLIST MODULE
The zsh/complist module offers three extensions to completion listings:
the ability to highlight matches in such a list, the ability to scroll
through long lists and a different style of menu completion.
Colored completion listings
Whenever one of the parameters ZLS_COLORS or ZLS_COLOURS is set and the
zsh/complist module is loaded or linked into the shell, completion lists
will be colored. Note, however, that complist will not automatically be
loaded if it is not linked in: on systems with dynamic loading, `zmod-
load zsh/complist' is required.
The parameters ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS describe how matches are high-
lighted. To turn on highlighting an empty value suffices, in which case
all the default values given below will be used. The format of the
value of these parameters is the same as used by the GNU version of the
ls command: a colon-separated list of specifications of the form
`name=value'. The name may be one of the following strings, most of
which specify file types for which the value will be used. The strings
and their default values are:
no 0 for normal text (i.e. when displaying something other than a
matched file)
fi 0 for regular files
di 32 for directories
ln 36 for symbolic links. If this has the special value target, sym-
bolic links are dereferenced and the target file used to deter-
mine the display format.
pi 31 for named pipes (FIFOs)
so 33 for sockets
bd 44;37
for block devices
cd 44;37
for character devices
or none
for a symlink to nonexistent file (default is the value defined
for ln)
mi none
for a non-existent file (default is the value defined for fi);
this code is currently not used
su 37;41
for files with setuid bit set
sg 30;43
for files with setgid bit set
tw 30;42
for world writable directories with sticky bit set
ow 34;43
for world writable directories without sticky bit set
sa none
for files with an associated suffix alias; this is only tested
after specific suffixes, as described below
st 37;44
for directories with sticky bit set but not world writable
ex 35 for executable files
lc \e[ for the left code (see below)
rc m for the right code
tc 0 for the character indicating the file type printed after file-
names if the LIST_TYPES option is set
sp 0 for the spaces printed after matches to align the next column
ec none
for the end code
Apart from these strings, the name may also be an asterisk (`*') fol-
lowed by any string. The value given for such a string will be used for
all files whose name ends with the string. The name may also be an
equals sign (`=') followed by a pattern; the EXTENDED_GLOB option will
be turned on for evaluation of the pattern. The value given for this
pattern will be used for all matches (not just filenames) whose display
string are matched by the pattern. Definitions for the form with the
leading equal sign take precedence over the values defined for file
types, which in turn take precedence over the form with the leading as-
terisk (file extensions).
The leading-equals form also allows different parts of the displayed
strings to be colored differently. For this, the pattern has to use the
`(#b)' globbing flag and pairs of parentheses surrounding the parts of
the strings that are to be colored differently. In this case the value
may consist of more than one color code separated by equal signs. The
first code will be used for all parts for which no explicit code is
specified and the following codes will be used for the parts matched by
the sub-patterns in parentheses. For example, the specification
`=(#b)(?)*(?)=0=3=7' will be used for all matches which are at least two
characters long and will use the code `3' for the first character, `7'
for the last character and `0' for the rest.
All three forms of name may be preceded by a pattern in parentheses. If
this is given, the value will be used only for matches in groups whose
names are matched by the pattern given in the parentheses. For example,
`(g*)m*=43' highlights all matches beginning with `m' in groups whose
names begin with `g' using the color code `43'. In case of the `lc',
`rc', and `ec' codes, the group pattern is ignored.
Note also that all patterns are tried in the order in which they appear
in the parameter value until the first one matches which is then used.
Patterns may be matched against completions, descriptions (possibly with
spaces appended for padding), or lines consisting of a completion fol-
lowed by a description. For consistent coloring it may be necessary to
use more than one pattern or a pattern with backreferences.
When printing a match, the code prints the value of lc, the value for
the file-type or the last matching specification with a `*', the value
of rc, the string to display for the match itself, and then the value of
ec if that is defined or the values of lc, no, and rc if ec is not de-
fined.
The default values are ISO 6429 (ANSI) compliant and can be used on
vt100 compatible terminals such as xterms. On monochrome terminals the
default values will have no visible effect. The colors function from
the contribution can be used to get associative arrays containing the
codes for ANSI terminals (see the section `Other Functions' in zshcon-
trib(1)). For example, after loading colors, one could use
`$color[red]' to get the code for foreground color red and
`$color[bg-green]' for the code for background color green.
If the completion system invoked by compinit is used, these parameters
should not be set directly because the system controls them itself. In-
stead, the list-colors style should be used (see the section `Completion
System Configuration' in zshcompsys(1)).
Scrolling in completion listings
To enable scrolling through a completion list, the LISTPROMPT parameter
must be set. Its value will be used as the prompt; if it is the empty
string, a default prompt will be used. The value may contain escapes of
the form `%x'. It supports the escapes `%B', `%b', `%S', `%s', `%U',
`%u', `%F', `%f', `%K', `%k' and `%{...%}' used also in shell prompts as
well as three pairs of additional sequences: a `%l' or `%L' is replaced
by the number of the last line shown and the total number of lines in
the form `number/total'; a `%m' or `%M' is replaced with the number of
the last match shown and the total number of matches; and `%p' or `%P'
is replaced with `Top', `Bottom' or the position of the first line shown
in percent of the total number of lines, respectively. In each of these
cases the form with the uppercase letter will be replaced with a string
of fixed width, padded to the right with spaces, while the lowercase
form will not be padded.
If the parameter LISTPROMPT is set, the completion code will not ask if
the list should be shown. Instead it immediately starts displaying the
list, stopping after the first screenful, showing the prompt at the bot-
tom, waiting for a keypress after temporarily switching to the list-
scroll keymap. Some of the zle functions have a special meaning while
scrolling lists:
send-break
stops listing discarding the key pressed
accept-line, down-history, down-line-or-history
down-line-or-search, vi-down-line-or-history
scrolls forward one line
complete-word, menu-complete, expand-or-complete
expand-or-complete-prefix, menu-complete-or-expand
scrolls forward one screenful
accept-search
stop listing but take no other action
Every other character stops listing and immediately processes the key as
usual. Any key that is not bound in the listscroll keymap or that is
bound to undefined-key is looked up in the keymap currently selected.
As for the ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS parameters, LISTPROMPT should not
be set directly when using the shell function based completion system.
Instead, the list-prompt style should be used.
Menu selection
The zsh/complist module also offers an alternative style of selecting
matches from a list, called menu selection, which can be used if the
shell is set up to return to the last prompt after showing a completion
list (see the ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option in zshoptions(1)).
Menu selection can be invoked directly by the widget menu-select defined
by this module. This is a standard ZLE widget that can be bound to a
key in the usual way as described in zshzle(1).
Alternatively, the parameter MENUSELECT can be set to an integer, which
gives the minimum number of matches that must be present before menu se-
lection is automatically turned on. This second method requires that
menu completion be started, either directly from a widget such as
menu-complete, or due to one of the options MENU_COMPLETE or AUTO_MENU
being set. If MENUSELECT is set, but is 0, 1 or empty, menu selection
will always be started during an ambiguous menu completion.
When using the completion system based on shell functions, the MENUSE-
LECT parameter should not be used (like the ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS
parameters described above). Instead, the menu style should be used
with the select=... keyword.
After menu selection is started, the matches will be listed. If there
are more matches than fit on the screen, only the first screenful is
shown. The matches to insert into the command line can be selected from
this list. In the list one match is highlighted using the value for ma
from the ZLS_COLORS or ZLS_COLOURS parameter. The default value for
this is `7' which forces the selected match to be highlighted using
standout mode on a vt100-compatible terminal. If neither ZLS_COLORS nor
ZLS_COLOURS is set, the same terminal control sequence as for the `%S'
escape in prompts is used.
If there are more matches than fit on the screen and the parameter
MENUPROMPT is set, its value will be shown below the matches. It sup-
ports the same escape sequences as LISTPROMPT, but the number of the
match or line shown will be that of the one where the mark is placed.
If its value is the empty string, a default prompt will be used.
The MENUSCROLL parameter can be used to specify how the list is
scrolled. If the parameter is unset, this is done line by line, if it
is set to `0' (zero), the list will scroll half the number of lines of
the screen. If the value is positive, it gives the number of lines to
scroll and if it is negative, the list will be scrolled the number of
lines of the screen minus the (absolute) value.
As for the ZLS_COLORS, ZLS_COLOURS and LISTPROMPT parameters, neither
MENUPROMPT nor MENUSCROLL should be set directly when using the shell
function based completion system. Instead, the select-prompt and se-
lect-scroll styles should be used.
The completion code sometimes decides not to show all of the matches in
the list. These hidden matches are either matches for which the comple-
tion function which added them explicitly requested that they not appear
in the list (using the -n option of the compadd builtin command) or they
are matches which duplicate a string already in the list (because they
differ only in things like prefixes or suffixes that are not displayed).
In the list used for menu selection, however, even these matches are
shown so that it is possible to select them. To highlight such matches
the hi and du capabilities in the ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS parameters
are supported for hidden matches of the first and second kind, respec-
tively.
Selecting matches is done by moving the mark around using the zle move-
ment functions. When not all matches can be shown on the screen at the
same time, the list will scroll up and down when crossing the top or
bottom line. The following zle functions have special meaning during
menu selection. Note that the following always perform the same task
within the menu selection map and cannot be replaced by user defined
widgets, nor can the set of functions be extended:
accept-line, accept-search
accept the current match and leave menu selection (but do not
cause the command line to be accepted)
send-break
leaves menu selection and restores the previous contents of the
command line
redisplay, clear-screen
execute their normal function without leaving menu selection
accept-and-hold, accept-and-menu-complete
accept the currently inserted match and continue selection allow-
ing to select the next match to insert into the line
accept-and-infer-next-history
accepts the current match and then tries completion with menu se-
lection again; in the case of files this allows one to select a
directory and immediately attempt to complete files in it; if
there are no matches, a message is shown and one can use undo to
go back to completion on the previous level, every other key
leaves menu selection (including the other zle functions which
are otherwise special during menu selection)
undo removes matches inserted during the menu selection by one of the
three functions before
down-history, down-line-or-history
vi-down-line-or-history, down-line-or-search
moves the mark one line down
up-history, up-line-or-history
vi-up-line-or-history, up-line-or-search
moves the mark one line up
forward-char, vi-forward-char
moves the mark one column right
backward-char, vi-backward-char
moves the mark one column left
forward-word, vi-forward-word
vi-forward-word-end, emacs-forward-word
moves the mark one screenful down
backward-word, vi-backward-word, emacs-backward-word
moves the mark one screenful up
vi-forward-blank-word, vi-forward-blank-word-end
moves the mark to the first line of the next group of matches
vi-backward-blank-word
moves the mark to the last line of the previous group of matches
beginning-of-history
moves the mark to the first line
end-of-history
moves the mark to the last line
beginning-of-buffer-or-history, beginning-of-line
beginning-of-line-hist, vi-beginning-of-line
moves the mark to the leftmost column
end-of-buffer-or-history, end-of-line
end-of-line-hist, vi-end-of-line
moves the mark to the rightmost column
complete-word, menu-complete, expand-or-complete
expand-or-complete-prefix, menu-expand-or-complete
moves the mark to the next match
reverse-menu-complete
moves the mark to the previous match
vi-insert
this toggles between normal and interactive mode; in interactive
mode the keys bound to self-insert and self-insert-unmeta insert
into the command line as in normal editing mode but without leav-
ing menu selection; after each character completion is tried
again and the list changes to contain only the new matches; the
completion widgets make the longest unambiguous string be in-
serted in the command line and undo and backward-delete-char go
back to the previous set of matches
history-incremental-search-forward
history-incremental-search-backward
this starts incremental searches in the list of completions dis-
played; in this mode, accept-line only leaves incremental search,
going back to the normal menu selection mode
All movement functions wrap around at the edges; any other zle function
not listed leaves menu selection and executes that function. It is pos-
sible to make widgets in the above list do the same by using the form of
the widget with a `.' in front. For example, the widget `.accept-line'
has the effect of leaving menu selection and accepting the entire com-
mand line.
During this selection the widget uses the keymap menuselect. Any key
that is not defined in this keymap or that is bound to undefined-key is
looked up in the keymap currently selected. This is used to ensure that
the most important keys used during selection (namely the cursor keys,
return, and TAB) have sensible defaults. However, keys in the menuse-
lect keymap can be modified directly using the bindkey builtin command
(see zshmodules(1)). For example, to make the return key leave menu se-
lection without accepting the match currently selected one could call
bindkey -M menuselect '^M' send-break
after loading the zsh/complist module.
THE ZSH/COMPUTIL MODULE
The zsh/computil module adds several builtin commands that are used by
some of the completion functions in the completion system based on shell
functions (see zshcompsys(1) ). Except for compquote these builtin com-
mands are very specialised and thus not very interesting when writing
your own completion functions. In summary, these builtin commands are:
comparguments
This is used by the _arguments function to do the argument and
command line parsing. Like compdescribe it has an option -i to
do the parsing and initialize some internal state and various op-
tions to access the state information to decide what should be
completed.
compdescribe
This is used by the _describe function to build the displays for
the matches and to get the strings to add as matches with their
options. On the first call one of the options -i or -I should be
supplied as the first argument. In the first case, display
strings without the descriptions will be generated, in the second
case, the string used to separate the matches from their descrip-
tions must be given as the second argument and the descriptions
(if any) will be shown. All other arguments are like the defini-
tion arguments to _describe itself.
Once compdescribe has been called with either the -i or the -I
option, it can be repeatedly called with the -g option and the
names of four parameters as its arguments. This will step
through the different sets of matches and store the value of
compstate[list] in the first scalar, the options for compadd in
the second array, the matches in the third array, and the strings
to be displayed in the completion listing in the fourth array.
The arrays may then be directly given to compadd to register the
matches with the completion code.
compfiles
Used by the _path_files function to optimize complex recursive
filename generation (globbing). It does three things. With the
-p and -P options it builds the glob patterns to use, including
the paths already handled and trying to optimize the patterns
with respect to the prefix and suffix from the line and the match
specification currently used. The -i option does the directory
tests for the ignore-parents style and the -r option tests if a
component for some of the matches are equal to the string on the
line and removes all other matches if that is true.
compgroups
Used by the _tags function to implement the internals of the
group-order style. This only takes its arguments as names of
completion groups and creates the groups for it (all six types:
sorted and unsorted, both without removing duplicates, with re-
moving all duplicates and with removing consecutive duplicates).
compquote [ -p ] names ...
There may be reasons to write completion functions that have to
add the matches using the -Q option to compadd and perform quot-
ing themselves. Instead of interpreting the first character of
the all_quotes key of the compstate special association and using
the q flag for parameter expansions, one can use this builtin
command. The arguments are the names of scalar or array parame-
ters and the values of these parameters are quoted as needed for
the innermost quoting level. If the -p option is given, quoting
is done as if there is some prefix before the values of the para-
meters, so that a leading equal sign will not be quoted.
The return status is non-zero in case of an error and zero other-
wise.
comptags
comptry
These implement the internals of the tags mechanism.
compvalues
Like comparguments, but for the _values function.
THE ZSH/CURSES MODULE
The zsh/curses module makes available one builtin command and various
parameters.
Builtin
zcurses init
zcurses end
zcurses addwin targetwin nlines ncols begin_y begin_x [ parentwin ]
zcurses delwin targetwin
zcurses refresh [ targetwin ... ]
zcurses touch targetwin ...
zcurses move targetwin new_y new_x
zcurses clear targetwin [ redraw | eol | bot ]
zcurses position targetwin array
zcurses char targetwin character
zcurses string targetwin string
zcurses border targetwin border
zcurses attr targetwin [ [+|-]attribute | fg_col/bg_col ] [...]
zcurses bg targetwin [ [+|-]attribute | fg_col/bg_col | @char ] [...]
zcurses scroll targetwin [ on | off | [+|-]lines ]
zcurses input targetwin [ param [ kparam [ mparam ] ] ]
zcurses mouse [ delay num | [+|-]motion ]
zcurses timeout targetwin intval
zcurses querychar targetwin [ param ]
zcurses resize height width [ endwin | nosave | endwin_nosave ]
Manipulate curses windows. All uses of this command should be
bracketed by `zcurses init' to initialise use of curses, and
`zcurses end' to end it; omitting `zcurses end' can cause the
terminal to be in an unwanted state.
The subcommand addwin creates a window with nlines lines and
ncols columns. Its upper left corner will be placed at row be-
gin_y and column begin_x of the screen. targetwin is a string
and refers to the name of a window that is not currently as-
signed. Note in particular the curses convention that vertical
values appear before horizontal values.
If addwin is given an existing window as the final argument, the
new window is created as a subwindow of parentwin. This differs
from an ordinary new window in that the memory of the window con-
tents is shared with the parent's memory. Subwindows must be
deleted before their parent. Note that the coordinates of sub-
windows are relative to the screen, not the parent, as with other
windows.
Use the subcommand delwin to delete a window created with addwin.
Note that end does not implicitly delete windows, and that delwin
does not erase the screen image of the window.
The window corresponding to the full visible screen is called
stdscr; it always exists after `zcurses init' and cannot be
delete with delwin.
The subcommand refresh will refresh window targetwin; this is
necessary to make any pending changes (such as characters you
have prepared for output with char) visible on the screen. re-
fresh without an argument causes the screen to be cleared and re-
drawn. If multiple windows are given, the screen is updated once
at the end.
The subcommand touch marks the targetwins listed as changed.
This is necessary before refreshing windows if a window that was
in front of another window (which may be stdscr) is deleted.
The subcommand move moves the cursor position in targetwin to new
coordinates new_y and new_x. Note that the subcommand string
(but not the subcommand char) advances the cursor position over
the characters added.
The subcommand clear erases the contents of targetwin. One (and
no more than one) of three options may be specified. With the
option redraw, in addition the next refresh of targetwin will
cause the screen to be cleared and repainted. With the option
eol, targetwin is only cleared to the end of the current cursor
line. With the option bot, targetwin is cleared to the end of
the window, i.e everything to the right and below the cursor is
cleared.
The subcommand position writes various positions associated with
targetwin into the array named array. These are, in order:
- The y and x coordinates of the cursor relative to the top
left of targetwin
- The y and x coordinates of the top left of targetwin on
the screen
- The size of targetwin in y and x dimensions.
Outputting characters and strings are achieved by char and string
respectively.
To draw a border around window targetwin, use border. Note that
the border is not subsequently handled specially: in other
words, the border is simply a set of characters output at the
edge of the window. Hence it can be overwritten, can scroll off
the window, etc.
The subcommand attr will set targetwin's attributes or fore-
ground/background color pair for any successive character output.
Each attribute given on the line may be prepended by a + to set
or a - to unset that attribute; + is assumed if absent. The at-
tributes supported are blink, bold, dim, reverse, standout, and
underline.
Each fg_col/bg_col attribute (to be read as `fg_col on bg_col')
sets the foreground and background color for character output.
The color default is sometimes available (in particular if the
library is ncurses), specifying the foreground or background
color with which the terminal started. The color pair de-
fault/default is always available. To use more than the 8 named
colors (red, green, etc.) construct the fg_col/bg_col pairs where
fg_col and bg_col are decimal integers, e.g 128/200. The maximum
color value is 254 if the terminal supports 256 colors.
bg overrides the color and other attributes of all characters in
the window. Its usual use is to set the background initially,
but it will overwrite the attributes of any characters at the
time when it is called. In addition to the arguments allowed
with attr, an argument @char specifies a character to be shown in
otherwise blank areas of the window. Owing to limitations of
curses this cannot be a multibyte character (use of ASCII charac-
ters only is recommended). As the specified set of attributes
override the existing background, turning attributes off in the
arguments is not useful, though this does not cause an error.
The subcommand scroll can be used with on or off to enabled or
disable scrolling of a window when the cursor would otherwise
move below the window due to typing or output. It can also be
used with a positive or negative integer to scroll the window up
or down the given number of lines without changing the current
cursor position (which therefore appears to move in the opposite
direction relative to the window). In the second case, if
scrolling is off it is temporarily turned on to allow the window
to be scrolled.
The subcommand input reads a single character from the window
without echoing it back. If param is supplied the character is
assigned to the parameter param, else it is assigned to the para-
meter REPLY.
If both param and kparam are supplied, the key is read in `key-
pad' mode. In this mode special keys such as function keys and
arrow keys return the name of the key in the parameter kparam.
The key names are the macros defined in the curses.h or ncurses.h
with the prefix `KEY_' removed; see also the description of the
parameter zcurses_keycodes below. Other keys cause a value to be
set in param as before. On a successful return only one of param
or kparam contains a non-empty string; the other is set to an
empty string.
If mparam is also supplied, input attempts to handle mouse input.
This is only available with the ncurses library; mouse handling
can be detected by checking for the exit status of `zcurses
mouse' with no arguments. If a mouse button is clicked (or dou-
ble- or triple-clicked, or pressed or released with a config-
urable delay from being clicked) then kparam is set to the string
MOUSE, and mparam is set to an array consisting of the following
elements:
- An identifier to discriminate different input devices;
this is only rarely useful.
- The x, y and z coordinates of the mouse click relative to
the full screen, as three elements in that order (i.e. the
y coordinate is, unusually, after the x coordinate). The
z coordinate is only available for a few unusual input de-
vices and is otherwise set to zero.
- Any events that occurred as separate items; usually there
will be just one. An event consists of PRESSED, RELEASED,
CLICKED, DOUBLE_CLICKED or TRIPLE_CLICKED followed immedi-
ately (in the same element) by the number of the button.
- If the shift key was pressed, the string SHIFT.
- If the control key was pressed, the string CTRL.
- If the alt key was pressed, the string ALT.
Not all mouse events may be passed through to the terminal win-
dow; most terminal emulators handle some mouse events themselves.
Note that the ncurses manual implies that using input both with
and without mouse handling may cause the mouse cursor to appear
and disappear.
The subcommand mouse can be used to configure the use of the
mouse. There is no window argument; mouse options are global.
`zcurses mouse' with no arguments returns status 0 if mouse han-
dling is possible, else status 1. Otherwise, the possible argu-
ments (which may be combined on the same command line) are as
follows. delay num sets the maximum delay in milliseconds be-
tween press and release events to be considered as a click; the
value 0 disables click resolution, and the default is one sixth
of a second. motion proceeded by an optional `+' (the default)
or - turns on or off reporting of mouse motion in addition to
clicks, presses and releases, which are always reported. How-
ever, it appears reports for mouse motion are not currently im-
plemented.
The subcommand timeout specifies a timeout value for input from
targetwin. If intval is negative, `zcurses input' waits indefi-
nitely for a character to be typed; this is the default. If int-
val is zero, `zcurses input' returns immediately; if there is ty-
peahead it is returned, else no input is done and status 1 is re-
turned. If intval is positive, `zcurses input' waits intval mil-
liseconds for input and if there is none at the end of that pe-
riod returns status 1.
The subcommand querychar queries the character at the current
cursor position. The return values are stored in the array named
param if supplied, else in the array reply. The first value is
the character (which may be a multibyte character if the system
supports them); the second is the color pair in the usual
fg_col/bg_col notation, or 0 if color is not supported. Any at-
tributes other than color that apply to the character, as set
with the subcommand attr, appear as additional elements.
The subcommand resize resizes stdscr and all windows to given di-
mensions (windows that stick out from the new dimensions are re-
sized down). The underlying curses extension (resize_term call)
can be unavailable. To verify, zeroes can be used for height and
width. If the result of the subcommand is 0, resize_term is
available (2 otherwise). Tests show that resizing can be normally
accomplished by calling zcurses end and zcurses refresh. The re-
size subcommand is provided for versatility. Multiple system con-
figurations have been checked and zcurses end and zcurses refresh
are still needed for correct terminal state after resize. To in-
voke them with resize, use endwin argument. Using nosave argu-
ment will cause new terminal state to not be saved internally by
zcurses. This is also provided for versatility and should nor-
mally be not needed.
Parameters
ZCURSES_COLORS
Readonly integer. The maximum number of colors the terminal sup-
ports. This value is initialised by the curses library and is
not available until the first time zcurses init is run.
ZCURSES_COLOR_PAIRS
Readonly integer. The maximum number of color pairs
fg_col/bg_col that may be defined in `zcurses attr' commands;
note this limit applies to all color pairs that have been used
whether or not they are currently active. This value is ini-
tialised by the curses library and is not available until the
first time zcurses init is run.
zcurses_attrs
Readonly array. The attributes supported by zsh/curses; avail-
able as soon as the module is loaded.
zcurses_colors
Readonly array. The colors supported by zsh/curses; available as
soon as the module is loaded.
zcurses_keycodes
Readonly array. The values that may be returned in the second
parameter supplied to `zcurses input' in the order in which they
are defined internally by curses. Not all function keys are
listed, only F0; curses reserves space for F0 up to F63.
zcurses_windows
Readonly array. The current list of windows, i.e. all windows
that have been created with `zcurses addwin' and not removed with
`zcurses delwin'.
THE ZSH/DATETIME MODULE
The zsh/datetime module makes available one builtin command:
strftime [ -s scalar | -n ] format [ epochtime [ nanoseconds ] ]
strftime -r [ -q ] [ -s scalar | -n ] format timestring
Output the date in the format specified. With no epochtime, the
current system date/time is used; optionally, epochtime may be
used to specify the number of seconds since the epoch, and
nanoseconds may additionally be used to specify the number of
nanoseconds past the second (otherwise that number is assumed to
be 0). See strftime(3) for details. The zsh extensions de-
scribed in the section EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zsh-
misc(1) are also available.
-n Suppress printing a newline after the formatted string.
-q Run quietly; suppress printing of all error messages de-
scribed below. Errors for invalid epochtime values are
always printed.
-r With the option -r (reverse), use format to parse the in-
put string timestring and output the number of seconds
since the epoch at which the time occurred. The parsing
is implemented by the system function strptime; see strp-
time(3). This means that zsh format extensions are not
available, but for reverse lookup they are not required.
In most implementations of strftime any timezone in the
timestring is ignored and the local timezone declared by
the TZ environment variable is used; other parameters are
set to zero if not present.
If timestring does not match format the command returns
status 1 and prints an error message. If timestring
matches format but not all characters in timestring were
used, the conversion succeeds but also prints an error
message.
If either of the system functions strptime or mktime is
not available, status 2 is returned and an error message
is printed.
-s scalar
Assign the date string (or epoch time in seconds if -r is
given) to scalar instead of printing it.
Note that depending on the system's declared integral time type,
strftime may produce incorrect results for epoch times greater
than 2147483647 which corresponds to 2038-01-19 03:14:07 +0000.
The zsh/datetime module makes available several parameters; all are
readonly:
EPOCHREALTIME
A floating point value representing the number of seconds since
the epoch. The notional accuracy is to nanoseconds if the
clock_gettime call is available and to microseconds otherwise,
but in practice the range of double precision floating point and
shell scheduling latencies may be significant effects.
EPOCHSECONDS
An integer value representing the number of seconds since the
epoch.
epochtime
An array value containing the number of seconds since the epoch
in the first element and the remainder of the time since the
epoch in nanoseconds in the second element. To ensure the two
elements are consistent the array should be copied or otherwise
referenced as a single substitution before the values are used.
The following idiom may be used:
for secs nsecs in $epochtime; do
...
done
THE ZSH/DB/GDBM MODULE
The zsh/db/gdbm module is used to create "tied" associative arrays that
interface to database files. If the GDBM interface is not available,
the builtins defined by this module will report an error. This module
is also intended as a prototype for creating additional database inter-
faces, so the ztie builtin may move to a more generic module in the fu-
ture.
The builtins in this module are:
ztie -d db/gdbm -f filename [ -r ] arrayname
Open the GDBM database identified by filename and, if successful,
create the associative array arrayname linked to the file. To
create a local tied array, the parameter must first be declared,
so commands similar to the following would be executed inside a
function scope:
local -A sampledb
ztie -d db/gdbm -f sample.gdbm sampledb
The -r option opens the database file for reading only, creating
a parameter with the readonly attribute. Without this option,
using `ztie' on a file for which the user does not have write
permission is an error. If writable, the database is opened syn-
chronously so fields changed in arrayname are immediately written
to filename.
Changes to the file modes filename after it has been opened do
not alter the state of arrayname, but `typeset -r arrayname'
works as expected.
zuntie [ -u ] arrayname ...
Close the GDBM database associated with each arrayname and then
unset the parameter. The -u option forces an unset of parameters
made readonly with `ztie -r'.
This happens automatically if the parameter is explicitly unset
or its local scope (function) ends. Note that a readonly parame-
ter may not be explicitly unset, so the only way to unset a
global parameter created with `ztie -r' is to use `zuntie -u'.
zgdbmpath parametername
Put path to database file assigned to parametername into REPLY
scalar.
zgdbm_tied
Array holding names of all tied parameters.
The fields of an associative array tied to GDBM are neither cached nor
otherwise stored in memory, they are read from or written to the data-
base on each reference. Thus, for example, the values in a readonly ar-
ray may be changed by a second writer of the same database file.
THE ZSH/DELTOCHAR MODULE
The zsh/deltochar module makes available two ZLE functions:
delete-to-char
Read a character from the keyboard, and delete from the cursor
position up to and including the next (or, with repeat count n,
the nth) instance of that character. Negative repeat counts mean
delete backwards.
zap-to-char
This behaves like delete-to-char, except that the final occur-
rence of the character itself is not deleted.
THE ZSH/EXAMPLE MODULE
The zsh/example module makes available one builtin command:
example [ -flags ] [ args ... ]
Displays the flags and arguments it is invoked with.
The purpose of the module is to serve as an example of how to write a
module.
THE ZSH/FILES MODULE
The zsh/files module makes available some common commands for file ma-
nipulation as builtins; these commands are probably not needed for many
normal situations but can be useful in emergency recovery situations
with constrained resources. The commands do not implement all features
now required by relevant standards committees.
For all commands, a variant beginning zf_ is also available and loaded
automatically. Using the features capability of zmodload will let you
load only those names you want. Note that it's possible to load only
the builtins with zsh-specific names using the following command:
zmodload -m -F zsh/files b:zf_\*
The commands loaded by default are:
chgrp [ -hRs ] group filename ...
Changes group of files specified. This is equivalent to chown
with a user-spec argument of `:group'.
chmod [ -Rs ] mode filename ...
Changes mode of files specified.
The specified mode must be in octal.
The -R option causes chmod to recursively descend into directo-
ries, changing the mode of all files in the directory after
changing the mode of the directory itself.
The -s option is a zsh extension to chmod functionality. It en-
ables paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid security problems in-
volving a chmod being tricked into affecting files other than the
ones intended. It will refuse to follow symbolic links, so that
(for example) ``chmod 600 /tmp/foo/passwd'' can't accidentally
chmod /etc/passwd if /tmp/foo happens to be a link to /etc. It
will also check where it is after leaving directories, so that a
recursive chmod of a deep directory tree can't end up recursively
chmoding /usr as a result of directories being moved up the tree.
chown [ -hRs ] user-spec filename ...
Changes ownership and group of files specified.
The user-spec can be in four forms:
user change owner to user; do not change group
user:: change owner to user; do not change group
user: change owner to user; change group to user's primary group
user:group
change owner to user; change group to group
:group do not change owner; change group to group
In each case, the `:' may instead be a `.'. The rule is that if
there is a `:' then the separator is `:', otherwise if there is a
`.' then the separator is `.', otherwise there is no separator.
Each of user and group may be either a username (or group name,
as appropriate) or a decimal user ID (group ID). Interpretation
as a name takes precedence, if there is an all-numeric username
(or group name).
If the target is a symbolic link, the -h option causes chown to
set the ownership of the link instead of its target.
The -R option causes chown to recursively descend into directo-
ries, changing the ownership of all files in the directory after
changing the ownership of the directory itself.
The -s option is a zsh extension to chown functionality. It en-
ables paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid security problems in-
volving a chown being tricked into affecting files other than the
ones intended. It will refuse to follow symbolic links, so that
(for example) ``chown luser /tmp/foo/passwd'' can't accidentally
chown /etc/passwd if /tmp/foo happens to be a link to /etc. It
will also check where it is after leaving directories, so that a
recursive chown of a deep directory tree can't end up recursively
chowning /usr as a result of directories being moved up the tree.
ln [ -dfhins ] filename dest
ln [ -dfhins ] filename ... dir
Creates hard (or, with -s, symbolic) links. In the first form,
the specified destination is created, as a link to the specified
filename. In the second form, each of the filenames is taken in
turn, and linked to a pathname in the specified directory that
has the same last pathname component.
Normally, ln will not attempt to create hard links to directo-
ries. This check can be overridden using the -d option. Typi-
cally only the super-user can actually succeed in creating hard
links to directories. This does not apply to symbolic links in
any case.
By default, existing files cannot be replaced by links. The -i
option causes the user to be queried about replacing existing
files. The -f option causes existing files to be silently
deleted, without querying. -f takes precedence.
The -h and -n options are identical and both exist for compati-
bility; either one indicates that if the target is a symlink then
it should not be dereferenced. Typically this is used in combi-
nation with -sf so that if an existing link points to a directory
then it will be removed, instead of followed. If this option is
used with multiple filenames and the target is a symbolic link
pointing to a directory then the result is an error.
mkdir [ -p ] [ -m mode ] dir ...
Creates directories. With the -p option, non-existing parent di-
rectories are first created if necessary, and there will be no
complaint if the directory already exists. The -m option can be
used to specify (in octal) a set of file permissions for the cre-
ated directories, otherwise mode 777 modified by the current
umask (see umask(2)) is used.
mv [ -fi ] filename dest
mv [ -fi ] filename ... dir
Moves files. In the first form, the specified filename is moved
to the specified destination. In the second form, each of the
filenames is taken in turn, and moved to a pathname in the speci-
fied directory that has the same last pathname component.
By default, the user will be queried before replacing any file
that the user cannot write to, but writable files will be
silently removed. The -i option causes the user to be queried
about replacing any existing files. The -f option causes any ex-
isting files to be silently deleted, without querying. -f takes
precedence.
Note that this mv will not move files across devices. Historical
versions of mv, when actual renaming is impossible, fall back on
copying and removing files; if this behaviour is desired, use cp
and rm manually. This may change in a future version.
rm [ -dfiRrs ] filename ...
Removes files and directories specified.
Normally, rm will not remove directories (except with the -R or
-r options). The -d option causes rm to try removing directories
with unlink (see unlink(2)), the same method used for files.
Typically only the super-user can actually succeed in unlinking
directories in this way. -d takes precedence over -R and -r.
By default, the user will be queried before removing any file
that the user cannot write to, but writable files will be
silently removed. The -i option causes the user to be queried
about removing any files. The -f option causes files to be
silently deleted, without querying, and suppresses all error in-
dications. -f takes precedence.
The -R and -r options cause rm to recursively descend into direc-
tories, deleting all files in the directory before removing the
directory with the rmdir system call (see rmdir(2)).
The -s option is a zsh extension to rm functionality. It enables
paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid common security problems
involving a root-run rm being tricked into removing files other
than the ones intended. It will refuse to follow symbolic links,
so that (for example) ``rm /tmp/foo/passwd'' can't accidentally
remove /etc/passwd if /tmp/foo happens to be a link to /etc. It
will also check where it is after leaving directories, so that a
recursive removal of a deep directory tree can't end up recur-
sively removing /usr as a result of directories being moved up
the tree.
rmdir dir ...
Removes empty directories specified.
sync Calls the system call of the same name (see sync(2)), which
flushes dirty buffers to disk. It might return before the I/O
has actually been completed.
THE ZSH/LANGINFO MODULE
The zsh/langinfo module makes available one parameter:
langinfo
An associative array that maps langinfo elements to their values.
Your implementation may support a number of the following keys:
CODESET, D_T_FMT, D_FMT, T_FMT, RADIXCHAR, THOUSEP, YESEXPR, NO-
EXPR, CRNCYSTR, ABDAY_{1..7}, DAY_{1..7}, ABMON_{1..12},
MON_{1..12}, T_FMT_AMPM, AM_STR, PM_STR, ERA, ERA_D_FMT,
ERA_D_T_FMT, ERA_T_FMT, ALT_DIGITS
THE ZSH/MAPFILE MODULE
The zsh/mapfile module provides one special associative array parameter
of the same name.
mapfile
This associative array takes as keys the names of files; the re-
sulting value is the content of the file. The value is treated
identically to any other text coming from a parameter. The value
may also be assigned to, in which case the file in question is
written (whether or not it originally existed); or an element may
be unset, which will delete the file in question. For example,
`vared 'mapfile[myfile]'' works as expected, editing the file
`myfile'.
When the array is accessed as a whole, the keys are the names of
files in the current directory, and the values are empty (to save
a huge overhead in memory). Thus ${(k)mapfile} has the same ef-
fect as the glob operator *(D), since files beginning with a dot
are not special. Care must be taken with expressions such as rm
${(k)mapfile}, which will delete every file in the current direc-
tory without the usual `rm *' test.
The parameter mapfile may be made read-only; in that case, files
referenced may not be written or deleted.
A file may conveniently be read into an array as one line per el-
ement with the form `array=("${(f@)mapfile[filename]}")'. The
double quotes and the `@' are necessary to prevent empty lines
from being removed. Note that if the file ends with a newline,
the shell will split on the final newline, generating an addi-
tional empty field; this can be suppressed by using `ar-
ray=("${(f@)${mapfile[filename]%$'\n'}}")'.
Limitations
Although reading and writing of the file in question is efficiently han-
dled, zsh's internal memory management may be arbitrarily baroque; how-
ever, mapfile is usually very much more efficient than anything involv-
ing a loop. Note in particular that the whole contents of the file will
always reside physically in memory when accessed (possibly multiple
times, due to standard parameter substitution operations). In particu-
lar, this means handling of sufficiently long files (greater than the
machine's swap space, or than the range of the pointer type) will be in-
correct.
No errors are printed or flagged for non-existent, unreadable, or un-
writable files, as the parameter mechanism is too low in the shell exe-
cution hierarchy to make this convenient.
It is unfortunate that the mechanism for loading modules does not yet
allow the user to specify the name of the shell parameter to be given
the special behaviour.
THE ZSH/MATHFUNC MODULE
The zsh/mathfunc module provides standard mathematical functions for use
when evaluating mathematical formulae. The syntax agrees with normal C
and FORTRAN conventions, for example,
(( f = sin(0.3) ))
assigns the sine of 0.3 to the parameter f.
Most functions take floating point arguments and return a floating point
value. However, any necessary conversions from or to integer type will
be performed automatically by the shell. Apart from atan with a second
argument and the abs, int and float functions, all functions behave as
noted in the manual page for the corresponding C function, except that
any arguments out of range for the function in question will be detected
by the shell and an error reported.
The following functions take a single floating point argument: acos,
acosh, asin, asinh, atan, atanh, cbrt, ceil, cos, cosh, erf, erfc, exp,
expm1, fabs, floor, gamma, j0, j1, lgamma, log, log10, log1p, log2,
logb, sin, sinh, sqrt, tan, tanh, y0, y1. The atan function can option-
ally take a second argument, in which case it behaves like the C func-
tion atan2. The ilogb function takes a single floating point argument,
but returns an integer.
The function signgam takes no arguments, and returns an integer, which
is the C variable of the same name, as described in gamma(3). Note that
it is therefore only useful immediately after a call to gamma or lgamma.
Note also that `signgam()' and `signgam' are distinct expressions.
The functions min, max, and sum are defined not in this module but in
the zmathfunc autoloadable function, described in the section `Mathemat-
ical Functions' in zshcontrib(1).
The following functions take two floating point arguments: copysign,
fmod, hypot, nextafter.
The following take an integer first argument and a floating point second
argument: jn, yn.
The following take a floating point first argument and an integer second
argument: ldexp, scalb.
The function abs does not convert the type of its single argument; it
returns the absolute value of either a floating point number or an inte-
ger. The functions float and int convert their arguments into a float-
ing point or integer value (by truncation) respectively.
Note that the C pow function is available in ordinary math evaluation as
the `**' operator and is not provided here.
The function rand48 is available if your system's mathematical library
has the function erand48(3). It returns a pseudo-random floating point
number between 0 and 1. It takes a single string optional argument.
If the argument is not present, the random number seed is initialised by
three calls to the rand(3) function --- this produces the same random
numbers as the next three values of $RANDOM.
If the argument is present, it gives the name of a scalar parameter
where the current random number seed will be stored. On the first call,
the value must contain at least twelve hexadecimal digits (the remainder
of the string is ignored), or the seed will be initialised in the same
manner as for a call to rand48 with no argument. Subsequent calls to
rand48(param) will then maintain the seed in the parameter param as a
string of twelve hexadecimal digits, with no base signifier. The random
number sequences for different parameters are completely independent,
and are also independent from that used by calls to rand48 with no argu-
ment.
For example, consider
print $(( rand48(seed) ))
print $(( rand48() ))
print $(( rand48(seed) ))
Assuming $seed does not exist, it will be initialised by the first call.
In the second call, the default seed is initialised; note, however, that
because of the properties of rand() there is a correlation between the
seeds used for the two initialisations, so for more secure uses, you
should generate your own 12-byte seed. The third call returns to the
same sequence of random numbers used in the first call, unaffected by
the intervening rand48().
THE ZSH/NEARCOLOR MODULE
The zsh/nearcolor module replaces colours specified as hex triplets with
the nearest colour in the 88 or 256 colour palettes that are widely used
by terminal emulators. By default, 24-bit true colour escape codes are
generated when colours are specified using hex triplets. These are not
supported by all terminals. The purpose of this module is to make it
easier to define colour preferences in a form that can work across a
range of terminal emulators.
Aside from the default colour, the ANSI standard for terminal escape
codes provides for eight colours. The bright attribute brings this to
sixteen. These basic colours are commonly used in terminal applications
due to being widely supported. Expanded 88 and 256 colour palettes are
also common and, while the first sixteen colours vary somewhat between
terminals and configurations, these add a generally consistent and pre-
dictable set of colours.
In order to use the zsh/nearcolor module, it only needs to be loaded.
Thereafter, whenever a colour is specified using a hex triplet, it will
be compared against each of the available colours and the closest will
be selected. The first sixteen colours are never matched in this process
due to being unpredictable.
It isn't possible to reliably detect support for true colour in the ter-
minal emulator. It is therefore recommended to be selective in loading
the zsh/nearcolor module. For example, the following checks the COL-
ORTERM environment variable:
[[ $COLORTERM = *(24bit|truecolor)* ]] || zmodload zsh/nearcolor
Note that some terminals accept the true color escape codes but map them
internally to a more limited palette in a similar manner to the
zsh/nearcolor module.
THE ZSH/NEWUSER MODULE
The zsh/newuser module is loaded at boot if it is available, the RCS op-
tion is set, and the PRIVILEGED option is not set (all three are true by
default). This takes place immediately after commands in the global
zshenv file (typically /etc/zsh/zshenv), if any, have been executed. If
the module is not available it is silently ignored by the shell; the
module may safely be removed from $MODULE_PATH by the administrator if
it is not required.
On loading, the module tests if any of the start-up files .zshenv,
.zprofile, .zshrc or .zlogin exist in the directory given by the envi-
ronment variable ZDOTDIR, or the user's home directory if that is not
set. The test is not performed and the module halts processing if the
shell was in an emulation mode (i.e. had been invoked as some other
shell than zsh).
If none of the start-up files were found, the module then looks for the
file newuser first in a sitewide directory, usually the parent directory
of the site-functions directory, and if that is not found the module
searches in a version-specific directory, usually the parent of the
functions directory containing version-specific functions. (These di-
rectories can be configured when zsh is built using the --en-
able-site-scriptdir=dir and --enable-scriptdir=dir flags to configure,
respectively; the defaults are prefix/share/zsh and pre-
fix/share/zsh/$ZSH_VERSION where the default prefix is /usr/local.)
If the file newuser is found, it is then sourced in the same manner as a
start-up file. The file is expected to contain code to install start-up
files for the user, however any valid shell code will be executed.
The zsh/newuser module is then unconditionally unloaded.
Note that it is possible to achieve exactly the same effect as the
zsh/newuser module by adding code to /etc/zsh/zshenv. The module exists
simply to allow the shell to make arrangements for new users without the
need for intervention by package maintainers and system administrators.
The script supplied with the module invokes the shell function
zsh-newuser-install. This may be invoked directly by the user even if
the zsh/newuser module is disabled. Note, however, that if the module
is not installed the function will not be installed either. The func-
tion is documented in the section `User Configuration Functions' in zsh-
contrib(1).
THE ZSH/PARAMETER MODULE
The zsh/parameter module gives access to some of the internal hash ta-
bles used by the shell by defining some special parameters.
options
The keys for this associative array are the names of the options
that can be set and unset using the setopt and unsetopt builtins.
The value of each key is either the string on if the option is
currently set, or the string off if the option is unset. Setting
a key to one of these strings is like setting or unsetting the
option, respectively. Unsetting a key in this array is like set-
ting it to the value off.
commands
This array gives access to the command hash table. The keys are
the names of external commands, the values are the pathnames of
the files that would be executed when the command would be in-
voked. Setting a key in this array defines a new entry in this
table in the same way as with the hash builtin. Unsetting a key
as in `unset "commands[foo]"' removes the entry for the given key
from the command hash table.
functions
This associative array maps names of enabled functions to their
definitions. Setting a key in it is like defining a function with
the name given by the key and the body given by the value. Unset-
ting a key removes the definition for the function named by the
key.
dis_functions
Like functions but for disabled functions.
functions_source
This readonly associative array maps names of enabled functions
to the name of the file containing the source of the function.
For an autoloaded function that has already been loaded, or
marked for autoload with an absolute path, or that has had its
path resolved with `functions -r', this is the file found for au-
toloading, resolved to an absolute path.
For a function defined within the body of a script or sourced
file, this is the name of that file. In this case, this is the
exact path originally used to that file, which may be a relative
path.
For any other function, including any defined at an interactive
prompt or an autoload function whose path has not yet been re-
solved, this is the empty string. However, the hash element is
reported as defined just so long as the function is present: the
keys to this hash are the same as those to $functions.
dis_functions_source
Like functions_source but for disabled functions.
builtins
This associative array gives information about the builtin com-
mands currently enabled. The keys are the names of the builtin
commands and the values are either `undefined' for builtin com-
mands that will automatically be loaded from a module if invoked
or `defined' for builtin commands that are already loaded.
dis_builtins
Like builtins but for disabled builtin commands.
reswords
This array contains the enabled reserved words.
dis_reswords
Like reswords but for disabled reserved words.
patchars
This array contains the enabled pattern characters.
dis_patchars
Like patchars but for disabled pattern characters.
aliases
This maps the names of the regular aliases currently enabled to
their expansions.
dis_aliases
Like aliases but for disabled regular aliases.
galiases
Like aliases, but for global aliases.
dis_galiases
Like galiases but for disabled global aliases.
saliases
Like raliases, but for suffix aliases.
dis_saliases
Like saliases but for disabled suffix aliases.
parameters
The keys in this associative array are the names of the parame-
ters currently defined. The values are strings describing the
type of the parameter, in the same format used by the t parameter
flag, see zshexpn(1) . Setting or unsetting keys in this array
is not possible.
modules
An associative array giving information about modules. The keys
are the names of the modules loaded, registered to be autoloaded,
or aliased. The value says which state the named module is in and
is one of the strings `loaded', `autoloaded', or `alias:name',
where name is the name the module is aliased to.
Setting or unsetting keys in this array is not possible.
dirstack
A normal array holding the elements of the directory stack. Note
that the output of the dirs builtin command includes one more di-
rectory, the current working directory.
history
This associative array maps history event numbers to the full
history lines. Although it is presented as an associative array,
the array of all values (${history[@]}) is guaranteed to be re-
turned in order from most recent to oldest history event, that
is, by decreasing history event number.
historywords
A special array containing the words stored in the history.
These also appear in most to least recent order.
jobdirs
This associative array maps job numbers to the directories from
which the job was started (which may not be the current directory
of the job).
The keys of the associative arrays are usually valid job numbers,
and these are the values output with, for example, ${(k)jobdirs}.
Non-numeric job references may be used when looking up a value;
for example, ${jobdirs[%+]} refers to the current job.
See the jobs builtin for how job information is provided in a
subshell.
jobtexts
This associative array maps job numbers to the texts of the com-
mand lines that were used to start the jobs.
Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for
jobdirs above.
See the jobs builtin for how job information is provided in a
subshell.
jobstates
This associative array gives information about the states of the
jobs currently known. The keys are the job numbers and the values
are strings of the form `job-state:mark:pid=state...'. The
job-state gives the state the whole job is currently in, one of
`running', `suspended', or `done'. The mark is `+' for the cur-
rent job, `-' for the previous job and empty otherwise. This is
followed by one `:pid=state' for every process in the job. The
pids are, of course, the process IDs and the state describes the
state of that process.
Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for
jobdirs above.
See the jobs builtin for how job information is provided in a
subshell.
nameddirs
This associative array maps the names of named directories to the
pathnames they stand for.
userdirs
This associative array maps user names to the pathnames of their
home directories.
usergroups
This associative array maps names of system groups of which the
current user is a member to the corresponding group identifiers.
The contents are the same as the groups output by the id command.
funcfiletrace
This array contains the absolute line numbers and corresponding
file names for the point where the current function, sourced
file, or (if EVAL_LINENO is set) eval command was called. The
array is of the same length as funcsourcetrace and functrace, but
differs from funcsourcetrace in that the line and file are the
point of call, not the point of definition, and differs from
functrace in that all values are absolute line numbers in files,
rather than relative to the start of a function, if any.
funcsourcetrace
This array contains the file names and line numbers of the points
where the functions, sourced files, and (if EVAL_LINENO is set)
eval commands currently being executed were defined. The line
number is the line where the `function name' or `name ()'
started. In the case of an autoloaded function the line number
is reported as zero. The format of each element is file-
name:lineno.
For functions autoloaded from a file in native zsh format, where
only the body of the function occurs in the file, or for files
that have been executed by the source or `.' builtins, the trace
information is shown as filename:0, since the entire file is the
definition. The source file name is resolved to an absolute path
when the function is loaded or the path to it otherwise resolved.
Most users will be interested in the information in the funcfile-
trace array instead.
funcstack
This array contains the names of the functions, sourced files,
and (if EVAL_LINENO is set) eval commands. currently being exe-
cuted. The first element is the name of the function using the
parameter.
The standard shell array zsh_eval_context can be used to deter-
mine the type of shell construct being executed at each depth:
note, however, that is in the opposite order, with the most re-
cent item last, and it is more detailed, for example including an
entry for toplevel, the main shell code being executed either in-
teractively or from a script, which is not present in $funcstack.
functrace
This array contains the names and line numbers of the callers
corresponding to the functions currently being executed. The
format of each element is name:lineno. Callers are also shown
for sourced files; the caller is the point where the source or
`.' command was executed.
THE ZSH/PCRE MODULE
The zsh/pcre module makes some commands available as builtins:
pcre_compile [ -aimxs ] PCRE
Compiles a perl-compatible regular expression.
Option -a will force the pattern to be anchored. Option -i will
compile a case-insensitive pattern. Option -m will compile a
multi-line pattern; that is, ^ and $ will match newlines within
the pattern. Option -x will compile an extended pattern, wherein
whitespace and # comments are ignored. Option -s makes the dot
metacharacter match all characters, including those that indicate
newline.
pcre_study
Studies the previously-compiled PCRE which may result in faster
matching.
pcre_match [ -v var ] [ -a arr ] [ -n offset ] [ -b ] string
Returns successfully if string matches the previously-compiled
PCRE.
Upon successful match, if the expression captures substrings
within parentheses, pcre_match will set the array match to those
substrings, unless the -a option is given, in which case it will
set the array arr. Similarly, the variable MATCH will be set to
the entire matched portion of the string, unless the -v option is
given, in which case the variable var will be set. No variables
are altered if there is no successful match. A -n option starts
searching for a match from the byte offset position in string.
If the -b option is given, the variable ZPCRE_OP will be set to
an offset pair string, representing the byte offset positions of
the entire matched portion within the string. For example, a
ZPCRE_OP set to "32 45" indicates that the matched portion began
on byte offset 32 and ended on byte offset 44. Here, byte offset
position 45 is the position directly after the matched portion.
Keep in mind that the byte position isn't necessarily the same as
the character position when UTF-8 characters are involved. Con-
sequently, the byte offset positions are only to be relied on in
the context of using them for subsequent searches on string, us-
ing an offset position as an argument to the -n option. This is
mostly used to implement the "find all non-overlapping matches"
functionality.
A simple example of "find all non-overlapping matches":
string="The following zip codes: 78884 90210 99513"
pcre_compile -m "\d{5}"
accum=()
pcre_match -b -- $string
while [[ $? -eq 0 ]] do
b=($=ZPCRE_OP)
accum+=$MATCH
pcre_match -b -n $b[2] -- $string
done
print -l $accum
The zsh/pcre module makes available the following test condition:
expr -pcre-match pcre
Matches a string against a perl-compatible regular expression.
For example,
[[ "$text" -pcre-match ^d+$ ]] &&
print text variable contains only "d's".
If the REMATCH_PCRE option is set, the =~ operator is equivalent
to -pcre-match, and the NO_CASE_MATCH option may be used. Note
that NO_CASE_MATCH never applies to the pcre_match builtin, in-
stead use the -i switch of pcre_compile.
THE ZSH/PARAM/PRIVATE MODULE
The zsh/param/private module is used to create parameters whose scope is
limited to the current function body, and not to other functions called
by the current function.
This module provides a single autoloaded builtin:
private [ {+|-}AHUahlmrtux ] [ {+|-}EFLRZi [ n ] ] [ name[=value] ... ]
The private builtin accepts all the same options and arguments as
local (zshbuiltins(1)) except for the `-T' option. Tied parame-
ters may not be made private.
The `-p' option is presently a no-op because the state of private
parameters cannot reliably be reloaded. This also applies to
printing private parameters with `typeset -p'.
If used at the top level (outside a function scope), private cre-
ates a normal parameter in the same manner as declare or typeset.
A warning about this is printed if WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL is set
(zshoptions(1)). Used inside a function scope, private creates a
local parameter similar to one declared with local, except having
special properties noted below.
Special parameters which expose or manipulate internal shell
state, such as ARGC, argv, COLUMNS, LINES, UID, EUID, IFS,
PROMPT, RANDOM, SECONDS, etc., cannot be made private unless the
`-h' option is used to hide the special meaning of the parameter.
This may change in the future.
As with other typeset equivalents, private is both a builtin and a re-
served word, so arrays may be assigned with parenthesized word list
name=(value...) syntax. However, the reserved word `private' is not
available until zsh/param/private is loaded, so care must be taken with
order of execution and parsing for function definitions which use pri-
vate. To compensate for this, the module also adds the option `-P' to
the `local' builtin to declare private parameters.
For example, this construction fails if zsh/param/private has not yet
been loaded when `bad_declaration' is defined:
bad_declaration() {
zmodload zsh/param/private
private array=( one two three )
}
This construction works because local is already a keyword, and the mod-
ule is loaded before the statement is executed:
good_declaration() {
zmodload zsh/param/private
local -P array=( one two three )
}
The following is usable in scripts but may have trouble with autoload:
zmodload zsh/param/private
iffy_declaration() {
private array=( one two three )
}
The private builtin may always be used with scalar assignments and for
declarations without assignments.
Parameters declared with private have the following properties:
• Within the function body where it is declared, the parameter be-
haves as a local, except as noted above for tied or special para-
meters.
• The type of a parameter declared private cannot be changed in the
scope where it was declared, even if the parameter is unset.
Thus an array cannot be assigned to a private scalar, etc.
• Within any other function called by the declaring function, the
private parameter does NOT hide other parameters of the same
name, so for example a global parameter of the same name is visi-
ble and may be assigned or unset. This includes calls to anony-
mous functions, although that may also change in the future.
However, the private name may not be created outside the local
scope when it was not previously declared.
• An exported private remains in the environment of inner scopes
but appears unset for the current shell in those scopes. Gener-
ally, exporting private parameters should be avoided.
Note that this differs from the static scope defined by compiled lan-
guages derived from C, in that the a new call to the same function cre-
ates a new scope, i.e., the parameter is still associated with the call
stack rather than with the function definition. It differs from ksh
`typeset -S' because the syntax used to define the function has no bear-
ing on whether the parameter scope is respected.
THE ZSH/REGEX MODULE
The zsh/regex module makes available the following test condition:
expr -regex-match regex
Matches a string against a POSIX extended regular expression. On
successful match, matched portion of the string will normally be
placed in the MATCH variable. If there are any capturing paren-
theses within the regex, then the match array variable will con-
tain those. If the match is not successful, then the variables
will not be altered.
For example,
[[ alphabetical -regex-match ^a([^a]+)a([^a]+)a ]] &&
print -l $MATCH X $match
If the option REMATCH_PCRE is not set, then the =~ operator will
automatically load this module as needed and will invoke the
-regex-match operator.
If BASH_REMATCH is set, then the array BASH_REMATCH will be set
instead of MATCH and match.
Note that the zsh/regex module logic relies on the host system.
The same expr and regex pair could produce different results on
different platforms if a regex with non-standard syntax is given.
For example, no syntax for matching a word boundary is defined in
the POSIX extended regular expression standard. GNU libc and BSD
libc both provide such syntaxes as extensions (\b and
[[:<:]]/[[:>:]] respectively), but neither of these syntaxes is
supported by both of these implementations.
Refer to the regcomp(3) and re_format(7) manual pages on your
system for locally-supported syntax.
THE ZSH/SCHED MODULE
The zsh/sched module makes available one builtin command and one parame-
ter.
sched [-o] [+]hh:mm[:ss] command ...
sched [-o] [+]seconds command ...
sched [ -item ]
Make an entry in the scheduled list of commands to execute. The
time may be specified in either absolute or relative time, and
either as hours, minutes and (optionally) seconds separated by a
colon, or seconds alone. An absolute number of seconds indicates
the time since the epoch (1970/01/01 00:00); this is useful in
combination with the features in the zsh/datetime module, see the
zsh/datetime module entry in zshmodules(1).
With no arguments, prints the list of scheduled commands. If the
scheduled command has the -o flag set, this is shown at the start
of the command.
With the argument `-item', removes the given item from the list.
The numbering of the list is continuous and entries are in time
order, so the numbering can change when entries are added or
deleted.
Commands are executed either immediately before a prompt, or
while the shell's line editor is waiting for input. In the lat-
ter case it is useful to be able to produce output that does not
interfere with the line being edited. Providing the option -o
causes the shell to clear the command line before the event and
redraw it afterwards. This should be used with any scheduled
event that produces visible output to the terminal; it is not
needed, for example, with output that updates a terminal emula-
tor's title bar.
To effect changes to the editor buffer when an event executes,
use the `zle' command with no arguments to test whether the edi-
tor is active, and if it is, then use `zle widget' to access the
editor via the named widget.
The sched builtin is not made available by default when the shell
starts in a mode emulating another shell. It can be made avail-
able with the command `zmodload -F zsh/sched b:sched'.
zsh_scheduled_events
A readonly array corresponding to the events scheduled by the
sched builtin. The indices of the array correspond to the num-
bers shown when sched is run with no arguments (provided that the
KSH_ARRAYS option is not set). The value of the array consists
of the scheduled time in seconds since the epoch (see the section
`The zsh/datetime Module' for facilities for using this number),
followed by a colon, followed by any options (which may be empty
but will be preceded by a `-' otherwise), followed by a colon,
followed by the command to be executed.
The sched builtin should be used for manipulating the events.
Note that this will have an immediate effect on the contents of
the array, so that indices may become invalid.
THE ZSH/NET/SOCKET MODULE
The zsh/net/socket module makes available one builtin command:
zsocket [ -altv ] [ -d fd ] [ args ]
zsocket is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell
command line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms.
Outbound Connections
zsocket [ -v ] [ -d fd ] filename
Open a new Unix domain connection to filename. The shell parame-
ter REPLY will be set to the file descriptor associated with that
connection. Currently, only stream connections are supported.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
File descriptors can be closed with normal shell syntax when no
longer needed, for example:
exec {REPLY}>&-
Inbound Connections
zsocket -l [ -v ] [ -d fd ] filename
zsocket -l will open a socket listening on filename. The shell
parameter REPLY will be set to the file descriptor associated
with that listener. The file descriptor remains open in sub-
shells and forked external executables.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
zsocket -a [ -tv ] [ -d targetfd ] listenfd
zsocket -a will accept an incoming connection to the socket asso-
ciated with listenfd. The shell parameter REPLY will be set to
the file descriptor associated with the inbound connection. The
file descriptor remains open in subshells and forked external ex-
ecutables.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
If -t is specified, zsocket will return if no incoming connection
is pending. Otherwise it will wait for one.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
THE ZSH/STAT MODULE
The zsh/stat module makes available one builtin command under two possi-
ble names:
zstat [ -gnNolLtTrs ] [ -f fd ] [ -H hash ] [ -A array ] [ -F fmt ]
[ +element ] [ file ... ]
stat ...
The command acts as a front end to the stat system call (see
stat(2)). The same command is provided with two names; as the
name stat is often used by an external command it is recommended
that only the zstat form of the command is used. This can be
arranged by loading the module with the command `zmodload -F
zsh/stat b:zstat'.
If the stat call fails, the appropriate system error message
printed and status 1 is returned. The fields of struct stat give
information about the files provided as arguments to the command.
In addition to those available from the stat call, an extra ele-
ment `link' is provided. These elements are:
device The number of the device on which the file resides.
inode The unique number of the file on this device (`inode' num-
ber).
mode The mode of the file; that is, the file's type and access
permissions. With the -s option, this will be returned as
a string corresponding to the first column in the display
of the ls -l command.
nlink The number of hard links to the file.
uid The user ID of the owner of the file. With the -s option,
this is displayed as a user name.
gid The group ID of the file. With the -s option, this is
displayed as a group name.
rdev The raw device number. This is only useful for special
devices.
size The size of the file in bytes.
atime
mtime
ctime The last access, modification and inode change times of
the file, respectively, as the number of seconds since
midnight GMT on 1st January, 1970. With the -s option,
these are printed as strings for the local time zone; the
format can be altered with the -F option, and with the -g
option the times are in GMT.
blksize
The number of bytes in one allocation block on the device
on which the file resides.
block The number of disk blocks used by the file.
link If the file is a link and the -L option is in effect, this
contains the name of the file linked to, otherwise it is
empty. Note that if this element is selected (``zstat
+link'') then the -L option is automatically used.
A particular element may be selected by including its name pre-
ceded by a `+' in the option list; only one element is allowed.
The element may be shortened to any unique set of leading charac-
ters. Otherwise, all elements will be shown for all files.
Options:
-A array
Instead of displaying the results on standard output, as-
sign them to an array, one struct stat element per array
element for each file in order. In this case neither the
name of the element nor the name of the files appears in
array unless the -t or -n options were given, respec-
tively. If -t is given, the element name appears as a
prefix to the appropriate array element; if -n is given,
the file name appears as a separate array element preced-
ing all the others. Other formatting options are re-
spected.
-H hash
Similar to -A, but instead assign the values to hash. The
keys are the elements listed above. If the -n option is
provided then the name of the file is included in the hash
with key name.
-f fd Use the file on file descriptor fd instead of named files;
no list of file names is allowed in this case.
-F fmt Supplies a strftime (see strftime(3)) string for the for-
matting of the time elements. The format string supports
all of the zsh extensions described in the section EXPAN-
SION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1). In particular, -F
%s.%N can be used to show timestamps with nanosecond pre-
cision if supported by the system. The -s option is im-
plied.
-g Show the time elements in the GMT time zone. The -s op-
tion is implied.
-l List the names of the type elements (to standard output or
an array as appropriate) and return immediately; argu-
ments, and options other than -A, are ignored.
-L Perform an lstat (see lstat(2)) rather than a stat system
call. In this case, if the file is a link, information
about the link itself rather than the target file is re-
turned. This option is required to make the link element
useful. It's important to note that this is the exact op-
posite from ls(1), etc.
-n Always show the names of files. Usually these are only
shown when output is to standard output and there is more
than one file in the list.
-N Never show the names of files.
-o If a raw file mode is printed, show it in octal, which is
more useful for human consumption than the default of dec-
imal. A leading zero will be printed in this case. Note
that this does not affect whether a raw or formatted file
mode is shown, which is controlled by the -r and -s op-
tions, nor whether a mode is shown at all.
-r Print raw data (the default format) alongside string data
(the -s format); the string data appears in parentheses
after the raw data.
-s Print mode, uid, gid and the three time elements as
strings instead of numbers. In each case the format is
like that of ls -l.
-t Always show the type names for the elements of struct
stat. Usually these are only shown when output is to
standard output and no individual element has been se-
lected.
-T Never show the type names of the struct stat elements.
THE ZSH/SYSTEM MODULE
The zsh/system module makes available various builtin commands and para-
meters.
Builtins
syserror [ -e errvar ] [ -p prefix ] [ errno | errname ]
This command prints out the error message associated with errno,
a system error number, followed by a newline to standard error.
Instead of the error number, a name errname, for example ENOENT,
may be used. The set of names is the same as the contents of the
array errnos, see below.
If the string prefix is given, it is printed in front of the er-
ror message, with no intervening space.
If errvar is supplied, the entire message, without a newline, is
assigned to the parameter names errvar and nothing is output.
A return status of 0 indicates the message was successfully
printed (although it may not be useful if the error number was
out of the system's range), a return status of 1 indicates an er-
ror in the parameters, and a return status of 2 indicates the er-
ror name was not recognised (no message is printed for this).
sysopen [ -arw ] [ -m permissions ] [ -o options ]
-u fd file
This command opens a file. The -r, -w and -a flags indicate
whether the file should be opened for reading, writing and ap-
pending, respectively. The -m option allows the initial permis-
sions to use when creating a file to be specified in octal form.
The file descriptor is specified with -u. Either an explicit file
descriptor in the range 0 to 9 can be specified or a variable
name can be given to which the file descriptor number will be as-
signed.
The -o option allows various system specific options to be speci-
fied as a comma-separated list. The following is a list of possi-
ble options. Note that, depending on the system, some may not be
available.
cloexec
mark file to be closed when other programs are executed
(else the file descriptor remains open in subshells and
forked external executables)
create
creat create file if it does not exist
excl create file, error if it already exists
noatime
suppress updating of the file atime
nofollow
fail if file is a symbolic link
nonblock
the file is opened in nonblocking mode
sync request that writes wait until data has been physically
written
truncate
trunc truncate file to size 0
To close the file, use one of the following:
exec {fd}<&-
exec {fd}>&-
sysread [ -c countvar ] [ -i infd ] [ -o outfd ]
[ -s bufsize ] [ -t timeout ] [ param ]
Perform a single system read from file descriptor infd, or zero
if that is not given. The result of the read is stored in param
or REPLY if that is not given. If countvar is given, the number
of bytes read is assigned to the parameter named by countvar.
The maximum number of bytes read is bufsize or 8192 if that is
not given, however the command returns as soon as any number of
bytes was successfully read.
If timeout is given, it specifies a timeout in seconds, which may
be zero to poll the file descriptor. This is handled by the poll
system call if available, otherwise the select system call if
available.
If outfd is given, an attempt is made to write all the bytes just
read to the file descriptor outfd. If this fails, because of a
system error other than EINTR or because of an internal zsh error
during an interrupt, the bytes read but not written are stored in
the parameter named by param if supplied (no default is used in
this case), and the number of bytes read but not written is
stored in the parameter named by countvar if that is supplied.
If it was successful, countvar contains the full number of bytes
transferred, as usual, and param is not set.
The error EINTR (interrupted system call) is handled internally
so that shell interrupts are transparent to the caller. Any
other error causes a return.
The possible return statuses are
0 At least one byte of data was successfully read and, if
appropriate, written.
1 There was an error in the parameters to the command. This
is the only error for which a message is printed to stan-
dard error.
2 There was an error on the read, or on polling the input
file descriptor for a timeout. The parameter ERRNO gives
the error.
3 Data were successfully read, but there was an error writ-
ing them to outfd. The parameter ERRNO gives the error.
4 The attempt to read timed out. Note this does not set ER-
RNO as this is not a system error.
5 No system error occurred, but zero bytes were read. This
usually indicates end of file. The parameters are set ac-
cording to the usual rules; no write to outfd is at-
tempted.
sysseek [ -u fd ] [ -w start|end|current ] offset
The current file position at which future reads and writes will
take place is adjusted to the specified byte offset. The offset
is evaluated as a math expression. The -u option allows the file
descriptor to be specified. By default the offset is specified
relative to the start or the file but, with the -w option, it is
possible to specify that the offset should be relative to the
current position or the end of the file.
syswrite [ -c countvar ] [ -o outfd ] data
The data (a single string of bytes) are written to the file de-
scriptor outfd, or 1 if that is not given, using the write system
call. Multiple write operations may be used if the first does
not write all the data.
If countvar is given, the number of byte written is stored in the
parameter named by countvar; this may not be the full length of
data if an error occurred.
The error EINTR (interrupted system call) is handled internally
by retrying; otherwise an error causes the command to return.
For example, if the file descriptor is set to non-blocking out-
put, an error EAGAIN (on some systems, EWOULDBLOCK) may result in
the command returning early.
The return status may be 0 for success, 1 for an error in the pa-
rameters to the command, or 2 for an error on the write; no error
message is printed in the last case, but the parameter ERRNO will
reflect the error that occurred.
zsystem flock [ -t timeout ] [ -i interval ] [ -f var ] [-er] file
zsystem flock -u fd_expr
The builtin zsystem's subcommand flock performs advisory file
locking (via the fcntl(2) system call) over the entire contents
of the given file. This form of locking requires the processes
accessing the file to cooperate; its most obvious use is between
two instances of the shell itself.
In the first form the named file, which must already exist, is
locked by opening a file descriptor to the file and applying a
lock to the file descriptor. The lock terminates when the shell
process that created the lock exits; it is therefore often conve-
nient to create file locks within subshells, since the lock is
automatically released when the subshell exits. Note that use of
the print builtin with the -u option will, as a side effect, re-
lease the lock, as will redirection to the file in the shell
holding the lock. To work around this use a subshell, e.g.
`(print message) >> file'. Status 0 is returned if the lock suc-
ceeds, else status 1.
In the second form the file descriptor given by the arithmetic
expression fd_expr is closed, releasing a lock. The file de-
scriptor can be queried by using the `-f var' form during the
lock; on a successful lock, the shell variable var is set to the
file descriptor used for locking. The lock will be released if
the file descriptor is closed by any other means, for example us-
ing `exec {var}>&-'; however, the form described here performs a
safety check that the file descriptor is in use for file locking.
By default the shell waits indefinitely for the lock to succeed.
The option -t timeout specifies a timeout for the lock in sec-
onds; fractional seconds are allowed. During this period, the
shell will attempt to lock the file every interval seconds if the
-i interval option is given, otherwise once a second. (This in-
terval is shortened before the last attempt if needed, so that
the shell waits only until the timeout and not longer.) If the
attempt times out, status 2 is returned.
(Note: timeout is limited to 2^30-1 seconds (about 34 years), and
interval to 0.999 * LONG_MAX microseconds (only about 35 minutes
on 32-bit systems).)
If the option -e is given, the file descriptor for the lock is
preserved when the shell uses exec to start a new process; other-
wise it is closed at that point and the lock released.
If the option -r is given, the lock is only for reading, other-
wise it is for reading and writing. The file descriptor is
opened accordingly.
zsystem supports subcommand
The builtin zsystem's subcommand supports tests whether a given
subcommand is supported. It returns status 0 if so, else status
1. It operates silently unless there was a syntax error (i.e.
the wrong number of arguments), in which case status 255 is re-
turned. Status 1 can indicate one of two things: subcommand is
known but not supported by the current operating system, or sub-
command is not known (possibly because this is an older version
of the shell before it was implemented).
Math Functions
systell(fd)
The systell math function returns the current file position for
the file descriptor passed as an argument.
Parameters
errnos A readonly array of the names of errors defined on the system.
These are typically macros defined in C by including the system
header file errno.h. The index of each name (assuming the option
KSH_ARRAYS is unset) corresponds to the error number. Error num-
bers num before the last known error which have no name are given
the name Enum in the array.
Note that aliases for errors are not handled; only the canonical
name is used.
sysparams
A readonly associative array. The keys are:
pid Returns the process ID of the current process, even in
subshells. Compare $$, which returns the process ID of
the main shell process.
ppid Returns the current process ID of the parent of the cur-
rent process, even in subshells. Compare $PPID, which re-
turns the process ID of the initial parent of the main
shell process.
procsubstpid
Returns the process ID of the last process started for
process substitution, i.e. the <(...) and >(...) expan-
sions.
THE ZSH/NET/TCP MODULE
The zsh/net/tcp module makes available one builtin command:
ztcp [ -acflLtv ] [ -d fd ] [ args ]
ztcp is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell com-
mand line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms.
If ztcp is run with no options, it will output the contents of
its session table.
If it is run with only the option -L, it will output the contents
of the session table in a format suitable for automatic parsing.
The option is ignored if given with a command to open or close a
session. The output consists of a set of lines, one per session,
each containing the following elements separated by spaces:
File descriptor
The file descriptor in use for the connection. For normal
inbound (I) and outbound (O) connections this may be read
and written by the usual shell mechanisms. However, it
should only be close with `ztcp -c'.
Connection type
A letter indicating how the session was created:
Z A session created with the zftp command.
L A connection opened for listening with `ztcp -l'.
I An inbound connection accepted with `ztcp -a'.
O An outbound connection created with `ztcp host
...'.
The local host
This is usually set to an all-zero IP address as the ad-
dress of the localhost is irrelevant.
The local port
This is likely to be zero unless the connection is for
listening.
The remote host
This is the fully qualified domain name of the peer, if
available, else an IP address. It is an all-zero IP ad-
dress for a session opened for listening.
The remote port
This is zero for a connection opened for listening.
Outbound Connections
ztcp [ -v ] [ -d fd ] host [ port ]
Open a new TCP connection to host. If the port is omitted, it
will default to port 23. The connection will be added to the
session table and the shell parameter REPLY will be set to the
file descriptor associated with that connection.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
Inbound Connections
ztcp -l [ -v ] [ -d fd ] port
ztcp -l will open a socket listening on TCP port. The socket
will be added to the session table and the shell parameter REPLY
will be set to the file descriptor associated with that listener.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
ztcp -a [ -tv ] [ -d targetfd ] listenfd
ztcp -a will accept an incoming connection to the port associated
with listenfd. The connection will be added to the session table
and the shell parameter REPLY will be set to the file descriptor
associated with the inbound connection.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
If -t is specified, ztcp will return if no incoming connection is
pending. Otherwise it will wait for one.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
Closing Connections
ztcp -cf [ -v ] [ fd ]
ztcp -c [ -v ] [ fd ]
ztcp -c will close the socket associated with fd. The socket
will be removed from the session table. If fd is not specified,
ztcp will close everything in the session table.
Normally, sockets registered by zftp (see zshmodules(1) ) cannot
be closed this way. In order to force such a socket closed, use
-f.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
Example
Here is how to create a TCP connection between two instances of zsh. We
need to pick an unassigned port; here we use the randomly chosen 5123.
On host1,
zmodload zsh/net/tcp
ztcp -l 5123
listenfd=$REPLY
ztcp -a $listenfd
fd=$REPLY
The second from last command blocks until there is an incoming connec-
tion.
Now create a connection from host2 (which may, of course, be the same
machine):
zmodload zsh/net/tcp
ztcp host1 5123
fd=$REPLY
Now on each host, $fd contains a file descriptor for talking to the
other. For example, on host1:
print This is a message >&$fd
and on host2:
read -r line <&$fd; print -r - $line
prints `This is a message'.
To tidy up, on host1:
ztcp -c $listenfd
ztcp -c $fd
and on host2
ztcp -c $fd
THE ZSH/TERMCAP MODULE
The zsh/termcap module makes available one builtin command:
echotc cap [ arg ... ]
Output the termcap value corresponding to the capability cap,
with optional arguments.
The zsh/termcap module makes available one parameter:
termcap
An associative array that maps termcap capability codes to their
values.
THE ZSH/TERMINFO MODULE
The zsh/terminfo module makes available one builtin command:
echoti cap [ arg ]
Output the terminfo value corresponding to the capability cap,
instantiated with arg if applicable.
The zsh/terminfo module makes available one parameter:
terminfo
An associative array that maps terminfo capability names to their
values.
THE ZSH/WATCH MODULE
The zsh/watch module can be used to report when specific users log in or
out. This is controlled via the following parameters.
LOGCHECK
The interval in seconds between checks for login/logout activity
using the watch parameter.
watch <S> <Z> (WATCH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of login/logout events to report.
If it contains the single word `all', then all login/logout
events are reported. If it contains the single word `notme',
then all events are reported as with `all' except $USERNAME.
An entry in this list may consist of a username, an `@' followed
by a remote hostname, and a `%' followed by a line (tty). Any of
these may be a pattern (be sure to quote this during the assign-
ment to watch so that it does not immediately perform file gener-
ation); the setting of the EXTENDED_GLOB option is respected.
Any or all of these components may be present in an entry; if a
login/logout event matches all of them, it is reported.
For example, with the EXTENDED_GLOB option set, the following:
watch=('^(pws|barts)')
causes reports for activity associated with any user other than
pws or barts.
WATCHFMT
The format of login/logout reports if the watch parameter is set.
Default is `%n has %a %l from %m'. Recognizes the following es-
cape sequences:
%n The name of the user that logged in/out.
%a The observed action, i.e. "logged on" or "logged off".
%l The line (tty) the user is logged in on.
%M The full hostname of the remote host.
%m The hostname up to the first `.'. If only the IP address
is available or the utmp field contains the name of an
X-windows display, the whole name is printed.
NOTE: The `%m' and `%M' escapes will work only if there is
a host name field in the utmp on your machine. Otherwise
they are treated as ordinary strings.
%F{color} (%f)
Start (stop) using a different foreground color.
%K{color} (%k)
Start (stop) using a different background color.
%S (%s)
Start (stop) standout mode.
%U (%u)
Start (stop) underline mode.
%B (%b)
Start (stop) boldface mode.
%t
%@ The time, in 12-hour, am/pm format.
%T The time, in 24-hour format.
%w The date in `day-dd' format.
%W The date in `mm/dd/yy' format.
%D The date in `yy-mm-dd' format.
%D{string}
The date formatted as string using the strftime function,
with zsh extensions as described by EXPANSION OF PROMPT
SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1).
%(x:true-text:false-text)
Specifies a ternary expression. The character following
the x is arbitrary; the same character is used to separate
the text for the "true" result from that for the "false"
result. Both the separator and the right parenthesis may
be escaped with a backslash. Ternary expressions may be
nested.
The test character x may be any one of `l', `n', `m' or
`M', which indicate a `true' result if the corresponding
escape sequence would return a non-empty value; or it may
be `a', which indicates a `true' result if the watched
user has logged in, or `false' if he has logged out.
Other characters evaluate to neither true nor false; the
entire expression is omitted in this case.
If the result is `true', then the true-text is formatted
according to the rules above and printed, and the
false-text is skipped. If `false', the true-text is
skipped and the false-text is formatted and printed. Ei-
ther or both of the branches may be empty, but both sepa-
rators must be present in any case.
Furthermore, the zsh/watch module makes available one builtin command:
log List all users currently logged in who are affected by the cur-
rent setting of the watch parameter.
THE ZSH/ZFTP MODULE
The zsh/zftp module makes available one builtin command:
zftp subcommand [ args ]
The zsh/zftp module is a client for FTP (file transfer protocol).
It is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell command
line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms. Often, users
will access it via shell functions providing a more powerful in-
terface; a set is provided with the zsh distribution and is de-
scribed in zshzftpsys(1). However, the zftp command is entirely
usable in its own right.
All commands consist of the command name zftp followed by the
name of a subcommand. These are listed below. The return status
of each subcommand is supposed to reflect the success or failure
of the remote operation. See a description of the variable
ZFTP_VERBOSE for more information on how responses from the
server may be printed.
Subcommands
open host[:port] [ user [ password [ account ] ] ]
Open a new FTP session to host, which may be the name of a TCP/IP
connected host or an IP number in the standard dot notation. If
the argument is in the form host:port, open a connection to TCP
port port instead of the standard FTP port 21. This may be the
name of a TCP service or a number: see the description of
ZFTP_PORT below for more information.
If IPv6 addresses in colon format are used, the host should be
surrounded by quoted square brackets to distinguish it from the
port, for example '[fe80::203:baff:fe02:8b56]'. For consistency
this is allowed with all forms of host.
Remaining arguments are passed to the login subcommand. Note
that if no arguments beyond host are supplied, open will not au-
tomatically call login. If no arguments at all are supplied,
open will use the parameters set by the params subcommand.
After a successful open, the shell variables ZFTP_HOST,
ZFTP_PORT, ZFTP_IP and ZFTP_SYSTEM are available; see `Variables'
below.
login [ name [ password [ account ] ] ]
user [ name [ password [ account ] ] ]
Login the user name with parameters password and account. Any of
the parameters can be omitted, and will be read from standard in-
put if needed (name is always needed). If standard input is a
terminal, a prompt for each one will be printed on standard error
and password will not be echoed. If any of the parameters are
not used, a warning message is printed.
After a successful login, the shell variables ZFTP_USER, ZFTP_AC-
COUNT and ZFTP_PWD are available; see `Variables' below.
This command may be re-issued when a user is already logged in,
and the server will first be reinitialized for a new user.
params [ host [ user [ password [ account ] ] ] ]
params -
Store the given parameters for a later open command with no argu-
ments. Only those given on the command line will be remembered.
If no arguments are given, the parameters currently set are
printed, although the password will appear as a line of stars;
the return status is one if no parameters were set, zero other-
wise.
Any of the parameters may be specified as a `?', which may need
to be quoted to protect it from shell expansion. In this case,
the appropriate parameter will be read from stdin as with the lo-
gin subcommand, including special handling of password. If the
`?' is followed by a string, that is used as the prompt for read-
ing the parameter instead of the default message (any necessary
punctuation and whitespace should be included at the end of the
prompt). The first letter of the parameter (only) may be quoted
with a `\'; hence an argument "\\$word" guarantees that the
string from the shell parameter $word will be treated literally,
whether or not it begins with a `?'.
If instead a single `-' is given, the existing parameters, if
any, are deleted. In that case, calling open with no arguments
will cause an error.
The list of parameters is not deleted after a close, however it
will be deleted if the zsh/zftp module is unloaded.
For example,
zftp params ftp.elsewhere.xx juser '?Password for juser: '
will store the host ftp.elsewhere.xx and the user juser and then
prompt the user for the corresponding password with the given
prompt.
test Test the connection; if the server has reported that it has
closed the connection (maybe due to a timeout), return status 2;
if no connection was open anyway, return status 1; else return
status 0. The test subcommand is silent, apart from messages
printed by the $ZFTP_VERBOSE mechanism, or error messages if the
connection closes. There is no network overhead for this test.
The test is only supported on systems with either the select(2)
or poll(2) system calls; otherwise the message `not supported on
this system' is printed instead.
The test subcommand will automatically be called at the start of
any other subcommand for the current session when a connection is
open.
cd directory
Change the remote directory to directory. Also alters the shell
variable ZFTP_PWD.
cdup Change the remote directory to the one higher in the directory
tree. Note that cd .. will also work correctly on non-UNIX sys-
tems.
dir [ arg ... ]
Give a (verbose) listing of the remote directory. The args are
passed directly to the server. The command's behaviour is imple-
mentation dependent, but a UNIX server will typically interpret
args as arguments to the ls command and with no arguments return
the result of `ls -l'. The directory is listed to standard out-
put.
ls [ arg ... ]
Give a (short) listing of the remote directory. With no arg,
produces a raw list of the files in the directory, one per line.
Otherwise, up to vagaries of the server implementation, behaves
similar to dir.
type [ type ]
Change the type for the transfer to type, or print the current
type if type is absent. The allowed values are `A' (ASCII), `I'
(Image, i.e. binary), or `B' (a synonym for `I').
The FTP default for a transfer is ASCII. However, if zftp finds
that the remote host is a UNIX machine with 8-bit byes, it will
automatically switch to using binary for file transfers upon
open. This can subsequently be overridden.
The transfer type is only passed to the remote host when a data
connection is established; this command involves no network over-
head.
ascii The same as type A.
binary The same as type I.
mode [ S | B ]
Set the mode type to stream (S) or block (B). Stream mode is the
default; block mode is not widely supported.
remote file ...
local [ file ... ]
Print the size and last modification time of the remote or local
files. If there is more than one item on the list, the name of
the file is printed first. The first number is the file size,
the second is the last modification time of the file in the for-
mat CCYYMMDDhhmmSS consisting of year, month, date, hour, minutes
and seconds in GMT. Note that this format, including the length,
is guaranteed, so that time strings can be directly compared via
the [[ builtin's < and > operators, even if they are too long to
be represented as integers.
Not all servers support the commands for retrieving this informa-
tion. In that case, the remote command will print nothing and
return status 2, compared with status 1 for a file not found.
The local command (but not remote) may be used with no arguments,
in which case the information comes from examining file descrip-
tor zero. This is the same file as seen by a put command with no
further redirection.
get file ...
Retrieve all files from the server, concatenating them and send-
ing them to standard output.
put file ...
For each file, read a file from standard input and send that to
the remote host with the given name.
append file ...
As put, but if the remote file already exists, data is appended
to it instead of overwriting it.
getat file point
putat file point
appendat file point
Versions of get, put and append which will start the transfer at
the given point in the remote file. This is useful for appending
to an incomplete local file. However, note that this ability is
not universally supported by servers (and is not quite the behav-
iour specified by the standard).
delete file ...
Delete the list of files on the server.
mkdir directory
Create a new directory directory on the server.
rmdir directory
Delete the directory directory on the server.
rename old-name new-name
Rename file old-name to new-name on the server.
site arg ...
Send a host-specific command to the server. You will probably
only need this if instructed by the server to use it.
quote arg ...
Send the raw FTP command sequence to the server. You should be
familiar with the FTP command set as defined in RFC959 before do-
ing this. Useful commands may include STAT and HELP. Note also
the mechanism for returning messages as described for the vari-
able ZFTP_VERBOSE below, in particular that all messages from the
control connection are sent to standard error.
close
quit Close the current data connection. This unsets the shell parame-
ters ZFTP_HOST, ZFTP_PORT, ZFTP_IP, ZFTP_SYSTEM, ZFTP_USER,
ZFTP_ACCOUNT, ZFTP_PWD, ZFTP_TYPE and ZFTP_MODE.
session [ sessname ]
Allows multiple FTP sessions to be used at once. The name of the
session is an arbitrary string of characters; the default session
is called `default'. If this command is called without an argu-
ment, it will list all the current sessions; with an argument, it
will either switch to the existing session called sessname, or
create a new session of that name.
Each session remembers the status of the connection, the set of
connection-specific shell parameters (the same set as are unset
when a connection closes, as given in the description of close),
and any user parameters specified with the params subcommand.
Changing to a previous session restores those values; changing to
a new session initialises them in the same way as if zftp had
just been loaded. The name of the current session is given by
the parameter ZFTP_SESSION.
rmsession [ sessname ]
Delete a session; if a name is not given, the current session is
deleted. If the current session is deleted, the earliest exist-
ing session becomes the new current session, otherwise the cur-
rent session is not changed. If the session being deleted is the
only one, a new session called `default' is created and becomes
the current session; note that this is a new session even if the
session being deleted is also called `default'. It is recommended
that sessions not be deleted while background commands which use
zftp are still active.
Parameters
The following shell parameters are used by zftp. Currently none of them
are special.
ZFTP_TMOUT
Integer. The time in seconds to wait for a network operation to
complete before returning an error. If this is not set when the
module is loaded, it will be given the default value 60. A value
of zero turns off timeouts. If a timeout occurs on the control
connection it will be closed. Use a larger value if this occurs
too frequently.
ZFTP_IP
Readonly. The IP address of the current connection in dot nota-
tion.
ZFTP_HOST
Readonly. The hostname of the current remote server. If the
host was opened as an IP number, ZFTP_HOST contains that instead;
this saves the overhead for a name lookup, as IP numbers are most
commonly used when a nameserver is unavailable.
ZFTP_PORT
Readonly. The number of the remote TCP port to which the connec-
tion is open (even if the port was originally specified as a
named service). Usually this is the standard FTP port, 21.
In the unlikely event that your system does not have the appro-
priate conversion functions, this appears in network byte order.
If your system is little-endian, the port then consists of two
swapped bytes and the standard port will be reported as 5376. In
that case, numeric ports passed to zftp open will also need to be
in this format.
ZFTP_SYSTEM
Readonly. The system type string returned by the server in re-
sponse to an FTP SYST request. The most interesting case is a
string beginning "UNIX Type: L8", which ensures maximum compati-
bility with a local UNIX host.
ZFTP_TYPE
Readonly. The type to be used for data transfers , either `A' or
`I'. Use the type subcommand to change this.
ZFTP_USER
Readonly. The username currently logged in, if any.
ZFTP_ACCOUNT
Readonly. The account name of the current user, if any. Most
servers do not require an account name.
ZFTP_PWD
Readonly. The current directory on the server.
ZFTP_CODE
Readonly. The three digit code of the last FTP reply from the
server as a string. This can still be read after the connection
is closed, and is not changed when the current session changes.
ZFTP_REPLY
Readonly. The last line of the last reply sent by the server.
This can still be read after the connection is closed, and is not
changed when the current session changes.
ZFTP_SESSION
Readonly. The name of the current FTP session; see the descrip-
tion of the session subcommand.
ZFTP_PREFS
A string of preferences for altering aspects of zftp's behaviour.
Each preference is a single character. The following are de-
fined:
P Passive: attempt to make the remote server initiate data
transfers. This is slightly more efficient than sendport
mode. If the letter S occurs later in the string, zftp
will use sendport mode if passive mode is not available.
S Sendport: initiate transfers by the FTP PORT command. If
this occurs before any P in the string, passive mode will
never be attempted.
D Dumb: use only the bare minimum of FTP commands. This
prevents the variables ZFTP_SYSTEM and ZFTP_PWD from being
set, and will mean all connections default to ASCII type.
It may prevent ZFTP_SIZE from being set during a transfer
if the server does not send it anyway (many servers do).
If ZFTP_PREFS is not set when zftp is loaded, it will be set to a
default of `PS', i.e. use passive mode if available, otherwise
fall back to sendport mode.
ZFTP_VERBOSE
A string of digits between 0 and 5 inclusive, specifying which
responses from the server should be printed. All responses go to
standard error. If any of the numbers 1 to 5 appear in the
string, raw responses from the server with reply codes beginning
with that digit will be printed to standard error. The first
digit of the three digit reply code is defined by RFC959 to cor-
respond to:
1. A positive preliminary reply.
2. A positive completion reply.
3. A positive intermediate reply.
4. A transient negative completion reply.
5. A permanent negative completion reply.
It should be noted that, for unknown reasons, the reply `Service
not available', which forces termination of a connection, is
classified as 421, i.e. `transient negative', an interesting in-
terpretation of the word `transient'.
The code 0 is special: it indicates that all but the last line
of multiline replies read from the server will be printed to
standard error in a processed format. By convention, servers use
this mechanism for sending information for the user to read. The
appropriate reply code, if it matches the same response, takes
priority.
If ZFTP_VERBOSE is not set when zftp is loaded, it will be set to
the default value 450, i.e., messages destined for the user and
all errors will be printed. A null string is valid and specifies
that no messages should be printed.
Functions
zftp_chpwd
If this function is set by the user, it is called every time the
directory changes on the server, including when a user is logged
in, or when a connection is closed. In the last case, $ZFTP_PWD
will be unset; otherwise it will reflect the new directory.
zftp_progress
If this function is set by the user, it will be called during a
get, put or append operation each time sufficient data has been
received from the host. During a get, the data is sent to stan-
dard output, so it is vital that this function should write to
standard error or directly to the terminal, not to standard out-
put.
When it is called with a transfer in progress, the following ad-
ditional shell parameters are set:
ZFTP_FILE
The name of the remote file being transferred from or to.
ZFTP_TRANSFER
A G for a get operation and a P for a put operation.
ZFTP_SIZE
The total size of the complete file being transferred: the
same as the first value provided by the remote and local
subcommands for a particular file. If the server cannot
supply this value for a remote file being retrieved, it
will not be set. If input is from a pipe the value may be
incorrect and correspond simply to a full pipe buffer.
ZFTP_COUNT
The amount of data so far transferred; a number between
zero and $ZFTP_SIZE, if that is set. This number is al-
ways available.
The function is initially called with ZFTP_TRANSFER set appropri-
ately and ZFTP_COUNT set to zero. After the transfer is fin-
ished, the function will be called one more time with ZFTP_TRANS-
FER set to GF or PF, in case it wishes to tidy up. It is other-
wise never called twice with the same value of ZFTP_COUNT.
Sometimes the progress meter may cause disruption. It is up to
the user to decide whether the function should be defined and to
use unfunction when necessary.
Problems
A connection may not be opened in the left hand side of a pipe as this
occurs in a subshell and the file information is not updated in the main
shell. In the case of type or mode changes or closing the connection in
a subshell, the information is returned but variables are not updated
until the next call to zftp. Other status changes in subshells will not
be reflected by changes to the variables (but should be otherwise harm-
less).
Deleting sessions while a zftp command is active in the background can
have unexpected effects, even if it does not use the session being
deleted. This is because all shell subprocesses share information on
the state of all connections, and deleting a session changes the order-
ing of that information.
On some operating systems, the control connection is not valid after a
fork(), so that operations in subshells, on the left hand side of a
pipeline, or in the background are not possible, as they should be.
This is presumably a bug in the operating system.
THE ZSH/ZLE MODULE
The zsh/zle module contains the Zsh Line Editor. See zshzle(1).
THE ZSH/ZLEPARAMETER MODULE
The zsh/zleparameter module defines two special parameters that can be
used to access internal information of the Zsh Line Editor (see zsh-
zle(1)).
keymaps
This array contains the names of the keymaps currently defined.
widgets
This associative array contains one entry per widget. The name of
the widget is the key and the value gives information about the
widget. It is either
the string `builtin' for builtin widgets,
a string of the form `user:name' for user-defined widgets,
where name is the name of the shell function implementing the
widget,
a string of the form `completion:type:name'
for completion widgets,
or a null value if the widget is not yet fully defined. In the
penultimate case, type is the name of the builtin widget the com-
pletion widget imitates in its behavior and name is the name of
the shell function implementing the completion widget.
THE ZSH/ZPROF MODULE
When loaded, the zsh/zprof causes shell functions to be profiled. The
profiling results can be obtained with the zprof builtin command made
available by this module. There is no way to turn profiling off other
than unloading the module.
zprof [ -c ]
Without the -c option, zprof lists profiling results to standard
output. The format is comparable to that of commands like gprof.
At the top there is a summary listing all functions that were
called at least once. This summary is sorted in decreasing order
of the amount of time spent in each. The lines contain the num-
ber of the function in order, which is used in other parts of the
list in suffixes of the form `[num]', then the number of calls
made to the function. The next three columns list the time in
milliseconds spent in the function and its descendants, the aver-
age time in milliseconds spent in the function and its descen-
dants per call and the percentage of time spent in all shell
functions used in this function and its descendants. The follow-
ing three columns give the same information, but counting only
the time spent in the function itself. The final column shows
the name of the function.
After the summary, detailed information about every function that
was invoked is listed, sorted in decreasing order of the amount
of time spent in each function and its descendants. Each of
these entries consists of descriptions for the functions that
called the function described, the function itself, and the func-
tions that were called from it. The description for the function
itself has the same format as in the summary (and shows the same
information). The other lines don't show the number of the func-
tion at the beginning and have their function named indented to
make it easier to distinguish the line showing the function de-
scribed in the section from the surrounding lines.
The information shown in this case is almost the same as in the
summary, but only refers to the call hierarchy being displayed.
For example, for a calling function the column showing the total
running time lists the time spent in the described function and
its descendants only for the times when it was called from that
particular calling function. Likewise, for a called function,
this columns lists the total time spent in the called function
and its descendants only for the times when it was called from
the function described.
Also in this case, the column showing the number of calls to a
function also shows a slash and then the total number of invoca-
tions made to the called function.
As long as the zsh/zprof module is loaded, profiling will be done
and multiple invocations of the zprof builtin command will show
the times and numbers of calls since the module was loaded. With
the -c option, the zprof builtin command will reset its internal
counters and will not show the listing.
THE ZSH/ZPTY MODULE
The zsh/zpty module offers one builtin:
zpty [ -e ] [ -b ] name [ arg ... ]
The arguments following name are concatenated with spaces be-
tween, then executed as a command, as if passed to the eval
builtin. The command runs under a newly assigned pseudo-termi-
nal; this is useful for running commands non-interactively which
expect an interactive environment. The name is not part of the
command, but is used to refer to this command in later calls to
zpty.
With the -e option, the pseudo-terminal is set up so that input
characters are echoed.
With the -b option, input to and output from the pseudo-terminal
are made non-blocking.
The shell parameter REPLY is set to the file descriptor assigned
to the master side of the pseudo-terminal. This allows the ter-
minal to be monitored with ZLE descriptor handlers (see zsh-
zle(1)) or manipulated with sysread and syswrite (see THE
ZSH/SYSTEM MODULE in zshmodules(1)). Warning: Use of sysread and
syswrite is not recommended; use zpty -r and zpty -w unless you
know exactly what you are doing.
zpty -d [ name ... ]
The second form, with the -d option, is used to delete commands
previously started, by supplying a list of their names. If no
name is given, all commands are deleted. Deleting a command
causes the HUP signal to be sent to the corresponding process.
zpty -w [ -n ] name [ string ... ]
The -w option can be used to send the to command name the given
strings as input (separated by spaces). If the -n option is not
given, a newline is added at the end.
If no string is provided, the standard input is copied to the
pseudo-terminal; this may stop before copying the full input if
the pseudo-terminal is non-blocking. The exact input is always
copied: the -n option is not applied.
Note that the command under the pseudo-terminal sees this input
as if it were typed, so beware when sending special tty driver
characters such as word-erase, line-kill, and end-of-file.
zpty -r [ -mt ] name [ param [ pattern ] ]
The -r option can be used to read the output of the command name.
With only a name argument, the output read is copied to the stan-
dard output. Unless the pseudo-terminal is non-blocking, copying
continues until the command under the pseudo-terminal exits; when
non-blocking, only as much output as is immediately available is
copied. The return status is zero if any output is copied.
When also given a param argument, at most one line is read and
stored in the parameter named param. Less than a full line may
be read if the pseudo-terminal is non-blocking. The return sta-
tus is zero if at least one character is stored in param.
If a pattern is given as well, output is read until the whole
string read matches the pattern, even in the non-blocking case.
The return status is zero if the string read matches the pattern,
or if the command has exited but at least one character could
still be read. If the option -m is present, the return status is
zero only if the pattern matches. As of this writing, a maximum
of one megabyte of output can be consumed this way; if a full
megabyte is read without matching the pattern, the return status
is non-zero.
In all cases, the return status is non-zero if nothing could be
read, and is 2 if this is because the command has finished.
If the -r option is combined with the -t option, zpty tests
whether output is available before trying to read. If no output
is available, zpty immediately returns the status 1. When used
with a pattern, the behaviour on a failed poll is similar to when
the command has exited: the return value is zero if at least one
character could still be read even if the pattern failed to
match.
zpty -t name
The -t option without the -r option can be used to test whether
the command name is still running. It returns a zero status if
the command is running and a non-zero value otherwise.
zpty [ -L ]
The last form, without any arguments, is used to list the com-
mands currently defined. If the -L option is given, this is done
in the form of calls to the zpty builtin.
THE ZSH/ZSELECT MODULE
The zsh/zselect module makes available one builtin command:
zselect [ -rwe ] [ -t timeout ] [ -a array ] [ -A assoc ] [ fd ... ]
The zselect builtin is a front-end to the `select' system call,
which blocks until a file descriptor is ready for reading or
writing, or has an error condition, with an optional timeout. If
this is not available on your system, the command prints an error
message and returns status 2 (normal errors return status 1).
For more information, see your system's documentation for se-
lect(3). Note there is no connection with the shell builtin of
the same name.
Arguments and options may be intermingled in any order. Non-op-
tion arguments are file descriptors, which must be decimal inte-
gers. By default, file descriptors are to be tested for reading,
i.e. zselect will return when data is available to be read from
the file descriptor, or more precisely, when a read operation
from the file descriptor will not block. After a -r, -w and -e,
the given file descriptors are to be tested for reading, writing,
or error conditions. These options and an arbitrary list of file
descriptors may be given in any order.
(The presence of an `error condition' is not well defined in the
documentation for many implementations of the select system call.
According to recent versions of the POSIX specification, it is
really an exception condition, of which the only standard example
is out-of-band data received on a socket. So zsh users are un-
likely to find the -e option useful.)
The option `-t timeout' specifies a timeout in hundredths of a
second. This may be zero, in which case the file descriptors
will simply be polled and zselect will return immediately. It is
possible to call zselect with no file descriptors and a non-zero
timeout for use as a finer-grained replacement for `sleep'; note,
however, the return status is always 1 for a timeout.
The option `-a array' indicates that array should be set to indi-
cate the file descriptor(s) which are ready. If the option is
not given, the array reply will be used for this purpose. The
array will contain a string similar to the arguments for zselect.
For example,
zselect -t 0 -r 0 -w 1
might return immediately with status 0 and $reply containing `-r
0 -w 1' to show that both file descriptors are ready for the re-
quested operations.
The option `-A assoc' indicates that the associative array assoc
should be set to indicate the file descriptor(s) which are ready.
This option overrides the option -a, nor will reply be modified.
The keys of assoc are the file descriptors, and the corresponding
values are any of the characters `rwe' to indicate the condition.
The command returns status 0 if some file descriptors are ready
for reading. If the operation timed out, or a timeout of 0 was
given and no file descriptors were ready, or there was an error,
it returns status 1 and the array will not be set (nor modified
in any way). If there was an error in the select operation the
appropriate error message is printed.
THE ZSH/ZUTIL MODULE
The zsh/zutil module only adds some builtins:
zstyle [ -L [ metapattern [ style ] ] ]
zstyle [ -e | - | -- ] pattern style string ...
zstyle -d [ pattern [ style ... ] ]
zstyle -g name [ pattern [ style ] ]
zstyle -{a|b|s} context style name [ sep ]
zstyle -{T|t} context style [ string ... ]
zstyle -m context style pattern
This builtin command is used to define and lookup styles. Styles
are pairs of names and values, where the values consist of any
number of strings. They are stored together with patterns and
lookup is done by giving a string, called the `context', which is
matched against the patterns. The definition stored for the most
specific pattern that matches will be returned.
A pattern is considered to be more specific than another if it
contains more components (substrings separated by colons) or if
the patterns for the components are more specific, where simple
strings are considered to be more specific than patterns and com-
plex patterns are considered to be more specific than the pattern
`*'. A `*' in the pattern will match zero or more characters in
the context; colons are not treated specially in this regard. If
two patterns are equally specific, the tie is broken in favour of
the pattern that was defined first.
Example
For example, a fictional `weather' plugin might state in its doc-
umentation that it looks up the preferred-precipitation style un-
der the `:weather:continent:day-of-the-week:phase-of-the-moon'
context. According to this, you might set the following in your
zshrc:
zstyle ':weather:europe:*' preferred-precipitation rain
zstyle ':weather:*:Sunday:*' preferred-precipitation snow
Then the plugin would run under the hood a command such as
zstyle -s ":weather:${continent}:${day_of_week}:${moon_phase}" preferred-precipitation REPLY
in order to retrieve your preference into the scalar variable
$REPLY. On Sundays $REPLY would be set to `snow'; in Europe it
would be set to `rain'; and on Sundays in Europe it would be set
to `snow' again, because the patterns `:weather:europe:*' and
`:weather:*:Sunday:*' both match the context argument to zstyle
-s, are equally specific, and the latter is more specific (be-
cause it has more colon-separated components).
Usage
The forms that operate on patterns are the following.
zstyle [ -L [ metapattern [ style ] ] ]
Without arguments, lists style definitions. Styles are
shown in alphabetic order and patterns are shown in the
order zstyle will test them.
If the -L option is given, listing is done in the form of
calls to zstyle. The optional first argument, metapat-
tern, is a pattern which will be matched against the
string supplied as pattern when the style was defined.
Note: this means, for example, `zstyle -L ":completion:*"'
will match any supplied pattern beginning `:completion:',
not just ":completion:*": use ':completion:\*' to match
that. The optional second argument limits the output to a
specific style (not a pattern). -L is not compatible with
any other options.
zstyle [ - | -- | -e ] pattern style string ...
Defines the given style for the pattern with the strings
as the value. If the -e option is given, the strings will
be concatenated (separated by spaces) and the resulting
string will be evaluated (in the same way as it is done by
the eval builtin command) when the style is looked up. In
this case the parameter `reply' must be assigned to set
the strings returned after the evaluation. Before evalu-
ating the value, reply is unset, and if it is still unset
after the evaluation, the style is treated as if it were
not set.
zstyle -d [ pattern [ style ... ] ]
Delete style definitions. Without arguments all defini-
tions are deleted, with a pattern all definitions for that
pattern are deleted and if any styles are given, then only
those styles are deleted for the pattern.
zstyle -g name [ pattern [ style ] ]
Retrieve a style definition. The name is used as the name
of an array in which the results are stored. Without any
further arguments, all patterns defined are returned. With
a pattern the styles defined for that pattern are returned
and with both a pattern and a style, the value strings of
that combination is returned.
The other forms can be used to look up or test styles for a given
context.
zstyle -s context style name [ sep ]
The parameter name is set to the value of the style inter-
preted as a string. If the value contains several strings
they are concatenated with spaces (or with the sep string
if that is given) between them.
Return 0 if the style is set, 1 otherwise.
zstyle -b context style name
The value is stored in name as a boolean, i.e. as the
string `yes' if the value has only one string and that
string is equal to one of `yes', `true', `on', or `1'. If
the value is any other string or has more than one string,
the parameter is set to `no'.
Return 0 if name is set to `yes', 1 otherwise.
zstyle -a context style name
The value is stored in name as an array. If name is de-
clared as an associative array, the first, third, etc.
strings are used as the keys and the other strings are
used as the values.
Return 0 if the style is set, 1 otherwise.
zstyle -t context style [ string ... ]
zstyle -T context style [ string ... ]
Test the value of a style, i.e. the -t option only returns
a status (sets $?). Without any string the return status
is zero if the style is defined for at least one matching
pattern, has only one string in its value, and that is
equal to one of `true', `yes', `on' or `1'. If any strings
are given the status is zero if and only if at least one
of the strings is equal to at least one of the strings in
the value. If the style is defined but doesn't match, the
return status is 1. If the style is not defined, the sta-
tus is 2.
The -T option tests the values of the style like -t, but
it returns status zero (rather than 2) if the style is not
defined for any matching pattern.
zstyle -m context style pattern
Match a value. Returns status zero if the pattern matches
at least one of the strings in the value.
zformat -f param format spec ...
zformat -F param format spec ...
zformat -a array sep spec ...
This builtin provides different forms of formatting. The first
form is selected with the -f option. In this case the format
string will be modified by replacing sequences starting with a
percent sign in it with strings from the specs. Each spec should
be of the form `char:string' which will cause every appearance of
the sequence `%char' in format to be replaced by the string. The
`%' sequence may also contain optional minimum and maximum field
width specifications between the `%' and the `char' in the form
`%min.maxc', i.e. the minimum field width is given first and if
the maximum field width is used, it has to be preceded by a dot.
Specifying a minimum field width makes the result be padded with
spaces to the right if the string is shorter than the requested
width. Padding to the left can be achieved by giving a negative
minimum field width. If a maximum field width is specified, the
string will be truncated after that many characters. After all
`%' sequences for the given specs have been processed, the re-
sulting string is stored in the parameter param.
The %-escapes also understand ternary expressions in the form
used by prompts. The % is followed by a `(' and then an ordinary
format specifier character as described above. There may be a
set of digits either before or after the `('; these specify a
test number, which defaults to zero. Negative numbers are also
allowed. An arbitrary delimiter character follows the format
specifier, which is followed by a piece of `true' text, the de-
limiter character again, a piece of `false' text, and a closing
parenthesis. The complete expression (without the digits) thus
looks like `%(X.text1.text2)', except that the `.' character is
arbitrary. The value given for the format specifier in the
char:string expressions is evaluated as a mathematical expres-
sion, and compared with the test number. If they are the same,
text1 is output, else text2 is output. A parenthesis may be es-
caped in text2 as %). Either of text1 or text2 may contain
nested %-escapes.
For example:
zformat -f REPLY "The answer is '%3(c.yes.no)'." c:3
outputs "The answer is 'yes'." to REPLY since the value for the
format specifier c is 3, agreeing with the digit argument to the
ternary expression.
With -F instead of -f, ternary expressions choose between the
`true' or `false' text on the basis of whether the format speci-
fier is present and non-empty. A test number indicates a minimum
width for the value given in the format specifier. Negative num-
bers reverse this, so the test is for whether the value exceeds a
maximum width.
The form, using the -a option, can be used for aligning strings.
Here, the specs are of the form `left:right' where `left' and
`right' are arbitrary strings. These strings are modified by re-
placing the colons by the sep string and padding the left strings
with spaces to the right so that the sep strings in the result
(and hence the right strings after them) are all aligned if the
strings are printed below each other. All strings without a
colon are left unchanged and all strings with an empty right
string have the trailing colon removed. In both cases the
lengths of the strings are not used to determine how the other
strings are to be aligned. A colon in the left string can be es-
caped with a backslash. The resulting strings are stored in the
array.
zregexparse
This implements some internals of the _regex_arguments function.
zparseopts [ -D -E -F -K -M ] [ -a array ] [ -A assoc ] [ - ] spec ...
This builtin simplifies the parsing of options in positional pa-
rameters, i.e. the set of arguments given by $*. Each spec de-
scribes one option and must be of the form `opt[=array]'. If an
option described by opt is found in the positional parameters it
is copied into the array specified with the -a option; if the op-
tional `=array' is given, it is instead copied into that array,
which should be declared as a normal array and never as an asso-
ciative array.
Note that it is an error to give any spec without an `=array' un-
less one of the -a or -A options is used.
Unless the -E option is given, parsing stops at the first string
that isn't described by one of the specs. Even with -E, parsing
always stops at a positional parameter equal to `-' or `--'. See
also -F.
The opt description must be one of the following. Any of the
special characters can appear in the option name provided it is
preceded by a backslash.
name
name+ The name is the name of the option without the leading
`-'. To specify a GNU-style long option, one of the usual
two leading `-' must be included in name; for example, a
`--file' option is represented by a name of `-file'.
If a `+' appears after name, the option is appended to ar-
ray each time it is found in the positional parameters;
without the `+' only the last occurrence of the option is
preserved.
If one of these forms is used, the option takes no argu-
ment, so parsing stops if the next positional parameter
does not also begin with `-' (unless the -E option is
used).
name:
name:-
name:: If one or two colons are given, the option takes an argu-
ment; with one colon, the argument is mandatory and with
two colons it is optional. The argument is appended to
the array after the option itself.
An optional argument is put into the same array element as
the option name (note that this makes empty strings as ar-
guments indistinguishable). A mandatory argument is added
as a separate element unless the `:-' form is used, in
which case the argument is put into the same element.
A `+' as described above may appear between the name and
the first colon.
In all cases, option-arguments must appear either immediately
following the option in the same positional parameter or in the
next one. Even an optional argument may appear in the next para-
meter, unless it begins with a `-'. There is no special handling
of `=' as with GNU-style argument parsers; given the spec
`-foo:', the positional parameter `--foo=bar' is parsed as
`--foo' with an argument of `=bar'.
When the names of two options that take no arguments overlap, the
longest one wins, so that parsing for the specs `-foo -foobar'
(for example) is unambiguous. However, due to the aforementioned
handling of option-arguments, ambiguities may arise when at least
one overlapping spec takes an argument, as in `-foo: -foobar'. In
that case, the last matching spec wins.
The options of zparseopts itself cannot be stacked because, for
example, the stack `-DEK' is indistinguishable from a spec for
the GNU-style long option `--DEK'. The options of zparseopts it-
self are:
-a array
As described above, this names the default array in which
to store the recognised options.
-A assoc
If this is given, the options and their values are also
put into an associative array with the option names as
keys and the arguments (if any) as the values.
-D If this option is given, all options found are removed
from the positional parameters of the calling shell or
shell function, up to but not including any not described
by the specs. If the first such parameter is `-' or `--',
it is removed as well. This is similar to using the shift
builtin.
-E This changes the parsing rules to not stop at the first
string that isn't described by one of the specs. It can
be used to test for or (if used together with -D) extract
options and their arguments, ignoring all other options
and arguments that may be in the positional parameters.
As indicated above, parsing still stops at the first `-'
or `--' not described by a spec, but it is not removed
when used with -D.
-F If this option is given, zparseopts immediately stops at
the first option-like parameter not described by one of
the specs, prints an error message, and returns status 1.
Removal (-D) and extraction (-E) are not performed, and
option arrays are not updated. This provides basic vali-
dation for the given options.
Note that the appearance in the positional parameters of
an option without its required argument always aborts
parsing and returns an error as described above regardless
of whether this option is used.
-K With this option, the arrays specified with the -a option
and with the `=array' forms are kept unchanged when none
of the specs for them is used. Otherwise the entire array
is replaced when any of the specs is used. Individual el-
ements of associative arrays specified with the -A option
are preserved by -K. This allows assignment of default
values to arrays before calling zparseopts.
-M This changes the assignment rules to implement a map among
equivalent option names. If any spec uses the `=array'
form, the string array is interpreted as the name of an-
other spec, which is used to choose where to store the
values. If no other spec is found, the values are stored
as usual. This changes only the way the values are
stored, not the way $* is parsed, so results may be unpre-
dictable if the `name+' specifier is used inconsistently.
For example,
set -- -a -bx -c y -cz baz -cend
zparseopts a=foo b:=bar c+:=bar
will have the effect of
foo=(-a)
bar=(-b x -c y -c z)
The arguments from `baz' on will not be used.
As an example for the -E option, consider:
set -- -a x -b y -c z arg1 arg2
zparseopts -E -D b:=bar
will have the effect of
bar=(-b y)
set -- -a x -c z arg1 arg2
I.e., the option -b and its arguments are taken from the posi-
tional parameters and put into the array bar.
The -M option can be used like this:
set -- -a -bx -c y -cz baz -cend
zparseopts -A bar -M a=foo b+: c:=b
to have the effect of
foo=(-a)
bar=(-a '' -b xyz)
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHMODULES(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHCALSYS(1) General Commands Manual ZSHCALSYS(1)
NAME
zshcalsys - zsh calendar system
DESCRIPTION
The shell is supplied with a series of functions to replace and enhance
the traditional Unix calendar programme, which warns the user of immi-
nent or future events, details of which are stored in a text file (typi-
cally calendar in the user's home directory). The version provided here
includes a mechanism for alerting the user when an event is due.
In addition functions age, before and after are provided that can be
used in a glob qualifier; they allow files to be selected based on their
modification times.
The format of the calendar file and the dates used there in and in the
age function are described first, then the functions that can be called
to examine and modify the calendar file.
The functions here depend on the availability of the zsh/datetime module
which is usually installed with the shell. The library function strp-
time() must be available; it is present on most recent operating sys-
tems.
FILE AND DATE FORMATS
Calendar File Format
The calendar file is by default ~/calendar. This can be configured by
the calendar-file style, see the section STYLES below. The basic format
consists of a series of separate lines, with no indentation, each in-
cluding a date and time specification followed by a description of the
event.
Various enhancements to this format are supported, based on the syntax
of Emacs calendar mode. An indented line indicates a continuation line
that continues the description of the event from the preceding line
(note the date may not be continued in this way). An initial ampersand
(&) is ignored for compatibility.
An indented line on which the first non-whitespace character is # is not
displayed with the calendar entry, but is still scanned for information.
This can be used to hide information useful to the calendar system but
not to the user, such as the unique identifier used by calendar_add.
The Emacs extension that a date with no description may refer to a num-
ber of succeeding events at different times is not supported.
Unless the done-file style has been altered, any events which have been
processed are appended to the file with the same name as the calendar
file with the suffix .done, hence ~/calendar.done by default.
An example is shown below.
Date Format
The format of the date and time is designed to allow flexibility without
admitting ambiguity. (The words `date' and `time' are both used in the
documentation below; except where specifically noted this implies a
string that may include both a date and a time specification.) Note
that there is no localization support; month and day names must be in
English and separator characters are fixed. Matching is case insensi-
tive, and only the first three letters of the names are significant, al-
though as a special case a form beginning "month" does not match "Mon-
day". Furthermore, time zones are not handled; all times are assumed to
be local.
It is recommended that, rather than exploring the intricacies of the
system, users find a date format that is natural to them and stick to
it. This will avoid unexpected effects. Various key facts should be
noted.
• In particular, note the confusion between month/day/year and
day/month/year when the month is numeric; these formats should be
avoided if at all possible. Many alternatives are available.
• The year must be given in full to avoid confusion, and only years
from 1900 to 2099 inclusive are matched.
The following give some obvious examples; users finding here a format
they like and not subject to vagaries of style may skip the full de-
scription. As dates and times are matched separately (even though the
time may be embedded in the date), any date format may be mixed with any
format for the time of day provide the separators are clear (whitespace,
colons, commas).
2007/04/03 13:13
2007/04/03:13:13
2007/04/03 1:13 pm
3rd April 2007, 13:13
April 3rd 2007 1:13 p.m.
Apr 3, 2007 13:13
Tue Apr 03 13:13:00 2007
13:13 2007/apr/3
More detailed rules follow.
Times are parsed and extracted before dates. They must use colons to
separate hours and minutes, though a dot is allowed before seconds if
they are present. This limits time formats to the following:
• HH:MM[:SS[.FFFFF]] [am|pm|a.m.|p.m.]
• HH:MM.SS[.FFFFF] [am|pm|a.m.|p.m.]
Here, square brackets indicate optional elements, possibly with alterna-
tives. Fractions of a second are recognised but ignored. For absolute
times (the normal format require by the calendar file and the age, be-
fore and after functions) a date is mandatory but a time of day is not;
the time returned is at the start of the date. One variation is al-
lowed: if a.m. or p.m. or one of their variants is present, an hour
without a minute is allowed, e.g. 3 p.m..
Time zones are not handled, though if one is matched following a time
specification it will be removed to allow a surrounding date to be
parsed. This only happens if the format of the timezone is not too un-
usual. The following are examples of forms that are understood:
+0100
GMT
GMT-7
CET+1CDT
Any part of the timezone that is not numeric must have exactly three
capital letters in the name.
Dates suffer from the ambiguity between DD/MM/YYYY and MM/DD/YYYY. It
is recommended this form is avoided with purely numeric dates, but use
of ordinals, eg. 3rd/04/2007, will resolve the ambiguity as the ordinal
is always parsed as the day of the month. Years must be four digits
(and the first two must be 19 or 20); 03/04/08 is not recognised. Other
numbers may have leading zeroes, but they are not required. The follow-
ing are handled:
• YYYY/MM/DD
• YYYY-MM-DD
• YYYY/MNM/DD
• YYYY-MNM-DD
• DD[th|st|rd] MNM[,] [ YYYY ]
• MNM DD[th|st|rd][,] [ YYYY ]
• DD[th|st|rd]/MM[,] YYYY
• DD[th|st|rd]/MM/YYYY
• MM/DD[th|st|rd][,] YYYY
• MM/DD[th|st|rd]/YYYY
Here, MNM is at least the first three letters of a month name, matched
case-insensitively. The remainder of the month name may appear but its
contents are irrelevant, so janissary, febrile, martial, apricot, maybe,
junta, etc. are happily handled.
Where the year is shown as optional, the current year is assumed. There
are only two such cases, the form Jun 20 or 14 September (the only two
commonly occurring forms, apart from a "the" in some forms of English,
which isn't currently supported). Such dates will of course become am-
biguous in the future, so should ideally be avoided.
Times may follow dates with a colon, e.g. 1965/07/12:09:45; this is in
order to provide a format with no whitespace. A comma and whitespace
are allowed, e.g. 1965/07/12, 09:45. Currently the order of these sepa-
rators is not checked, so illogical formats such as 1965/07/12, : ,09:45
will also be matched. For simplicity such variations are not shown in
the list above. Otherwise, a time is only recognised as being associ-
ated with a date if there is only whitespace in between, or if the time
was embedded in the date.
Days of the week are not normally scanned, but will be ignored if they
occur at the start of the date pattern only. However, in contexts where
it is useful to specify dates relative to today, days of the week with
no other date specification may be given. The day is assumed to be ei-
ther today or within the past week. Likewise, the words yesterday, to-
day and tomorrow are handled. All matches are case-insensitive. Hence
if today is Monday, then Sunday is equivalent to yesterday, Monday is
equivalent to today, but Tuesday gives a date six days ago. This is not
generally useful within the calendar file. Dates in this format may be
combined with a time specification; for example Tomorrow, 8 p.m..
For example, the standard date format:
Fri Aug 18 17:00:48 BST 2006
is handled by matching HH:MM:SS and removing it together with the
matched (but unused) time zone. This leaves the following:
Fri Aug 18 2006
Fri is ignored and the rest is matched according to the standard rules.
Relative Time Format
In certain places relative times are handled. Here, a date is not al-
lowed; instead a combination of various supported periods are allowed,
together with an optional time. The periods must be in order from most
to least significant.
In some cases, a more accurate calculation is possible when there is an
anchor date: offsets of months or years pick the correct day, rather
than being rounded, and it is possible to pick a particular day in a
month as `(1st Friday)', etc., as described in more detail below.
Anchors are available in the following cases. If one or two times are
passed to the function calendar, the start time acts an anchor for the
end time when the end time is relative (even if the start time is im-
plicit). When examining calendar files, the scheduled event being exam-
ined anchors the warning time when it is given explicitly by means of
the WARN keyword; likewise, the scheduled event anchors a repetition pe-
riod when given by the RPT keyword, so that specifications such as RPT 2
months, 3rd Thursday are handled properly. Finally, the -R argument to
calendar_scandate directly provides an anchor for relative calculations.
The periods handled, with possible abbreviations are:
Years years, yrs, ys, year, yr, y, yearly. A year is 365.25 days un-
less there is an anchor.
Months months, mons, mnths, mths, month, mon, mnth, mth, monthly. Note
that m, ms, mn, mns are ambiguous and are not handled. A month
is a period of 30 days rather than a calendar month unless there
is an anchor.
Weeks weeks, wks, ws, week, wk, w, weekly
Days days, dys, ds, day, dy, d, daily
Hours hours, hrs, hs, hour, hr, h, hourly
Minutes
minutes, mins, minute, min, but not m, ms, mn or mns
Seconds
seconds, secs, ss, second, sec, s
Spaces between the numbers are optional, but are required between items,
although a comma may be used (with or without spaces).
The forms yearly to hourly allow the number to be omitted; it is assumed
to be 1. For example, 1 d and daily are equivalent. Note that using
those forms with plurals is confusing; 2 yearly is the same as 2 years,
not twice yearly, so it is recommended they only be used without num-
bers.
When an anchor time is present, there is an extension to handle regular
events in the form of the nth someday of the month. Such a specifica-
tion must occur immediately after any year and month specification, but
before any time of day, and must be in the form n(th|st|rd) day, for ex-
ample 1st Tuesday or 3rd Monday. As in other places, days are matched
case insensitively, must be in English, and only the first three letters
are significant except that a form beginning `month' does not match
`Monday'. No attempt is made to sanitize the resulting date; attempts
to squeeze too many occurrences into a month will push the day into the
next month (but in the obvious fashion, retaining the correct day of the
week).
Here are some examples:
30 years 3 months 4 days 3:42:41
14 days 5 hours
Monthly, 3rd Thursday
4d,10hr
Example
Here is an example calendar file. It uses a consistent date format, as
recommended above.
Feb 1, 2006 14:30 Pointless bureaucratic meeting
Mar 27, 2006 11:00 Mutual recrimination and finger pointing
Bring water pistol and waterproofs
Mar 31, 2006 14:00 Very serious managerial pontification
# UID 12C7878A9A50
Apr 10, 2006 13:30 Even more pointless blame assignment exercise WARN 30 mins
May 18, 2006 16:00 Regular moaning session RPT monthly, 3rd Thursday
The second entry has a continuation line. The third entry has a contin-
uation line that will not be shown when the entry is displayed, but the
unique identifier will be used by the calendar_add function when updat-
ing the event. The fourth entry will produce a warning 30 minutes be-
fore the event (to allow you to equip yourself appropriately). The
fifth entry repeats after a month on the 3rd Thursday, i.e. June 15,
2006, at the same time.
USER FUNCTIONS
This section describes functions that are designed to be called directly
by the user. The first part describes those functions associated with
the user's calendar; the second part describes the use in glob quali-
fiers.
Calendar system functions
calendar [ -abdDsv ] [ -C calfile ] [ -n num ] [ -S showprog ]
[ [ start ] end ]
calendar -r [ -abdDrsv ] [ -C calfile ] [ -n num ] [ -S showprog ]
[ start ]
Show events in the calendar.
With no arguments, show events from the start of today until the
end of the next working day after today. In other words, if to-
day is Friday, Saturday, or Sunday, show up to the end of the
following Monday, otherwise show today and tomorrow.
If end is given, show events from the start of today up to the
time and date given, which is in the format described in the pre-
vious section. Note that if this is a date the time is assumed
to be midnight at the start of the date, so that effectively this
shows all events before the given date.
end may start with a +, in which case the remainder of the speci-
fication is a relative time format as described in the previous
section indicating the range of time from the start time that is
to be included.
If start is also given, show events starting from that time and
date. The word now can be used to indicate the current time.
To implement an alert when events are due, include calendar -s in
your ~/.zshrc file.
Options:
-a Show all items in the calendar, regardless of the start
and end.
-b Brief: don't display continuation lines (i.e. indented
lines following the line with the date/time), just the
first line.
-B lines
Brief: display at most the first lines lines of the calen-
dar entry. `-B 1' is equivalent to `-b'.
-C calfile
Explicitly specify a calendar file instead of the value of
the calendar-file style or the default ~/calendar.
-d Move any events that have passed from the calendar file to
the "done" file, as given by the done-file style or the
default which is the calendar file with .done appended.
This option is implied by the -s option.
-D Turns off the option -d, even if the -s option is also
present.
-n num, -num
Show at least num events, if present in the calendar file,
regardless of the start and end.
-r Show all the remaining options in the calendar, ignoring
the given end time. The start time is respected; any ar-
gument given is treated as a start time.
-s Use the shell's sched command to schedule a timed event
that will warn the user when an event is due. Note that
the sched command only runs if the shell is at an interac-
tive prompt; a foreground task blocks the scheduled task
from running until it is finished.
The timed event usually runs the programme calendar_show
to show the event, as described in the section UTILITY
FUNCTIONS below.
By default, a warning of the event is shown five minutes
before it is due. The warning period can be configured by
the style warn-time or for a single calendar entry by in-
cluding WARN reltime in the first line of the entry, where
reltime is one of the usual relative time formats.
A repeated event may be indicated by including RPT reldate
in the first line of the entry. After the scheduled event
has been displayed it will be re-entered into the calendar
file at a time reldate after the existing event. Note
that this is currently the only use made of the repeat
count, so that it is not possible to query the schedule
for a recurrence of an event in the calendar until the
previous event has passed.
If RPT is used, it is also possible to specify that cer-
tain recurrences of an event are rescheduled or cancelled.
This is done with the OCCURRENCE keyword, followed by
whitespace and the date and time of the occurrence in the
regular sequence, followed by whitespace and either the
date and time of the rescheduled event or the exact string
CANCELLED. In this case the date and time must be in ex-
actly the "date with local time" format used by the
text/calendar MIME type (RFC 2445),
<YYYY><MM><DD>T<hh><mm><ss> (note the presence of the lit-
eral character T). The first word (the regular recur-
rence) may be something other than a proper date/time to
indicate that the event is additional to the normal se-
quence; a convention that retains the formatting appear-
ance is XXXXXXXXTXXXXXX.
Furthermore, it is useful to record the next regular re-
currence (as then the displayed date may be for a resched-
uled event so cannot be used for calculating the regular
sequence). This is specified by RECURRENCE and a time or
date in the same format. calendar_add adds such an indi-
cation when it encounters a recurring event that does not
include one, based on the headline date/time.
If calendar_add is used to update occurrences the UID key-
word described there should be present in both the exist-
ing entry and the added occurrence in order to identify
recurring event sequences.
For example,
Thu May 6, 2010 11:00 Informal chat RPT 1 week
# RECURRENCE 20100506T110000
# OCCURRENCE 20100513T110000 20100513T120000
# OCCURRENCE 20100520T110000 CANCELLED
The event that occurs at 11:00 on 13th May 2010 is
rescheduled an hour later. The event that occurs a week
later is cancelled. The occurrences are given on a con-
tinuation line starting with a # character so will not
usually be displayed as part of the event. As elsewhere,
no account of time zones is taken with the times. After
the next event occurs the headline date/time will be `Thu
May 13, 2010 12:00' while the RECURRENCE date/time will be
`20100513T110000' (note that cancelled and moved events
are not taken account of in the RECURRENCE, which records
what the next regular recurrence is, but they are ac-
counted for in the headline date/time).
It is safe to run calendar -s to reschedule an existing
event (if the calendar file has changed, for example), and
also to have it running in multiples instances of the
shell since the calendar file is locked when in use.
By default, expired events are moved to the "done" file;
see the -d option. Use -D to prevent this.
-S showprog
Explicitly specify a programme to be used for showing
events instead of the value of the show-prog style or the
default calendar_show.
-v Verbose: show more information about stages of process-
ing. This is useful for confirming that the function has
successfully parsed the dates in the calendar file.
calendar_add [ -BL ] event ...
Adds a single event to the calendar in the appropriate location.
The event can contain multiple lines, as described in the section
`Calendar File Format' above. Using this function ensures that
the calendar file is sorted in date and time order. It also
makes special arrangements for locking the file while it is al-
tered. The old calendar is left in a file with the suffix .old.
The option -B indicates that backing up the calendar file will be
handled by the caller and should not be performed by calen-
dar_add. The option -L indicates that calendar_add does not need
to lock the calendar file as it is already locked. These options
will not usually be needed by users.
If the style reformat-date is true, the date and time of the new
entry will be rewritten into the standard date format: see the
descriptions of this style and the style date-format.
The function can use a unique identifier stored with each event
to ensure that updates to existing events are treated correctly.
The entry should contain the word UID, followed by whitespace,
followed by a word consisting entirely of hexadecimal digits of
arbitrary length (all digits are significant, including leading
zeroes). As the UID is not directly useful to the user, it is
convenient to hide it on an indented continuation line starting
with a #, for example:
Aug 31, 2007 09:30 Celebrate the end of the holidays
# UID 045B78A0
The second line will not be shown by the calendar function.
It is possible to specify the RPT keyword followed by CANCELLED
instead of a relative time. This causes any matched event or se-
ries of events to be cancelled (the original event does not have
to be marked as recurring in order to be cancelled by this
method). A UID is required in order to match an existing event
in the calendar.
calendar_add will attempt to manage recurrences and occurrences
of repeating events as described for event scheduling by calendar
-s above. To reschedule or cancel a single event calendar_add
should be called with an entry that includes the correct UID but
does not include the RPT keyword as this is taken to mean the en-
try applies to a series of repeating events and hence replaces
all existing information. Each rescheduled or cancelled occur-
rence must have an OCCURRENCE keyword in the entry passed to cal-
endar_add which will be merged into the calendar file. Any ex-
isting reference to the occurrence is replaced. An occurrence
that does not refer to a valid existing event is added as a
one-off occurrence to the same calendar entry.
calendar_edit
This calls the user's editor to edit the calendar file. If there
are arguments, they are taken as the editor to use (the file name
is appended to the commands); otherwise, the editor is given by
the variable VISUAL, if set, else the variable EDITOR.
If the calendar scheduler was running, then after editing the
file calendar -s is called to update it.
This function locks out the calendar system during the edit.
Hence it should be used to edit the calendar file if there is any
possibility of a calendar event occurring meanwhile. Note this
can lead to another shell with calendar functions enabled hanging
waiting for a lock, so it is necessary to quit the editor as soon
as possible.
calendar_parse calendar-entry
This is the internal function that analyses the parts of a calen-
dar entry, which is passed as the only argument. The function
returns status 1 if the argument could not be parsed as a calen-
dar entry and status 2 if the wrong number of arguments were
passed; it also sets the parameter reply to an empty associative
array. Otherwise, it returns status 0 and sets elements of the
associative array reply as follows:
time The time as a string of digits in the same units as
$EPOCHSECONDS
schedtime
The regularly scheduled time. This may differ from the
actual event time time if this is a recurring event and
the next occurrence has been rescheduled. Then time gives
the actual time and schedtime the time of the regular re-
currence before modification.
text1 The text from the line not including the date and time of
the event, but including any WARN or RPT keywords and val-
ues.
warntime
Any warning time given by the WARN keyword as a string of
digits containing the time at which to warn in the same
units as $EPOCHSECONDS. (Note this is an absolute time,
not the relative time passed down.) Not set no WARN key-
word and value were matched.
warnstr
The raw string matched after the WARN keyword, else unset.
rpttime
Any recurrence time given by the RPT keyword as a string
of digits containing the time of the recurrence in the
same units as $EPOCHSECONDS. (Note this is an absolute
time.) Not set if no RPT keyword and value were matched.
schedrpttime
The next regularly scheduled occurrence of a recurring
event before modification. This may differ from rpttime,
which is the actual time of the event that may have been
rescheduled from the regular time.
rptstr The raw string matched after the RPT keyword, else unset.
text2 The text from the line after removal of the date and any
keywords and values.
calendar_showdate [ -r ] [ -f fmt ] date-spec ...
The given date-spec is interpreted and the corresponding date and
time printed. If the initial date-spec begins with a + or - it
is treated as relative to the current time; date-specs after the
first are treated as relative to the date calculated so far and a
leading + is optional in that case. This allows one to use the
system as a date calculator. For example, calendar_showdate '+1
month, 1st Friday' shows the date of the first Friday of next
month.
With the option -r nothing is printed but the value of the date
and time in seconds since the epoch is stored in the parameter
REPLY.
With the option -f fmt the given date/time conversion format is
passed to strftime; see notes on the date-format style below.
In order to avoid ambiguity with negative relative date specifi-
cations, options must occur in separate words; in other words, -r
and -f should not be combined in the same word.
calendar_sort
Sorts the calendar file into date and time order. The old cal-
endar is left in a file with the suffix .old.
Glob qualifiers
age The function age can be autoloaded and use separately from the
calendar system, although it uses the function calendar_scandate
for date formatting. It requires the zsh/stat builtin, but uses
only the builtin zstat.
age selects files having a given modification time for use as a
glob qualifier. The format of the date is the same as that un-
derstood by the calendar system, described in the section FILE
AND DATE FORMATS above.
The function can take one or two arguments, which can be supplied
either directly as command or arguments, or separately as shell
parameters.
print *(e:age 2006/10/04 2006/10/09:)
The example above matches all files modified between the start of
those dates. The second argument may alternatively be a relative
time introduced by a +:
print *(e:age 2006/10/04 +5d:)
The example above is equivalent to the previous example.
In addition to the special use of days of the week, today and
yesterday, times with no date may be specified; these apply to
today. Obviously such uses become problematic around midnight.
print *(e-age 12:00 13:30-)
The example above shows files modified between 12:00 and 13:00
today.
print *(e:age 2006/10/04:)
The example above matches all files modified on that date. If
the second argument is omitted it is taken to be exactly 24 hours
after the first argument (even if the first argument contains a
time).
print *(e-age 2006/10/04:10:15 2006/10/04:10:45-)
The example above supplies times. Note that whitespace within
the time and date specification must be quoted to ensure age re-
ceives the correct arguments, hence the use of the additional
colon to separate the date and time.
AGEREF=2006/10/04:10:15
AGEREF2=2006/10/04:10:45
print *(+age)
This shows the same example before using another form of argument
passing. The dates and times in the parameters AGEREF and
AGEREF2 stay in effect until unset, but will be overridden if any
argument is passed as an explicit argument to age. Any explicit
argument causes both parameters to be ignored.
Instead of an explicit date and time, it's possible to use the
modification time of a file as the date and time for either argu-
ment by introducing the file name with a colon:
print *(e-age :file1-)
matches all files created on the same day (24 hours starting from
midnight) as file1.
print *(e-age :file1 :file2-)
matches all files modified no earlier than file1 and no later
than file2; precision here is to the nearest second.
after
before The functions after and before are simpler versions of age that
take just one argument. The argument is parsed similarly to an
argument of age; if it is not given the variable AGEREF is con-
sulted. As the names of the functions suggest, a file matches if
its modification time is after or before the time and date speci-
fied. If a time only is given the date is today.
The two following examples are therefore equivalent:
print *(e-after 12:00-)
print *(e-after today:12:00-)
STYLES
The zsh style mechanism using the zstyle command is describe in zshmod-
ules(1). This is the same mechanism used in the completion system.
The styles below are all examined in the context :datetime:function:,
for example :datetime:calendar:.
calendar-file
The location of the main calendar. The default is ~/calendar.
date-format
A strftime format string (see strftime(3)) with the zsh exten-
sions providing various numbers with no leading zero or space if
the number is a single digit as described for the %D{string}
prompt format in the section EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in
zshmisc(1).
This is used for outputting dates in calendar, both to support
the -v option and when adding recurring events back to the calen-
dar file, and in calendar_showdate as the final output format.
If the style is not set, the default used is similar the standard
system format as output by the date command (also known as `ctime
format'): `%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y'.
done-file
The location of the file to which events which have passed are
appended. The default is the calendar file location with the
suffix .done. The style may be set to an empty string in which
case a "done" file will not be maintained.
reformat-date
Boolean, used by calendar_add. If it is true, the date and time
of new entries added to the calendar will be reformatted to the
format given by the style date-format or its default. Only the
date and time of the event itself is reformatted; any subsidiary
dates and times such as those associated with repeat and warning
times are left alone.
show-prog
The programme run by calendar for showing events. It will be
passed the start time and stop time of the events requested in
seconds since the epoch followed by the event text. Note that
calendar -s uses a start time and stop time equal to one another
to indicate alerts for specific events.
The default is the function calendar_show.
warn-time
The time before an event at which a warning will be displayed, if
the first line of the event does not include the text EVENT rel-
time. The default is 5 minutes.
UTILITY FUNCTIONS
calendar_lockfiles
Attempt to lock the files given in the argument. To prevent
problems with network file locking this is done in an ad hoc
fashion by attempting to create a symbolic link to the file with
the name file.lockfile. No other system level functions are used
for locking, i.e. the file can be accessed and modified by any
utility that does not use this mechanism. In particular, the
user is not prevented from editing the calendar file at the same
time unless calendar_edit is used.
Three attempts are made to lock the file before giving up. If
the module zsh/zselect is available, the times of the attempts
are jittered so that multiple instances of the calling function
are unlikely to retry at the same time.
The files locked are appended to the array lockfiles, which
should be local to the caller.
If all files were successfully locked, status zero is returned,
else status one.
This function may be used as a general file locking function, al-
though this will only work if only this mechanism is used to lock
files.
calendar_read
This is a backend used by various other functions to parse the
calendar file, which is passed as the only argument. The array
calendar_entries is set to the list of events in the file; no
pruning is done except that ampersands are removed from the start
of the line. Each entry may contain multiple lines.
calendar_scandate
This is a generic function to parse dates and times that may be
used separately from the calendar system. The argument is a date
or time specification as described in the section FILE AND DATE
FORMATS above. The parameter REPLY is set to the number of sec-
onds since the epoch corresponding to that date or time. By de-
fault, the date and time may occur anywhere within the given ar-
gument.
Returns status zero if the date and time were successfully
parsed, else one.
Options:
-a The date and time are anchored to the start of the argu-
ment; they will not be matched if there is preceding text.
-A The date and time are anchored to both the start and end
of the argument; they will not be matched if the is any
other text in the argument.
-d Enable additional debugging output.
-m Minus. When -R anchor_time is also given the relative
time is calculated backwards from anchor_time.
-r The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time.
-R anchor_time
The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time.
The time is relative to anchor_time, a time in seconds
since the epoch, and the returned value is the absolute
time corresponding to advancing anchor_time by the rela-
tive time given. This allows lengths of months to be cor-
rectly taken into account. If the final day does not ex-
ist in the given month, the last day of the final month is
given. For example, if the anchor time is during 31st
January 2007 and the relative time is 1 month, the final
time is the same time of day during 28th February 2007.
-s In addition to setting REPLY, set REPLY2 to the remainder
of the argument after the date and time have been
stripped. This is empty if the option -A was given.
-t Allow a time with no date specification. The date is as-
sumed to be today. The behaviour is unspecified if the
iron tongue of midnight is tolling twelve.
calendar_show
The function used by default to display events. It accepts a
start time and end time for events, both in epoch seconds, and an
event description.
The event is always printed to standard output. If the command
line editor is active (which will usually be the case) the com-
mand line will be redisplayed after the output.
If the parameter DISPLAY is set and the start and end times are
the same (indicating a scheduled event), the function uses the
command xmessage to display a window with the event details.
BUGS
As the system is based entirely on shell functions (with a little sup-
port from the zsh/datetime module) the mechanisms used are not as robust
as those provided by a dedicated calendar utility. Consequently the
user should not rely on the shell for vital alerts.
There is no calendar_delete function.
There is no localization support for dates and times, nor any support
for the use of time zones.
Relative periods of months and years do not take into account the vari-
able number of days.
The calendar_show function is currently hardwired to use xmessage for
displaying alerts on X Window System displays. This should be config-
urable and ideally integrate better with the desktop.
calendar_lockfiles hangs the shell while waiting for a lock on a file.
If called from a scheduled task, it should instead reschedule the event
that caused it.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHCALSYS(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHTCPSYS(1) General Commands Manual ZSHTCPSYS(1)
NAME
zshtcpsys - zsh tcp system
DESCRIPTION
A module zsh/net/tcp is provided to provide network I/O over TCP/IP from
within the shell; see its description in zshmodules(1). This manual
page describes a function suite based on the module. If the module is
installed, the functions are usually installed at the same time, in
which case they will be available for autoloading in the default func-
tion search path. In addition to the zsh/net/tcp module, the zsh/zse-
lect module is used to implement timeouts on read operations. For trou-
bleshooting tips, consult the corresponding advice for the zftp func-
tions described in zshzftpsys(1).
There are functions corresponding to the basic I/O operations open,
close, read and send, named tcp_open etc., as well as a function tcp_ex-
pect for pattern match analysis of data read as input. The system makes
it easy to receive data from and send data to multiple named sessions at
once. In addition, it can be linked with the shell's line editor in
such a way that input data is automatically shown at the terminal.
Other facilities available including logging, filtering and configurable
output prompts.
To use the system where it is available, it should be enough to `au-
toload -U tcp_open' and run tcp_open as documented below to start a ses-
sion. The tcp_open function will autoload the remaining functions.
TCP USER FUNCTIONS
Basic I/O
tcp_open [ -qz ] host port [ sess ]
tcp_open [ -qz ] [ -s sess | -l sess[,...] ] ...
tcp_open [ -qz ] [ -a fd | -f fd ] [ sess ]
Open a new session. In the first and simplest form, open a TCP
connection to host host at port port; numeric and symbolic forms
are understood for both.
If sess is given, this becomes the name of the session which can
be used to refer to multiple different TCP connections. If sess
is not given, the function will invent a numeric name value (note
this is not the same as the file descriptor to which the session
is attached). It is recommended that session names not include
`funny' characters, where funny characters are not well-defined
but certainly do not include alphanumerics or underscores, and
certainly do include whitespace.
In the second case, one or more sessions to be opened are given
by name. A single session name is given after -s and a
comma-separated list after -l; both options may be repeated as
many times as necessary. A failure to open any session causes
tcp_open to abort. The host and port are read from the file
.ztcp_sessions in the same directory as the user's zsh initiali-
sation files, i.e. usually the home directory, but $ZDOTDIR if
that is set. The file consists of lines each giving a session
name and the corresponding host and port, in that order (note the
session name comes first, not last), separated by whitespace.
The third form allows passive and fake TCP connections. If the
option -a is used, its argument is a file descriptor open for
listening for connections. No function front-end is provided to
open such a file descriptor, but a call to `ztcp -l port' will
create one with the file descriptor stored in the parameter $RE-
PLY. The listening port can be closed with `ztcp -c fd'. A call
to `tcp_open -a fd' will block until a remote TCP connection is
made to port on the local machine. At this point, a session is
created in the usual way and is largely indistinguishable from an
active connection created with one of the first two forms.
If the option -f is used, its argument is a file descriptor which
is used directly as if it were a TCP session. How well the re-
mainder of the TCP function system copes with this depends on
what actually underlies this file descriptor. A regular file is
likely to be unusable; a FIFO (pipe) of some sort will work bet-
ter, but note that it is not a good idea for two different ses-
sions to attempt to read from the same FIFO at once.
If the option -q is given with any of the three forms, tcp_open
will not print informational messages, although it will in any
case exit with an appropriate status.
If the line editor (zle) is in use, which is typically the case
if the shell is interactive, tcp_open installs a handler inside
zle which will check for new data at the same time as it checks
for keyboard input. This is convenient as the shell consumes no
CPU time while waiting; the test is performed by the operating
system. Giving the option -z to any of the forms of tcp_open
prevents the handler from being installed, so data must be read
explicitly. Note, however, this is not necessary for executing
complete sets of send and read commands from a function, as zle
is not active at this point. Generally speaking, the handler is
only active when the shell is waiting for input at a command
prompt or in the vared builtin. The option has no effect if zle
is not active; `[[ -o zle]]' will test for this.
The first session to be opened becomes the current session and
subsequent calls to tcp_open do not change it. The current ses-
sion is stored in the parameter $TCP_SESS; see below for more de-
tail about the parameters used by the system.
The function tcp_on_open, if defined, is called when a session is
opened. See the description below.
tcp_close [ -qn ] [ -a | -l sess[,...] | sess ... ]
Close the named sessions, or the current session if none is
given, or all open sessions if -a is given. The options -l and
-s are both handled for consistency with tcp_open, although the
latter is redundant.
If the session being closed is the current one, $TCP_SESS is un-
set, leaving no current session, even if there are other sessions
still open.
If the session was opened with tcp_open -f, the file descriptor
is closed so long as it is in the range 0 to 9 accessible di-
rectly from the command line. If the option -n is given, no at-
tempt will be made to close file descriptors in this case. The
-n option is not used for genuine ztcp session; the file descrip-
tors are always closed with the session.
If the option -q is given, no informational messages will be
printed.
tcp_read [ -bdq ] [ -t TO ] [ -T TO ]
[ -a | -u fd[,...] | -l sess[,...] | -s sess ... ]
Perform a read operation on the current session, or on a list of
sessions if any are given with -u, -l or -s, or all open sessions
if the option -a is given. Any of the -u, -l or -s options may
be repeated or mixed together. The -u option specifies a file
descriptor directly (only those managed by this system are use-
ful), the other two specify sessions as described for tcp_open
above.
The function checks for new data available on all the sessions
listed. Unless the -b option is given, it will not block waiting
for new data. Any one line of data from any of the available
sessions will be read, stored in the parameter $TCP_LINE, and
displayed to standard output unless $TCP_SILENT contains a
non-empty string. When printed to standard output the string
$TCP_PROMPT will be shown at the start of the line; the default
form for this includes the name of the session being read. See
below for more information on these parameters. In this mode,
tcp_read can be called repeatedly until it returns status 2 which
indicates all pending input from all specified sessions has been
handled.
With the option -b, equivalent to an infinite timeout, the func-
tion will block until a line is available to read from one of the
specified sessions. However, only a single line is returned.
The option -d indicates that all pending input should be drained.
In this case tcp_read may process multiple lines in the manner
given above; only the last is stored in $TCP_LINE, but the com-
plete set is stored in the array $tcp_lines. This is cleared at
the start of each call to tcp_read.
The options -t and -T specify a timeout in seconds, which may be
a floating point number for increased accuracy. With -t the
timeout is applied before each line read. With -T, the timeout
applies to the overall operation, possibly including multiple
read operations if the option -d is present; without this option,
there is no distinction between -t and -T.
The function does not print informational messages, but if the
option -q is given, no error message is printed for a non-exis-
tent session.
A return status of 2 indicates a timeout or no data to read. Any
other non-zero return status indicates some error condition.
See tcp_log for how to control where data is sent by tcp_read.
tcp_send [ -cnq ] [ -s sess | -l sess[,...] ] data ...
tcp_send [ -cnq ] -a data ...
Send the supplied data strings to all the specified sessions in
turn. The underlying operation differs little from a `print -r'
to the session's file descriptor, although it attempts to prevent
the shell from dying owing to a SIGPIPE caused by an attempt to
write to a defunct session.
The option -c causes tcp_send to behave like cat. It reads lines
from standard input until end of input and sends them in turn to
the specified session(s) exactly as if they were given as data
arguments to individual tcp_send commands.
The option -n prevents tcp_send from putting a newline at the end
of the data strings.
The remaining options all behave as for tcp_read.
The data arguments are not further processed once they have been
passed to tcp_send; they are simply passed down to print -r.
If the parameter $TCP_OUTPUT is a non-empty string and logging is
enabled then the data sent to each session will be echoed to the
log file(s) with $TCP_OUTPUT in front where appropriate, much in
the manner of $TCP_PROMPT.
Session Management
tcp_alias [ -q ] alias=sess ...
tcp_alias [ -q ] [ alias ... ]
tcp_alias -d [ -q ] alias ...
This function is not particularly well tested.
The first form creates an alias for a session name; alias can
then be used to refer to the existing session sess. As many
aliases may be listed as required.
The second form lists any aliases specified, or all aliases if
none.
The third form deletes all the aliases listed. The underlying
sessions are not affected.
The option -q suppresses an inconsistently chosen subset of error
messages.
tcp_log [ -asc ] [ -n | -N ] [ logfile ]
With an argument logfile, all future input from tcp_read will be
logged to the named file. Unless -a (append) is given, this file
will first be truncated or created empty. With no arguments,
show the current status of logging.
With the option -s, per-session logging is enabled. Input from
tcp_read is output to the file logfile.sess. As the session is
automatically discriminated by the filename, the contents are raw
(no $TCP_PROMPT). The option -a applies as above. Per-session
logging and logging of all data in one file are not mutually ex-
clusive.
The option -c closes all logging, both complete and per-session
logs.
The options -n and -N respectively turn off or restore output of
data read by tcp_read to standard output; hence `tcp_log -cn'
turns off all output by tcp_read.
The function is purely a convenient front end to setting the pa-
rameters $TCP_LOG, $TCP_LOG_SESS, $TCP_SILENT, which are de-
scribed below.
tcp_rename old new
Rename session old to session new. The old name becomes invalid.
tcp_sess [ sess [ command [ arg ... ] ] ]
With no arguments, list all the open sessions and associated file
descriptors. The current session is marked with a star. For use
in functions, direct access to the parameters $tcp_by_name,
$tcp_by_fd and $TCP_SESS is probably more convenient; see below.
With a sess argument, set the current session to sess. This is
equivalent to changing $TCP_SESS directly.
With additional arguments, temporarily set the current session
while executing `command arg ...'. command is re-evaluated so as
to expand aliases etc., but the remaining args are passed through
as that appear to tcp_sess. The original session is restored
when tcp_sess exits.
Advanced I/O
tcp_command send-option ... send-argument ...
This is a convenient front-end to tcp_send. All arguments are
passed to tcp_send, then the function pauses waiting for data.
While data is arriving at least every $TCP_TIMEOUT (default 0.3)
seconds, data is handled and printed out according to the current
settings. Status 0 is always returned.
This is generally only useful for interactive use, to prevent the
display becoming fragmented by output returned from the connec-
tion. Within a programme or function it is generally better to
handle reading data by a more explicit method.
tcp_expect [ -q ] [ -p var | -P var ] [ -t TO | -T TO ]
[ -a | -s sess | -l sess[,...] ] pattern ...
Wait for input matching any of the given patterns from any of the
specified sessions. Input is ignored until an input line matches
one of the given patterns; at this point status zero is returned,
the matching line is stored in $TCP_LINE, and the full set of
lines read during the call to tcp_expect is stored in the array
$tcp_expect_lines.
Sessions are specified in the same way as tcp_read: the default
is to use the current session, otherwise the sessions specified
by -a, -s, or -l are used.
Each pattern is a standard zsh extended-globbing pattern; note
that it needs to be quoted to avoid it being expanded immediately
by filename generation. It must match the full line, so to match
a substring there must be a `*' at the start and end. The line
matched against includes the $TCP_PROMPT added by tcp_read. It
is possible to include the globbing flags `#b' or `#m' in the
patterns to make backreferences available in the parameters
$MATCH, $match, etc., as described in the base zsh documentation
on pattern matching.
Unlike tcp_read, the default behaviour of tcp_expect is to block
indefinitely until the required input is found. This can be mod-
ified by specifying a timeout with -t or -T; these function as in
tcp_read, specifying a per-read or overall timeout, respectively,
in seconds, as an integer or floating-point number. As tcp_read,
the function returns status 2 if a timeout occurs.
The function returns as soon as any one of the patterns given
match. If the caller needs to know which of the patterns
matched, the option -p var can be used; on return, $var is set to
the number of the pattern using ordinary zsh indexing, i.e. the
first is 1, and so on. Note the absence of a `$' in front of
var. To avoid clashes, the parameter cannot begin with `_ex-
pect'. The index -1 is used if there is a timeout and 0 if there
is no match.
The option -P var works similarly to -p, but instead of numerical
indexes the regular arguments must begin with a prefix followed
by a colon: that prefix is then used as a tag to which var is set
when the argument matches. The tag timeout is used if there is a
timeout and the empty string if there is no match. Note it is
acceptable for different arguments to start with the same prefix
if the matches do not need to be distinguished.
The option -q is passed directly down to tcp_read.
As all input is done via tcp_read, all the usual rules about out-
put of lines read apply. One exception is that the parameter
$tcp_lines will only reflect the line actually matched by tcp_ex-
pect; use $tcp_expect_lines for the full set of lines read during
the function call.
tcp_proxy
This is a simple-minded function to accept a TCP connection and
execute a command with I/O redirected to the connection. Extreme
caution should be taken as there is no security whatsoever and
this can leave your computer open to the world. Ideally, it
should only be used behind a firewall.
The first argument is a TCP port on which the function will lis-
ten.
The remaining arguments give a command and its arguments to exe-
cute with standard input, standard output and standard error
redirected to the file descriptor on which the TCP session has
been accepted. If no command is given, a new zsh is started.
This gives everyone on your network direct access to your ac-
count, which in many cases will be a bad thing.
The command is run in the background, so tcp_proxy can then ac-
cept new connections. It continues to accept new connections un-
til interrupted.
tcp_spam [ -ertv ] [ -a | -s sess | -l sess[,...] ] cmd [ arg ... ]
Execute `cmd [ arg ... ]' for each session in turn. Note this
executes the command and arguments; it does not send the command
line as data unless the -t (transmit) option is given.
The sessions may be selected explicitly with the standard -a, -s
or -l options, or may be chosen implicitly. If none of the three
options is given the rules are: first, if the array
$tcp_spam_list is set, this is taken as the list of sessions,
otherwise all sessions are taken. Second, any sessions given in
the array $tcp_no_spam_list are removed from the list of ses-
sions.
Normally, any sessions added by the `-a' flag or when all ses-
sions are chosen implicitly are spammed in alphabetic order; ses-
sions given by the $tcp_spam_list array or on the command line
are spammed in the order given. The -r flag reverses the order
however it was arrived it.
The -v flag specifies that a $TCP_PROMPT will be output before
each session. This is output after any modification to TCP_SESS
by the user-defined tcp_on_spam function described below. (Obvi-
ously that function is able to generate its own output.)
If the option -e is present, the line given as `cmd [ arg ... ]'
is executed using eval, otherwise it is executed without any fur-
ther processing.
tcp_talk
This is a fairly simple-minded attempt to force input to the line
editor to go straight to the default TCP_SESS.
An escape string, $TCP_TALK_ESCAPE, default `:', is used to allow
access to normal shell operation. If it is on its own at the
start of the line, or followed only by whitespace, the line edi-
tor returns to normal operation. Otherwise, the string and any
following whitespace are skipped and the remainder of the line
executed as shell input without any change of the line editor's
operating mode.
The current implementation is somewhat deficient in terms of use
of the command history. For this reason, many users will prefer
to use some form of alternative approach for sending data easily
to the current session. One simple approach is to alias some
special character (such as `%') to `tcp_command --'.
tcp_wait
The sole argument is an integer or floating point number which
gives the seconds to delay. The shell will do nothing for that
period except wait for input on all TCP sessions by calling
tcp_read -a. This is similar to the interactive behaviour at the
command prompt when zle handlers are installed.
`One-shot' file transfer
tcp_point port
tcp_shoot host port
This pair of functions provide a simple way to transfer a file
between two hosts within the shell. Note, however, that bulk
data transfer is currently done using cat. tcp_point reads any
data arriving at port and sends it to standard output; tcp_shoot
connects to port on host and sends its standard input. Any un-
used port may be used; the standard mechanism for picking a port
is to think of a random four-digit number above 1024 until one
works.
To transfer a file from host woodcock to host springes, on
springes:
tcp_point 8091 >output_file
and on woodcock:
tcp_shoot springes 8091 <input_file
As these two functions do not require tcp_open to set up a TCP
connection first, they may need to be autoloaded separately.
TCP USER-DEFINED FUNCTIONS
Certain functions, if defined by the user, will be called by the func-
tion system in certain contexts. This facility depends on the module
zsh/parameter, which is usually available in interactive shells as the
completion system depends on it. None of the functions need be defined;
they simply provide convenient hooks when necessary.
Typically, these are called after the requested action has been taken,
so that the various parameters will reflect the new state.
tcp_on_alias alias fd
When an alias is defined, this function will be called with two
arguments: the name of the alias, and the file descriptor of the
corresponding session.
tcp_on_awol sess fd
If the function tcp_fd_handler is handling input from the line
editor and detects that the file descriptor is no longer
reusable, by default it removes it from the list of file descrip-
tors handled by this method and prints a message. If the func-
tion tcp_on_awol is defined it is called immediately before this
point. It may return status 100, which indicates that the normal
handling should still be performed; any other return status indi-
cates that no further action should be taken and the tcp_fd_han-
dler should return immediately with the given status. Typically
the action of tcp_on_awol will be to close the session.
The variable TCP_INVALIDATE_ZLE will be a non-empty string if it
is necessary to invalidate the line editor display using `zle -I'
before printing output from the function.
(`AWOL' is military jargon for `absent without leave' or some
variation. It has no pre-existing technical meaning known to the
author.)
tcp_on_close sess fd
This is called with the name of a session being closed and the
file descriptor which corresponded to that session. Both will be
invalid by the time the function is called.
tcp_on_open sess fd
This is called after a new session has been defined with the ses-
sion name and file descriptor as arguments. If it returns a
non-zero status, opening the session is assumed to fail and the
session is closed again; however, tcp_open will continue to at-
tempt to open any remaining sessions given on the command line.
tcp_on_rename oldsess fd newsess
This is called after a session has been renamed with the three
arguments old session name, file descriptor, new session name.
tcp_on_spam sess command ...
This is called once for each session spammed, just before a com-
mand is executed for a session by tcp_spam. The arguments are
the session name followed by the command list to be executed. If
tcp_spam was called with the option -t, the first command will be
tcp_send.
This function is called after $TCP_SESS is set to reflect the
session to be spammed, but before any use of it is made. Hence
it is possible to alter the value of $TCP_SESS within this func-
tion. For example, the session arguments to tcp_spam could in-
clude extra information to be stripped off and processed in
tcp_on_spam.
If the function sets the parameter $REPLY to `done', the command
line is not executed; in addition, no prompt is printed for the
-v option to tcp_spam.
tcp_on_unalias alias fd
This is called with the name of an alias and the corresponding
session's file descriptor after an alias has been deleted.
TCP UTILITY FUNCTIONS
The following functions are used by the TCP function system but will
rarely if ever need to be called directly.
tcp_fd_handler
This is the function installed by tcp_open for handling input
from within the line editor, if that is required. It is in the
format documented for the builtin `zle -F' in zshzle(1) .
While active, the function sets the parameter TCP_HANDLER_ACTIVE
to 1. This allows shell code called internally (for example, by
setting tcp_on_read) to tell if is being called when the shell is
otherwise idle at the editor prompt.
tcp_output [ -q ] -P prompt -F fd -S sess
This function is used for both logging and handling output to
standard output, from within tcp_read and (if $TCP_OUTPUT is set)
tcp_send.
The prompt to use is specified by -P; the default is the empty
string. It can contain:
%c Expands to 1 if the session is the current session, other-
wise 0. Used with ternary expressions such as `%(c.-.+)'
to output `+' for the current session and `-' otherwise.
%f Replaced by the session's file descriptor.
%s Replaced by the session name.
%% Replaced by a single `%'.
The option -q suppresses output to standard output, but not to
any log files which are configured.
The -S and -F options are used to pass in the session name and
file descriptor for possible replacement in the prompt.
TCP USER PARAMETERS
Parameters follow the usual convention that uppercase is used for
scalars and integers, while lowercase is used for normal and associative
array. It is always safe for user code to read these parameters. Some
parameters may also be set; these are noted explicitly. Others are in-
cluded in this group as they are set by the function system for the
user's benefit, i.e. setting them is typically not useful but is benign.
It is often also useful to make settable parameters local to a function.
For example, `local TCP_SILENT=1' specifies that data read during the
function call will not be printed to standard output, regardless of the
setting outside the function. Likewise, `local TCP_SESS=sess' sets a
session for the duration of a function, and `local TCP_PROMPT=' speci-
fies that no prompt is used for input during the function.
tcp_expect_lines
Array. The set of lines read during the last call to tcp_expect,
including the last ($TCP_LINE).
tcp_filter
Array. May be set directly. A set of extended globbing patterns
which, if matched in tcp_output, will cause the line not to be
printed to standard output. The patterns should be defined as
described for the arguments to tcp_expect. Output of line to log
files is not affected.
TCP_HANDLER_ACTIVE
Scalar. Set to 1 within tcp_fd_handler to indicate to functions
called recursively that they have been called during an editor
session. Otherwise unset.
TCP_LINE
The last line read by tcp_read, and hence also tcp_expect.
TCP_LINE_FD
The file descriptor from which $TCP_LINE was read.
${tcp_by_fd[$TCP_LINE_FD]} will give the corresponding session
name.
tcp_lines
Array. The set of lines read during the last call to tcp_read,
including the last ($TCP_LINE).
TCP_LOG
May be set directly, although it is also controlled by tcp_log.
The name of a file to which output from all sessions will be
sent. The output is proceeded by the usual $TCP_PROMPT. If it
is not an absolute path name, it will follow the user's current
directory.
TCP_LOG_SESS
May be set directly, although it is also controlled by tcp_log.
The prefix for a set of files to which output from each session
separately will be sent; the full filename is
${TCP_LOG_SESS}.sess. Output to each file is raw; no prompt is
added. If it is not an absolute path name, it will follow the
user's current directory.
tcp_no_spam_list
Array. May be set directly. See tcp_spam for how this is used.
TCP_OUTPUT
May be set directly. If a non-empty string, any data sent to a
session by tcp_send will be logged. This parameter gives the
prompt to be used in a file specified by $TCP_LOG but not in a
file generated from $TCP_LOG_SESS. The prompt string has the
same format as TCP_PROMPT and the same rules for its use apply.
TCP_PROMPT
May be set directly. Used as the prefix for data read by
tcp_read which is printed to standard output or to the log file
given by $TCP_LOG, if any. Any `%s', `%f' or `%%' occurring in
the string will be replaced by the name of the session, the ses-
sion's underlying file descriptor, or a single `%', respectively.
The expression `%c' expands to 1 if the session being read is the
current session, else 0; this is most useful in ternary expres-
sions such as `%(c.-.+)' which outputs `+' if the session is the
current one, else `-'.
If the prompt starts with %P, this is stripped and the complete
result of the previous stage is passed through standard prompt
%-style formatting before being output.
TCP_READ_DEBUG
May be set directly. If this has non-zero length, tcp_read will
give some limited diagnostics about data being read.
TCP_SECONDS_START
This value is created and initialised to zero by tcp_open.
The functions tcp_read and tcp_expect use the shell's SECONDS pa-
rameter for their own timing purposes. If that parameter is not
of floating point type on entry to one of the functions, it will
create a local parameter SECONDS which is floating point and set
the parameter TCP_SECONDS_START to the previous value of $SEC-
ONDS. If the parameter is already floating point, it is used
without a local copy being created and TCP_SECONDS_START is not
set. As the global value is zero, the shell elapsed time is
guaranteed to be the sum of $SECONDS and $TCP_SECONDS_START.
This can be avoided by setting SECONDS globally to a floating
point value using `typeset -F SECONDS'; then the TCP functions
will never make a local copy and never set TCP_SECONDS_START to a
non-zero value.
TCP_SESS
May be set directly. The current session; must refer to one of
the sessions established by tcp_open.
TCP_SILENT
May be set directly, although it is also controlled by tcp_log.
If of non-zero length, data read by tcp_read will not be written
to standard output, though may still be written to a log file.
tcp_spam_list
Array. May be set directly. See the description of the function
tcp_spam for how this is used.
TCP_TALK_ESCAPE
May be set directly. See the description of the function
tcp_talk for how this is used.
TCP_TIMEOUT
May be set directly. Currently this is only used by the function
tcp_command, see above.
TCP USER-DEFINED PARAMETERS
The following parameters are not set by the function system, but have a
special effect if set by the user.
tcp_on_read
This should be an associative array; if it is not, the behaviour
is undefined. Each key is the name of a shell function or other
command, and the corresponding value is a shell pattern (using
EXTENDED_GLOB). Every line read from a TCP session directly or
indirectly using tcp_read (which includes lines read by tcp_ex-
pect) is compared against the pattern. If the line matches, the
command given in the key is called with two arguments: the name
of the session from which the line was read, and the line itself.
If any function called to handle a line returns a non-zero sta-
tus, the line is not output. Thus a tcp_on_read handler contain-
ing only the instruction `return 1' can be used to suppress out-
put of particular lines (see, however, tcp_filter above). How-
ever, the line is still stored in TCP_LINE and tcp_lines; this
occurs after all tcp_on_read processing.
TCP UTILITY PARAMETERS
These parameters are controlled by the function system; they may be read
directly, but should not usually be set by user code.
tcp_aliases
Associative array. The keys are the names of sessions estab-
lished with tcp_open; each value is a space-separated list of
aliases which refer to that session.
tcp_by_fd
Associative array. The keys are session file descriptors; each
value is the name of that session.
tcp_by_name
Associative array. The keys are the names of sessions; each
value is the file descriptor associated with that session.
TCP EXAMPLES
Here is a trivial example using a remote calculator.
To create a calculator server on port 7337 (see the dc manual page for
quite how infuriating the underlying command is):
tcp_proxy 7337 dc
To connect to this from the same host with a session also named `dc':
tcp_open localhost 7337 dc
To send a command to the remote session and wait a short while for out-
put (assuming dc is the current session):
tcp_command 2 4 + p
To close the session:
tcp_close
The tcp_proxy needs to be killed to be stopped. Note this will not usu-
ally kill any connections which have already been accepted, and also
that the port is not immediately available for reuse.
The following chunk of code puts a list of sessions into an xterm
header, with the current session followed by a star.
print -n "\033]2;TCP:" ${(k)tcp_by_name:/$TCP_SESS/$TCP_SESS\*} "\a"
TCP BUGS
The function tcp_read uses the shell's normal read builtin. As this
reads a complete line at once, data arriving without a terminating new-
line can cause the function to block indefinitely.
Though the function suite works well for interactive use and for data
arriving in small amounts, the performance when large amounts of data
are being exchanged is likely to be extremely poor.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHTCPSYS(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHZFTPSYS(1) General Commands Manual ZSHZFTPSYS(1)
NAME
zshzftpsys - zftp function front-end
DESCRIPTION
This describes the set of shell functions supplied with the source dis-
tribution as an interface to the zftp builtin command, allowing you to
perform FTP operations from the shell command line or within functions
or scripts. The interface is similar to a traditional FTP client (e.g.
the ftp command itself, see ftp(1)), but as it is entirely done within
the shell all the familiar completion, editing and globbing features,
and so on, are present, and macros are particularly simple to write as
they are just ordinary shell functions.
The prerequisite is that the zftp command, as described in zshmodules(1)
, must be available in the version of zsh installed at your site. If
the shell is configured to load new commands at run time, it probably
is: typing `zmodload zsh/zftp' will make sure (if that runs silently, it
has worked). If this is not the case, it is possible zftp was linked
into the shell anyway: to test this, type `which zftp' and if zftp is
available you will get the message `zftp: shell built-in command'.
Commands given directly with zftp builtin may be interspersed between
the functions in this suite; in a few cases, using zftp directly may
cause some of the status information stored in shell parameters to be-
come invalid. Note in particular the description of the variables
$ZFTP_TMOUT, $ZFTP_PREFS and $ZFTP_VERBOSE for zftp.
INSTALLATION
You should make sure all the functions from the Functions/Zftp directory
of the source distribution are available; they all begin with the two
letters `zf'. They may already have been installed on your system; oth-
erwise, you will need to find them and copy them. The directory should
appear as one of the elements of the $fpath array (this should already
be the case if they were installed), and at least the function zfinit
should be autoloaded; it will autoload the rest. Finally, to initialize
the use of the system you need to call the zfinit function. The follow-
ing code in your .zshrc will arrange for this; assume the functions are
stored in the directory ~/myfns:
fpath=(~/myfns $fpath)
autoload -U zfinit
zfinit
Note that zfinit assumes you are using the zmodload method to load the
zftp command. If it is already built into the shell, change zfinit to
zfinit -n. It is helpful (though not essential) if the call to zfinit
appears after any code to initialize the new completion system, else un-
necessary compctl commands will be given.
FUNCTIONS
The sequence of operations in performing a file transfer is essentially
the same as that in a standard FTP client. Note that, due to a quirk of
the shell's getopts builtin, for those functions that handle options you
must use `--' rather than `-' to ensure the remaining arguments are
treated literally (a single `-' is treated as an argument).
Opening a connection
zfparams [ host [ user [ password ... ] ] ]
Set or show the parameters for a future zfopen with no arguments.
If no arguments are given, the current parameters are displayed
(the password will be shown as a line of asterisks). If a host
is given, and either the user or password is not, they will be
prompted for; also, any parameter given as `?' will be prompted
for, and if the `?' is followed by a string, that will be used as
the prompt. As zfopen calls zfparams to store the parameters,
this usually need not be called directly.
A single argument `-' will delete the stored parameters. This
will also cause the memory of the last directory (and so on) on
the other host to be deleted.
zfopen [ -1 ] [ host [ user [ password [ account ] ] ] ]
If host is present, open a connection to that host under username
user with password password (and, on the rare occasions when it
is necessary, account account). If a necessary parameter is
missing or given as `?' it will be prompted for. If host is not
present, use a previously stored set of parameters.
If the command was successful, and the terminal is compatible
with xterm or is sun-cmd, a summary will appear in the title bar,
giving the local host:directory and the remote host:directory;
this is handled by the function zftp_chpwd, described below.
Normally, the host, user and password are internally recorded for
later re-opening, either by a zfopen with no arguments, or auto-
matically (see below). With the option `-1', no information is
stored. Also, if an open command with arguments failed, the pa-
rameters will not be retained (and any previous parameters will
also be deleted). A zfopen on its own, or a zfopen -1, never al-
ters the stored parameters.
Both zfopen and zfanon (but not zfparams) understand URLs of the
form ftp://host/path... as meaning to connect to the host, then
change directory to path (which must be a directory, not a file).
The `ftp://' can be omitted; the trailing `/' is enough to trig-
ger recognition of the path. Note prefixes other than `ftp:' are
not recognized, and that all characters after the first slash be-
yond host are significant in path.
zfanon [ -1 ] host
Open a connection host for anonymous FTP. The username used is
`anonymous'. The password (which will be reported the first
time) is generated as user@host; this is then stored in the shell
parameter $EMAIL_ADDR which can alternatively be set manually to
a suitable string.
Directory management
zfcd [ dir ]
zfcd -
zfcd old new
Change the current directory on the remote server: this is im-
plemented to have many of the features of the shell builtin cd.
In the first form with dir present, change to the directory dir.
The command `zfcd ..' is treated specially, so is guaranteed to
work on non-UNIX servers (note this is handled internally by
zftp). If dir is omitted, has the effect of `zfcd ~'.
The second form changes to the directory previously current.
The third form attempts to change the current directory by re-
placing the first occurrence of the string old with the string
new in the current directory.
Note that in this command, and indeed anywhere a remote filename
is expected, the string which on the local host corresponds to
`~' is converted back to a `~' before being passed to the remote
machine. This is convenient because of the way expansion is per-
formed on the command line before zfcd receives a string. For
example, suppose the command is `zfcd ~/foo'. The shell will ex-
pand this to a full path such as `zfcd /home/user2/pws/foo'. At
this stage, zfcd recognises the initial path as corresponding to
`~' and will send the directory to the remote host as ~/foo, so
that the `~' will be expanded by the server to the correct remote
host directory. Other named directories of the form `~name' are
not treated in this fashion.
zfhere Change directory on the remote server to the one corresponding to
the current local directory, with special handling of `~' as in
zfcd. For example, if the current local directory is ~/foo/bar,
then zfhere performs the effect of `zfcd ~/foo/bar'.
zfdir [ -rfd ] [ - ] [ dir-options ] [ dir ]
Produce a long directory listing. The arguments dir-options and
dir are passed directly to the server and their effect is imple-
mentation dependent, but specifying a particular remote directory
dir is usually possible. The output is passed through a pager
given by the environment variable $PAGER, or `more' if that is
not set.
The directory is usually cached for re-use. In fact, two caches
are maintained. One is for use when there is no dir-options or
dir, i.e. a full listing of the current remote directory; it is
flushed when the current remote directory changes. The other is
kept for repeated use of zfdir with the same arguments; for exam-
ple, repeated use of `zfdir /pub/gnu' will only require the di-
rectory to be retrieved on the first call. Alternatively, this
cache can be re-viewed with the -r option. As relative directo-
ries will confuse zfdir, the -f option can be used to force the
cache to be flushed before the directory is listed. The option
-d will delete both caches without showing a directory listing;
it will also delete the cache of file names in the current remote
directory, if any.
zfls [ ls-options ] [ dir ]
List files on the remote server. With no arguments, this will
produce a simple list of file names for the current remote direc-
tory. Any arguments are passed directly to the server. No pager
and no caching is used.
Status commands
zftype [ type ]
With no arguments, show the type of data to be transferred, usu-
ally ASCII or binary. With an argument, change the type: the
types `A' or `ASCII' for ASCII data and `B' or `BINARY', `I' or
`IMAGE' for binary data are understood case-insensitively.
zfstat [ -v ]
Show the status of the current or last connection, as well as the
status of some of zftp's status variables. With the -v option, a
more verbose listing is produced by querying the server for its
version of events, too.
Retrieving files
The commands for retrieving files all take at least two options. -G sup-
presses remote filename expansion which would otherwise be performed
(see below for a more detailed description of that). -t attempts to set
the modification time of the local file to that of the remote file: see
the description of the function zfrtime below for more information.
zfget [ -Gtc ] file1 ...
Retrieve all the listed files file1 ... one at a time from the
remote server. If a file contains a `/', the full name is passed
to the remote server, but the file is stored locally under the
name given by the part after the final `/'. The option -c (cat)
forces all files to be sent as a single stream to standard out-
put; in this case the -t option has no effect.
zfuget [ -Gvst ] file1 ...
As zfget, but only retrieve files where the version on the remote
server is newer (has a later modification time), or where the lo-
cal file does not exist. If the remote file is older but the
files have different sizes, or if the sizes are the same but the
remote file is newer, the user will usually be queried. With the
option -s, the command runs silently and will always retrieve the
file in either of those two cases. With the option -v, the com-
mand prints more information about the files while it is working
out whether or not to transfer them.
zfcget [ -Gt ] file1 ...
As zfget, but if any of the local files exists, and is shorter
than the corresponding remote file, the command assumes that it
is the result of a partially completed transfer and attempts to
transfer the rest of the file. This is useful on a poor connec-
tion which keeps failing.
Note that this requires a commonly implemented, but non-standard,
version of the FTP protocol, so is not guaranteed to work on all
servers.
zfgcp [ -Gt ] remote-file local-file
zfgcp [ -Gt ] rfile1 ... ldir
This retrieves files from the remote server with arguments behav-
ing similarly to the cp command.
In the first form, copy remote-file from the server to the local
file local-file.
In the second form, copy all the remote files rfile1 ... into the
local directory ldir retaining the same basenames. This assumes
UNIX directory semantics.
Sending files
zfput [ -r ] file1 ...
Send all the file1 ... given separately to the remote server. If
a filename contains a `/', the full filename is used locally to
find the file, but only the basename is used for the remote file
name.
With the option -r, if any of the files are directories they are
sent recursively with all their subdirectories, including files
beginning with `.'. This requires that the remote machine under-
stand UNIX file semantics, since `/' is used as a directory sepa-
rator.
zfuput [ -vs ] file1 ...
As zfput, but only send files which are newer than their remote
equivalents, or if the remote file does not exist. The logic is
the same as for zfuget, but reversed between local and remote
files.
zfcput file1 ...
As zfput, but if any remote file already exists and is shorter
than the local equivalent, assume it is the result of an incom-
plete transfer and send the rest of the file to append to the ex-
isting part. As the FTP append command is part of the standard
set, this is in principle more likely to work than zfcget.
zfpcp local-file remote-file
zfpcp lfile1 ... rdir
This sends files to the remote server with arguments behaving
similarly to the cp command.
With two arguments, copy local-file to the server as remote-file.
With more than two arguments, copy all the local files lfile1 ...
into the existing remote directory rdir retaining the same base-
names. This assumes UNIX directory semantics.
A problem arises if you attempt to use zfpcp lfile1 rdir, i.e.
the second form of copying but with two arguments, as the command
has no simple way of knowing if rdir corresponds to a directory
or a filename. It attempts to resolve this in various ways.
First, if the rdir argument is `.' or `..' or ends in a slash, it
is assumed to be a directory. Secondly, if the operation of
copying to a remote file in the first form failed, and the remote
server sends back the expected failure code 553 and a reply in-
cluding the string `Is a directory', then zfpcp will retry using
the second form.
Closing the connection
zfclose
Close the connection.
Session management
zfsession [ -lvod ] [ sessname ]
Allows you to manage multiple FTP sessions at once. By default,
connections take place in a session called `default'; by giving
the command `zfsession sessname' you can change to a new or ex-
isting session with a name of your choice. The new session re-
members its own connection, as well as associated shell parame-
ters, and also the host/user parameters set by zfparams. Hence
you can have different sessions set up to connect to different
hosts, each remembering the appropriate host, user and password.
With no arguments, zfsession prints the name of the current ses-
sion; with the option -l it lists all sessions which currently
exist, and with the option -v it gives a verbose list showing the
host and directory for each session, where the current session is
marked with an asterisk. With -o, it will switch to the most re-
cent previous session.
With -d, the given session (or else the current one) is removed;
everything to do with it is completely forgotten. If it was the
only session, a new session called `default' is created and made
current. It is safest not to delete sessions while background
commands using zftp are active.
zftransfer sess1:file1 sess2:file2
Transfer files between two sessions; no local copy is made. The
file is read from the session sess1 as file1 and written to ses-
sion sess2 as file file2; file1 and file2 may be relative to the
current directories of the session. Either sess1 or sess2 may be
omitted (though the colon should be retained if there is a possi-
bility of a colon appearing in the file name) and defaults to the
current session; file2 may be omitted or may end with a slash, in
which case the basename of file1 will be added. The sessions
sess1 and sess2 must be distinct.
The operation is performed using pipes, so it is required that
the connections still be valid in a subshell, which is not the
case under versions of some operating systems, presumably due to
a system bug.
Bookmarks
The two functions zfmark and zfgoto allow you to `bookmark' the present
location (host, user and directory) of the current FTP connection for
later use. The file to be used for storing and retrieving bookmarks is
given by the parameter $ZFTP_BMFILE; if not set when one of the two
functions is called, it will be set to the file .zfbkmarks in the direc-
tory where your zsh startup files live (usually ~).
zfmark [ bookmark ]
If given an argument, mark the current host, user and directory
under the name bookmark for later use by zfgoto. If there is no
connection open, use the values for the last connection immedi-
ately before it was closed; it is an error if there was none.
Any existing bookmark under the same name will be silently re-
placed.
If not given an argument, list the existing bookmarks and the
points to which they refer in the form user@host:directory; this
is the format in which they are stored, and the file may be
edited directly.
zfgoto [ -n ] bookmark
Return to the location given by bookmark, as previously set by
zfmark. If the location has user `ftp' or `anonymous', open the
connection with zfanon, so that no password is required. If the
user and host parameters match those stored for the current ses-
sion, if any, those will be used, and again no password is re-
quired. Otherwise a password will be prompted for.
With the option -n, the bookmark is taken to be a nickname stored
by the ncftp program in its bookmark file, which is assumed to be
~/.ncftp/bookmarks. The function works identically in other
ways. Note that there is no mechanism for adding or modifying
ncftp bookmarks from the zftp functions.
Other functions
Mostly, these functions will not be called directly (apart from zfinit),
but are described here for completeness. You may wish to alter zftp_ch-
pwd and zftp_progress, in particular.
zfinit [ -n ]
As described above, this is used to initialize the zftp function
system. The -n option should be used if the zftp command is al-
ready built into the shell.
zfautocheck [ -dn ]
This function is called to implement automatic reopening behav-
iour, as described in more detail below. The options must appear
in the first argument; -n prevents the command from changing to
the old directory, while -d prevents it from setting the variable
do_close, which it otherwise does as a flag for automatically
closing the connection after a transfer. The host and directory
for the last session are stored in the variable $zflastsession,
but the internal host/user/password parameters must also be cor-
rectly set.
zfcd_match prefix suffix
This performs matching for completion of remote directory names.
If the remote server is UNIX, it will attempt to persuade the
server to list the remote directory with subdirectories marked,
which usually works but is not guaranteed. On other hosts it
simply calls zfget_match and hence completes all files, not just
directories. On some systems, directories may not even look like
filenames.
zfget_match prefix suffix
This performs matching for completion of remote filenames. It
caches files for the current directory (only) in the shell para-
meter $zftp_fcache. It is in the form to be called by the -K op-
tion of compctl, but also works when called from a widget-style
completion function with prefix and suffix set appropriately.
zfrglob varname
Perform remote globbing, as describes in more detail below. var-
name is the name of a variable containing the pattern to be ex-
panded; if there were any matches, the same variable will be set
to the expanded set of filenames on return.
zfrtime lfile rfile [ time ]
Set the local file lfile to have the same modification time as
the remote file rfile, or the explicit time time in FTP format
CCYYMMDDhhmmSS for the GMT timezone. This uses the shell's
zsh/datetime module to perform the conversion from GMT to local
time.
zftp_chpwd
This function is called every time a connection is opened, or
closed, or the remote directory changes. This version alters the
title bar of an xterm-compatible or sun-cmd terminal emulator to
reflect the local and remote hostnames and current directories.
It works best when combined with the function chpwd. In particu-
lar, a function of the form
chpwd() {
if [[ -n $ZFTP_USER ]]; then
zftp_chpwd
else
# usual chpwd e.g put host:directory in title bar
fi
}
fits in well.
zftp_progress
This function shows the status of the transfer. It will not
write anything unless the output is going to a terminal; however,
if you transfer files in the background, you should turn off
progress reports by hand using `zstyle ':zftp:*' progress none'.
Note also that if you alter it, any output must be to standard
error, as standard output may be a file being received. The form
of the progress meter, or whether it is used at all, can be con-
figured without altering the function, as described in the next
section.
zffcache
This is used to implement caching of files in the current direc-
tory for each session separately. It is used by zfget_match and
zfrglob.
MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES
Configuration
Various styles are available using the standard shell style mechanism,
described in zshmodules(1). Briefly, the command `zstyle ':zftp:*' style
value ...'. defines the style to have value value; more than one value
may be given, although that is not useful in the cases described here.
These values will then be used throughout the zftp function system. For
more precise control, the first argument, which gives a pattern that
matches contexts in which the style applies, can be modified to include
a particular function, as for example `:zftp:zfget': the style will then
have the given value only in the zfget function, and will override
styles set under `:zftp:*'. Note that only the top level function name,
as called by the user, is used; calling of lower level functions is
transparent to the user. Hence modifications to the title bar in
zftp_chpwd use the contexts :zftp:zfopen, :zftp:zfcd, etc., depending
where it was called from. The following styles are understood:
progress
Controls the way that zftp_progress reports on the progress of a
transfer. If empty, unset, or `none', no progress report is
made; if `bar' a growing bar of inverse video is shown; if `per-
cent' (or any other string, though this may change in future),
the percentage of the file transferred is shown. The bar meter
requires that the width of the terminal be available via the
$COLUMNS parameter (normally this is set automatically). If the
size of the file being transferred is not available, bar and per-
cent meters will simply show the number of bytes transferred so
far.
When zfinit is run, if this style is not defined for the context
:zftp:*, it will be set to `bar'.
update Specifies the minimum time interval between updates of the
progress meter in seconds. No update is made unless new data has
been received, so the actual time interval is limited only by
$ZFTP_TIMEOUT.
As described for progress, zfinit will force this to default to
1.
remote-glob
If set to `1', `yes' or `true', filename generation (globbing) is
performed on the remote machine instead of by zsh itself; see be-
low.
titlebar
If set to `1', `yes' or `true', zftp_chpwd will put the remote
host and remote directory into the titlebar of terminal emulators
such as xterm or sun-cmd that allow this.
As described for progress, zfinit will force this to default to
1.
chpwd If set to `1' `yes' or `true', zftp_chpwd will call the function
chpwd when a connection is closed. This is useful if the remote
host details were put into the terminal title bar by zftp_chpwd
and your usual chpwd also modifies the title bar.
When zfinit is run, it will determine whether chpwd exists and if
so it will set the default value for the style to 1 if none ex-
ists already.
Note that there is also an associative array zfconfig which contains
values used by the function system. This should not be modified or
overwritten.
Remote globbing
The commands for retrieving files usually perform filename generation
(globbing) on their arguments; this can be turned off by passing the op-
tion -G to each of the commands. Normally this operates by retrieving a
complete list of files for the directory in question, then matching
these locally against the pattern supplied. This has the advantage that
the full range of zsh patterns (respecting the setting of the option EX-
TENDED_GLOB) can be used. However, it means that the directory part of
a filename will not be expanded and must be given exactly. If the re-
mote server does not support the UNIX directory semantics, directory
handling is problematic and it is recommended that globbing only be used
within the current directory. The list of files in the current direc-
tory, if retrieved, will be cached, so that subsequent globs in the same
directory without an intervening zfcd are much faster.
If the remote-glob style (see above) is set, globbing is instead per-
formed on the remote host: the server is asked for a list of matching
files. This is highly dependent on how the server is implemented,
though typically UNIX servers will provide support for basic glob pat-
terns. This may in some cases be faster, as it avoids retrieving the
entire list of directory contents.
Automatic and temporary reopening
As described for the zfopen command, a subsequent zfopen with no parame-
ters will reopen the connection to the last host (this includes connec-
tions made with the zfanon command). Opened in this fashion, the con-
nection starts in the default remote directory and will remain open un-
til explicitly closed.
Automatic re-opening is also available. If a connection is not cur-
rently open and a command requiring a connection is given, the last con-
nection is implicitly reopened. In this case the directory which was
current when the connection was closed again becomes the current direc-
tory (unless, of course, the command given changes it). Automatic re-
opening will also take place if the connection was close by the remote
server for whatever reason (e.g. a timeout). It is not available if the
-1 option to zfopen or zfanon was used.
Furthermore, if the command issued is a file transfer, the connection
will be closed after the transfer is finished, hence providing a
one-shot mode for transfers. This does not apply to directory changing
or listing commands; for example a zfdir may reopen a connection but
will leave it open. Also, automatic closure will only ever happen in
the same command as automatic opening, i.e a zfdir directly followed by
a zfget will never close the connection automatically.
Information about the previous connection is given by the zfstat func-
tion. So, for example, if that reports:
Session: default
Not connected.
Last session: ftp.bar.com:/pub/textfiles
then the command zfget file.txt will attempt to reopen a connection to
ftp.bar.com, retrieve the file /pub/textfiles/file.txt, and immediately
close the connection again. On the other hand, zfcd .. will open the
connection in the directory /pub and leave it open.
Note that all the above is local to each session; if you return to a
previous session, the connection for that session is the one which will
be reopened.
Completion
Completion of local and remote files, directories, sessions and book-
marks is supported. The older, compctl-style completion is defined when
zfinit is called; support for the new widget-based completion system is
provided in the function Completion/Zsh/Command/_zftp, which should be
installed with the other functions of the completion system and hence
should automatically be available.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHZFTPSYS(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHCONTRIB(1) General Commands Manual ZSHCONTRIB(1)
NAME
zshcontrib - user contributions to zsh
DESCRIPTION
The Zsh source distribution includes a number of items contributed by
the user community. These are not inherently a part of the shell, and
some may not be available in every zsh installation. The most signifi-
cant of these are documented here. For documentation on other con-
tributed items such as shell functions, look for comments in the func-
tion source files.
UTILITIES
Accessing On-Line Help
The key sequence ESC h is normally bound by ZLE to execute the run-help
widget (see zshzle(1)). This invokes the run-help command with the com-
mand word from the current input line as its argument. By default,
run-help is an alias for the man command, so this often fails when the
command word is a shell builtin or a user-defined function. By redefin-
ing the run-help alias, one can improve the on-line help provided by the
shell.
The helpfiles utility, found in the Util directory of the distribution,
is a Perl program that can be used to process the zsh manual to produce
a separate help file for each shell builtin and for many other shell
features as well. The autoloadable run-help function, found in Func-
tions/Misc, searches for these helpfiles and performs several other
tests to produce the most complete help possible for the command.
Help files are installed by default to a subdirectory of /usr/share/zsh
or /usr/local/share/zsh.
To create your own help files with helpfiles, choose or create a direc-
tory where the individual command help files will reside. For example,
you might choose ~/zsh_help. If you unpacked the zsh distribution in
your home directory, you would use the commands:
mkdir ~/zsh_help
perl ~/zsh-5.9/Util/helpfiles ~/zsh_help
The HELPDIR parameter tells run-help where to look for the help files.
When unset, it uses the default installation path. To use your own set
of help files, set this to the appropriate path in one of your startup
files:
HELPDIR=~/zsh_help
To use the run-help function, you need to add lines something like the
following to your .zshrc or equivalent startup file:
unalias run-help
autoload run-help
Note that in order for `autoload run-help' to work, the run-help file
must be in one of the directories named in your fpath array (see zsh-
param(1)). This should already be the case if you have a standard zsh
installation; if it is not, copy Functions/Misc/run-help to an appropri-
ate directory.
Recompiling Functions
If you frequently edit your zsh functions, or periodically update your
zsh installation to track the latest developments, you may find that
function digests compiled with the zcompile builtin are frequently out
of date with respect to the function source files. This is not usually
a problem, because zsh always looks for the newest file when loading a
function, but it may cause slower shell startup and function loading.
Also, if a digest file is explicitly used as an element of fpath, zsh
won't check whether any of its source files has changed.
The zrecompile autoloadable function, found in Functions/Misc, can be
used to keep function digests up to date.
zrecompile [ -qt ] [ name ... ]
zrecompile [ -qt ] -p arg ... [ -- arg ... ]
This tries to find *.zwc files and automatically re-compile them
if at least one of the original files is newer than the compiled
file. This works only if the names stored in the compiled files
are full paths or are relative to the directory that contains the
.zwc file.
In the first form, each name is the name of a compiled file or a
directory containing *.zwc files that should be checked. If no
arguments are given, the directories and *.zwc files in fpath are
used.
When -t is given, no compilation is performed, but a return sta-
tus of zero (true) is set if there are files that need to be
re-compiled and non-zero (false) otherwise. The -q option quiets
the chatty output that describes what zrecompile is doing.
Without the -t option, the return status is zero if all files
that needed re-compilation could be compiled and non-zero if com-
pilation for at least one of the files failed.
If the -p option is given, the args are interpreted as one or
more sets of arguments for zcompile, separated by `--'. For ex-
ample:
zrecompile -p \
-R ~/.zshrc -- \
-M ~/.zcompdump -- \
~/zsh/comp.zwc ~/zsh/Completion/*/_*
This compiles ~/.zshrc into ~/.zshrc.zwc if that doesn't exist or
if it is older than ~/.zshrc. The compiled file will be marked
for reading instead of mapping. The same is done for ~/.zcompdump
and ~/.zcompdump.zwc, but this compiled file is marked for map-
ping. The last line re-creates the file ~/zsh/comp.zwc if any of
the files matching the given pattern is newer than it.
Without the -p option, zrecompile does not create function di-
gests that do not already exist, nor does it add new functions to
the digest.
The following shell loop is an example of a method for creating function
digests for all functions in your fpath, assuming that you have write
permission to the directories:
for ((i=1; i <= $#fpath; ++i)); do
dir=$fpath[i]
zwc=${dir:t}.zwc
if [[ $dir == (.|..) || $dir == (.|..)/* ]]; then
continue
fi
files=($dir/*(N-.))
if [[ -w $dir:h && -n $files ]]; then
files=(${${(M)files%/*/*}#/})
if ( cd $dir:h &&
zrecompile -p -U -z $zwc $files ); then
fpath[i]=$fpath[i].zwc
fi
fi
done
The -U and -z options are appropriate for functions in the default zsh
installation fpath; you may need to use different options for your per-
sonal function directories.
Once the digests have been created and your fpath modified to refer to
them, you can keep them up to date by running zrecompile with no argu-
ments.
Keyboard Definition
The large number of possible combinations of keyboards, workstations,
terminals, emulators, and window systems makes it impossible for zsh to
have built-in key bindings for every situation. The zkbd utility, found
in Functions/Misc, can help you quickly create key bindings for your
configuration.
Run zkbd either as an autoloaded function, or as a shell script:
zsh -f ~/zsh-5.9/Functions/Misc/zkbd
When you run zkbd, it first asks you to enter your terminal type; if the
default it offers is correct, just press return. It then asks you to
press a number of different keys to determine characteristics of your
keyboard and terminal; zkbd warns you if it finds anything out of the
ordinary, such as a Delete key that sends neither ^H nor ^?.
The keystrokes read by zkbd are recorded as a definition for an associa-
tive array named key, written to a file in the subdirectory .zkbd within
either your HOME or ZDOTDIR directory. The name of the file is composed
from the TERM, VENDOR and OSTYPE parameters, joined by hyphens.
You may read this file into your .zshrc or another startup file with the
`source' or `.' commands, then reference the key parameter in bindkey
commands, like this:
source ${ZDOTDIR:-$HOME}/.zkbd/$TERM-$VENDOR-$OSTYPE
[[ -n ${key[Left]} ]] && bindkey "${key[Left]}" backward-char
[[ -n ${key[Right]} ]] && bindkey "${key[Right]}" forward-char
# etc.
Note that in order for `autoload zkbd' to work, the zkdb file must be in
one of the directories named in your fpath array (see zshparam(1)).
This should already be the case if you have a standard zsh installation;
if it is not, copy Functions/Misc/zkbd to an appropriate directory.
Dumping Shell State
Occasionally you may encounter what appears to be a bug in the shell,
particularly if you are using a beta version of zsh or a development re-
lease. Usually it is sufficient to send a description of the problem to
one of the zsh mailing lists (see zsh(1)), but sometimes one of the zsh
developers will need to recreate your environment in order to track the
problem down.
The script named reporter, found in the Util directory of the distribu-
tion, is provided for this purpose. (It is also possible to autoload
reporter, but reporter is not installed in fpath by default.) This
script outputs a detailed dump of the shell state, in the form of an-
other script that can be read with `zsh -f' to recreate that state.
To use reporter, read the script into your shell with the `.' command
and redirect the output into a file:
. ~/zsh-5.9/Util/reporter > zsh.report
You should check the zsh.report file for any sensitive information such
as passwords and delete them by hand before sending the script to the
developers. Also, as the output can be voluminous, it's best to wait
for the developers to ask for this information before sending it.
You can also use reporter to dump only a subset of the shell state.
This is sometimes useful for creating startup files for the first time.
Most of the output from reporter is far more detailed than usually is
necessary for a startup file, but the aliases, options, and zstyles
states may be useful because they include only changes from the de-
faults. The bindings state may be useful if you have created any of
your own keymaps, because reporter arranges to dump the keymap creation
commands as well as the bindings for every keymap.
As is usual with automated tools, if you create a startup file with re-
porter, you should edit the results to remove unnecessary commands.
Note that if you're using the new completion system, you should not dump
the functions state to your startup files with reporter; use the comp-
dump function instead (see zshcompsys(1)).
reporter [ state ... ]
Print to standard output the indicated subset of the current
shell state. The state arguments may be one or more of:
all Output everything listed below.
aliases
Output alias definitions.
bindings
Output ZLE key maps and bindings.
completion
Output old-style compctl commands. New completion is cov-
ered by functions and zstyles.
functions
Output autoloads and function definitions.
limits Output limit commands.
options
Output setopt commands.
styles Same as zstyles.
variables
Output shell parameter assignments, plus export commands
for any environment variables.
zstyles
Output zstyle commands.
If the state is omitted, all is assumed.
With the exception of `all', every state can be abbreviated by any pre-
fix, even a single letter; thus a is the same as aliases, z is the same
as zstyles, etc.
Manipulating Hook Functions
add-zsh-hook [ -L | -dD ] [ -Uzk ] hook function
Several functions are special to the shell, as described in the
section SPECIAL FUNCTIONS, see zshmisc(1), in that they are auto-
matically called at specific points during shell execution. Each
has an associated array consisting of names of functions to be
called at the same point; these are so-called `hook functions'.
The shell function add-zsh-hook provides a simple way of adding
or removing functions from the array.
hook is one of chpwd, periodic, precmd, preexec, zshaddhistory,
zshexit, or zsh_directory_name, the special functions in ques-
tion. Note that zsh_directory_name is called in a different way
from the other functions, but may still be manipulated as a hook.
function is name of an ordinary shell function. If no options
are given this will be added to the array of functions to be exe-
cuted in the given context. Functions are invoked in the order
they were added.
If the option -L is given, the current values for the hook arrays
are listed with typeset.
If the option -d is given, the function is removed from the array
of functions to be executed.
If the option -D is given, the function is treated as a pattern
and any matching names of functions are removed from the array of
functions to be executed.
The options -U, -z and -k are passed as arguments to autoload for
function. For functions contributed with zsh, the options -Uz
are appropriate.
add-zle-hook-widget [ -L | -dD ] [ -Uzk ] hook widgetname
Several widget names are special to the line editor, as described
in the section Special Widgets, see zshzle(1), in that they are
automatically called at specific points during editing. Unlike
function hooks, these do not use a predefined array of other
names to call at the same point; the shell function
add-zle-hook-widget maintains a similar array and arranges for
the special widget to invoke those additional widgets.
hook is one of isearch-exit, isearch-update, line-pre-redraw,
line-init, line-finish, history-line-set, or keymap-select, cor-
responding to each of the special widgets zle-isearch-exit, etc.
The special widget names are also accepted as the hook argument.
widgetname is the name of a ZLE widget. If no options are given
this is added to the array of widgets to be invoked in the given
hook context. Widgets are invoked in the order they were added,
with
zle widgetname -Nw -f "nolast" -- "$@"
Note that this means that the `WIDGET' special parameter tracks
the widgetname when the widget function is called, rather than
tracking the name of the corresponding special hook widget.
If the option -d is given, the widgetname is removed from the ar-
ray of widgets to be executed.
If the option -D is given, the widgetname is treated as a pattern
and any matching names of widgets are removed from the array.
If widgetname does not name an existing widget when added to the
array, it is assumed that a shell function also named widgetname
is meant to provide the implementation of the widget. This name
is therefore marked for autoloading, and the options -U, -z and
-k are passed as arguments to autoload as with add-zsh-hook. The
widget is also created with `zle -N widgetname' to cause the cor-
responding function to be loaded the first time the hook is
called.
The arrays of widgetname are currently maintained in zstyle con-
texts, one for each hook context, with a style of `widgets'. If
the -L option is given, this set of styles is listed with `zstyle
-L'. This implementation may change, and the special widgets
that refer to the styles are created only if add-zle-hook-widget
is called to add at least one widget, so if this function is used
for any hooks, then all hooks should be managed only via this
function.
REMEMBERING RECENT DIRECTORIES
The function cdr allows you to change the working directory to a previ-
ous working directory from a list maintained automatically. It is simi-
lar in concept to the directory stack controlled by the pushd, popd and
dirs builtins, but is more configurable, and as it stores all entries in
files it is maintained across sessions and (by default) between terminal
emulators in the current session. Duplicates are automatically removed,
so that the list reflects the single most recent use of each directory.
Note that the pushd directory stack is not actually modified or used by
cdr unless you configure it to do so as described in the configuration
section below.
Installation
The system works by means of a hook function that is called every time
the directory changes. To install the system, autoload the required
functions and use the add-zsh-hook function described above:
autoload -Uz chpwd_recent_dirs cdr add-zsh-hook
add-zsh-hook chpwd chpwd_recent_dirs
Now every time you change directly interactively, no matter which com-
mand you use, the directory to which you change will be remembered in
most-recent-first order.
Use
All direct user interaction is via the cdr function.
The argument to cdr is a number N corresponding to the Nth most recently
changed-to directory. 1 is the immediately preceding directory; the
current directory is remembered but is not offered as a destination.
Note that if you have multiple windows open 1 may refer to a directory
changed to in another window; you can avoid this by having per-terminal
files for storing directory as described for the recent-dirs-file style
below.
If you set the recent-dirs-default style described below cdr will behave
the same as cd if given a non-numeric argument, or more than one argu-
ment. The recent directory list is updated just the same however you
change directory.
If the argument is omitted, 1 is assumed. This is similar to pushd's
behaviour of swapping the two most recent directories on the stack.
Completion for the argument to cdr is available if compinit has been
run; menu selection is recommended, using:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:cdr:*:*' menu selection
to allow you to cycle through recent directories; the order is pre-
served, so the first choice is the most recent directory before the cur-
rent one. The verbose style is also recommended to ensure the directory
is shown; this style is on by default so no action is required unless
you have changed it.
Options
The behaviour of cdr may be modified by the following options.
-l lists the numbers and the corresponding directories in abbrevi-
ated form (i.e. with ~ substitution reapplied), one per line.
The directories here are not quoted (this would only be an issue
if a directory name contained a newline). This is used by the
completion system.
-r sets the variable reply to the current set of directories. Noth-
ing is printed and the directory is not changed.
-e allows you to edit the list of directories, one per line. The
list can be edited to any extent you like; no sanity checking is
performed. Completion is available. No quoting is necessary
(except for newlines, where I have in any case no sympathy); di-
rectories are in unabbreviated form and contain an absolute path,
i.e. they start with /. Usually the first entry should be left
as the current directory.
-p 'pattern'
Prunes any items in the directory list that match the given ex-
tended glob pattern; the pattern needs to be quoted from immedi-
ate expansion on the command line. The pattern is matched
against each completely expanded file name in the list; the full
string must match, so wildcards at the end (e.g. '*removeme*')
are needed to remove entries with a given substring.
If output is to a terminal, then the function will print the new
list after pruning and prompt for confirmation by the user. This
output and confirmation step can be skipped by using -P instead
of -p.
Configuration
Configuration is by means of the styles mechanism that should be famil-
iar from completion; if not, see the description of the zstyle command
in see zshmodules(1). The context for setting styles should be ':ch-
pwd:*' in case the meaning of the context is extended in future, for ex-
ample:
zstyle ':chpwd:*' recent-dirs-max 0
sets the value of the recent-dirs-max style to 0. In practice the style
name is specific enough that a context of '*' should be fine.
An exception is recent-dirs-insert, which is used exclusively by the
completion system and so has the usual completion system context (':com-
pletion:*' if nothing more specific is needed), though again '*' should
be fine in practice.
recent-dirs-default
If true, and the command is expecting a recent directory index,
and either there is more than one argument or the argument is not
an integer, then fall through to "cd". This allows the lazy to
use only one command for directory changing. Completion recog-
nises this, too; see recent-dirs-insert for how to control com-
pletion when this option is in use.
recent-dirs-file
The file where the list of directories is saved. The default is
${ZDOTDIR:-$HOME}/.chpwd-recent-dirs, i.e. this is in your home
directory unless you have set the variable ZDOTDIR to point some-
where else. Directory names are saved in $'...' quoted form, so
each line in the file can be supplied directly to the shell as an
argument.
The value of this style may be an array. In this case, the first
file in the list will always be used for saving directories while
any other files are left untouched. When reading the recent di-
rectory list, if there are fewer than the maximum number of en-
tries in the first file, the contents of later files in the array
will be appended with duplicates removed from the list shown.
The contents of the two files are not sorted together, i.e. all
the entries in the first file are shown first. The special value
+ can appear in the list to indicate the default file should be
read at that point. This allows effects like the following:
zstyle ':chpwd:*' recent-dirs-file \
~/.chpwd-recent-dirs-${TTY##*/} +
Recent directories are read from a file numbered according to the
terminal. If there are insufficient entries the list is supple-
mented from the default file.
It is possible to use zstyle -e to make the directory config-
urable at run time:
zstyle -e ':chpwd:*' recent-dirs-file pick-recent-dirs-file
pick-recent-dirs-file() {
if [[ $PWD = ~/text/writing(|/*) ]]; then
reply=(~/.chpwd-recent-dirs-writing)
else
reply=(+)
fi
}
In this example, if the current directory is ~/text/writing or a
directory under it, then use a special file for saving recent di-
rectories, else use the default.
recent-dirs-insert
Used by completion. If recent-dirs-default is true, then setting
this to true causes the actual directory, rather than its index,
to be inserted on the command line; this has the same effect as
using the corresponding index, but makes the history clearer and
the line easier to edit. With this setting, if part of an argu-
ment was already typed, normal directory completion rather than
recent directory completion is done; this is because recent di-
rectory completion is expected to be done by cycling through en-
tries menu fashion.
If the value of the style is always, then only recent directories
will be completed; in that case, use the cd command when you want
to complete other directories.
If the value is fallback, recent directories will be tried first,
then normal directory completion is performed if recent directory
completion failed to find a match.
Finally, if the value is both then both sets of completions are
presented; the usual tag mechanism can be used to distinguish re-
sults, with recent directories tagged as recent-dirs. Note that
the recent directories inserted are abbreviated with directory
names where appropriate.
recent-dirs-max
The maximum number of directories to save to the file. If this
is zero or negative there is no maximum. The default is 20.
Note this includes the current directory, which isn't offered, so
the highest number of directories you will be offered is one less
than the maximum.
recent-dirs-prune
This style is an array determining what directories should (or
should not) be added to the recent list. Elements of the array
can include:
parent Prune parents (more accurately, ancestors) from the recent
list. If present, changing directly down by any number of
directories causes the current directory to be overwrit-
ten. For example, changing from ~pws to
~pws/some/other/dir causes ~pws not to be left on the re-
cent directory stack. This only applies to direct changes
to descendant directories; earlier directories on the list
are not pruned. For example, changing from ~pws/yet/an-
other to ~pws/some/other/dir does not cause ~pws to be
pruned.
pattern:pattern
Gives a zsh pattern for directories that should not be
added to the recent list (if not already there). This el-
ement can be repeated to add different patterns. For ex-
ample, 'pattern:/tmp(|/*)' stops /tmp or its descendants
from being added. The EXTENDED_GLOB option is always
turned on for these patterns.
recent-dirs-pushd
If set to true, cdr will use pushd instead of cd to change the
directory, so the directory is saved on the directory stack. As
the directory stack is completely separate from the list of files
saved by the mechanism used in this file there is no obvious rea-
son to do this.
Use with dynamic directory naming
It is possible to refer to recent directories using the dynamic direc-
tory name syntax by using the supplied function zsh_directory_name_cdr a
hook:
autoload -Uz add-zsh-hook
add-zsh-hook -Uz zsh_directory_name zsh_directory_name_cdr
When this is done, ~[1] will refer to the most recent directory other
than $PWD, and so on. Completion after ~[... also works.
Details of directory handling
This section is for the curious or confused; most users will not need to
know this information.
Recent directories are saved to a file immediately and hence are pre-
served across sessions. Note currently no file locking is applied: the
list is updated immediately on interactive commands and nowhere else
(unlike history), and it is assumed you are only going to change direc-
tory in one window at once. This is not safe on shared accounts, but in
any case the system has limited utility when someone else is changing to
a different set of directories behind your back.
To make this a little safer, only directory changes instituted from the
command line, either directly or indirectly through shell function calls
(but not through subshells, evals, traps, completion functions and the
like) are saved. Shell functions should use cd -q or pushd -q to avoid
side effects if the change to the directory is to be invisible at the
command line. See the contents of the function chpwd_recent_dirs for
more details.
ABBREVIATED DYNAMIC REFERENCES TO DIRECTORIES
The dynamic directory naming system is described in the subsection Dy-
namic named directories of the section Filename Expansion in zshexpn(1).
In this, a reference to ~[...] is expanded by a function found by the
hooks mechanism.
The contributed function zsh_directory_name_generic provides a system
allowing the user to refer to directories with only a limited amount of
new code. It supports all three of the standard interfaces for direc-
tory naming: converting from a name to a directory, converting in the
reverse direction to find a short name, and completion of names.
The main feature of this function is a path-like syntax, combining ab-
breviations at multiple levels separated by ":". As an example,
~[g:p:s] might specify:
g The top level directory for your git area. This first component
has to match, or the function will return indicating another di-
rectory name hook function should be tried.
p The name of a project within your git area.
s The source area within that project. This allows you to collapse
references to long hierarchies to a very compact form, particu-
larly if the hierarchies are similar across different areas of
the disk.
Name components may be completed: if a description is shown at the top
of the list of completions, it includes the path to which previous com-
ponents expand, while the description for an individual completion shows
the path segment it would add. No additional configuration is needed
for this as the completion system is aware of the dynamic directory name
mechanism.
Usage
To use the function, first define a wrapper function for your specific
case. We'll assume it's to be autoloaded. This can have any name but
we'll refer to it as zdn_mywrapper. This wrapper function will define
various variables and then call this function with the same arguments
that the wrapper function gets. This configuration is described below.
Then arrange for the wrapper to be run as a zsh_directory_name hook:
autoload -Uz add-zsh-hook zsh_directory_name_generic zdn_mywrapper
add-zsh-hook -U zsh_directory_name zdn_mywrapper
Configuration
The wrapper function should define a local associative array zdn_top.
Alternatively, this can be set with a style called mapping. The context
for the style is :zdn:wrapper-name where wrapper-name is the function
calling zsh_directory_name_generic; for example:
zstyle :zdn:zdn_mywrapper: mapping zdn_mywrapper_top
The keys in this associative array correspond to the first component of
the name. The values are matching directories. They may have an op-
tional suffix with a slash followed by a colon and the name of a vari-
able in the same format to give the next component. (The slash before
the colon is to disambiguate the case where a colon is needed in the
path for a drive. There is otherwise no syntax for escaping this, so
path components whose names start with a colon are not supported.) A
special component :default: specifies a variable in the form /:var (the
path section is ignored and so is usually empty) that will be used for
the next component if no variable is given for the path. Variables re-
ferred to within zdn_top have the same format as zdn_top itself, but
contain relative paths.
For example,
local -A zdn_top=(
g ~/git
ga ~/alternate/git
gs /scratch/$USER/git/:second2
:default: /:second1
)
This specifies the behaviour of a directory referred to as ~[g:...] or
~[ga:...] or ~[gs:...]. Later path components are optional; in that
case ~[g] expands to ~/git, and so on. gs expands to /scratch/$USER/git
and uses the associative array second2 to match the second component; g
and ga use the associative array second1 to match the second component.
When expanding a name to a directory, if the first component is not g or
ga or gs, it is not an error; the function simply returns 1 so that a
later hook function can be tried. However, matching the first component
commits the function, so if a later component does not match, an error
is printed (though this still does not stop later hooks from being exe-
cuted).
For components after the first, a relative path is expected, but note
that multiple levels may still appear. Here is an example of second1:
local -A second1=(
p myproject
s somproject
os otherproject/subproject/:third
)
The path as found from zdn_top is extended with the matching directory,
so ~[g:p] becomes ~/git/myproject. The slash between is added automati-
cally (it's not possible to have a later component modify the name of a
directory already matched). Only os specifies a variable for a third
component, and there's no :default:, so it's an error to use a name like
~[g:p:x] or ~[ga:s:y] because there's nowhere to look up the x or y.
The associative arrays need to be visible within this function; the
generic function therefore uses internal variable names beginning _zdn_
in order to avoid clashes. Note that the variable reply needs to be
passed back to the shell, so should not be local in the calling func-
tion.
The function does not test whether directories assembled by component
actually exist; this allows the system to work across automounted file
systems. The error from the command trying to use a non-existent direc-
tory should be sufficient to indicate the problem.
Complete example
Here is a full fictitious but usable autoloadable definition of the ex-
ample function defined by the code above. So ~[gs:p:s] expands to
/scratch/$USER/git/myscratchproject/top/srcdir (with $USER also ex-
panded).
local -A zdn_top=(
g ~/git
ga ~/alternate/git
gs /scratch/$USER/git/:second2
:default: /:second1
)
local -A second1=(
p myproject
s somproject
os otherproject/subproject/:third
)
local -A second2=(
p myscratchproject
s somescratchproject
)
local -A third=(
s top/srcdir
d top/documentation
)
# autoload not needed if you did this at initialisation...
autoload -Uz zsh_directory_name_generic
zsh_directory_name_generic "$@
It is also possible to use global associative arrays, suitably named,
and set the style for the context of your wrapper function to refer to
this. Then your set up code would contain the following:
typeset -A zdn_mywrapper_top=(...)
# ... and so on for other associative arrays ...
zstyle ':zdn:zdn_mywrapper:' mapping zdn_mywrapper_top
autoload -Uz add-zsh-hook zsh_directory_name_generic zdn_mywrapper
add-zsh-hook -U zsh_directory_name zdn_mywrapper
and the function zdn_mywrapper would contain only the following:
zsh_directory_name_generic "$@"
GATHERING INFORMATION FROM VERSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
In a lot of cases, it is nice to automatically retrieve information from
version control systems (VCSs), such as subversion, CVS or git, to be
able to provide it to the user; possibly in the user's prompt. So that
you can instantly tell which branch you are currently on, for example.
In order to do that, you may use the vcs_info function.
The following VCSs are supported, showing the abbreviated name by which
they are referred to within the system:
Bazaar (bzr)
https://bazaar.canonical.com/
Codeville (cdv)
http://freecode.com/projects/codeville/
Concurrent Versioning System (cvs)
https://www.nongnu.org/cvs/
Darcs (darcs)
http://darcs.net/
Fossil (fossil)
https://fossil-scm.org/
Git (git)
https://git-scm.com/
GNU arch (tla)
https://www.gnu.org/software/gnu-arch/
Mercurial (hg)
https://www.mercurial-scm.org/
Monotone (mtn)
https://monotone.ca/
Perforce (p4)
https://www.perforce.com/
Subversion (svn)
https://subversion.apache.org/
SVK (svk)
https://svk.bestpractical.com/
There is also support for the patch management system quilt (https://sa-
vannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt). See Quilt Support below for details.
To load vcs_info:
autoload -Uz vcs_info
It can be used in any existing prompt, because it does not require any
specific $psvar entries to be available.
Quickstart
To get this feature working quickly (including colors), you can do the
following (assuming, you loaded vcs_info properly - see above):
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' actionformats \
'%F{5}(%f%s%F{5})%F{3}-%F{5}[%F{2}%b%F{3}|%F{1}%a%F{5}]%f '
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' formats \
'%F{5}(%f%s%F{5})%F{3}-%F{5}[%F{2}%b%F{5}]%f '
zstyle ':vcs_info:(sv[nk]|bzr):*' branchformat '%b%F{1}:%F{3}%r'
precmd () { vcs_info }
PS1='%F{5}[%F{2}%n%F{5}] %F{3}%3~ ${vcs_info_msg_0_}%f%# '
Obviously, the last two lines are there for demonstration. You need to
call vcs_info from your precmd function. Once that is done you need a
single quoted '${vcs_info_msg_0_}' in your prompt.
To be able to use '${vcs_info_msg_0_}' directly in your prompt like
this, you will need to have the PROMPT_SUBST option enabled.
Now call the vcs_info_printsys utility from the command line:
% vcs_info_printsys
## list of supported version control backends:
## disabled systems are prefixed by a hash sign (#)
bzr
cdv
cvs
darcs
fossil
git
hg
mtn
p4
svk
svn
tla
## flavours (cannot be used in the enable or disable styles; they
## are enabled and disabled with their master [git-svn -> git])
## they *can* be used in contexts: ':vcs_info:git-svn:*'.
git-p4
git-svn
hg-git
hg-hgsubversion
hg-hgsvn
You may not want all of these because there is no point in running the
code to detect systems you do not use. So there is a way to disable
some backends altogether:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' disable bzr cdv darcs mtn svk tla
You may also pick a few from that list and enable only those:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' enable git cvs svn
If you rerun vcs_info_printsys after one of these commands, you will see
the backends listed in the disable style (or backends not in the enable
style - if you used that) marked as disabled by a hash sign. That means
the detection of these systems is skipped completely. No wasted time
there.
Configuration
The vcs_info feature can be configured via zstyle.
First, the context in which we are working:
:vcs_info:vcs-string:user-context:repo-root-name
vcs-string
is one of: git, git-svn, git-p4, hg, hg-git, hg-hgsubversion,
hg-hgsvn, darcs, bzr, cdv, mtn, svn, cvs, svk, tla, p4 or fossil.
This is followed by `.quilt-quilt-mode' in Quilt mode (see Quilt
Support for details) and by `+hook-name' while hooks are active
(see Hooks in vcs_info for details).
Currently, hooks in quilt mode don't add the `.quilt-quilt-mode'
information. This may change in the future.
user-context
is a freely configurable string, assignable by the user as the
first argument to vcs_info (see its description below).
repo-root-name
is the name of a repository in which you want a style to match.
So, if you want a setting specific to /usr/src/zsh, with that be-
ing a CVS checkout, you can set repo-root-name to zsh to make it
so.
There are three special values for vcs-string: The first is named
-init-, that is in effect as long as there was no decision what VCS
backend to use. The second is -preinit-; it is used before vcs_info is
run, when initializing the data exporting variables. The third special
value is formats and is used by the vcs_info_lastmsg for looking up its
styles.
The initial value of repo-root-name is -all- and it is replaced with the
actual name, as soon as it is known. Only use this part of the context
for defining the formats, actionformats or branchformat styles, as it is
guaranteed that repo-root-name is set up correctly for these only. For
all other styles, just use '*' instead.
There are two pre-defined values for user-context:
default
the one used if none is specified
command
used by vcs_info_lastmsg to lookup its styles
You can of course use ':vcs_info:*' to match all VCSs in all user-con-
texts at once.
This is a description of all styles that are looked up.
formats
A list of formats, used when actionformats is not used (which is
most of the time).
actionformats
A list of formats, used if there is a special action going on in
your current repository; like an interactive rebase or a merge
conflict.
branchformat
Some backends replace %b in the formats and actionformats styles
above, not only by a branch name but also by a revision number.
This style lets you modify how that string should look.
nvcsformats
These "formats" are set when we didn't detect a version control
system for the current directory or vcs_info was disabled. This
is useful if you want vcs_info to completely take over the gener-
ation of your prompt. You would do something like
PS1='${vcs_info_msg_0_}' to accomplish that.
hgrevformat
hg uses both a hash and a revision number to reference a specific
changeset in a repository. With this style you can format the re-
vision string (see branchformat) to include either or both. It's
only useful when get-revision is true. Note, the full 40-charac-
ter revision id is not available (except when using the use-sim-
ple option) because executing hg more than once per prompt is too
slow; you may customize this behavior using hooks.
max-exports
Defines the maximum number of vcs_info_msg_*_ variables vcs_info
will set.
enable A list of backends you want to use. Checked in the -init- con-
text. If this list contains an item called NONE no backend is
used at all and vcs_info will do nothing. If this list contains
ALL, vcs_info will use all known backends. Only with ALL in en-
able will the disable style have any effect. ALL and NONE are
case insensitive.
disable
A list of VCSs you don't want vcs_info to test for repositories
(checked in the -init- context, too). Only used if enable con-
tains ALL.
disable-patterns
A list of patterns that are checked against $PWD. If a pattern
matches, vcs_info will be disabled. This style is checked in the
:vcs_info:-init-:*:-all- context.
Say, ~/.zsh is a directory under version control, in which you do
not want vcs_info to be active, do:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' disable-patterns "${(b)HOME}/.zsh(|/*)"
use-quilt
If enabled, the quilt support code is active in `addon' mode.
See Quilt Support for details.
quilt-standalone
If enabled, `standalone' mode detection is attempted if no VCS is
active in a given directory. See Quilt Support for details.
quilt-patch-dir
Overwrite the value of the $QUILT_PATCHES environment variable.
See Quilt Support for details.
quiltcommand
When quilt itself is called in quilt support, the value of this
style is used as the command name.
check-for-changes
If enabled, this style causes the %c and %u format escapes to
show when the working directory has uncommitted changes. The
strings displayed by these escapes can be controlled via the
stagedstr and unstagedstr styles. The only backends that cur-
rently support this option are git, hg, and bzr (the latter two
only support unstaged).
For this style to be evaluated with the hg backend, the get-revi-
sion style needs to be set and the use-simple style needs to be
unset. The latter is the default; the former is not.
With the bzr backend, lightweight checkouts only honor this style
if the use-server style is set.
Note, the actions taken if this style is enabled are potentially
expensive (read: they may be slow, depending on how big the cur-
rent repository is). Therefore, it is disabled by default.
check-for-staged-changes
This style is like check-for-changes, but it never checks the
worktree files, only the metadata in the .${vcs} dir. Therefore,
this style initializes only the %c escape (with stagedstr) but
not the %u escape. This style is faster than check-for-changes.
In the git backend, this style checks for changes in the index.
Other backends do not currently implement this style.
This style is disabled by default.
stagedstr
This string will be used in the %c escape if there are staged
changes in the repository.
unstagedstr
This string will be used in the %u escape if there are unstaged
changes in the repository.
command
This style causes vcs_info to use the supplied string as the com-
mand to use as the VCS's binary. Note, that setting this in
':vcs_info:*' is not a good idea.
If the value of this style is empty (which is the default), the
used binary name is the name of the backend in use (e.g. svn is
used in an svn repository).
The repo-root-name part in the context is always the default
-all- when this style is looked up.
For example, this style can be used to use binaries from non-de-
fault installation directories. Assume, git is installed in
/usr/bin but your sysadmin installed a newer version in /usr/lo-
cal/bin. Instead of changing the order of your $PATH parameter,
you can do this:
zstyle ':vcs_info:git:*:-all-' command /usr/local/bin/git
use-server
This is used by the Perforce backend (p4) to decide if it should
contact the Perforce server to find out if a directory is managed
by Perforce. This is the only reliable way of doing this, but
runs the risk of a delay if the server name cannot be found. If
the server (more specifically, the host:port pair describing the
server) cannot be contacted, its name is put into the associative
array vcs_info_p4_dead_servers and is not contacted again during
the session until it is removed by hand. If you do not set this
style, the p4 backend is only usable if you have set the environ-
ment variable P4CONFIG to a file name and have corresponding
files in the root directories of each Perforce client. See com-
ments in the function VCS_INFO_detect_p4 for more detail.
The Bazaar backend (bzr) uses this to permit contacting the
server about lightweight checkouts, see the check-for-changes
style.
use-simple
If there are two different ways of gathering information, you can
select the simpler one by setting this style to true; the default
is to use the not-that-simple code, which is potentially a lot
slower but might be more accurate in all possible cases. This
style is used by the bzr, hg, and git backends. In the case of hg
it will invoke the external hexdump program to parse the binary
dirstate cache file; this method will not return the local revi-
sion number.
get-revision
If set to true, vcs_info goes the extra mile to figure out the
revision of a repository's work tree (currently for the git and
hg backends, where this kind of information is not always vital).
For git, the hash value of the currently checked out commit is
available via the %i expansion. With hg, the local revision num-
ber and the corresponding global hash are available via %i.
get-mq If set to true, the hg backend will look for a Mercurial Queue
(mq) patch directory. Information will be available via the `%m'
replacement.
get-bookmarks
If set to true, the hg backend will try to get a list of current
bookmarks. They will be available via the `%m' replacement.
The default is to generate a comma-separated list of all bookmark
names that refer to the currently checked out revision. If a
bookmark is active, its name is suffixed an asterisk and placed
first in the list.
use-prompt-escapes
Determines if we assume that the assembled string from vcs_info
includes prompt escapes. (Used by vcs_info_lastmsg.)
debug Enable debugging output to track possible problems. Currently
this style is only used by vcs_info's hooks system.
hooks A list style that defines hook-function names. See Hooks in
vcs_info below for details.
patch-format
nopatch-format
This pair of styles format the patch information used by the %m
expando in formats and actionformats for the git and hg backends.
The value is subject to certain %-expansions described below.
The expanded value is made available in the global backend_misc
array as ${backend_misc[patches]} (also if a set-patch-format
hook is used).
get-unapplied
This boolean style controls whether a backend should attempt to
gather a list of unapplied patches (for example with Mercurial
Queue patches).
Used by the quilt, hg, and git backends.
The default values for these styles in all contexts are:
formats
" (%s)-[%b]%u%c-"
actionformats
" (%s)-[%b|%a]%u%c-"
branchformat
"%b:%r" (for bzr, svn, svk and hg)
nvcsformats
""
hgrevformat
"%r:%h"
max-exports
2
enable ALL
disable
(empty list)
disable-patterns
(empty list)
check-for-changes
false
check-for-staged-changes
false
stagedstr
(string: "S")
unstagedstr
(string: "U")
command
(empty string)
use-server
false
use-simple
false
get-revision
false
get-mq true
get-bookmarks
false
use-prompt-escapes
true
debug false
hooks (empty list)
use-quilt
false
quilt-standalone
false
quilt-patch-dir
empty - use $QUILT_PATCHES
quiltcommand
quilt
patch-format
backend dependent
nopatch-format
backend dependent
get-unapplied
false
In normal formats and actionformats the following replacements are done:
%s The VCS in use (git, hg, svn, etc.).
%b Information about the current branch.
%a An identifier that describes the action. Only makes sense in ac-
tionformats.
%i The current revision number or identifier. For hg the hgrevformat
style may be used to customize the output.
%c The string from the stagedstr style if there are staged changes
in the repository.
%u The string from the unstagedstr style if there are unstaged
changes in the repository.
%R The base directory of the repository.
%r The repository name. If %R is /foo/bar/repoXY, %r is repoXY.
%S A subdirectory within a repository. If $PWD is /foo/bar/re-
poXY/beer/tasty, %S is beer/tasty.
%m A "misc" replacement. It is at the discretion of the backend to
decide what this replacement expands to.
The hg and git backends use this expando to display patch infor-
mation. hg sources patch information from the mq extensions; git
from in-progress rebase and cherry-pick operations and from the
stgit extension. The patch-format and nopatch-format styles con-
trol the generated string. The former is used when at least one
patch from the patch queue has been applied, and the latter oth-
erwise.
The hg backend displays bookmark information in this expando (in
addition to mq information). See the get-mq and get-bookmarks
styles. Both of these styles may be enabled at the same time.
If both are enabled, both resulting strings will be shown sepa-
rated by a semicolon (that cannot currently be customized).
The quilt `standalone' backend sets this expando to the same
value as the %Q expando.
%Q Quilt series information. When quilt is used (either in `addon'
mode or as a `standalone' backend), this expando is set to the
quilt series' patch-format string. The set-patch-format hook and
nopatch-format style are honoured.
See Quilt Support below for details.
In branchformat these replacements are done:
%b The branch name. For hg, the branch name can include a topic
name.
%r The current revision number or the hgrevformat style for hg.
In hgrevformat these replacements are done:
%r The current local revision number.
%h The current global revision identifier.
In patch-format and nopatch-format these replacements are done:
%p The name of the top-most applied patch; may be overridden by the
applied-string hook.
%u The number of unapplied patches; may be overridden by the unap-
plied-string hook.
%n The number of applied patches.
%c The number of unapplied patches.
%a The number of all patches (%a = %n + %c).
%g The names of active mq guards (hg backend).
%G The number of active mq guards (hg backend).
Not all VCS backends have to support all replacements. For nvcsformats
no replacements are performed at all, it is just a string.
Oddities
If you want to use the %b (bold off) prompt expansion in formats, which
expands %b itself, use %%b. That will cause the vcs_info expansion to
replace %%b with %b, so that zsh's prompt expansion mechanism can handle
it. Similarly, to hand down %b from branchformat, use %%%%b. Sorry for
this inconvenience, but it cannot be easily avoided. Luckily we do not
clash with a lot of prompt expansions and this only needs to be done for
those.
When one of the gen-applied-string, gen-unapplied-string, and
set-patch-format hooks is defined, applying %-escaping
(`foo=${foo//'%'/%%}') to the interpolated values for use in the prompt
is the responsibility of those hooks (jointly); when neither of those
hooks is defined, vcs_info handles escaping by itself. We regret this
coupling, but it was required for backwards compatibility.
Quilt Support
Quilt is not a version control system, therefore this is not implemented
as a backend. It can help keeping track of a series of patches. People
use it to keep a set of changes they want to use on top of software
packages (which is tightly integrated into the package build process -
the Debian project does this for a large number of packages). Quilt can
also help individual developers keep track of their own patches on top
of real version control systems.
The vcs_info integration tries to support both ways of using quilt by
having two slightly different modes of operation: `addon' mode and
`standalone' mode).
Quilt integration is off by default; to enable it, set the use-quilt
style, and add %Q to your formats or actionformats style:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' use-quilt true
Styles looked up from the Quilt support code include `.quilt-quilt-mode'
in the vcs-string part of the context, where quilt-mode is either addon
or standalone. Example: :vcs_info:git.quilt-addon:de-
fault:repo-root-name.
For `addon' mode to become active vcs_info must have already detected a
real version control system controlling the directory. If that is the
case, a directory that holds quilt's patches needs to be found. That di-
rectory is configurable via the `QUILT_PATCHES' environment variable. If
that variable exists its value is used, otherwise the value `patches' is
assumed. The value from $QUILT_PATCHES can be overwritten using the
`quilt-patch-dir' style. (Note: you can use vcs_info to keep the value
of $QUILT_PATCHES correct all the time via the post-quilt hook).
When the directory in question is found, quilt is assumed to be active.
To gather more information, vcs_info looks for a directory called `.pc';
Quilt uses that directory to track its current state. If this directory
does not exist we know that quilt has not done anything to the working
directory (read: no patches have been applied yet).
If patches are applied, vcs_info will try to find out which. If you want
to know which patches of a series are not yet applied, you need to acti-
vate the get-unapplied style in the appropriate context.
vcs_info allows for very detailed control over how the gathered informa-
tion is presented (see the Configuration and Hooks in vcs_info sec-
tions), all of which are documented below. Note there are a number of
other patch tracking systems that work on top of a certain version con-
trol system (like stgit for git, or mq for hg); the configuration for
systems like that are generally configured the same way as the quilt
support.
If the quilt support is working in `addon' mode, the produced string is
available as a simple format replacement (%Q to be precise), which can
be used in formats and actionformats; see below for details).
If, on the other hand, the support code is working in `standalone' mode,
vcs_info will pretend as if quilt were an actual version control system.
That means that the version control system identifier (which otherwise
would be something like `svn' or `cvs') will be set to `-quilt-'. This
has implications on the used style context where this identifier is the
second element. vcs_info will have filled in a proper value for the
"repository's" root directory and the string containing the information
about quilt's state will be available as the `misc' replacement (and %Q
for compatibility with `addon' mode).
What is left to discuss is how `standalone' mode is detected. The detec-
tion itself is a series of searches for directories. You can have this
detection enabled all the time in every directory that is not otherwise
under version control. If you know there is only a limited set of trees
where you would like vcs_info to try and look for Quilt in `standalone'
mode to minimise the amount of searching on every call to vcs_info,
there are a number of ways to do that:
Essentially, `standalone' mode detection is controlled by a style called
`quilt-standalone'. It is a string style and its value can have differ-
ent effects. The simplest values are: `always' to run detection every
time vcs_info is run, and `never' to turn the detection off entirely.
If the value of quilt-standalone is something else, it is interpreted
differently. If the value is the name of a scalar variable the value of
that variable is checked and that value is used in the same `al-
ways'/`never' way as described above.
If the value of quilt-standalone is an array, the elements of that array
are used as directory names under which you want the detection to be ac-
tive.
If quilt-standalone is an associative array, the keys are taken as di-
rectory names under which you want the detection to be active, but only
if the corresponding value is the string `true'.
Last, but not least, if the value of quilt-standalone is the name of a
function, the function is called without arguments and the return value
decides whether detection should be active. A `0' return value is true;
a non-zero return value is interpreted as false.
Note, if there is both a function and a variable by the name of
quilt-standalone, the function will take precedence.
Function Descriptions (Public API)
vcs_info [user-context]
The main function, that runs all backends and assembles all data
into ${vcs_info_msg_*_}. This is the function you want to call
from precmd if you want to include up-to-date information in your
prompt (see Variable Description below). If an argument is
given, that string will be used instead of default in the
user-context field of the style context.
vcs_info_hookadd
Statically registers a number of functions to a given hook. The
hook needs to be given as the first argument; what follows is a
list of hook-function names to register to the hook. The `+vi-'
prefix needs to be left out here. See Hooks in vcs_info below for
details.
vcs_info_hookdel
Remove hook-functions from a given hook. The hook needs to be
given as the first non-option argument; what follows is a list of
hook-function names to un-register from the hook. If `-a' is used
as the first argument, all occurrences of the functions are un-
registered. Otherwise only the last occurrence is removed (if a
function was registered to a hook more than once). The `+vi-'
prefix needs to be left out here. See Hooks in vcs_info below
for details.
vcs_info_lastmsg
Outputs the current values of ${vcs_info_msg_*_}. Takes into ac-
count the value of the use-prompt-escapes style in
':vcs_info:formats:command:-all-'. It also only prints max-ex-
ports values.
vcs_info_printsys [user-context]
Prints a list of all supported version control systems. Useful to
find out possible contexts (and which of them are enabled) or
values for the disable style.
vcs_info_setsys
Initializes vcs_info's internal list of available backends. With
this function, you can add support for new VCSs without restart-
ing the shell.
All functions named VCS_INFO_* are for internal use only.
Variable Description
${vcs_info_msg_N_} (Note the trailing underscore)
Where N is an integer, e.g., vcs_info_msg_0_. These variables are
the storage for the informational message the last vcs_info call
has assembled. These are strongly connected to the formats, ac-
tionformats and nvcsformats styles described above. Those styles
are lists. The first member of that list gets expanded into
${vcs_info_msg_0_}, the second into ${vcs_info_msg_1_} and the
Nth into ${vcs_info_msg_N-1_}. (See the max-exports style above.)
All variables named VCS_INFO_* are for internal use only.
Hooks in vcs_info
Hooks are places in vcs_info where you can run your own code. That code
can communicate with the code that called it and through that, change
the system's behaviour.
For configuration, hooks change the style context:
:vcs_info:vcs-string+hook-name:user-context:repo-root-name
To register functions to a hook, you need to list them in the hooks
style in the appropriate context.
Example:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+foo:*' hooks bar baz
This registers functions to the hook `foo' for all backends. In order to
avoid namespace problems, all registered function names are prepended by
a `+vi-', so the actual functions called for the `foo' hook are
`+vi-bar' and `+vi-baz'.
If you would like to register a function to a hook regardless of the
current context, you may use the vcs_info_hookadd function. To remove a
function that was added like that, the vcs_info_hookdel function can be
used.
If something seems weird, you can enable the `debug' boolean style in
the proper context and the hook-calling code will print what it tried to
execute and whether the function in question existed.
When you register more than one function to a hook, all functions are
executed one after another until one function returns non-zero or until
all functions have been called. Context-sensitive hook functions are ex-
ecuted before statically registered ones (the ones added by
vcs_info_hookadd).
You may pass data between functions via an associative array, user_data.
For example:
+vi-git-myfirsthook(){
user_data[myval]=$myval
}
+vi-git-mysecondhook(){
# do something with ${user_data[myval]}
}
There are a number of variables that are special in hook contexts:
ret The return value that the hooks system will return to the caller.
The default is an integer `zero'. If and how a changed ret value
changes the execution of the caller depends on the specific hook.
See the hook documentation below for details.
hook_com
An associated array which is used for bidirectional communication
from the caller to hook functions. The used keys depend on the
specific hook.
context
The active context of the hook. Functions that wish to change
this variable should make it local scope first.
vcs The current VCS after it was detected. The same values as in the
enable/disable style are used. Available in all hooks except
start-up.
Finally, the full list of currently available hooks:
start-up
Called after starting vcs_info but before the VCS in this direc-
tory is determined. It can be used to deactivate vcs_info tem-
porarily if necessary. When ret is set to 1, vcs_info aborts and
does nothing; when set to 2, vcs_info sets up everything as if no
version control were active and exits.
pre-get-data
Same as start-up but after the VCS was detected.
gen-hg-bookmark-string
Called in the Mercurial backend when a bookmark string is gener-
ated; the get-revision and get-bookmarks styles must be true.
This hook gets the names of the Mercurial bookmarks that vcs_info
collected from `hg'.
If a bookmark is active, the key ${hook_com[hg-active-bookmark]}
is set to its name. The key is otherwise unset.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[hg-book-
mark-string]} will be used in the %m escape in formats and ac-
tionformats and will be available in the global backend_misc ar-
ray as ${backend_misc[bookmarks]}.
gen-applied-string
Called in the git (with stgit or during rebase or merge), and hg
(with mq) backends and in quilt support when the applied-string
is generated; the use-quilt zstyle must be true for quilt (the mq
and stgit backends are active by default).
The arguments to this hook describe applied patches in the oppo-
site order, which means that the first argument is the top-most
patch and so forth.
When the patches' log messages can be extracted, those are embed-
ded within each argument after a space, so each argument is of
the form `patch-name first line of the log message', where
patch-name contains no whitespace. The mq backend passes argu-
ments of the form `patch name', with possible embedded spaces,
but without extracting the patch's log message.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[ap-
plied-string]} will be available as %p in the patch-format and
nopatch-format styles. This hook is, in concert with
set-patch-format, responsible for %-escaping that value for use
in the prompt. (See the Oddities section.)
The quilt backend passes to this hook the inputs
${hook_com[quilt-patches-dir]} and, if it has been determined,
${hook_com[quilt-pc-dir]}.
gen-unapplied-string
Called in the git (with stgit or during rebase), and hg (with mq)
backend and in quilt support when the unapplied-string is gener-
ated; the get-unapplied style must be true.
This hook gets the names of all unapplied patches which vcs_info
in order, which means that the first argument is the patch
next-in-line to be applied and so forth.
The format of each argument is as for gen-applied-string, above.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[unap-
plied-string]} will be available as %u in the patch-format and
nopatch-format styles. This hook is, in concert with
set-patch-format, responsible for %-escaping that value for use
in the prompt. (See the Oddities section.)
The quilt backend passes to this hook the inputs
${hook_com[quilt-patches-dir]} and, if it has been determined,
${hook_com[quilt-pc-dir]}.
gen-mqguards-string
Called in the hg backend when guards-string is generated; the
get-mq style must be true (default).
This hook gets the names of any active mq guards.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in
${hook_com[guards-string]} will be used in the %g escape in the
patch-format and nopatch-format styles.
no-vcs This hooks is called when no version control system was detected.
The `hook_com' parameter is not used.
post-backend
Called as soon as the backend has finished collecting informa-
tion.
The `hook_com' keys available are as for the set-message hook.
post-quilt
Called after the quilt support is done. The following information
is passed as arguments to the hook: 1. the quilt-support mode
(`addon' or `standalone'); 2. the directory that contains the
patch series; 3. the directory that holds quilt's status informa-
tion (the `.pc' directory) or the string "-nopc-" if that direc-
tory wasn't found.
The `hook_com' parameter is not used.
set-branch-format
Called before `branchformat' is set. The only argument to the
hook is the format that is configured at this point.
The `hook_com' keys considered are `branch' and `revision'. They
are set to the values figured out so far by vcs_info and any
change will be used directly when the actual replacement is done.
If ret is set to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[branch-re-
place]} will be used unchanged as the `%b' replacement in the
variables set by vcs_info.
set-hgrev-format
Called before a `hgrevformat' is set. The only argument to the
hook is the format that is configured at this point.
The `hook_com' keys considered are `hash' and `localrev'. They
are set to the values figured out so far by vcs_info and any
change will be used directly when the actual replacement is done.
If ret is set to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[rev-replace]}
will be used unchanged as the `%i' replacement in the variables
set by vcs_info.
pre-addon-quilt
This hook is used when vcs_info's quilt functionality is active
in "addon" mode (quilt used on top of a real version control sys-
tem). It is activated right before any quilt specific action is
taken.
Setting the `ret' variable in this hook to a non-zero value
avoids any quilt specific actions from being run at all.
set-patch-format
This hook is used to control some of the possible expansions in
patch-format and nopatch-format styles with patch queue systems
such as quilt, mqueue and the like.
This hook is used in the git, hg and quilt backends.
The hook allows the control of the %p (${hook_com[applied]}) and
%u (${hook_com[unapplied]}) expansion in all backends that use
the hook. With the mercurial backend, the %g
(${hook_com[guards]}) expansion is controllable in addition to
that.
If ret is set to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[patch-re-
place]} will be used unchanged instead of an expanded format from
patch-format or nopatch-format.
This hook is, in concert with the gen-applied-string or gen-unap-
plied-string hooks if they are defined, responsible for %-escap-
ing the final patch-format value for use in the prompt. (See the
Oddities section.)
The quilt backend passes to this hook the inputs
${hook_com[quilt-patches-dir]} and, if it has been determined,
${hook_com[quilt-pc-dir]}.
set-message
Called each time before a `vcs_info_msg_N_' message is set. It
takes two arguments; the first being the `N' in the message vari-
able name, the second is the currently configured formats or ac-
tionformats.
There are a number of `hook_com' keys, that are used here: `ac-
tion', `branch', `base', `base-name', `subdir', `staged', `un-
staged', `revision', `misc', `vcs' and one `miscN' entry for each
backend-specific data field (N starting at zero). They are set to
the values figured out so far by vcs_info and any change will be
used directly when the actual replacement is done.
Since this hook is triggered multiple times (once for each con-
figured formats or actionformats), each of the `hook_com' keys
mentioned above (except for the miscN entries) has an `_orig'
counterpart, so even if you changed a value to your liking you
can still get the original value in the next run. Changing the
`_orig' values is probably not a good idea.
If ret is set to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[message]}
will be used unchanged as the message by vcs_info.
If all of this sounds rather confusing, take a look at the Examples sec-
tion below and also in the Misc/vcs_info-examples file in the Zsh
source. They contain some explanatory code.
Examples
Don't use vcs_info at all (even though it's in your prompt):
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' enable NONE
Disable the backends for bzr and svk:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' disable bzr svk
Disable everything but bzr and svk:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' enable bzr svk
Provide a special formats for git:
zstyle ':vcs_info:git:*' formats ' GIT, BABY! [%b]'
zstyle ':vcs_info:git:*' actionformats ' GIT ACTION! [%b|%a]'
All %x expansion in all sorts of formats (formats, actionformats,
branchformat, you name it) are done using the `zformat' builtin from the
`zsh/zutil' module. That means you can do everything with these %x items
what zformat supports. In particular, if you want something that is re-
ally long to have a fixed width, like a hash in a mercurial branchfor-
mat, you can do this: %12.12i. That'll shrink the 40 character hash to
its 12 leading characters. The form is actually `%min.maxx'. More is
possible. See the section `The zsh/zutil Module' in zshmodules(1) for
details.
Use the quicker bzr backend
zstyle ':vcs_info:bzr:*' use-simple true
If you do use use-simple, please report if it does
`the-right-thing[tm]'.
Display the revision number in yellow for bzr and svn:
zstyle ':vcs_info:(svn|bzr):*' \
branchformat '%b%%F{yellow}:%r'
The doubled percent sign is explained in the Oddities section.
Alternatively, one can use the raw colour codes directly:
zstyle ':vcs_info:(svn|bzr):*' \
branchformat '%b%{'${fg[yellow]}'%}:%r'
Normally when a variable is interpolated into a format string, the vari-
able needs to be %-escaped. In this example we skipped that because we
assume the value of ${fg[yellow]} doesn't contain any % signs.
Make sure you enclose the color codes in %{...%} if you want to use the
string provided by vcs_info in prompts.
Here is how to print the VCS information as a command (not in a prompt):
vcsi() { vcs_info interactive; vcs_info_lastmsg }
This way, you can even define different formats for output via
vcs_info_lastmsg in the ':vcs_info:*:interactive:*' namespace.
Now as promised, some code that uses hooks: say, you'd like to replace
the string `svn' by `subversion' in vcs_info's %s formats replacement.
First, we will tell vcs_info to call a function when populating the mes-
sage variables with the gathered information:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+set-message:*' hooks svn2subversion
Nothing happens. Which is reasonable, since we didn't define the actual
function yet. To see what the hooks subsystem is trying to do, enable
the `debug' style:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+*:*' debug true
That should give you an idea what is going on. Specifically, the func-
tion that we are looking for is `+vi-svn2subversion'. Note, the `+vi-'
prefix. So, everything is in order, just as documented. When you are
done checking out the debugging output, disable it again:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+*:*' debug false
Now, let's define the function:
function +vi-svn2subversion() {
[[ ${hook_com[vcs_orig]} == svn ]] && hook_com[vcs]=subversion
}
Simple enough. And it could have even been simpler, if only we had reg-
istered our function in a less generic context. If we do it only in the
`svn' backend's context, we don't need to test which the active backend
is:
zstyle ':vcs_info:svn+set-message:*' hooks svn2subversion
function +vi-svn2subversion() {
hook_com[vcs]=subversion
}
And finally a little more elaborate example, that uses a hook to create
a customised bookmark string for the hg backend.
Again, we start off by registering a function:
zstyle ':vcs_info:hg+gen-hg-bookmark-string:*' hooks hgbookmarks
And then we define the `+vi-hgbookmarks' function:
function +vi-hgbookmarks() {
# The default is to connect all bookmark names by
# commas. This mixes things up a little.
# Imagine, there's one type of bookmarks that is
# special to you. Say, because it's *your* work.
# Those bookmarks look always like this: "sh/*"
# (because your initials are sh, for example).
# This makes the bookmarks string use only those
# bookmarks. If there's more than one, it
# concatenates them using commas.
# The bookmarks returned by `hg' are available in
# the function's positional parameters.
local s="${(Mj:,:)@:#sh/*}"
# Now, the communication with the code that calls
# the hook functions is done via the hook_com[]
# hash. The key at which the `gen-hg-bookmark-string'
# hook looks is `hg-bookmark-string'. So:
hook_com[hg-bookmark-string]=$s
# And to signal that we want to use the string we
# just generated, set the special variable `ret' to
# something other than the default zero:
ret=1
return 0
}
Some longer examples and code snippets which might be useful are avail-
able in the examples file located at Misc/vcs_info-examples in the Zsh
source directory.
This concludes our guided tour through zsh's vcs_info.
PROMPT THEMES
Installation
You should make sure all the functions from the Functions/Prompts direc-
tory of the source distribution are available; they all begin with the
string `prompt_' except for the special function `promptinit'. You also
need the `colors' and `add-zsh-hook' functions from Functions/Misc. All
these functions may already be installed on your system; if not, you
will need to find them and copy them. The directory should appear as
one of the elements of the fpath array (this should already be the case
if they were installed), and at least the function promptinit should be
autoloaded; it will autoload the rest. Finally, to initialize the use
of the system you need to call the promptinit function. The following
code in your .zshrc will arrange for this; assume the functions are
stored in the directory ~/myfns:
fpath=(~/myfns $fpath)
autoload -U promptinit
promptinit
Theme Selection
Use the prompt command to select your preferred theme. This command may
be added to your .zshrc following the call to promptinit in order to
start zsh with a theme already selected.
prompt [ -c | -l ]
prompt [ -p | -h ] [ theme ... ]
prompt [ -s ] theme [ arg ... ]
Set or examine the prompt theme. With no options and a theme ar-
gument, the theme with that name is set as the current theme.
The available themes are determined at run time; use the -l op-
tion to see a list. The special theme `random' selects at random
one of the available themes and sets your prompt to that.
In some cases the theme may be modified by one or more arguments,
which should be given after the theme name. See the help for
each theme for descriptions of these arguments.
Options are:
-c Show the currently selected theme and its parameters, if
any.
-l List all available prompt themes.
-p Preview the theme named by theme, or all themes if no
theme is given.
-h Show help for the theme named by theme, or for the prompt
function if no theme is given.
-s Set theme as the current theme and save state.
prompt_theme_setup
Each available theme has a setup function which is called by the
prompt function to install that theme. This function may define
other functions as necessary to maintain the prompt, including
functions used to preview the prompt or provide help for its use.
You should not normally call a theme's setup function directly.
Utility Themes
prompt off
The theme `off' sets all the prompt variables to minimal values
with no special effects.
prompt default
The theme `default' sets all prompt variables to the same state
as if an interactive zsh was started with no initialization
files.
prompt restore
The special theme `restore' erases all theme settings and sets
prompt variables to their state before the first time the
`prompt' function was run, provided each theme has properly de-
fined its cleanup (see below).
Note that you can undo `prompt off' and `prompt default' with
`prompt restore', but a second restore does not undo the first.
Writing Themes
The first step for adding your own theme is to choose a name for it, and
create a file `prompt_name_setup' in a directory in your fpath, such as
~/myfns in the example above. The file should at minimum contain as-
signments for the prompt variables that your theme wishes to modify. By
convention, themes use PS1, PS2, RPS1, etc., rather than the longer
PROMPT and RPROMPT.
The file is autoloaded as a function in the current shell context, so it
may contain any necessary commands to customize your theme, including
defining additional functions. To make some complex tasks easier, your
setup function may also do any of the following:
Assign prompt_opts
The array prompt_opts may be assigned any of "bang", "cr", "per-
cent", "sp", and/or "subst" as values. The corresponding setopts
(promptbang, etc.) are turned on, all other prompt-related op-
tions are turned off. The prompt_opts array preserves setopts
even beyond the scope of localoptions, should your function need
that.
Modify hooks
Use of add-zsh-hook and add-zle-hook-widget is recommended (see
the Manipulating Hook Functions section above). All hooks that
follow the naming pattern prompt_theme_hook are automatically re-
moved when the prompt theme changes or is disabled.
Declare cleanup
If your function makes any other changes that should be undone
when the theme is disabled, your setup function may call
prompt_cleanup command
where command should be suitably quoted. If your theme is ever
disabled or replaced by another, command is executed with eval.
You may declare more than one such cleanup hook.
Define preview
Define or autoload a function prompt_name_preview to display a
simulated version of your prompt. A simple default previewer is
defined by promptinit for themes that do not define their own.
This preview function is called by `prompt -p'.
Provide help
Define or autoload a function prompt_name_help to display docu-
mentation or help text for your theme. This help function is
called by `prompt -h'.
ZLE FUNCTIONS
Widgets
These functions all implement user-defined ZLE widgets (see zshzle(1))
which can be bound to keystrokes in interactive shells. To use them,
your .zshrc should contain lines of the form
autoload function
zle -N function
followed by an appropriate bindkey command to associate the function
with a key sequence. Suggested bindings are described below.
bash-style word functions
If you are looking for functions to implement moving over and
editing words in the manner of bash, where only alphanumeric
characters are considered word characters, you can use the func-
tions described in the next section. The following is suffi-
cient:
autoload -U select-word-style
select-word-style bash
forward-word-match, backward-word-match
kill-word-match, backward-kill-word-match
transpose-words-match, capitalize-word-match
up-case-word-match, down-case-word-match
delete-whole-word-match, select-word-match
select-word-style, match-word-context, match-words-by-style
The first eight `-match' functions are drop-in replacements for
the builtin widgets without the suffix. By default they behave
in a similar way. However, by the use of styles and the function
select-word-style, the way words are matched can be altered. se-
lect-word-match is intended to be used as a text object in vi
mode but with custom word styles. For comparison, the widgets de-
scribed in zshzle(1) under Text Objects use fixed definitions of
words, compatible with the vim editor.
The simplest way of configuring the functions is to use se-
lect-word-style, which can either be called as a normal function
with the appropriate argument, or invoked as a user-defined wid-
get that will prompt for the first character of the word style to
be used. The first time it is invoked, the first eight -match
functions will automatically replace the builtin versions, so
they do not need to be loaded explicitly.
The word styles available are as follows. Only the first charac-
ter is examined.
bash Word characters are alphanumeric characters only.
normal As in normal shell operation: word characters are al-
phanumeric characters plus any characters present in the
string given by the parameter $WORDCHARS.
shell Words are complete shell command arguments, possibly in-
cluding complete quoted strings, or any tokens special to
the shell.
whitespace
Words are any set of characters delimited by whitespace.
default
Restore the default settings; this is usually the same as
`normal'.
All but `default' can be input as an upper case character, which
has the same effect but with subword matching turned on. In this
case, words with upper case characters are treated specially:
each separate run of upper case characters, or an upper case
character followed by any number of other characters, is consid-
ered a word. The style subword-range can supply an alternative
character range to the default `[:upper:]'; the value of the
style is treated as the contents of a `[...]' pattern (note that
the outer brackets should not be supplied, only those surrounding
named ranges).
More control can be obtained using the zstyle command, as de-
scribed in zshmodules(1). Each style is looked up in the context
:zle:widget where widget is the name of the user-defined widget,
not the name of the function implementing it, so in the case of
the definitions supplied by select-word-style the appropriate
contexts are :zle:forward-word, and so on. The function se-
lect-word-style itself always defines styles for the context
`:zle:*' which can be overridden by more specific (longer) pat-
terns as well as explicit contexts.
The style word-style specifies the rules to use. This may have
the following values.
normal Use the standard shell rules, i.e. alphanumerics and
$WORDCHARS, unless overridden by the styles word-chars or
word-class.
specified
Similar to normal, but only the specified characters, and
not also alphanumerics, are considered word characters.
unspecified
The negation of specified. The given characters are those
which will not be considered part of a word.
shell Words are obtained by using the syntactic rules for gener-
ating shell command arguments. In addition, special to-
kens which are never command arguments such as `()' are
also treated as words.
whitespace
Words are whitespace-delimited strings of characters.
The first three of those rules usually use $WORDCHARS, but the
value in the parameter can be overridden by the style word-chars,
which works in exactly the same way as $WORDCHARS. In addition,
the style word-class uses character class syntax to group charac-
ters and takes precedence over word-chars if both are set. The
word-class style does not include the surrounding brackets of the
character class; for example, `-:[:alnum:]' is a valid word-class
to include all alphanumerics plus the characters `-' and `:'. Be
careful including `]', `^' and `-' as these are special inside
character classes.
word-style may also have `-subword' appended to its value to turn
on subword matching, as described above.
The style skip-chars is mostly useful for transpose-words and
similar functions. If set, it gives a count of characters start-
ing at the cursor position which will not be considered part of
the word and are treated as space, regardless of what they actu-
ally are. For example, if
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words' skip-chars 1
has been set, and transpose-words-match is called with the cursor
on the X of fooXbar, where X can be any character, then the re-
sulting expression is barXfoo.
Finer grained control can be obtained by setting the style
word-context to an array of pairs of entries. Each pair of en-
tries consists of a pattern and a subcontext. The shell argument
the cursor is on is matched against each pattern in turn until
one matches; if it does, the context is extended by a colon and
the corresponding subcontext. Note that the test is made against
the original word on the line, with no stripping of quotes. Spe-
cial handling is done between words: the current context is exam-
ined and if it contains the string between the word is set to a
single space; else if it is contains the string back, the word
before the cursor is considered, else the word after cursor is
considered. Some examples are given below.
The style skip-whitespace-first is only used with the for-
ward-word widget. If it is set to true, then forward-word skips
any non-word-characters, followed by any non-word-characters:
this is similar to the behaviour of other word-orientated wid-
gets, and also that used by other editors, however it differs
from the standard zsh behaviour. When using select-word-style
the widget is set in the context :zle:* to true if the word style
is bash and false otherwise. It may be overridden by setting it
in the more specific context :zle:forward-word*.
It is possible to create widgets with specific behaviour by
defining a new widget implemented by the appropriate generic
function, then setting a style for the context of the specific
widget. For example, the following defines a widget back-
ward-kill-space-word using backward-kill-word-match, the generic
widget implementing backward-kill-word behaviour, and ensures
that the new widget always implements space-delimited behaviour.
zle -N backward-kill-space-word backward-kill-word-match
zstyle :zle:backward-kill-space-word word-style space
The widget backward-kill-space-word can now be bound to a key.
Here are some further examples of use of the styles, actually
taken from the simplified interface in select-word-style:
zstyle ':zle:*' word-style standard
zstyle ':zle:*' word-chars ''
Implements bash-style word handling for all widgets, i.e. only
alphanumerics are word characters; equivalent to setting the pa-
rameter WORDCHARS empty for the given context.
style ':zle:*kill*' word-style space
Uses space-delimited words for widgets with the word `kill' in
the name. Neither of the styles word-chars nor word-class is
used in this case.
Here are some examples of use of the word-context style to extend
the context.
zstyle ':zle:*' word-context \
"*/*" filename "[[:space:]]" whitespace
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:whitespace' word-style shell
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:filename' word-style normal
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:filename' word-chars ''
This provides two different ways of using transpose-words depend-
ing on whether the cursor is on whitespace between words or on a
filename, here any word containing a /. On whitespace, complete
arguments as defined by standard shell rules will be transposed.
In a filename, only alphanumerics will be transposed. Elsewhere,
words will be transposed using the default style for :zle:trans-
pose-words.
The word matching and all the handling of zstyle settings is ac-
tually implemented by the function match-words-by-style. This
can be used to create new user-defined widgets. The calling
function should set the local parameter curcontext to :zle:wid-
get, create the local parameter matched_words and call
match-words-by-style with no arguments. On return, matched_words
will be set to an array with the elements: (1) the start of the
line (2) the word before the cursor (3) any non-word characters
between that word and the cursor (4) any non-word character at
the cursor position plus any remaining non-word characters before
the next word, including all characters specified by the
skip-chars style, (5) the word at or following the cursor (6) any
non-word characters following that word (7) the remainder of the
line. Any of the elements may be an empty string; the calling
function should test for this to decide whether it can perform
its function.
If the variable matched_words is defined by the caller to
match-words-by-style as an associative array (local -A
matched_words), then the seven values given above should be re-
trieved from it as elements named start, word-before-cursor,
ws-before-cursor, ws-after-cursor, word-after-cursor, ws-af-
ter-word, and end. In addition the element is-word-start is 1 if
the cursor is on the start of a word or subword, or on white
space before it (the cases can be distinguished by testing the
ws-after-cursor element) and 0 otherwise. This form is recom-
mended for future compatibility.
It is possible to pass options with arguments to
match-words-by-style to override the use of styles. The options
are:
-w word-style
-s skip-chars
-c word-class
-C word-chars
-r subword-range
For example, match-words-by-style -w shell -c 0 may be used to
extract the command argument around the cursor.
The word-context style is implemented by the function
match-word-context. This should not usually need to be called
directly.
bracketed-paste-magic
The bracketed-paste widget (see the subsection `Miscellaneous' in
zshzle(1)) inserts pasted text literally into the editor buffer
rather than interpret it as keystrokes. This disables some com-
mon usages where the self-insert widget is replaced in order to
accomplish some extra processing. An example is the contributed
url-quote-magic widget described below.
The bracketed-paste-magic widget is meant to replace brack-
eted-paste with a wrapper that re-enables these self-insert ac-
tions, and other actions as selected by zstyles. Therefore this
widget is installed with
autoload -Uz bracketed-paste-magic
zle -N bracketed-paste bracketed-paste-magic
Other than enabling some widget processing, bracketed-paste-magic
attempts to replicate bracketed-paste as faithfully as possible.
The following zstyles may be set to control processing of pasted
text. All are looked up in the context `:bracketed-paste-magic'.
active-widgets
A list of patterns matching widget names that should be
activated during the paste. All other key sequences are
processed as self-insert-unmeta. The default is `self-*'
so any user-defined widgets named with that prefix are ac-
tive along with the builtin self-insert.
If this style is not set (explicitly deleted) or set to an
empty value, no widgets are active and the pasted text is
inserted literally. If the value includes `unde-
fined-key', any unknown sequences are discarded from the
pasted text.
inactive-keys
The inverse of active-widgets, a list of key sequences
that always use self-insert-unmeta even when bound to an
active widget. Note that this is a list of literal key
sequences, not patterns.
paste-init
A list of function names, called in widget context (but
not as widgets). The functions are called in order until
one of them returns a non-zero status. The parameter
`PASTED' contains the initial state of the pasted text.
All other ZLE parameters such as `BUFFER' have their nor-
mal values and side-effects, and full history is avail-
able, so for example paste-init functions may move words
from BUFFER into PASTED to make those words visible to the
active-widgets.
A non-zero return from a paste-init function does not pre-
vent the paste itself from proceeding.
Loading bracketed-paste-magic defines backward-ex-
tend-paste, a helper function for use in paste-init.
zstyle :bracketed-paste-magic paste-init \
backward-extend-paste
When a paste would insert into the middle of a word or ap-
pend text to a word already on the line, backward-ex-
tend-paste moves the prefix from LBUFFER into PASTED so
that the active-widgets see the full word so far. This
may be useful with url-quote-magic.
paste-finish
Another list of function names called in order until one
returns non-zero. These functions are called after the
pasted text has been processed by the active-widgets, but
before it is inserted into `BUFFER'. ZLE parameters have
their normal values and side-effects.
A non-zero return from a paste-finish function does not
prevent the paste itself from proceeding.
Loading bracketed-paste-magic also defines quote-paste, a
helper function for use in paste-finish.
zstyle :bracketed-paste-magic paste-finish \
quote-paste
zstyle :bracketed-paste-magic:finish quote-style \
qqq
When the pasted text is inserted into BUFFER, it is quoted
per the quote-style value. To forcibly turn off the
built-in numeric prefix quoting of bracketed-paste, use:
zstyle :bracketed-paste-magic:finish quote-style \
none
Important: During active-widgets processing of the paste (after
paste-init and before paste-finish), BUFFER starts empty and his-
tory is restricted, so cursor motions, etc., may not pass outside
of the pasted content. Text assigned to BUFFER by the active
widgets is copied back into PASTED before paste-finish.
copy-earlier-word
This widget works like a combination of insert-last-word and
copy-prev-shell-word. Repeated invocations of the widget re-
trieve earlier words on the relevant history line. With a nu-
meric argument N, insert the Nth word from the history line; N
may be negative to count from the end of the line.
If insert-last-word has been used to retrieve the last word on a
previous history line, repeated invocations will replace that
word with earlier words from the same line.
Otherwise, the widget applies to words on the line currently be-
ing edited. The widget style can be set to the name of another
widget that should be called to retrieve words. This widget must
accept the same three arguments as insert-last-word.
cycle-completion-positions
After inserting an unambiguous string into the command line, the
new function based completion system may know about multiple
places in this string where characters are missing or differ from
at least one of the possible matches. It will then place the
cursor on the position it considers to be the most interesting
one, i.e. the one where one can disambiguate between as many
matches as possible with as little typing as possible.
This widget allows the cursor to be easily moved to the other in-
teresting spots. It can be invoked repeatedly to cycle between
all positions reported by the completion system.
delete-whole-word-match
This is another function which works like the -match functions
described immediately above, i.e. using styles to decide the word
boundaries. However, it is not a replacement for any existing
function.
The basic behaviour is to delete the word around the cursor.
There is no numeric argument handling; only the single word
around the cursor is considered. If the widget contains the
string kill, the removed text will be placed in the cutbuffer for
future yanking. This can be obtained by defining
kill-whole-word-match as follows:
zle -N kill-whole-word-match delete-whole-word-match
and then binding the widget kill-whole-word-match.
up-line-or-beginning-search, down-line-or-beginning-search
These widgets are similar to the builtin functions
up-line-or-search and down-line-or-search: if in a multiline
buffer they move up or down within the buffer, otherwise they
search for a history line matching the start of the current line.
In this case, however, they search for a line which matches the
current line up to the current cursor position, in the manner of
history-beginning-search-backward and -forward, rather than the
first word on the line.
edit-command-line
Edit the command line using your visual editor, as in ksh.
bindkey -M vicmd v edit-command-line
The editor to be used can also be specified using the editor
style in the context of the widget. It is specified as an array
of command and arguments:
zstyle :zle:edit-command-line editor gvim -f
expand-absolute-path
Expand the file name under the cursor to an absolute path, re-
solving symbolic links. Where possible, the initial path segment
is turned into a named directory or reference to a user's home
directory.
history-search-end
This function implements the widgets history-begin-
ning-search-backward-end and history-beginning-search-for-
ward-end. These commands work by first calling the corresponding
builtin widget (see `History Control' in zshzle(1)) and then mov-
ing the cursor to the end of the line. The original cursor posi-
tion is remembered and restored before calling the builtin widget
a second time, so that the same search is repeated to look far-
ther through the history.
Although you autoload only one function, the commands to use it
are slightly different because it implements two widgets.
zle -N history-beginning-search-backward-end \
history-search-end
zle -N history-beginning-search-forward-end \
history-search-end
bindkey '\e^P' history-beginning-search-backward-end
bindkey '\e^N' history-beginning-search-forward-end
history-beginning-search-menu
This function implements yet another form of history searching.
The text before the cursor is used to select lines from the his-
tory, as for history-beginning-search-backward except that all
matches are shown in a numbered menu. Typing the appropriate
digits inserts the full history line. Note that leading zeroes
must be typed (they are only shown when necessary for removing
ambiguity). The entire history is searched; there is no distinc-
tion between forwards and backwards.
With a numeric argument, the search is not anchored to the start
of the line; the string typed by the use may appear anywhere in
the line in the history.
If the widget name contains `-end' the cursor is moved to the end
of the line inserted. If the widget name contains `-space' any
space in the text typed is treated as a wildcard and can match
anything (hence a leading space is equivalent to giving a numeric
argument). Both forms can be combined, for example:
zle -N history-beginning-search-menu-space-end \
history-beginning-search-menu
history-pattern-search
The function history-pattern-search implements widgets which
prompt for a pattern with which to search the history backwards
or forwards. The pattern is in the usual zsh format, however the
first character may be ^ to anchor the search to the start of the
line, and the last character may be $ to anchor the search to the
end of the line. If the search was not anchored to the end of
the line the cursor is positioned just after the pattern found.
The commands to create bindable widgets are similar to those in
the example immediately above:
autoload -U history-pattern-search
zle -N history-pattern-search-backward history-pattern-search
zle -N history-pattern-search-forward history-pattern-search
incarg Typing the keystrokes for this widget with the cursor placed on
or to the left of an integer causes that integer to be incre-
mented by one. With a numeric argument, the number is incre-
mented by the amount of the argument (decremented if the numeric
argument is negative). The shell parameter incarg may be set to
change the default increment to something other than one.
bindkey '^X+' incarg
incremental-complete-word
This allows incremental completion of a word. After starting
this command, a list of completion choices can be shown after
every character you type, which you can delete with ^H or DEL.
Pressing return accepts the completion so far and returns you to
normal editing (that is, the command line is not immediately exe-
cuted). You can hit TAB to do normal completion, ^G to abort
back to the state when you started, and ^D to list the matches.
This works only with the new function based completion system.
bindkey '^Xi' incremental-complete-word
insert-composed-char
This function allows you to compose characters that don't appear
on the keyboard to be inserted into the command line. The com-
mand is followed by two keys corresponding to ASCII characters
(there is no prompt). For accented characters, the two keys are
a base character followed by a code for the accent, while for
other special characters the two characters together form a
mnemonic for the character to be inserted. The two-character
codes are a subset of those given by RFC 1345 (see for example
http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc1345.html).
The function may optionally be followed by up to two characters
which replace one or both of the characters read from the key-
board; if both characters are supplied, no input is read. For
example, insert-composed-char a: can be used within a widget to
insert an a with umlaut into the command line. This has the ad-
vantages over use of a literal character that it is more
portable.
For best results zsh should have been built with support for
multibyte characters (configured with --enable-multibyte); how-
ever, the function works for the limited range of characters
available in single-byte character sets such as ISO-8859-1.
The character is converted into the local representation and in-
serted into the command line at the cursor position. (The con-
version is done within the shell, using whatever facilities the C
library provides.) With a numeric argument, the character and
its code are previewed in the status line
The function may be run outside zle in which case it prints the
character (together with a newline) to standard output. Input is
still read from keystrokes.
See insert-unicode-char for an alternative way of inserting Uni-
code characters using their hexadecimal character number.
The set of accented characters is reasonably complete up to Uni-
code character U+0180, the set of special characters less so.
However, it is very sporadic from that point. Adding new charac-
ters is easy, however; see the function define-composed-chars.
Please send any additions to zsh-workers@zsh.org.
The codes for the second character when used to accent the first
are as follows. Note that not every character can take every ac-
cent.
! Grave.
' Acute.
> Circumflex.
? Tilde. (This is not ~ as RFC 1345 does not assume that
character is present on the keyboard.)
- Macron. (A horizontal bar over the base character.)
( Breve. (A shallow dish shape over the base character.)
. Dot above the base character, or in the case of i no dot,
or in the case of L and l a centered dot.
: Diaeresis (Umlaut).
c Cedilla.
_ Underline, however there are currently no underlined char-
acters.
/ Stroke through the base character.
" Double acute (only supported on a few letters).
; Ogonek. (A little forward facing hook at the bottom right
of the character.)
< Caron. (A little v over the letter.)
0 Circle over the base character.
2 Hook over the base character.
9 Horn over the base character.
The most common characters from the Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek and
Hebrew alphabets are available; consult RFC 1345 for the appro-
priate sequences. In addition, a set of two letter codes not in
RFC 1345 are available for the double-width characters corre-
sponding to ASCII characters from ! to ~ (0x21 to 0x7e) by pre-
ceding the character with ^, for example ^A for a double-width A.
The following other two-character sequences are understood.
ASCII characters
These are already present on most keyboards:
<( Left square bracket
// Backslash (solidus)
)> Right square bracket
(! Left brace (curly bracket)
!! Vertical bar (pipe symbol)
!) Right brace (curly bracket)
'? Tilde
Special letters
Characters found in various variants of the Latin alpha-
bet:
ss Eszett (scharfes S)
D-, d- Eth
TH, th Thorn
kk Kra
'n 'n
NG, ng Ng
OI, oi Oi
yr yr
ED ezh
Currency symbols
Ct Cent
Pd Pound sterling (also lira and others)
Cu Currency
Ye Yen
Eu Euro (N.B. not in RFC 1345)
Punctuation characters
References to "right" quotes indicate the shape (like a 9
rather than 6) rather than their grammatical use. (For
example, a "right" low double quote is used to open quota-
tions in German.)
!I Inverted exclamation mark
BB Broken vertical bar
SE Section
Co Copyright
-a Spanish feminine ordinal indicator
<< Left guillemet
-- Soft hyphen
Rg Registered trade mark
PI Pilcrow (paragraph)
-o Spanish masculine ordinal indicator
>> Right guillemet
?I Inverted question mark
-1 Hyphen
-N En dash
-M Em dash
-3 Horizontal bar
:3 Vertical ellipsis
.3 Horizontal midline ellipsis
!2 Double vertical line
=2 Double low line
'6 Left single quote
'9 Right single quote
.9 "Right" low quote
9' Reversed "right" quote
"6 Left double quote
"9 Right double quote
:9 "Right" low double quote
9" Reversed "right" double quote
/- Dagger
/= Double dagger
Mathematical symbols
DG Degree
-2, +-, -+
- sign, +/- sign, -/+ sign
2S Superscript 2
3S Superscript 3
1S Superscript 1
My Micro
.M Middle dot
14 Quarter
12 Half
34 Three quarters
*X Multiplication
-: Division
%0 Per mille
FA, TE, /0
For all, there exists, empty set
dP, DE, NB
Partial derivative, delta (increment), del (nabla)
(-, -) Element of, contains
*P, +Z Product, sum
*-, Ob, Sb
Asterisk, ring, bullet
RT, 0(, 00
Root sign, proportional to, infinity
Other symbols
cS, cH, cD, cC
Card suits: spades, hearts, diamonds, clubs
Md, M8, M2, Mb, Mx, MX
Musical notation: crotchet (quarter note), quaver (eighth
note), semiquavers (sixteenth notes), flag sign, natural
sign, sharp sign
Fm, Ml Female, male
Accents on their own
'> Circumflex (same as caret, ^)
'! Grave (same as backtick, `)
', Cedilla
': Diaeresis (Umlaut)
'm Macron
'' Acute
insert-files
This function allows you type a file pattern, and see the results
of the expansion at each step. When you hit return, all expan-
sions are inserted into the command line.
bindkey '^Xf' insert-files
insert-unicode-char
When first executed, the user inputs a set of hexadecimal digits.
This is terminated with another call to insert-unicode-char. The
digits are then turned into the corresponding Unicode character.
For example, if the widget is bound to ^XU, the character se-
quence `^XU 4 c ^XU' inserts L (Unicode U+004c).
See insert-composed-char for a way of inserting characters using
a two-character mnemonic.
narrow-to-region [ -p pre ] [ -P post ]
[ -S statepm | -R statepm | [ -l lbufvar ] [ -r rbufvar
] ]
[ -n ] [ start end ]
narrow-to-region-invisible
Narrow the editable portion of the buffer to the region between
the cursor and the mark, which may be in either order. The re-
gion may not be empty.
narrow-to-region may be used as a widget or called as a function
from a user-defined widget; by default, the text outside the ed-
itable area remains visible. A recursive-edit is performed and
the original widening status is then restored. Various options
and arguments are available when it is called as a function.
The options -p pretext and -P posttext may be used to replace the
text before and after the display for the duration of the func-
tion; either or both may be an empty string.
If the option -n is also given, pretext or posttext will only be
inserted if there is text before or after the region respectively
which will be made invisible.
Two numeric arguments may be given which will be used instead of
the cursor and mark positions.
The option -S statepm is used to narrow according to the other
options while saving the original state in the parameter with
name statepm, while the option -R statepm is used to restore the
state from the parameter; note in both cases the name of the pa-
rameter is required. In the second case, other options and argu-
ments are irrelevant. When this method is used, no recur-
sive-edit is performed; the calling widget should call this func-
tion with the option -S, perform its own editing on the command
line or pass control to the user via `zle recursive-edit', then
call this function with the option -R. The argument statepm must
be a suitable name for an ordinary parameter, except that parame-
ters beginning with the prefix _ntr_ are reserved for use within
narrow-to-region. Typically the parameter will be local to the
calling function.
The options -l lbufvar and -r rbufvar may be used to specify pa-
rameters where the widget will store the resulting text from the
operation. The parameter lbufvar will contain LBUFFER and rbuf-
var will contain RBUFFER. Neither of these two options may be
used with -S or -R.
narrow-to-region-invisible is a simple widget which calls nar-
row-to-region with arguments which replace any text outside the
region with `...'. It does not take any arguments.
The display is restored (and the widget returns) upon any zle
command which would usually cause the line to be accepted or
aborted. Hence an additional such command is required to accept
or abort the current line.
The return status of both widgets is zero if the line was ac-
cepted, else non-zero.
Here is a trivial example of a widget using this feature.
local state
narrow-to-region -p $'Editing restricted region\n' \
-P '' -S state
zle recursive-edit
narrow-to-region -R state
predict-on
This set of functions implements predictive typing using history
search. After predict-on, typing characters causes the editor to
look backward in the history for the first line beginning with
what you have typed so far. After predict-off, editing returns
to normal for the line found. In fact, you often don't even need
to use predict-off, because if the line doesn't match something
in the history, adding a key performs standard completion, and
then inserts itself if no completions were found. However, edit-
ing in the middle of a line is liable to confuse prediction; see
the toggle style below.
With the function based completion system (which is needed for
this), you should be able to type TAB at almost any point to ad-
vance the cursor to the next ``interesting'' character position
(usually the end of the current word, but sometimes somewhere in
the middle of the word). And of course as soon as the entire
line is what you want, you can accept with return, without need-
ing to move the cursor to the end first.
The first time predict-on is used, it creates several additional
widget functions:
delete-backward-and-predict
Replaces the backward-delete-char widget. You do not need
to bind this yourself.
insert-and-predict
Implements predictive typing by replacing the self-insert
widget. You do not need to bind this yourself.
predict-off
Turns off predictive typing.
Although you autoload only the predict-on function, it is neces-
sary to create a keybinding for predict-off as well.
zle -N predict-on
zle -N predict-off
bindkey '^X^Z' predict-on
bindkey '^Z' predict-off
read-from-minibuffer
This is most useful when called as a function from inside a wid-
get, but will work correctly as a widget in its own right. It
prompts for a value below the current command line; a value may
be input using all of the standard zle operations (and not merely
the restricted set available when executing, for example, exe-
cute-named-cmd). The value is then returned to the calling func-
tion in the parameter $REPLY and the editing buffer restored to
its previous state. If the read was aborted by a keyboard break
(typically ^G), the function returns status 1 and $REPLY is not
set.
If one argument is supplied to the function it is taken as a
prompt, otherwise `? ' is used. If two arguments are supplied,
they are the prompt and the initial value of $LBUFFER, and if a
third argument is given it is the initial value of $RBUFFER.
This provides a default value and starting cursor placement.
Upon return the entire buffer is the value of $REPLY.
One option is available: `-k num' specifies that num characters
are to be read instead of a whole line. The line editor is not
invoked recursively in this case, so depending on the terminal
settings the input may not be visible, and only the input keys
are placed in $REPLY, not the entire buffer. Note that unlike
the read builtin num must be given; there is no default.
The name is a slight misnomer, as in fact the shell's own
minibuffer is not used. Hence it is still possible to call exe-
cuted-named-cmd and similar functions while reading a value.
replace-argument, replace-argument-edit
The function replace-argument can be used to replace a command
line argument in the current command line or, if the current com-
mand line is empty, in the last command line executed (the new
command line is not executed). Arguments are as delimited by
standard shell syntax,
If a numeric argument is given, that specifies the argument to be
replaced. 0 means the command name, as in history expansion. A
negative numeric argument counts backward from the last word.
If no numeric argument is given, the current argument is re-
placed; this is the last argument if the previous history line is
being used.
The function prompts for a replacement argument.
If the widget contains the string edit, for example is defined as
zle -N replace-argument-edit replace-argument
then the function presents the current value of the argument for
editing, otherwise the editing buffer for the replacement is ini-
tially empty.
replace-string, replace-pattern
replace-string-again, replace-pattern-again
The function replace-string implements three widgets. If defined
under the same name as the function, it prompts for two strings;
the first (source) string will be replaced by the second every-
where it occurs in the line editing buffer.
If the widget name contains the word `pattern', for example by
defining the widget using the command `zle -N replace-pattern re-
place-string', then the matching is performed using zsh patterns.
All zsh extended globbing patterns can be used in the source
string; note that unlike filename generation the pattern does not
need to match an entire word, nor do glob qualifiers have any ef-
fect. In addition, the replacement string can contain parameter
or command substitutions. Furthermore, a `&' in the replacement
string will be replaced with the matched source string, and a
backquoted digit `\N' will be replaced by the Nth parenthesised
expression matched. The form `\{N}' may be used to protect the
digit from following digits.
If the widget instead contains the word `regex' (or `regexp'),
then the matching is performed using regular expressions, re-
specting the setting of the option RE_MATCH_PCRE (see the de-
scription of the function regexp-replace below). The special re-
placement facilities described above for pattern matching are
available.
By default the previous source or replacement string will not be
offered for editing. However, this feature can be activated by
setting the style edit-previous in the context :zle:widget (for
example, :zle:replace-string) to true. In addition, a positive
numeric argument forces the previous values to be offered, a neg-
ative or zero argument forces them not to be.
The function replace-string-again can be used to repeat the pre-
vious replacement; no prompting is done. As with replace-string,
if the name of the widget contains the word `pattern' or `regex',
pattern or regular expression matching is performed, else a lit-
eral string replacement. Note that the previous source and re-
placement text are the same whether pattern, regular expression
or string matching is used.
In addition, replace-string shows the previous replacement above
the prompt, so long as there was one during the current session;
if the source string is empty, that replacement will be repeated
without the widget prompting for a replacement string.
For example, starting from the line:
print This line contains fan and fond
and invoking replace-pattern with the source string `f(?)n' and
the replacement string `c\1r' produces the not very useful line:
print This line contains car and cord
The range of the replacement string can be limited by using the
narrow-to-region-invisible widget. One limitation of the current
version is that undo will cycle through changes to the replace-
ment and source strings before undoing the replacement itself.
send-invisible
This is similar to read-from-minibuffer in that it may be called
as a function from a widget or as a widget of its own, and inter-
actively reads input from the keyboard. However, the input being
typed is concealed and a string of asterisks (`*') is shown in-
stead. The value is saved in the parameter $INVISIBLE to which a
reference is inserted into the editing buffer at the restored
cursor position. If the read was aborted by a keyboard break
(typically ^G) or another escape from editing such as push-line,
$INVISIBLE is set to empty and the original buffer is restored
unchanged.
If one argument is supplied to the function it is taken as a
prompt, otherwise `Non-echoed text: ' is used (as in emacs). If
a second and third argument are supplied they are used to begin
and end the reference to $INVISIBLE that is inserted into the
buffer. The default is to open with ${, then INVISIBLE, and
close with }, but many other effects are possible.
smart-insert-last-word
This function may replace the insert-last-word widget, like so:
zle -N insert-last-word smart-insert-last-word
With a numeric argument, or when passed command line arguments in
a call from another widget, it behaves like insert-last-word, ex-
cept that words in comments are ignored when INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS
is set.
Otherwise, the rightmost ``interesting'' word from the previous
command is found and inserted. The default definition of ``in-
teresting'' is that the word contains at least one alphabetic
character, slash, or backslash. This definition may be overrid-
den by use of the match style. The context used to look up the
style is the widget name, so usually the context is :in-
sert-last-word. However, you can bind this function to different
widgets to use different patterns:
zle -N insert-last-assignment smart-insert-last-word
zstyle :insert-last-assignment match '[[:alpha:]][][[:alnum:]]#=*'
bindkey '\e=' insert-last-assignment
If no interesting word is found and the auto-previous style is
set to a true value, the search continues upward through the his-
tory. When auto-previous is unset or false (the default), the
widget must be invoked repeatedly in order to search earlier his-
tory lines.
transpose-lines
Only useful with a multi-line editing buffer; the lines here are
lines within the current on-screen buffer, not history lines.
The effect is similar to the function of the same name in Emacs.
Transpose the current line with the previous line and move the
cursor to the start of the next line. Repeating this (which can
be done by providing a positive numeric argument) has the effect
of moving the line above the cursor down by a number of lines.
With a negative numeric argument, requires two lines above the
cursor. These two lines are transposed and the cursor moved to
the start of the previous line. Using a numeric argument less
than -1 has the effect of moving the line above the cursor up by
minus that number of lines.
url-quote-magic
This widget replaces the built-in self-insert to make it easier
to type URLs as command line arguments. As you type, the input
character is analyzed and, if it may need quoting, the current
word is checked for a URI scheme. If one is found and the cur-
rent word is not already in quotes, a backslash is inserted be-
fore the input character.
Styles to control quoting behavior:
url-metas
This style is looked up in the context
`:url-quote-magic:scheme' (where scheme is that of the
current URL, e.g. "ftp"). The value is a string listing
the characters to be treated as globbing metacharacters
when appearing in a URL using that scheme. The default is
to quote all zsh extended globbing characters, excluding
'<' and '>' but including braces (as in brace expansion).
See also url-seps.
url-seps
Like url-metas, but lists characters that should be con-
sidered command separators, redirections, history refer-
ences, etc. The default is to quote the standard set of
shell separators, excluding those that overlap with the
extended globbing characters, but including '<' and '>'
and the first character of $histchars.
url-globbers
This style is looked up in the context `:url-quote-magic'.
The values form a list of command names that are expected
to do their own globbing on the URL string. This implies
that they are aliased to use the `noglob' modifier. When
the first word on the line matches one of the values and
the URL refers to a local file (see url-local-schema),
only the url-seps characters are quoted; the url-metas are
left alone, allowing them to affect command-line parsing,
completion, etc. The default values are a literal
`noglob' plus (when the zsh/parameter module is available)
any commands aliased to the helper function `urlglobber'
or its alias `globurl'.
url-local-schema
This style is always looked up in the context `:urlglob-
ber', even though it is used by both url-quote-magic and
urlglobber. The values form a list of URI schema that
should be treated as referring to local files by their
real local path names, as opposed to files which are spec-
ified relative to a web-server-defined document root. The
defaults are "ftp" and "file".
url-other-schema
Like url-local-schema, but lists all other URI schema upon
which urlglobber and url-quote-magic should act. If the
URI on the command line does not have a scheme appearing
either in this list or in url-local-schema, it is not mag-
ically quoted. The default values are "http", "https",
and "ftp". When a scheme appears both here and in url-lo-
cal-schema, it is quoted differently depending on whether
the command name appears in url-globbers.
Loading url-quote-magic also defines a helper function `urlglob-
ber' and aliases `globurl' to `noglob urlglobber'. This function
takes a local URL apart, attempts to pattern-match the local file
portion of the URL path, and then puts the results back into URL
format again.
vi-pipe
This function reads a movement command from the keyboard and then
prompts for an external command. The part of the buffer covered
by the movement is piped to the external command and then re-
placed by the command's output. If the movement command is bound
to vi-pipe, the current line is used.
The function serves as an example for reading a vi movement com-
mand from within a user-defined widget.
which-command
This function is a drop-in replacement for the builtin widget
which-command. It has enhanced behaviour, in that it correctly
detects whether or not the command word needs to be expanded as
an alias; if so, it continues tracing the command word from the
expanded alias until it reaches the command that will be exe-
cuted.
The style whence is available in the context :zle:$WIDGET; this
may be set to an array to give the command and options that will
be used to investigate the command word found. The default is
whence -c.
zcalc-auto-insert
This function is useful together with the zcalc function de-
scribed in the section `Mathematical Functions'. It should be
bound to a key representing a binary operator such as `+', `-',
`*' or `/'. When running in zcalc, if the key occurs at the
start of the line or immediately following an open parenthesis,
the text "ans " is inserted before the representation of the key
itself. This allows easy use of the answer from the previous
calculation in the current line. The text to be inserted before
the symbol typed can be modified by setting the variable
ZCALC_AUTO_INSERT_PREFIX.
Hence, for example, typing `+12' followed by return adds 12 to
the previous result.
If zcalc is in RPN mode (-r option) the effect of this binding is
automatically suppressed as operators alone on a line are mean-
ingful.
When not in zcalc, the key simply inserts the symbol itself.
Utility Functions
These functions are useful in constructing widgets. They should be
loaded with `autoload -U function' and called as indicated from user-de-
fined widgets.
split-shell-arguments
This function splits the line currently being edited into shell
arguments and whitespace. The result is stored in the array re-
ply. The array contains all the parts of the line in order,
starting with any whitespace before the first argument, and fin-
ishing with any whitespace after the last argument. Hence (so
long as the option KSH_ARRAYS is not set) whitespace is given by
odd indices in the array and arguments by even indices. Note
that no stripping of quotes is done; joining together all the el-
ements of reply in order is guaranteed to produce the original
line.
The parameter REPLY is set to the index of the word in reply
which contains the character after the cursor, where the first
element has index 1. The parameter REPLY2 is set to the index of
the character under the cursor in that word, where the first
character has index 1.
Hence reply, REPLY and REPLY2 should all be made local to the en-
closing function.
See the function modify-current-argument, described below, for an
example of how to call this function.
modify-current-argument [ expr-using-$ARG | func ]
This function provides a simple method of allowing user-defined
widgets to modify the command line argument under the cursor (or
immediately to the left of the cursor if the cursor is between
arguments).
The argument can be an expression which when evaluated operates
on the shell parameter ARG, which will have been set to the com-
mand line argument under the cursor. The expression should be
suitably quoted to prevent it being evaluated too early.
Alternatively, if the argument does not contain the string ARG,
it is assumed to be a shell function, to which the current com-
mand line argument is passed as the only argument. The function
should set the variable REPLY to the new value for the command
line argument. If the function returns non-zero status, so does
the calling function.
For example, a user-defined widget containing the following code
converts the characters in the argument under the cursor into all
upper case:
modify-current-argument '${(U)ARG}'
The following strips any quoting from the current word (whether
backslashes or one of the styles of quotes), and replaces it with
single quoting throughout:
modify-current-argument '${(qq)${(Q)ARG}}'
The following performs directory expansion on the command line
argument and replaces it by the absolute path:
expand-dir() {
REPLY=${~1}
REPLY=${REPLY:a}
}
modify-current-argument expand-dir
In practice the function expand-dir would probably not be defined
within the widget where modify-current-argument is called.
Styles
The behavior of several of the above widgets can be controlled by the
use of the zstyle mechanism. In particular, widgets that interact with
the completion system pass along their context to any completions that
they invoke.
break-keys
This style is used by the incremental-complete-word widget. Its
value should be a pattern, and all keys matching this pattern
will cause the widget to stop incremental completion without the
key having any further effect. Like all styles used directly by
incremental-complete-word, this style is looked up using the con-
text `:incremental'.
completer
The incremental-complete-word and insert-and-predict widgets set
up their top-level context name before calling completion. This
allows one to define different sets of completer functions for
normal completion and for these widgets. For example, to use
completion, approximation and correction for normal completion,
completion and correction for incremental completion and only
completion for prediction one could use:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer \
_complete _correct _approximate
zstyle ':completion:incremental:*' completer \
_complete _correct
zstyle ':completion:predict:*' completer \
_complete
It is a good idea to restrict the completers used in prediction,
because they may be automatically invoked as you type. The _list
and _menu completers should never be used with prediction. The
_approximate, _correct, _expand, and _match completers may be
used, but be aware that they may change characters anywhere in
the word behind the cursor, so you need to watch carefully that
the result is what you intended.
cursor The insert-and-predict widget uses this style, in the context
`:predict', to decide where to place the cursor after completion
has been tried. Values are:
complete
The cursor is left where it was when completion finished,
but only if it is after a character equal to the one just
inserted by the user. If it is after another character,
this value is the same as `key'.
key The cursor is left after the nth occurrence of the charac-
ter just inserted, where n is the number of times that
character appeared in the word before completion was at-
tempted. In short, this has the effect of leaving the
cursor after the character just typed even if the comple-
tion code found out that no other characters need to be
inserted at that position.
Any other value for this style unconditionally leaves the cursor
at the position where the completion code left it.
list When using the incremental-complete-word widget, this style says
if the matches should be listed on every key press (if they fit
on the screen). Use the context prefix `:completion:incremen-
tal'.
The insert-and-predict widget uses this style to decide if the
completion should be shown even if there is only one possible
completion. This is done if the value of this style is the
string always. In this case the context is `:predict' (not
`:completion:predict').
match This style is used by smart-insert-last-word to provide a pattern
(using full EXTENDED_GLOB syntax) that matches an interesting
word. The context is the name of the widget to which smart-in-
sert-last-word is bound (see above). The default behavior of
smart-insert-last-word is equivalent to:
zstyle :insert-last-word match '*[[:alpha:]/\\]*'
However, you might want to include words that contain spaces:
zstyle :insert-last-word match '*[[:alpha:][:space:]/\\]*'
Or include numbers as long as the word is at least two characters
long:
zstyle :insert-last-word match '*([[:digit:]]?|[[:alpha:]/\\])*'
The above example causes redirections like "2>" to be included.
prompt The incremental-complete-word widget shows the value of this
style in the status line during incremental completion. The
string value may contain any of the following substrings in the
manner of the PS1 and other prompt parameters:
%c Replaced by the name of the completer function that gener-
ated the matches (without the leading underscore).
%l When the list style is set, replaced by `...' if the list
of matches is too long to fit on the screen and with an
empty string otherwise. If the list style is `false' or
not set, `%l' is always removed.
%n Replaced by the number of matches generated.
%s Replaced by `-no match-', `-no prefix-', or an empty
string if there is no completion matching the word on the
line, if the matches have no common prefix different from
the word on the line, or if there is such a common prefix,
respectively.
%u Replaced by the unambiguous part of all matches, if there
is any, and if it is different from the word on the line.
Like `break-keys', this uses the `:incremental' context.
stop-keys
This style is used by the incremental-complete-word widget. Its
value is treated similarly to the one for the break-keys style
(and uses the same context: `:incremental'). However, in this
case all keys matching the pattern given as its value will stop
incremental completion and will then execute their usual func-
tion.
toggle This boolean style is used by predict-on and its related widgets
in the context `:predict'. If set to one of the standard `true'
values, predictive typing is automatically toggled off in situa-
tions where it is unlikely to be useful, such as when editing a
multi-line buffer or after moving into the middle of a line and
then deleting a character. The default is to leave prediction
turned on until an explicit call to predict-off.
verbose
This boolean style is used by predict-on and its related widgets
in the context `:predict'. If set to one of the standard `true'
values, these widgets display a message below the prompt when the
predictive state is toggled. This is most useful in combination
with the toggle style. The default does not display these mes-
sages.
widget This style is similar to the command style: For widget functions
that use zle to call other widgets, this style can sometimes be
used to override the widget which is called. The context for
this style is the name of the calling widget (not the name of the
calling function, because one function may be bound to multiple
widget names).
zstyle :copy-earlier-word widget smart-insert-last-word
Check the documentation for the calling widget or function to de-
termine whether the widget style is used.
EXCEPTION HANDLING
Two functions are provided to enable zsh to provide exception handling
in a form that should be familiar from other languages.
throw exception
The function throw throws the named exception. The name is an
arbitrary string and is only used by the throw and catch func-
tions. An exception is for the most part treated the same as a
shell error, i.e. an unhandled exception will cause the shell to
abort all processing in a function or script and to return to the
top level in an interactive shell.
catch exception-pattern
The function catch returns status zero if an exception was thrown
and the pattern exception-pattern matches its name. Otherwise it
returns status 1. exception-pattern is a standard shell pattern,
respecting the current setting of the EXTENDED_GLOB option. An
alias catch is also defined to prevent the argument to the func-
tion from matching filenames, so patterns may be used unquoted.
Note that as exceptions are not fundamentally different from
other shell errors it is possible to catch shell errors by using
an empty string as the exception name. The shell variable CAUGHT
is set by catch to the name of the exception caught. It is pos-
sible to rethrow an exception by calling the throw function again
once an exception has been caught.
The functions are designed to be used together with the always construct
described in zshmisc(1). This is important as only this construct pro-
vides the required support for exceptions. A typical example is as fol-
lows.
{
# "try" block
# ... nested code here calls "throw MyExcept"
} always {
# "always" block
if catch MyExcept; then
print "Caught exception MyExcept"
elif catch ''; then
print "Caught a shell error. Propagating..."
throw ''
fi
# Other exceptions are not handled but may be caught further
# up the call stack.
}
If all exceptions should be caught, the following idiom might be prefer-
able.
{
# ... nested code here throws an exception
} always {
if catch *; then
case $CAUGHT in
(MyExcept)
print "Caught my own exception"
;;
(*)
print "Caught some other exception"
;;
esac
fi
}
In common with exception handling in other languages, the exception may
be thrown by code deeply nested inside the `try' block. However, note
that it must be thrown inside the current shell, not in a subshell
forked for a pipeline, parenthesised current-shell construct, or some
form of command or process substitution.
The system internally uses the shell variable EXCEPTION to record the
name of the exception between throwing and catching. One drawback of
this scheme is that if the exception is not handled the variable EXCEP-
TION remains set and may be incorrectly recognised as the name of an ex-
ception if a shell error subsequently occurs. Adding unset EXCEPTION at
the start of the outermost layer of any code that uses exception han-
dling will eliminate this problem.
MIME FUNCTIONS
Three functions are available to provide handling of files recognised by
extension, for example to dispatch a file text.ps when executed as a
command to an appropriate viewer.
zsh-mime-setup [ -fv ] [ -l [ suffix ... ] ]
zsh-mime-handler [ -l ] command argument ...
These two functions use the files ~/.mime.types and
/etc/mime.types, which associate types and extensions, as well as
~/.mailcap and /etc/mailcap files, which associate types and the
programs that handle them. These are provided on many systems
with the Multimedia Internet Mail Extensions.
To enable the system, the function zsh-mime-setup should be au-
toloaded and run. This allows files with extensions to be
treated as executable; such files be completed by the function
completion system. The function zsh-mime-handler should not need
to be called by the user.
The system works by setting up suffix aliases with `alias -s'.
Suffix aliases already installed by the user will not be over-
written.
For suffixes defined in lower case, upper case variants will also
automatically be handled (e.g. PDF is automatically handled if
handling for the suffix pdf is defined), but not vice versa.
Repeated calls to zsh-mime-setup do not override the existing
mapping between suffixes and executable files unless the option
-f is given. Note, however, that this does not override existing
suffix aliases assigned to handlers other than zsh-mime-handler.
Calling zsh-mime-setup with the option -l lists the existing map-
pings without altering them. Suffixes to list (which may contain
pattern characters that should be quoted from immediate interpre-
tation on the command line) may be given as additional arguments,
otherwise all suffixes are listed.
Calling zsh-mime-setup with the option -v causes verbose output
to be shown during the setup operation.
The system respects the mailcap flags needsterminal and copi-
ousoutput; see mailcap(4) or mailcap(5) (the man page's name
varies across platforms).
The functions use the following styles, which are defined with
the zstyle builtin command (see zshmodules(1)). They should be
defined before zsh-mime-setup is run. The contexts used all
start with :mime:, with additional components in some cases. It
is recommended that a trailing * (suitably quoted) be appended to
style patterns in case the system is extended in future. Some
examples are given below.
For files that have multiple suffixes, e.g. .pdf.gz, where the
context includes the suffix it will be looked up starting with
the longest possible suffix until a match for the style is found.
For example, if .pdf.gz produces a match for the handler, that
will be used; otherwise the handler for .gz will be used. Note
that, owing to the way suffix aliases work, it is always required
that there be a handler for the shortest possible suffix, so in
this example .pdf.gz can only be handled if .gz is also handled
(though not necessarily in the same way). Alternatively, if no
handling for .gz on its own is needed, simply adding the command
alias -s gz=zsh-mime-handler
to the initialisation code is sufficient; .gz will not be handled
on its own, but may be in combination with other suffixes.
current-shell
If this boolean style is true, the mailcap handler for the
context in question is run using the eval builtin instead
of by starting a new sh process. This is more efficient,
but may not work in the occasional cases where the mailcap
handler uses strict POSIX syntax.
disown If this boolean style is true, mailcap handlers started in
the background will be disowned, i.e. not subject to job
control within the parent shell. Such handlers nearly al-
ways produce their own windows, so the only likely harmful
side effect of setting the style is that it becomes harder
to kill jobs from within the shell.
execute-as-is
This style gives a list of patterns to be matched against
files passed for execution with a handler program. If the
file matches the pattern, the entire command line is exe-
cuted in its current form, with no handler. This is use-
ful for files which might have suffixes but nonetheless be
executable in their own right. If the style is not set,
the pattern *(*) *(/) is used; hence executable files are
executed directly and not passed to a handler, and the op-
tion AUTO_CD may be used to change to directories that
happen to have MIME suffixes.
execute-never
This style is useful in combination with execute-as-is.
It is set to an array of patterns corresponding to full
paths to files that should never be treated as executable,
even if the file passed to the MIME handler matches exe-
cute-as-is. This is useful for file systems that don't
handle execute permission or that contain executables from
another operating system. For example, if /mnt/windows is
a Windows mount, then
zstyle ':mime:*' execute-never '/mnt/windows/*'
will ensure that any files found in that area will be exe-
cuted as MIME types even if they are executable. As this
example shows, the complete file name is matched against
the pattern, regardless of how the file was passed to the
handler. The file is resolved to a full path using the :P
modifier described in the subsection `Modifiers' in zsh-
expn(1); this means that symbolic links are resolved where
possible, so that links into other file systems behave in
the correct fashion.
file-path
Used if the style find-file-in-path is true for the same
context. Set to an array of directories that are used for
searching for the file to be handled; the default is the
command path given by the special parameter path. The
shell option PATH_DIRS is respected; if that is set, the
appropriate path will be searched even if the name of the
file to be handled as it appears on the command line con-
tains a `/'. The full context is :mime:.suffix:, as de-
scribed for the style handler.
find-file-in-path
If set, allows files whose names do not contain absolute
paths to be searched for in the command path or the path
specified by the file-path style. If the file is not
found in the path, it is looked for locally (whether or
not the current directory is in the path); if it is not
found locally, the handler will abort unless the han-
dle-nonexistent style is set. Files found in the path are
tested as described for the style execute-as-is. The full
context is :mime:.suffix:, as described for the style han-
dler.
flags Defines flags to go with a handler; the context is as for
the handler style, and the format is as for the flags in
mailcap.
handle-nonexistent
By default, arguments that don't correspond to files are
not passed to the MIME handler in order to prevent it from
intercepting commands found in the path that happen to
have suffixes. This style may be set to an array of ex-
tended glob patterns for arguments that will be passed to
the handler even if they don't exist. If it is not ex-
plicitly set it defaults to [[:alpha:]]#:/* which allows
URLs to be passed to the MIME handler even though they
don't exist in that format in the file system. The full
context is :mime:.suffix:, as described for the style han-
dler.
handler
Specifies a handler for a suffix; the suffix is given by
the context as :mime:.suffix:, and the format of the han-
dler is exactly that in mailcap. Note in particular the
`.' and trailing colon to distinguish this use of the con-
text. This overrides any handler specified by the mailcap
files. If the handler requires a terminal, the flags
style should be set to include the word needsterminal, or
if the output is to be displayed through a pager (but not
if the handler is itself a pager), it should include copi-
ousoutput.
mailcap
A list of files in the format of ~/.mailcap and /etc/mail-
cap to be read during setup, replacing the default list
which consists of those two files. The context is :mime:.
A + in the list will be replaced by the default files.
mailcap-priorities
This style is used to resolve multiple mailcap entries for
the same MIME type. It consists of an array of the fol-
lowing elements, in descending order of priority; later
entries will be used if earlier entries are unable to re-
solve the entries being compared. If none of the tests
resolve the entries, the first entry encountered is re-
tained.
files The order of files (entries in the mailcap style)
read. Earlier files are preferred. (Note this
does not resolve entries in the same file.)
priority
The priority flag from the mailcap entry. The pri-
ority is an integer from 0 to 9 with the default
value being 5.
flags The test given by the mailcap-prio-flags option is
used to resolve entries.
place Later entries are preferred; as the entries are
strictly ordered, this test always succeeds.
Note that as this style is handled during initialisation,
the context is always :mime:, with no discrimination by
suffix.
mailcap-prio-flags
This style is used when the keyword flags is encountered
in the list of tests specified by the mailcap-priorities
style. It should be set to a list of patterns, each of
which is tested against the flags specified in the mailcap
entry (in other words, the sets of assignments found with
some entries in the mailcap file). Earlier patterns in
the list are preferred to later ones, and matched patterns
are preferred to unmatched ones.
mime-types
A list of files in the format of ~/.mime.types and
/etc/mime.types to be read during setup, replacing the de-
fault list which consists of those two files. The context
is :mime:. A + in the list will be replaced by the de-
fault files.
never-background
If this boolean style is set, the handler for the given
context is always run in the foreground, even if the flags
provided in the mailcap entry suggest it need not be (for
example, it doesn't require a terminal).
pager If set, will be used instead of $PAGER or more to handle
suffixes where the copiousoutput flag is set. The context
is as for handler, i.e. :mime:.suffix: for handling a file
with the given suffix.
Examples:
zstyle ':mime:*' mailcap ~/.mailcap /usr/local/etc/mailcap
zstyle ':mime:.txt:' handler less %s
zstyle ':mime:.txt:' flags needsterminal
When zsh-mime-setup is subsequently run, it will look for mailcap
entries in the two files given. Files of suffix .txt will be
handled by running `less file.txt'. The flag needsterminal is
set to show that this program must run attached to a terminal.
As there are several steps to dispatching a command, the follow-
ing should be checked if attempting to execute a file by exten-
sion .ext does not have the expected effect.
The command `alias -s ext' should show `ps=zsh-mime-handler'. If
it shows something else, another suffix alias was already in-
stalled and was not overwritten. If it shows nothing, no handler
was installed: this is most likely because no handler was found
in the .mime.types and mailcap combination for .ext files. In
that case, appropriate handling should be added to ~/.mime.types
and mailcap.
If the extension is handled by zsh-mime-handler but the file is
not opened correctly, either the handler defined for the type is
incorrect, or the flags associated with it are in appropriate.
Running zsh-mime-setup -l will show the handler and, if there are
any, the flags. A %s in the handler is replaced by the file
(suitably quoted if necessary). Check that the handler program
listed lists and can be run in the way shown. Also check that
the flags needsterminal or copiousoutput are set if the handler
needs to be run under a terminal; the second flag is used if the
output should be sent to a pager. An example of a suitable mail-
cap entry for such a program is:
text/html; /usr/bin/lynx '%s'; needsterminal
Running `zsh-mime-handler -l command line' prints the command
line that would be executed, simplified to remove the effect of
any flags, and quoted so that the output can be run as a complete
zsh command line. This is used by the completion system to de-
cide how to complete after a file handled by zsh-mime-setup.
pick-web-browser
This function is separate from the two MIME functions described
above and can be assigned directly to a suffix:
autoload -U pick-web-browser
alias -s html=pick-web-browser
It is provided as an intelligent front end to dispatch a web
browser. It may be run as either a function or a shell script.
The status 255 is returned if no browser could be started.
Various styles are available to customize the choice of browsers:
browser-style
The value of the style is an array giving preferences in
decreasing order for the type of browser to use. The val-
ues of elements may be
running
Use a GUI browser that is already running when an X
Window display is available. The browsers listed
in the x-browsers style are tried in order until
one is found; if it is, the file will be displayed
in that browser, so the user may need to check
whether it has appeared. If no running browser is
found, one is not started. Browsers other than
Firefox, Opera and Konqueror are assumed to under-
stand the Mozilla syntax for opening a URL re-
motely.
x Start a new GUI browser when an X Window display is
available. Search for the availability of one of
the browsers listed in the x-browsers style and
start the first one that is found. No check is
made for an already running browser.
tty Start a terminal-based browser. Search for the
availability of one of the browsers listed in the
tty-browsers style and start the first one that is
found.
If the style is not set the default running x tty is used.
x-browsers
An array in decreasing order of preference of browsers to
use when running under the X Window System. The array
consists of the command name under which to start the
browser. They are looked up in the context :mime: (which
may be extended in future, so appending `*' is recom-
mended). For example,
zstyle ':mime:*' x-browsers opera konqueror firefox
specifies that pick-web-browser should first look for a
running instance of Opera, Konqueror or Firefox, in that
order, and if it fails to find any should attempt to start
Opera. The default is firefox mozilla netscape opera kon-
queror.
tty-browsers
An array similar to x-browsers, except that it gives
browsers to use when no X Window display is available.
The default is elinks links lynx.
command
If it is set this style is used to pick the command used
to open a page for a browser. The context is
:mime:browser:new:$browser: to start a new browser or
:mime:browser:running:$browser: to open a URL in a browser
already running on the current X display, where $browser
is the value matched in the x-browsers or tty-browsers
style. The escape sequence %b in the style's value will
be replaced by the browser, while %u will be replaced by
the URL. If the style is not set, the default for all new
instances is equivalent to %b %u and the defaults for us-
ing running browsers are equivalent to the values kfm-
client openURL %u for Konqueror, firefox -new-tab %u for
Firefox, opera -newpage %u for Opera, and %b -remote
"openUrl(%u)" for all others.
MATHEMATICAL FUNCTIONS
zcalc [ -erf ] [ expression ... ]
A reasonably powerful calculator based on zsh's arithmetic evalu-
ation facility. The syntax is similar to that of formulae in
most programming languages; see the section `Arithmetic Evalua-
tion' in zshmisc(1) for details.
Non-programmers should note that, as in many other programming
languages, expressions involving only integers (whether constants
without a `.', variables containing such constants as strings, or
variables declared to be integers) are by default evaluated using
integer arithmetic, which is not how an ordinary desk calculator
operates. To force floating point operation, pass the option -f;
see further notes below.
If the file ~/.zcalcrc exists it will be sourced inside the func-
tion once it is set up and about to process the command line.
This can be used, for example, to set shell options; emulate -L
zsh and setopt extendedglob are in effect at this point. Any
failure to source the file if it exists is treated as fatal. As
with other initialisation files, the directory $ZDOTDIR is used
instead of $HOME if it is set.
The mathematical library zsh/mathfunc will be loaded if it is
available; see the section `The zsh/mathfunc Module' in zshmod-
ules(1). The mathematical functions correspond to the raw system
libraries, so trigonometric functions are evaluated using radi-
ans, and so on.
Each line typed is evaluated as an expression. The prompt shows
a number, which corresponds to a positional parameter where the
result of that calculation is stored. For example, the result of
the calculation on the line preceded by `4> ' is available as $4.
The last value calculated is available as ans. Full command line
editing, including the history of previous calculations, is
available; the history is saved in the file ~/.zcalc_history. To
exit, enter a blank line or type `:q' on its own (`q' is allowed
for historical compatibility).
A line ending with a single backslash is treated in the same
fashion as it is in command line editing: the backslash is re-
moved, the function prompts for more input (the prompt is pre-
ceded by `...' to indicate this), and the lines are combined into
one to get the final result. In addition, if the input so far
contains more open than close parentheses zcalc will prompt for
more input.
If arguments are given to zcalc on start up, they are used to
prime the first few positional parameters. A visual indication
of this is given when the calculator starts.
The constants PI (3.14159...) and E (2.71828...) are provided.
Parameter assignment is possible, but note that all parameters
will be put into the global namespace unless the :local special
command is used. The function creates local variables whose
names start with _, so users should avoid doing so. The vari-
ables ans (the last answer) and stack (the stack in RPN mode) may
be referred to directly; stack is an array but elements of it are
numeric. Various other special variables are used locally with
their standard meaning, for example compcontext, match, mbegin,
mend, psvar.
The output base can be initialised by passing the option
`-#base', for example `zcalc -#16' (the `#' may have to be
quoted, depending on the globbing options set).
If the option `-e' is set, the function runs non-interactively:
the arguments are treated as expressions to be evaluated as if
entered interactively line by line.
If the option `-f' is set, all numbers are treated as floating
point, hence for example the expression `3/4' evaluates to 0.75
rather than 0. Options must appear in separate words.
If the option `-r' is set, RPN (Reverse Polish Notation) mode is
entered. This has various additional properties:
Stack Evaluated values are maintained in a stack; this is con-
tained in an array named stack with the most recent value
in ${stack[1]}.
Operators and functions
If the line entered matches an operator (+, -, *, /, **,
^, | or &) or a function supplied by the zsh/mathfunc li-
brary, the bottom element or elements of the stack are
popped to use as the argument or arguments. The higher
elements of stack (least recent) are used as earlier argu-
ments. The result is then pushed into ${stack[1]}.
Expressions
Other expressions are evaluated normally, printed, and
added to the stack as numeric values. The syntax within
expressions on a single line is normal shell arithmetic
(not RPN).
Stack listing
If an integer follows the option -r with no space, then on
every evaluation that many elements of the stack, where
available, are printed instead of just the most recent re-
sult. Hence, for example, zcalc -r4 shows $stack[4] to
$stack[1] each time results are printed.
Duplication: =
The pseudo-operator = causes the most recent element of
the stack to be duplicated onto the stack.
pop The pseudo-function pop causes the most recent element of
the stack to be popped. A `>' on its own has the same ef-
fect.
>ident The expression > followed (with no space) by a shell iden-
tifier causes the most recent element of the stack to be
popped and assigned to the variable with that name. The
variable is local to the zcalc function.
<ident The expression < followed (with no space) by a shell iden-
tifier causes the value of the variable with that name to
be pushed onto the stack. ident may be an integer, in
which case the previous result with that number (as shown
before the > in the standard zcalc prompt) is put on the
stack.
Exchange: xy
The pseudo-function xy causes the most recent two elements
of the stack to be exchanged. `<>' has the same effect.
The prompt is configurable via the parameter ZCALCPROMPT, which
undergoes standard prompt expansion. The index of the current
entry is stored locally in the first element of the array psvar,
which can be referred to in ZCALCPROMPT as `%1v'. The default
prompt is `%1v> '.
The variable ZCALC_ACTIVE is set within the function and can be
tested by nested functions; it has the value rpn if RPN mode is
active, else 1.
A few special commands are available; these are introduced by a
colon. For backward compatibility, the colon may be omitted for
certain commands. Completion is available if compinit has been
run.
The output precision may be specified within zcalc by special
commands familiar from many calculators.
:norm The default output format. It corresponds to the printf
%g specification. Typically this shows six decimal dig-
its.
:sci digits
Scientific notation, corresponding to the printf %g output
format with the precision given by digits. This produces
either fixed point or exponential notation depending on
the value output.
:fix digits
Fixed point notation, corresponding to the printf %f out-
put format with the precision given by digits.
:eng digits
Exponential notation, corresponding to the printf %E out-
put format with the precision given by digits.
:raw Raw output: this is the default form of the output from a
math evaluation. This may show more precision than the
number actually possesses.
Other special commands:
:!line...
Execute line... as a normal shell command line. Note that
it is executed in the context of the function, i.e. with
local variables. Space is optional after :!.
:local arg ...
Declare variables local to the function. Other variables
may be used, too, but they will be taken from or put into
the global scope.
:function name [ body ]
Define a mathematical function or (with no body) delete
it. :function may be abbreviated to :func or simply :f.
The name may contain the same characters as a shell func-
tion name. The function is defined using zmathfuncdef,
see below.
Note that zcalc takes care of all quoting. Hence for ex-
ample:
:f cube $1 * $1 * $1
defines a function to cube the sole argument. Functions
so defined, or indeed any functions defined directly or
indirectly using functions -M, are available to execute by
typing only the name on the line in RPN mode; this pops
the appropriate number of arguments off the stack to pass
to the function, i.e. 1 in the case of the example cube
function. If there are optional arguments only the manda-
tory arguments are supplied by this means.
[#base]
This is not a special command, rather part of normal
arithmetic syntax; however, when this form appears on a
line by itself the default output radix is set to base.
Use, for example, `[#16]' to display hexadecimal output
preceded by an indication of the base, or `[##16]' just to
display the raw number in the given base. Bases them-
selves are always specified in decimal. `[#]' restores the
normal output format. Note that setting an output base
suppresses floating point output; use `[#]' to return to
normal operation.
$var Print out the value of var literally; does not affect the
calculation. To use the value of var, omit the leading
`$'.
See the comments in the function for a few extra tips.
min(arg, ...)
max(arg, ...)
sum(arg, ...)
zmathfunc
The function zmathfunc defines the three mathematical functions
min, max, and sum. The functions min and max take one or more
arguments. The function sum takes zero or more arguments. Argu-
ments can be of different types (ints and floats).
Not to be confused with the zsh/mathfunc module, described in the
section `The zsh/mathfunc Module' in zshmodules(1).
zmathfuncdef [ mathfunc [ body ] ]
A convenient front end to functions -M.
With two arguments, define a mathematical function named mathfunc
which can be used in any form of arithmetic evaluation. body is
a mathematical expression to implement the function. It may con-
tain references to position parameters $1, $2, ... to refer to
mandatory parameters and ${1:-defvalue} ... to refer to optional
parameters. Note that the forms must be strictly adhered to for
the function to calculate the correct number of arguments. The
implementation is held in a shell function named
zsh_math_func_mathfunc; usually the user will not need to refer
to the shell function directly. Any existing function of the
same name is silently replaced.
With one argument, remove the mathematical function mathfunc as
well as the shell function implementation.
With no arguments, list all mathfunc functions in a form suitable
for restoring the definition. The functions have not necessarily
been defined by zmathfuncdef.
USER CONFIGURATION FUNCTIONS
The zsh/newuser module comes with a function to aid in configuring shell
options for new users. If the module is installed, this function can
also be run by hand. It is available even if the module's default be-
haviour, namely running the function for a new user logging in without
startup files, is inhibited.
zsh-newuser-install [ -f ]
The function presents the user with various options for customiz-
ing their initialization scripts. Currently only ~/.zshrc is
handled. $ZDOTDIR/.zshrc is used instead if the parameter ZDOT-
DIR is set; this provides a way for the user to configure a file
without altering an existing .zshrc.
By default the function exits immediately if it finds any of the
files .zshenv, .zprofile, .zshrc, or .zlogin in the appropriate
directory. The option -f is required in order to force the func-
tion to continue. Note this may happen even if .zshrc itself
does not exist.
As currently configured, the function will exit immediately if
the user has root privileges; this behaviour cannot be overrid-
den.
Once activated, the function's behaviour is supposed to be
self-explanatory. Menus are present allowing the user to alter
the value of options and parameters. Suggestions for improve-
ments are always welcome.
When the script exits, the user is given the opportunity to save
the new file or not; changes are not irreversible until this
point. However, the script is careful to restrict changes to the
file only to a group marked by the lines `# Lines configured by
zsh-newuser-install' and `# End of lines configured by
zsh-newuser-install'. In addition, the old version of .zshrc is
saved to a file with the suffix .zni appended.
If the function edits an existing .zshrc, it is up to the user to
ensure that the changes made will take effect. For example, if
control usually returns early from the existing .zshrc the lines
will not be executed; or a later initialization file may override
options or parameters, and so on. The function itself does not
attempt to detect any such conflicts.
OTHER FUNCTIONS
There are a large number of helpful functions in the Functions/Misc di-
rectory of the zsh distribution. Most are very simple and do not re-
quire documentation here, but a few are worthy of special mention.
Descriptions
colors This function initializes several associative arrays to map color
names to (and from) the ANSI standard eight-color terminal codes.
These are used by the prompt theme system (see above). You sel-
dom should need to run colors more than once.
The eight base colors are: black, red, green, yellow, blue, ma-
genta, cyan, and white. Each of these has codes for foreground
and background. In addition there are seven intensity attrib-
utes: bold, faint, standout, underline, blink, reverse, and con-
ceal. Finally, there are seven codes used to negate attributes:
none (reset all attributes to the defaults), normal (neither bold
nor faint), no-standout, no-underline, no-blink, no-reverse, and
no-conceal.
Some terminals do not support all combinations of colors and in-
tensities.
The associative arrays are:
color
colour Map all the color names to their integer codes, and inte-
ger codes to the color names. The eight base names map to
the foreground color codes, as do names prefixed with
`fg-', such as `fg-red'. Names prefixed with `bg-', such
as `bg-blue', refer to the background codes. The reverse
mapping from code to color yields base name for foreground
codes and the bg- form for backgrounds.
Although it is a misnomer to call them `colors', these ar-
rays also map the other fourteen attributes from names to
codes and codes to names.
fg
fg_bold
fg_no_bold
Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape
sequences that set the corresponding foreground text prop-
erties. The fg sequences change the color without chang-
ing the eight intensity attributes.
bg
bg_bold
bg_no_bold
Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape
sequences that set the corresponding background proper-
ties. The bg sequences change the color without changing
the eight intensity attributes.
In addition, the scalar parameters reset_color and bold_color are
set to the ANSI terminal escapes that turn off all attributes and
turn on bold intensity, respectively.
fned [ -x num ] name
Same as zed -f. This function does not appear in the zsh distri-
bution, but can be created by linking zed to the name fned in
some directory in your fpath.
histed [ [ name ] size ]
Same as zed -h. This function does not appear in the zsh distri-
bution, but can be created by linking zed to the name histed in
some directory in your fpath.
is-at-least needed [ present ]
Perform a greater-than-or-equal-to comparison of two strings hav-
ing the format of a zsh version number; that is, a string of num-
bers and text with segments separated by dots or dashes. If the
present string is not provided, $ZSH_VERSION is used. Segments
are paired left-to-right in the two strings with leading non-num-
ber parts ignored. If one string has fewer segments than the
other, the missing segments are considered zero.
This is useful in startup files to set options and other state
that are not available in all versions of zsh.
is-at-least 3.1.6-15 && setopt NO_GLOBAL_RCS
is-at-least 3.1.0 && setopt HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS
is-at-least 2.6-17 || print "You can't use is-at-least here."
nslookup [ arg ... ]
This wrapper function for the nslookup command requires the
zsh/zpty module (see zshmodules(1)). It behaves exactly like the
standard nslookup except that it provides customizable prompts
(including a right-side prompt) and completion of nslookup com-
mands, host names, etc. (if you use the function-based completion
system). Completion styles may be set with the context prefix
`:completion:nslookup'.
See also the pager, prompt and rprompt styles below.
regexp-replace var regexp replace
Use regular expressions to perform a global search and replace
operation on a variable. POSIX extended regular expressions
(ERE) are used, unless the option RE_MATCH_PCRE has been set, in
which case Perl-compatible regular expressions are used (this re-
quires the shell to be linked against the pcre library).
var is the name of the variable containing the string to be
matched. The variable will be modified directly by the function.
The variables MATCH, MBEGIN, MEND, match, mbegin, mend should be
avoided as these are used by the regular expression code.
regexp is the regular expression to match against the string.
replace is the replacement text. This can contain parameter,
command and arithmetic expressions which will be replaced: in
particular, a reference to $MATCH will be replaced by the text
matched by the pattern.
The return status is 0 if at least one match was performed, else
1.
Note that if using POSIX EREs, the ^ or word boundary operators
(where available) may not work properly.
run-help cmd
This function is designed to be invoked by the run-help ZLE wid-
get, in place of the default alias. See `Accessing On-Line Help'
above for setup instructions.
In the discussion which follows, if cmd is a file system path, it
is first reduced to its rightmost component (the file name).
Help is first sought by looking for a file named cmd in the di-
rectory named by the HELPDIR parameter. If no file is found, an
assistant function, alias, or command named run-help-cmd is
sought. If found, the assistant is executed with the rest of the
current command line (everything after the command name cmd) as
its arguments. When neither file nor assistant is found, the ex-
ternal command `man cmd' is run.
An example assistant for the "ssh" command:
run-help-ssh() {
emulate -LR zsh
local -a args
# Delete the "-l username" option
zparseopts -D -E -a args l:
# Delete other options, leaving: host command
args=(${@:#-*})
if [[ ${#args} -lt 2 ]]; then
man ssh
else
run-help $args[2]
fi
}
Several of these assistants are provided in the Functions/Misc
directory. These must be autoloaded, or placed as executable
scripts in your search path, in order to be found and used by
run-help.
run-help-btrfs
run-help-git
run-help-ip
run-help-openssl
run-help-p4
run-help-sudo
run-help-svk
run-help-svn
Assistant functions for the btrfs, git, ip, openssl, p4,
sudo, svk, and svn, commands.
tetris Zsh was once accused of not being as complete as Emacs, because
it lacked a Tetris game. This function was written to refute
this vicious slander.
This function must be used as a ZLE widget:
autoload -U tetris
zle -N tetris
bindkey keys tetris
To start a game, execute the widget by typing the keys. Whatever
command line you were editing disappears temporarily, and your
keymap is also temporarily replaced by the Tetris control keys.
The previous editor state is restored when you quit the game (by
pressing `q') or when you lose.
If you quit in the middle of a game, the next invocation of the
tetris widget will continue where you left off. If you lost, it
will start a new game.
tetriscurses
This is a port of the above to zcurses. The input handling is
improved a bit so that moving a block sideways doesn't automati-
cally advance a timestep, and the graphics use unicode block
graphics.
This version does not save the game state between invocations,
and is not invoked as a widget, but rather as:
autoload -U tetriscurses
tetriscurses
zargs [ option ... -- ] [ input ... ] [ -- command [ arg ... ] ]
This function has a similar purpose to GNU xargs. Instead of
reading lines of arguments from the standard input, it takes them
from the command line. This is useful because zsh, especially
with recursive glob operators, often can construct a command line
for a shell function that is longer than can be accepted by an
external command.
The option list represents options of the zargs command itself,
which are the same as those of xargs. The input list is the col-
lection of strings (often file names) that become the arguments
of the command, analogous to the standard input of xargs. Fi-
nally, the arg list consists of those arguments (usually options)
that are passed to the command each time it runs. The arg list
precedes the elements from the input list in each run. If no
command is provided, then no arg list may be provided, and in
that event the default command is `print' with arguments `-r --'.
For example, to get a long ls listing of all non-hidden plain
files in the current directory or its subdirectories:
autoload -U zargs
zargs -- **/*(.) -- ls -ld --
The first and third occurrences of `--' are used to mark the end
of options for zargs and ls respectively to guard against file-
names starting with `-', while the second is used to separate the
list of files from the command to run (`ls -ld --').
The first `--' would also be needed if there was a chance the
list might be empty as in:
zargs -r -- ./*.back(#qN) -- rm -f
In the event that the string `--' is or may be an input, the -e
option may be used to change the end-of-inputs marker. Note that
this does not change the end-of-options marker. For example, to
use `..' as the marker:
zargs -e.. -- **/*(.) .. ls -ld --
This is a good choice in that example because no plain file can
be named `..', but the best end-marker depends on the circum-
stances.
The options -i, -I, -l, -L, and -n differ slightly from their us-
age in xargs. There are no input lines for zargs to count, so -l
and -L count through the input list, and -n counts the number of
arguments passed to each execution of command, including any arg
list. Also, any time -i or -I is used, each input is processed
separately as if by `-L 1'.
For details of the other zargs options, see the xargs(1) man page
(but note the difference in function between zargs and xargs) or
run zargs with the --help option.
zed [ -f [ -x num ] ] name
zed [ -h [ name ] size ]
zed -b This function uses the ZLE editor to edit a file or function.
Only one name argument is allowed. If the -f option is given,
the name is taken to be that of a function; if the function is
marked for autoloading, zed searches for it in the fpath and
loads it. Note that functions edited this way are installed into
the current shell, but not written back to the autoload file. In
this case the -x option specifies that leading tabs indenting the
function according to syntax should be converted into the given
number of spaces; `-x 2' is consistent with the layout of func-
tions distributed with the shell.
Without -f, name is the path name of the file to edit, which need
not exist; it is created on write, if necessary. With -h, the
file is presumed to contain history events.
When no file name is provided for -h the current shell history is
edited in place. The history is renumbered when zed exits suc-
cessfully.
When editing history, multi-line events must have a trailing
backslash on every line before the last.
While editing, the function sets the main keymap to zed and the
vi command keymap to zed-vicmd. These will be copied from the
existing main and vicmd keymaps if they do not exist the first
time zed is run. They can be used to provide special key bind-
ings used only in zed.
If it creates the keymap, zed rebinds the return key to insert a
line break and `^X^W' to accept the edit in the zed keymap, and
binds `ZZ' to accept the edit in the zed-vicmd keymap.
The bindings alone can be installed by running `zed -b'. This is
suitable for putting into a startup file. Note that, if rerun,
this will overwrite the existing zed and zed-vicmd keymaps.
Completion is available, and styles may be set with the context
prefix `:completion:zed:'.
A zle widget zed-set-file-name is available. This can be called
by name from within zed using `\ex zed-set-file-name' or can be
bound to a key in either of the zed or zed-vicmd keymaps after
`zed -b' has been run. When the widget is called, it prompts for
a new name for the file being edited. When zed exits the file
will be written under that name and the original file will be
left alone. The widget has no effect when invoked from `zed -f'.
The completion context is changed to `:comple-
tion:zed-set-file-name:'. When editing the current history with
`zed -h', the history is first updated and then the file is writ-
ten, but the global setting of HISTFILE is not altered.
While zed-set-file-name is running, zed uses the keymap zed-nor-
mal-keymap, which is linked from the main keymap in effect at the
time zed initialised its bindings. (This is to make the return
key operate normally.) The result is that if the main keymap has
been changed, the widget won't notice. This is not a concern for
most users.
zcp [ -finqQvwW ] srcpat dest
zln [ -finqQsvwW ] srcpat dest
Same as zmv -C and zmv -L, respectively. These functions do not
appear in the zsh distribution, but can be created by linking zmv
to the names zcp and zln in some directory in your fpath.
zkbd See `Keyboard Definition' above.
zmv [ -finqQsvwW ] [ -C | -L | -M | -{p|P} program ] [ -o optstring ]
srcpat dest
Move (usually, rename) files matching the pattern srcpat to cor-
responding files having names of the form given by dest, where
srcpat contains parentheses surrounding patterns which will be
replaced in turn by $1, $2, ... in dest. For example,
zmv '(*).lis' '$1.txt'
renames `foo.lis' to `foo.txt', `my.old.stuff.lis' to
`my.old.stuff.txt', and so on.
The pattern is always treated as an EXTENDED_GLOB pattern. Any
file whose name is not changed by the substitution is simply ig-
nored. Any error (a substitution resulted in an empty string,
two substitutions gave the same result, the destination was an
existing regular file and -f was not given) causes the entire
function to abort without doing anything.
In addition to pattern replacement, the variable $f can be re-
ferred to in the second (replacement) argument. This makes it
possible to use variable substitution to alter the argument; see
examples below.
Options:
-f Force overwriting of destination files. Not currently
passed down to the mv/cp/ln command due to vagaries of im-
plementations (but you can use -o-f to do that).
-i Interactive: show each line to be executed and ask the
user whether to execute it. `Y' or `y' will execute it,
anything else will skip it. Note that you just need to
type one character.
-n No execution: print what would happen, but don't do it.
-q Turn bare glob qualifiers off: now assumed by default, so
this has no effect.
-Q Force bare glob qualifiers on. Don't turn this on unless
you are actually using glob qualifiers in a pattern.
-s Symbolic, passed down to ln; only works with -L.
-v Verbose: print each command as it's being executed.
-w Pick out wildcard parts of the pattern, as described
above, and implicitly add parentheses for referring to
them.
-W Just like -w, with the addition of turning wildcards in
the replacement pattern into sequential ${1} .. ${N} ref-
erences.
-C
-L
-M Force cp, ln or mv, respectively, regardless of the name
of the function.
-p program
Call program instead of cp, ln or mv. Whatever it does,
it should at least understand the form `program -- oldname
newname' where oldname and newname are filenames generated
by zmv. program will be split into words, so might be
e.g. the name of an archive tool plus a copy or rename
subcommand.
-P program
As -p program, except that program does not accept a fol-
lowing -- to indicate the end of options. In this case
filenames must already be in a sane form for the program
in question.
-o optstring
The optstring is split into words and passed down verbatim
to the cp, ln or mv command called to perform the work.
It should probably begin with a `-'.
Further examples:
zmv -v '(* *)' '${1// /_}'
For any file in the current directory with at least one space in
the name, replace every space by an underscore and display the
commands executed.
zmv -v '* *' '${f// /_}'
This does exactly the same by referring to the file name stored
in $f.
For more complete examples and other implementation details, see
the zmv source file, usually located in one of the directories
named in your fpath, or in Functions/Misc/zmv in the zsh distrib-
ution.
zrecompile
See `Recompiling Functions' above.
zstyle+ context style value [ + subcontext style value ... ]
This makes defining styles a bit simpler by using a single `+' as
a special token that allows you to append a context name to the
previously used context name. Like this:
zstyle+ ':foo:bar' style1 value1 \
+':baz' style2 value2 \
+':frob' style3 value3
This defines style1 with value1 for the context :foo:bar as
usual, but it also defines style2 with value2 for the context
:foo:bar:baz and style3 with value3 for :foo:bar:frob. Any sub-
context may be the empty string to re-use the first context un-
changed.
Styles
insert-tab
The zed function sets this style in context `:completion:zed:*'
to turn off completion when TAB is typed at the beginning of a
line. You may override this by setting your own value for this
context and style.
pager The nslookup function looks up this style in the context
`:nslookup' to determine the program used to display output that
does not fit on a single screen.
prompt
rprompt
The nslookup function looks up this style in the context
`:nslookup' to set the prompt and the right-side prompt, respec-
tively. The usual expansions for the PS1 and RPS1 parameters may
be used (see EXPANSION OF PROMPT SEQUENCES in zshmisc(1)).
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHCONTRIB(1)
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
ZSHALL(1) General Commands Manual ZSHALL(1)
FILES
$ZDOTDIR/.zshenv
$ZDOTDIR/.zprofile
$ZDOTDIR/.zshrc
$ZDOTDIR/.zlogin
$ZDOTDIR/.zlogout
${TMPPREFIX}* (default is /tmp/zsh*)
/etc/zsh/zshenv
/etc/zsh/zprofile
/etc/zsh/zshrc
/etc/zsh/zlogin
/etc/zsh/zlogout (installation-specific - /etc is the default)
SEE ALSO
sh(1), csh(1), tcsh(1), rc(1), bash(1), ksh(1)
IEEE Standard for information Technology - Portable Operating System In-
terface (POSIX) - Part 2: Shell and Utilities, IEEE Inc, 1993, ISBN
1-55937-255-9.
zsh 5.9 May 14, 2022 ZSHALL(1)
Generated by dwww version 1.16 on Tue Dec 16 04:12:10 CET 2025.